198th Annual Report 2015 - BMO2 BMO Financial Group 198th Annual Report 2015 3 Financial Snapshot 1 Reported Adjusted1,2 As at or for the year ended October 31 (Canadian $ in millions,

BMO Financial Group198th Annual Report 2015

There are many ways to talk about what lies ahead: Change. Disruption. Opportunity. Growth.

We’ve gotten closer to our customers. Made banking simpler. Unified our businesses. Expanded our footprint. Invested in new platforms. Embraced a better rulebook. And through it all, delivered consistently strong results.

Business Review2 Financial Snapshot/Who We Are4 Year in Review10 Chairman’s Message11 CEO’s Message16 Executive Committee17 Our Strategic Footprint18 Reasons to Invest in BMO20 Corporate Governance21 Board of Directors

Financial Review23 CFO’s Foreword to the Financial Review24 Financial Performance and Condition at a Glance26 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 118 Supplemental Information132 Statement of Management’s Responsibility

for Financial Information133 Independent Auditors’ Report of Registered

Public Accounting Firm134 Report of Independent Registered Public

Accounting Firm

135 Consolidated Financial Statements140 Notes to Consolidated Financial

Statements

Resources and Directories202 Glossary of Financial Terms204 Where to Find More InformationIBC Shareholder Information

now it gets interesting

2 3BMO Financial Group 198th Annual Report 2015 3

Financial Snapshot Reported1 Adjusted1,2

As at or for the year ended October 31

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted) 2015 2014 2015 2014

Revenue3 (p 38) 19,389 18,223 19,391 18,223

Insurance claims, commissions

and changes in policy benefit

liabilities3 (CCPB) (p 41) 1,254 1,505 1,2544 1,505

Revenue, net of CCPB (p 38) 18,135 16,718 18,137 16,718

Provision for credit losses (p 42) 612 561 612 561

Non-interest expense (p 43) 12,182 10,921 11,819 10,761

Net income (p 34) 4,405 4,333 4,681 4,453

Earnings per share –

diluted ($) (p 34) 6.6 5757 6.41 7.00 6.59

Return on equity (p 35) 12.5% 14.0% 13.3% 14.4%

Operating leverage,

net of CCPB (p 43) (3.0)% (2.7)% (1.3)% (1.6)%

Basel III Common Equity

Tier 1 Ratio (p 35) 10.7% 10.1% 10.7%% 10.1%

Net Income by Segment

Canadian P&C (p 48) 2,104 2,016 2,108 2,020

U.S. P&C (p 51) 827 654 880 706

Wealth Management (p 55) 850 780 995555 843

BMO Capital Markets (p 58) 1,032 1,077 1,034 1,078

Corporate Services4 (p 62) (408) (194) (296) (194)

Net income (p 34) 4,405 4,333 444,6,6,681 4,453

U.S. P&C (US$ in millions) (p 51) 659 597 701011 644

1 Effective November 1, 2014, BMO adopted several new and amended accounting pronouncements issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, which are outlined in Note 1 on page 140 of the financial statements. The adoption of these new and amended accounting standards only impacted our results prospectively. Certain other prior year data has been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation. See pages 45 and 46.

2 Adjusted results are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33. Management assesses performance on a reported basis and on an adjusted basis and considers both to be useful in assessing the underlying ongoing business performance. Presenting results on both bases provides readers with a better understanding of how management assesses results.

3 Effective the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.

4 Corporate Services, including Technology & Operations.

Bank of Montreal brands the organization’s member companies as BMO Financial Group. Note 28 on page 196 of the financial statements lists the intercorporate relationships among Bank of Montreal and its significant subsidiaries.

2 BMO Financial Group 198th Annual Report 2015

Mark Gilbert,Commercial Account Manager, Mid Market.

Who We Are Established in 1817, BMO Financial Group is a highly diversified financial services provider based in North America. With total assets of $642 billion and close to 47,000 employees, BMO provides a broad range of personal and commercial banking, wealth management and investment banking products and services to more than 12 million customers and conducts business through three operating groups: Personal and Commercial Banking, Wealth Management and BMO Capital Markets.

4 BMO Financial Group 198th Annual Report 2015 BMO Financial Group 198th Annual Report 2015 5

Jean-Michel Arès

BMO’s Chief Technology & Operations Officer

Russell Pereira, Management Governance Analyst, Barrie Computer Centre.

We’re not waiting for things to change. For five years we’ve been investing in transformative technology that is literally reshaping our bank.We’ve dramatically extended BMO’s technology capabilities to meet a clear set of goals:

More personalized, intuitive applications built to respond in the moment. A more unified

experience across all channels, products, services and geographies. More customer-

specific solutions – delivered to market at greater speed and at a lower cost. Enhanced risk

management. And the digitization of business processes to further boost productivity.

The result? We’re reaching a new level of operating efficiency as we expand and rethink

how to give customers a deeper sense of control over their finances.

+ + = “The technology architecture we’ve built has moved us right where we want to be competitively as we continue to reimagine the customer experience.”

Integrateeverything

A sophisticated connector grid brings together more than 1,400 applications across the bank.

Build once

Over 1,000 reusable software-based services can be employed to create applications quickly and easily.

Understand more

Bank-wide data aggregation and distributed platforms enable detailed analytics of everything from risk to sales and marketing.

How our in-the-moment IT architecture delivers value right now:

For the third consecutive year, BMO was recognized by global financial services research firm Celent with a 2015 Model Bank Award for excellence in the digital banking category.

Sensing and responding to customers’ needs.

Intuitive, consistent experience across all channels.

Boosted productivity and fast speed to market.

A more personal bank for a digital world


We’re using new tools, insights and ways of connecting to make banking more personal and intuitive. Our customers experience a bank that’s built for them.

Smart branches where digital and human interactions blend seamlessly. ABMs with video

tellers offering immediate expert help. Ideas tailored to customers’ needs using data-driven

insights. Fast, secure mobile payments, and cash withdrawals using only a smartphone.

A tablet app that integrates personal banking with investing and financial management.

A callback feature that actually calls you back. And access to all of our products and services

through single points of contact. This is what we’re here to help means in the digital age.

We make banking easier. Smarter. And flexible enough to fit comfortably into our customers’

busy, connected lives.

Best Commercial Bank in Canada– World Finance Magazine

Best Wealth Management Bank Canada– International Finance Magazine

Best Domestic Private Bank, U.S.

– Global Financial Market Review

Live Agent & Automated Telephone Banking (Big Five Banks) award winner– Ipsos Best Banking Awards

Best Full-Service Investment Advisory in Canada

– Global Banking & Finance Review

Best Supply Chain Finance Bank in North America

– Trade Finance magazine

World’s Best Metals & Mining Investment Bank

– Global Finance magazine

Best Wealth Management in Canada

– Global Banking & Finance Review

Honey Rejzek, Director, Business Finance, Commercial Banking.

Best of 2015


Sister Edna Lonergan, President and founder of Milwaukee’s St. Ann Center for Intergenerational Care, speaking with Chuck Roedel, VP, Business Banking, BMO Harris Bank.

Our customers create their own futures, knowing the help we provide is anchored by integrity, accountability and shared values. You can’t buy trust, or invent it. Trust is earned.Consistently in the top rankings for sound corporate governance. Solid capital

strength, with the longest-running dividend payout record of any company

in Canada. A champion of financial literacy. A pioneer in Aboriginal banking.

Contributing $56.9 million in corporate donations across North America in 2015,

and funding US$947.3 million in U.S. community development loans. This is

who we are: diverse, inclusive, socially engaged and accountable to each new

generation of stakeholders – who expect us to fulfill our responsibilities as a

vital intermediary while constantly refining our disciplined approach to risk.

BMO’s anti-money laundering (AML) group is working to turn responsibility into opportunity. Our AML team used to spend 80% of their time analyzing vast amounts of data and only 20% gaining insights into customers’ choices. Now we are working to change that ratio. Using tools developed by our Technology & Operations group, we’re learning more about how, when and where people bank with us, helping us deliver an experience that delights in every way.

More than 90% of BMO employees participated in the bank’s 2015 Employee Giving Campaign. Over 42,000 of us personally donated over $18 million to United Ways and other charities.

The AML Opportunity GenerosityHow we helpInsights Data

BMO has been named one of the Best 50 Corporate Citizens in Canada for 13 consecutive years by Corporate Knights.

Best 50


Strong, Strategic Growth

Being able to produce good results under favourable conditions is always welcome – but it is also expected. However, producing strong results in times of uncertainty is evidence both of a successful business strategy and a highly effective management team.

As your representatives on the Board of Directors, we are pleased to report that your bank had another year of good results, despite challenges in the global economy and here at home. We congratulate the bank’s employees and the management team for raising the bar yet again. All of us as shareholders have benefitted from the team’s efforts under the excellent leadership of our Chief Executive.

The core businesses of the bank continued to show strong growth in 2015. The investments we have made in recent years are producing solid results, and we expect these will continue to grow. Of particular note are the investments we are making in the bank’s technology platform to better respond to customers’ needs as they choose to manage their finances in new and different ways.

Such changes bring new and different risks as well. Your board has worked closely with the management team, as well as our regulators and supervisors, to ensure we remain on the leading edge of these developments. We have madesignificant investments in risk management and compliance that make us stronger and more resilient. I am also pleased that the bank’s capital base remains strong, giving us the flexibility to make acquisitions such as the purchase of GE Capital Corporation’s transportation finance business in the U.S. and Canada, a transaction that closed on December 1.

All of these building blocks rest on a deeper foundation: the trust that your bank has earned from its customers and other stakeholders. Our confidence – as we introduce high-quality

J. Robert S. PrichardChairman of the Board

Chairman’s message

Here and Now

The strategy of BMO Financial Group is summed up in a set of clear, concise statements that frame our decision-making and guide how we execute our business activities. These strategic priorities take a long-term perspective, providing a touchstone we can return to regularly as we gauge our progress and define new areas of focus. While remaining consistent at the core, they have evolved to reflect the changing business environment and our response to it.

As we publish this 2015 Annual Report, with the 2016 fiscal year already well underway, these are BMO’s strategic priorities:

1. Achieve industry-leading customer loyalty by delivering on our brand promise

2. Enhance productivity to drive performance and shareholder value

3. Accelerate deployment of digital technology to transform our business

4. Leverage our consolidated North American platform and expand strategically in select global markets to deliver growth

5. Ensure our strength in risk management underpins everything we do for our customers

Our priorities have been refined to highlight the investments we’ve been making in the underlying architecture of the bank’s technology platform (as detailed on pages 4–5), and to recognize technology’s potential to transform the business of banking. Of course, technology has played an important role in our thinking for decades; this year we’re bringing it to the forefront as a fundamental element of our strategy.

The tremendous opportunities we see to enhance proven business models – and replace inefficient ones – are evident throughout this introductory section of the annual report, which sets BMO’s recent performance in the context of our longer-term view. The record results we achieved in 2015 (detailed in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section) are key indicators of progress. From the bank’s perspective, they are underscored by our sense of purpose.

Our success lies in earning the trust of our customers, ensuring that any actions we take to help them reach their goals are anchored by integrity and a shared set of values.And we’re differentiated by our deep desire to connect with customers: in making banking more personal, we’re forging relationships that represent sustainable value.

William A. DowneChief Executive Officer

Chief Executive Officer’s message

We’re using technology to create new business models – and to unlock new sources of value for our customers and shareholders. Because in our experience, a changing landscape conveys advantage to those who are willing to disrupt, accept some degree of trial and error, and try again.

digital strategies in pursuit of a differentiated customer experience, efficiency and quality earnings growth – is supported by the consistent track record of a bank that has always acted with responsibility, transparency and integrity.

Since last year’s Annual Report, we have had two excellent additions to the BMO board. Lorraine Mitchelmore and Dr. Martin Eichenbaum, both elected at the last annual meeting, have brought valuable experience and fresh insights to our deliberations. In the meantime, however, Dr. Martha Piper, former president of the University of British Columbia, stepped down from the board as she returned to UBC to serve as interim president. Martha was a superb director for a decade and we will miss her enduring contributions to the effectiveness of this board. Martha was an outstanding chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee but she was much more than that. She was an inspiration to management and directors alike as she brought her passion for Canada and the bank to our work and set high expectations for all of us to meet. On behalf of all shareholders, we thank her for being such a splendid colleague and contributor.

The coming year will be an important one for all of us. We continue to have great confidence in the long-term success of the bank: the strategy is sound and management is focused. We look forward to working closely with Bill Downe and the bank’s senior leaders, supporting their efforts as they capitalize on new opportunities and ensure the bank is positioned for the future.

As your representatives, we thank all of our shareholders for your continuing confidence in BMO and the management team. It is a privilege to serve you.

J. Robert S. Prichard


This mindset shapes how we think about the role technology should play in deepening customer loyalty, driving profitability and rewarding our shareholders.

Technology is part of our strategy

Without question, 2015 confirmed how much our substantial – and forward-looking – investment in technology transformation has been reshaping the bank. Over the past five years, we’ve reengineered our systems to enable a clear, relationship-based view of all relevant information with a bank-wide data aggregation platform and distributed analytic capabilities. We’re making it easy for customers and their bankers to access a wealth of knowledge as they explore options and make better decisions. And through what can only be described as a passion for deepening customers’ sense of control over their own finances, we’re also giving them confidence that we’ll uphold our promise to protect their interests while keeping their information secure and managing risk.

As we integrate advanced digital and mobile capabilities into all of our businesses – from our award-winning smartphone and tablet apps to BMO SmartFolio, our automated

investment portfolio – each new solution is built on thepowerful platform we’ve put in place. Our highly reliable core systems have been configured to efficiently meet the competing demands of multiple stakeholders – the most fundamental of which is customers’ anticipation that their needs will be perfectly met. Equally important is the expectation that BMO’s various businesses will deliver services as one bank, and our employees’ corresponding need to have a single view of every customer. And right alongside is the drive to adopt more agile work processes, with faster release cycles for new products and services; the rigour we’ve brought to strengthening compliance disciplines such as anti-money laundering; and our continued vigilance around issues of privacy, information security and consumer protection.

To simultaneously address these interrelated goals, achieving each without compromising the others, has required an unprecedented investment of time, energy, capital and creativity. We’ve been listening closely to customers’ feedback, and sharpening our analytics to better understand their priorities and behaviours, as we expand and rethink the banking experience. Expectations around response times in a mobile, connected world have dramatically increased the speed at which innovation

needs to happen. And because our work calls for new knowledge and skills, we’re developing and recruiting people with the specialized expertise to find alternative solutions and reinvent existing models – including our own.

As we accelerate these efforts, we’re alert to the potential in collaborating with third parties who are using technology in new and interesting ways that complement our own thinking. We’ve long seen the value of working with external specialists in the service of our customers. BMO was a founding partner of the 10-million-member AIR MILES rewards program. We work closely with companies such as Shell Canada to offer more rewards to BMO MasterCard customers. And in the past year we announced relationships with two providers of specialized services to small businesses: FreshBooks for financial management tools, and e8ight Business Services Inc. for help managing online and social media presence. Collaboration makes sense when we can see the opportunity to speed up change at an advantageous cost.

Technology is one part of innovation

It’s sometimes suggested that banks themselves need to become technology companies. In BMO’s case, we have

a legacy of technological innovation dating from initial signs of digitization in the 1970s, when we were the first Canadian bank to connect our branches nationwide across a real-time network. From the earliest fully automated cheque-processing systems in the United States to ABM cash withdrawals requiring only a smartphone, we have a long history of combining breakthrough thinking with continuous experimentation to make banking better for our customers.

What’s different today is that instead of simply finding faster, smarter ways of doing what banks have always done, we’re using technology to unlock new sources of value for our customers and shareholders. Because in our experience, a changing landscape conveys advantage to those who are willing to disrupt, accept some degree of trial and error, and try again.

Our bank has an advantage that would be challenging for a startup to duplicate: more than 12 million customers who are ready to try new solutions and provide invaluable input as we refine and enhance them. We’re able to assess the impact of smart ideas quickly, and we can spread the investment over a diverse, established base. Above all, we know that unless a new development yields tangible


Achieve industry-leading customer loyalty by delivering on our brand promise

Enhance productivity to drive performance and shareholder value

Accelerate deployment of digital technology to transform our business

Leverage our consolidated North American platform and expand strategically in select global markets to deliver growth

Ensure our strength in risk management underpins everything we do for our customers

Our strategic priorities*

1 5432

*Updated fiscal 2016


benefits in both customer satisfaction and return on investment, it’s not sustainable. We never lose sight of our ultimate objective: to delight the maximum number of people at the lowest cost consistent with our brand.

Technology is helping us reduce operating costs and eliminate work that doesn’t add value. It’s allowing us to approach tasks differently and execute them more quickly. And as we meet the demand for increasingly sophisticated digital capabilities, especially through the mobile channel, we’re attracting and retaining more customers – and in the process, earning higher revenue with less expense. Becoming more connected to our customers and delivering services more cost-effectively are not mutually exclusive goals.

The fact is our bank has many strategic advantages – technology expertise, a wealth of customer data, deep capital strength, a well-established brand, a solid record of regulatory compliance and a prudent, disciplined approach to risk – that enable us to compete successfully with disruptors and traditional players alike. And the single thread tying together all of these competitive advantages is trust.

Trust remains the foundation of loyalty

You can create an app in an instant – and it can take about the same amount of time to erode trust that has

required years to build. You can’t attract trust with features or purchase it with rewards. Trust must be earned. Even as the pace of change continues to accelerate – in fact, precisely because the world has become so complex and fast-moving – we see that our customers sense what BMO stands for: that we act responsibly, not only in our interactions with them, but in everything we do.

In the downturn of 2008–2009, after having declared dividends to shareholders every year since 1829 – a payout record unequalled by any other Canadian company – we took steps to protect that dividend because we knew how important it was to individual shareholders. The bank has a history spanning generations of social change and evolving expectations. We understand that trust can only be built over time, through the accumulation of consistent actions by everyone at BMO. We’re rightly judged not by what we say, but by what we do.

It’s relevant to all of our stakeholders that we act with integrity, transparency and accountability. We earn trust by managing our business responsibly and upholding the highest standards of governance. We reinforce it by giving back to the communities where we live and work – and by fostering an inclusive, socially conscious culture in which employees feel empowered to show their own remarkable generosity. None of these things can be accomplished by technology alone.

Customers remain the key to value creation

Our business is built on relationships. We base our brand promise on the recognition that money is personal, and the investment we’re making in technology is entirely focused on that belief. We’re creating tools that empower our customers while helping us understand their preferences and priorities. And we’re blending virtual and face-to-face conversations to ensure we’re delivering value at every touch point, providing customers with quick, clear, knowledgeable support – and more, when that’s what they’re looking for.

As we work to deepen our relationships with existing customers, the best measure of our strategy’s success is the growth of the bank through our ability to attract new business – which translates into top-line revenue growth. This is why we so closely measure both net new customers and product categories per customer in every business. Our progress over the past year is reflected in the bank’s adjusted annual net revenue growth of 8%, to $18.1 billion. Adjusted net income for 2015 was $4.7 billion, or $7.00 in earnings per share, an increase of 6% over the previous year.

A relevant strategy drives results

Critical to achieving the strategic priorities that ultimately drive BMO’s performance are our principal areas of operating focus: extending the digital experience across all channels; leveraging data to manage our business and serve customers better; simplifying and automating for greater efficiency; and elevating the brand of the bank. Results from our principaloperating groups show that this consistent strategic focus is paying off:

In 2015, adjusted annual net income grew by 4% year over year in Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking, by 9% (on a U.S. dollar basis) in U.S. Personal and Commercial

Banking and by 13% in Wealth Management, while BMO Capital Markets earned over $1 billion for the third consecutive year.

These results underline the importance of BMO’s diversified business mix in driving growth. In the past year, we surpassed the ambitious goal we set in 2011 to generate more than $1 billion of after-tax earnings from our Personal and Commercial Banking and Wealth Management businesses in the United States. Performance measures for all of our businesses confirm that the clear priorities we’ve mapped out are delivering sustainable value.

Based on these positive results, we raised the bank’s dividend by $0.16 per share, a year-over-year increase of 5%. Our one-year total shareholder return (TSR), although negative 3%, was better than the average of our Canadian bank peer group and the overall market return in Canada. Moreover, our three-year TSR was also better than peer average at positive 13.5%. At the same time, our success in further strengthening our capital position was reflected in a Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio of 10.7% at year-end.

BMO’s market leadership in commercial banking in the United States and Canada was further strengthened with the announcement, in September 2015, of our planned acquisition of the Transportation Finance division of General


Our bank has important strategic advantages – technology expertise, a wealth of customer data, deep capital strength, a well-established brand, a solid record of regulatory compliance and a prudent, disciplined approach to risk.

Adjusted Net Revenue (C$ billions)

2014 20152013

15.416.7

18.1

Adjusted Net Income (C$ billions)

2014 20152013

4.24.5 4.7

Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio(%)

2014 20152013

9.9 10.110.7


BC

YT NT

AB SK

ONQC

MB NL

PENB

NS

NU

MT

COUT

OR

TX

WI

MN

FL

MOKS

IANE

GA

VA

NYMI

MACT

WA

CA

INIL

AZ

Our Strategic Footprint

Beijing

Shanghai

Taipei

Singapore

Hong Kong

Melbourne

Guangzhou

Sydney

ZurichParis

Abu Dhabi

London

Luxembourg

Dublin Amsterdam

Lisbon

Madrid

Stockholm

MunichFrankfurt

Milan

Edinburgh

Our Asia-Pacific presenceOur European and Middle Eastern presence

Mexico City andRio de Janeiro

BMO’s strategic footprint spans strong regional economies. Our three operating groups serve individuals, businesses, governments and corporate customers across Canada and the United States with a focus in six U.S. Midwest states – Illinois, Indiana, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Missouri and Kansas. Our significant presence in North America is bolstered by operations in select global markets in Europe, Asia and the Middle East, allowing us to provide all our customers with access to economies and markets around the world.

Executive Committee*

William A. DowneChief Executive Officer, BMO Financial Group

Frank TecharChief Operating Officer, BMO Financial Group

Jean-Michel ArèsChief Technology & Operations Officer, BMO Financial Group

Christopher BegyU.S. Country Head & Chief Executive Officer, BMO Financial Corp.

David R. CasperPresident & Chief Executive Officer, BMO Harris Bank N.A. and Group Head, Commercial Banking

Alexandra Dousmanis-CurtisGroup Head, U.S. Retail and Business Banking

Simon A. FishGeneral Counsel, BMO Financial Group

Thomas E. FlynnChief Financial Officer, BMO Financial Group

Cameron FowlerGroup Head, Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking, BMO Financial Group

Gilles G. OuelletteGroup Head, Wealth Management

Surjit RajpalChief Risk Officer, BMO Financial Group

Lynn RogerChief Transformation Officer, BMO Financial Group

Joanna RotenbergHead, Personal Wealth Management,BMO Financial Group

Richard RudderhamChief Human Resources Officer, BMO Financial Group

Connie StefankiewiczChief Marketing Officer, BMO Financial Group

Darryl WhiteGroup Head, BMO Capital Markets

*As at January 5, 2016.

Electric Capital Corporation – North America’s largest provider of truck and trailer financing. This extends our reach across the entire transportation supply chain – including original equipment manufacturers, dealers and end users – and positionsus well in the context of improving economic conditions. The purchase closed on December 1, 2015.

The here and now

We aren’t waiting for the future to come to us – we’re on it. As technology opens up new opportunities, BMO’s 47,000 bankers understand that working together more productively not only yields higher returns for our shareholders, but also leads to more meaningful work and greater prospects for personal growth. Together, we’re eliminating geographical boundaries and those between lines of business. We’re using the knowledge we’ve gained – from our belief in rigorous risk management and a level of regulatory engagement that once seemed a daunting


BMO Capital Markets offices

Other Wealth Management offices

Other CommercialBanking offices

Personal & Commercial Banking and Wealth Management footprint

challenge – to be more proactive and adaptive in everything we do. And above all, we’re leveraging technology to understand our customers better, to make their banking experience more personal and intuitive.

Propelled forward by the momentum of growth, we’re meeting customers’ changing priorities in ways that reinforce our brand and resonate in the digital marketplace. And after multiple consecutive years of investment, we’re confidently executing on our strategy in a world that reveals new potential – and becomes more interesting – every day.

William A. Downelli A DowneChief Executive Officer, BMO Financial Group


+4%

+25% +13%

20152014

Canadian P&C U.S. P&C Wealth Management

2,0202,108

706880 843

955

–4%

BMO Capital Markets

1,078 1,034

Adjusted Net Income (C$ millions)

Reasons to Invest in BMOA consistent strategy. Top-tier shareholder returns. Great customer experience. Innovative technology. And a solid foundation of trust. It all adds up to a compelling set of reasons to invest in BMO.

Clear opportunities for growth across a diversified North American footprint:

• Large North American commercial banking business with advantaged market share.

• Well-established, highly profitable core banking business in Canada.

• Fast-growing, award-winning wealth franchise.

• Leading Canadian and growing mid-cap focused U.S. capital markets business.

• U.S. operations well-positioned to capture benefit of improving economic conditions.

Strong capital position with an attractive dividend yield.

Focus on efficiency through technology innovation, simplifying and automating processes, and extending the digital experience across our channels.

Customer-centric operating model guided by disciplined loyalty measurement program.

Adherence to the highest standards of business ethics and corporate governance.

Strength in Commercial BankingBMO is a market leader in North American commercial banking. In U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking, the C&I (commercial and industrial) portfolio continues to experience robust growth, increasing by $4.3 billion or 16% from a year ago to $30.9 billion.

13.5%BMO’s total shareholder return (TSR) outperformed our Canadian bank peer group average and the overall market return in Canada and yielded an average annual TSR of 13.5% over the past three years.

+16%

U.S. Commercial and Industrial Loans (US$ billions)

2014 2015

26.630.9

Our Dividend RecordBMO Financial Group has the longest-running dividend payout record of any company in Canada, at 187 years. BMO common shares had an annual dividend yield of 4.26% at October 31, 2015.

1.34 1.59 1.852.26

2.71 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.803.082.82 2.94 3.24

2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

Dividends Declared ($ per share)

BMO 15-year

Compound annual growth rate:

BMO 5-year

8.2% 3.0%

2014 2015

Operating Group PerformanceBMO’s performance in 2015 reflects the benefits of our diversified business mix, with Canadian and U.S. banking and Wealth Management all contributing to the bank’s growth. Canadian and U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking and Wealth Management had record years in adjusted net income. Wealth Management’s performance reflected good organic growth and the addition of F&C Asset Management plc. BMO Capital Markets results were solid given market conditions.


To promote alignment of our strategic goals across all our businesses, each director sits on at least one board committee and the Chief Executive Officer is invited to all committee meetings. We review the membership of all committees annually.

Janice M. Babiak Former Managing Partner, Ernst & Young Board/Committees: Audit and Conduct Review, Risk Review, The Pension Fund Society of the Bank of MontrealOther public boards: Experian PLC, Walgreens Co.Director since: 2012

Sophie Brochu President and Chief Executive Officer, Gaz MétroBoard/Committees: Audit and Conduct Review Other public boards: BCE Inc.Director since: 2011

George A. Cope President and Chief Executive Officer, Bell Canada and BCE Inc.Board/Committees: Governance and Nominating, Human Resources Other public boards: BCE Inc. Director since: 2006

William A. Downe Chief Executive Officer, BMO Financial GroupBoard/Committees: Attends all committee meetings as an inviteeOther public boards:ManpowerGroupDirector since: 2007

Christine A. Edwards Capital Partner, Winston & StrawnBoard/Committees: Governance and Nominating (Chair), Human Resources, Risk Review, The Pension Fund Society of the Bank of Montreal (Chair)Director since: 2010

Dr. Martin S. Eichenbaum Charles Moskos Professor of Economics, Northwestern UniversityBoard/Committees: Audit and Conduct Review, Risk Review Director since: 2015

Ronald H. Farmer Managing Director, Mosaic Capital PartnersBoard/Committees: Audit and Conduct Review, Governance and Nominating, Human Resources (Chair) Other public boards: Valeant Pharmaceuticals International Inc.Director since: 2003

Eric R. La Flèche President and Chief Executive Officer, Metro Inc.Board/Committees:Risk ReviewOther public boards:Metro Inc.Director since: 2012

Lorraine Mitchelmore President and Country Chair, Shell Canada Limited and Executive Vice President, Heavy Oil for Upstream AmericasDirector since: 2015

Philip S. Orsino, O.C., F.C.P.A., F.C.A. President and Chief Executive Officer, Brightwaters Strategic Solutions, Inc.Board/Committees: Audit and Conduct Review (Chair), Governance and Nominating Director since: 1999

J. Robert S. Prichard, O.C., O.Ont. Chairman of the Board, BMO Financial Group, and Chair of Torys LLPBoard/Committees: Governance and Nominating, Human Resources, Risk Review, The Pension Fund Society of the Bank of MontrealOther public boards: George Weston Limited, Onex CorporationDirector since: 2000

Don M. Wilson III Corporate DirectorBoard/Committees: Governance and Nominating, Human Resources, Risk Review (Chair), The Pension Fund Society of the Bank of MontrealDirector since: 2008

1 As at October 31, 2015.

Board of Directors1

www.bmo.com/corporategovernance

Dr. Martin S. Eichenbaum

Lorraine Mitchelmore

William A. Downe

Ronald H. Farmer Don M. Wilson III

Christine A. Edwards

Eric R. La Flèche Philip S. Orsino J. Robert S. Prichard

Janice M. Babiak Sophie Brochu George A. Cope

Honorary Directors

Robert M. Astley, Waterloo, ONStephen E. Bachand, Ponte Vedra Beach, FL, USA Ralph M. Barford, Toronto, ONMatthew W. Barrett, O.C., LL.D., Oakville, ONDavid R. Beatty, O.B.E., Toronto, ONPeter J.G. Bentley, O.C., O.B.C., LL.D., Vancouver, BCRobert Chevrier, F.C.A., Montreal, QCTony Comper, C.M., LL.D., Toronto, ONC. William Daniel, O.C., LL.D., Toronto, ON

A. John Ellis, O.C., LL.D., O.R.S., Vancouver, BCJohn F. Fraser, O.C., LL.D., O.R.S., Winnipeg, MBDavid A. Galloway, Toronto, ONRichard M. Ivey, C.C., Q.C., Toronto, ONBetty Kennedy, O.C., LL.D., Campbellville, ONHarold N. Kvisle, Calgary, ABEva Lee Kwok, Vancouver, BCJ. Blair MacAulay, Oakville, ONRonald N. Mannix, O.C., Calgary, AB

Robert H. McKercher, Q.C., Saskatoon, SKBruce H. Mitchell, Toronto, ONEric H. Molson, Montreal, QCJerry E.A. Nickerson, North Sydney, NSDr. Martha C. Piper, O.C., O.B.C., FRSC, Vancouver, BC Jeremy H. Reitman, Montreal, QCLucien G. Rolland, O.C., Montreal, QCGuylaine Saucier, F.C.P.A., F.C.A., C.M., Montreal, QCNancy C. Southern, Calgary, AB

Corporate GovernanceWhen we measure BMO’s performance, shareholder return is an important metric – but only as it reflects a more fundamental commitment to earning the trust of all stakeholders. We have a responsibility not simply to meet regulatory requirements, but to act in accordance with our stated values. And the cornerstone of our efforts is sound corporate governance.

Our board oversees our business

Our Board of Directors provides stewardship, including direction-setting and general oversight of our management and operations. Its members have sophisticated expertise and a range of perspectives. The board approves the bank’s overall strategy and makes decisions based on BMO’s values, emphasizing long-term performance over short-term gain.

The board operates independently of management

The Chairman of the Board and our directors, other than the Chief Executive Officer, operate independently of management. Board meetings include time for the independent directors to meet without management or non-independent directors present.

Our focus on diversity reflects our values

The board has adopted a written Board Diversity Policy to facilitate more effective governance. In so doing, the board positions itself to be made up of highly-qualified directors whose diverse backgrounds reflect the changing demographics of the markets in which we operate, the talent available with the expertise required, and the bank’sevolving customer and employee base. The Board Diversity Policy includes the goal that each gender comprise at least one-third of the independent directors. A diverse board helps us make better decisions.

In addition, the board oversees the development of the next generation of leaders at BMO, ensuring the bank has a solid, diverse team of executives to keep BMO strong and growing in the years to come.

We compensate our directors and executives in ways that encourage good decisions

Our model for compensating directors and executives follows best practices for good governance. We use a pay-for-performance model for executives that includes clawbacks and discourages unreasonable risk-taking. Directors and executives must own shares, in order to align their interests with those of other shareholders. We do not allow directors and employees to hedge their investments in our shares, securities or related financial instruments.

We maintain a strong focus on ethical conduct

BMO’s Code of Conduct is approved by the board and is rooted in our values of integrity, empathy, diversity and responsibility. Every year, all directors and employees are required to confirm that they have read, understood, complied with and will continue to comply with the code.

The Chief Ethics Officer is responsible for ensuring that awareness and understanding of ethical business principles are embedded in all aspects of our business, and reports on the state of ethical conduct across our organization to the Audit and Conduct Review Committee of the board.

Our ethical culture is supported by an environment where concerns can be raised without fear of retaliation. We provide various means for raising concerns, including the ability to report them on an anonymous basis. All reports are investigated, and breaches of the code are dealt with swiftly and decisively.

Our board and management stay connected with our shareholders

We engage and inform our shareholders through our annual meeting of shareholders, annual report, management proxy circular, annual information form, sustainability report, corporate responsibility report, quarterly reports, news releases, earnings conference calls, industry conferences and other meetings. Our website provides extensive information about the board, its mandate, the board committees and their charters, and our directors.

BMO Financial Group 198th Annual Report 2015 2322 BMO Financial Group 198th Annual Report 2015

CFO’s Foreword to the Financial Review

BMO had a strong finish to 2015, with record financial performance driven by operating group performance.

Reported net income was $4.4 billion. On an adjusted basis, net income was $4.7 billion and EPS was $7.00, up 6% from last year, with record results in Personal and Commercial Banking on both sides of the border as well as in Wealth Management. We maintained a strong capital position, ending the year with a Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio of 10.7%, and we increased our dividend twice. Our disciplined approach to capital management also gave us the flexibility to buy back 8 million shares and to complete the acquisition of GE Capital’s transportation finance business, which closed on December 1, 2015.

Our performance continues to generate attractive returns for BMO’s shareholders. Our three-year average annual total shareholder return was 13.5%, outperforming our Canadian bank peer group average and the S&P/TSX Composite Index.

In the Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) that follows, we examine our results and performance in detail. We are proud that our commitment to ensuring that investors receive timely and informative financial reporting was recently recognized with the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada’s 2015 Award of Excellence in Corporate Reporting in Financial Services.

We have an advantaged business mix, a strong capital position and a customer-centric operating model that provide clear opportunities for growth across a diversified North American footprint:

• Our large North American commercial banking business has advantaged market share positions.

• Our Canadian core banking business is well-established and highly profitable.

• Our wealth franchise is fast-growing and award-winning.

• We have a leading Canadian and growing mid-cap focused U.S. capital markets business.

• Our U.S. operations are well-positioned to capture the benefit of improving economic conditions.

• We are focused on driving efficiency through technology innovation, simplifying and automating processes and extending the digital experience across our channels.

As we head into 2016, we are well-positioned to build on our results in 2015, while adhering to the highest standards of business ethics and corporate governance.

Thomas E. Flynn

Financial Review

23 CFO’s Foreword to the Financial Review

24 Financial Performance and Condition at a Glance

26 Management’s Discussion and Analysis

118 Supplemental Information

132 Statement of Management’s Responsibilityfor Financial Information

133 Independent Auditors’ Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm

134 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

135 Consolidated Financial Statements

140 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Resources and Directories202 Glossary of Financial Terms

204 Where to Find More Information

IBC Shareholder Information

“ We have an advantaged business mix, a strong capital position and a customer-centric operating model that provide clear opportunities for growth across a diversified North American footprint.”

Thomas E. Flynn, CPA, CA Chief Financial Officer, BMO Financial Group


Financial Performance and Condition at a GlanceOur Performance (Note 1)

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) • BMO shareholders have earned a strong average annual return

of 13.5% over the past three years, which outperformed our Canadian bank peer group average and was above the 6.0% return on the S&P/TSX Composite Index.

• The one-year TSR of negative 3.0% and the five-year average annual return of 9.5% both outperformed the S&P/TSX Composite Index, and the one-year TSR also outperformed our Canadian bank peer group average.

TSR (%)

• The Canadian peer group three-year average annual TSR was 11.5%. The one-year TSR was negative 4.6%, and the five-year average annual TSR was 9.7%.

• The North American peer group three-year average annual TSR was 12.4%, the one-year TSR was negative 0.7%, and the five-year average annual TSR was 10.8%, each above the Canadian peer group averages.

EPS Growth (%)

• The Canadian peer group average EPS growth was 6%, with all banks in the peer group reporting increases in EPS.

• Average EPS growth for the North American peer group was 2%, with significant variability among our U.S. peer banks.

ROE (%)

• The Canadian peer group average ROE of 16.4% was lower than the average return of 17.3% in 2014, as ROE declined for all but one bank in our Canadian peer group.

• Average ROE for the North American peer group was 11.5%, compared to 12.2% in 2014, with ROE declining for all but two banks in our North American peer group.

Revenue Growth (%)

• Revenue growth for the Canadian peer group averaged 5%, significantly lower than the average growth of 9% in 2014.

• Average revenue growth for the North American peer group of 2% was consistent with the prior year.

Efficiency Ratio (%)

• The Canadian peer group average efficiency ratio was 60.2%, up from 59.5% in 2014 as growth in expenses exceeded growth in revenue.

• The average efficiency ratio for the North American peer group was 63.3%, up from the group’s average ratio of 62.5% in 2014, and worse than the average of our Canadian peer group.

Earnings per Share (EPS) Growth• Adjusted EPS grew $0.41 or 6% to $7.00, primarily reflecting

higher earnings. Reported EPS grew $0.16 or 2% to $6.57.• On an adjusted basis, higher revenue exceeded incremental costs,

contributing to growth in net income. There were lower credit recoveries and a slightly higher effective income tax rate.

Return on Equity (ROE)• Adjusted ROE was 13.3% and reported ROE was 12.5% in 2015,

compared with 14.4% and 14.0%, respectively, in 2014. ROE declined in 2015 primarily due to growth in common equity exceeding growth in income. There was growth in both earnings and adjusted earnings available to common shareholders. Average common shareholders’ equity increased primarily due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar on our investments in foreign operations and higher capital to support regulatory capital ratios.

Revenue Growth• On a net revenue basis*, revenue increased $1,417 million or *

8% to $18,135 million, mainly due to growth in Canadian P&C and Wealth Management, as well as the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. Total revenue increased $1,166 million or 6% in 2015 to $19,389 million.

Efficiency Ratio (Expense-to-Revenue Ratio)• The adjusted efficiency ratio was 60.9% and the reported efficiency

ratio was 62.8% in 2015. On a net revenue basis*, the adjusted efficiency ratio increased 80 basis points from 2014 to 65.2%, primarily due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar.

• On a net revenue basis, excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and purchased loan accounting impacts, the efficiencyratio would have been 40 basis points lower year over year.

Note 1: Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP. Please see the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

Effective November 1, 2014, BMO and our Canadian peers adopted several new and amended accounting pronouncements issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), which are outlined in Note 1 on page 140 of the financial statements. The adoption of these new and amended accounting standards only impacted our results prospectively. Effective November 1, 2013, BMO and our Canadian peers adopted several new and amended accounting pronouncements issued by the IASB. The consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2013 have been restated. U.S. peer group data continues to be reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

BMO reportedBMO adjusted Canadian peer group averageNorth American peer group average

201520142013

889

43

1

201520142013

65.267.2

64.465.363.563.7

201520142013

13.312.514.414.0

15.014.9

P 32

P 35

P 38

P 43

P 34

201520142013

11.5 13.5

16.7

Peer Group Performance

All EPS measures are stated on a diluted basis. 201520142013

22

6

4

6

1

4

North American peer group data is not to scale.

Graph shows average annual three-year TSR.

*Graph shows the efficiency ratio on a net revenue basis, calculated using revenue net of claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities.

*Graph shows net revenue, calculated using total revenue net of claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities.

BMO Financial Group 198th Annual Report 2015 25

Our Performance (Note 1)

Provision for Credit Losses as a % of Average Net Loans and Acceptances• The Canadian peer group average PCL represented

30 basis points of average net loans and acceptances, down slightly from 31 basis points in 2014.

• The North American peer group average PCL represented 26 basis points, unchanged from 2014, and lower than the average PCL for the Canadian peer group.

Capital Adequacy• The Canadian peer group average Basel III CET1 Ratio

was 10.3% in 2015, compared with an average CET1 Ratio of 9.9% a year ago.

• The basis for computing capital adequacy ratios in Canada and the United States is not completely comparable.

Capital Adequacy• BMO’s Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio is strong

and exceeds regulatory requirements. • Our CET1 Ratio was 10.7%, up from 10.1% in 2014,

primarily due to higher capital from accumulated other comprehensive income and retained earnings, partially offset by an increase in risk-weighted assets.

Credit Rating• Credit ratings for BMO’s long-term debt, as assessed by the four major rating

agencies, are listed below and all four ratings are considered to indicate high-grade, high-quality issues. Moody’s and DBRS have a negative outlook on the long-term credit ratings of BMO and other Canadian banks in response to the federal government’s proposed bail-in regime for senior unsecured debt. On December 11, 2015, Standard and Poor’s (S&P) revised its outlook to stable from negative on BMO and other systemically important Canadian banks.

Credit Rating• The Canadian peer group median credit ratings were unchanged from 2014. • The North American peer group median credit ratings were unchanged from 2014,

and remain slightly lower than the median of the Canadian peer group for three of the ratings.

The Canadian peer group averages exclude BMO and are based on the performance of Canada’s five other largest banks: Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, National Bank of Canada, Royal Bank of Canada, Scotiabank and TD Bank Group. The North American peer group averages are based on the performance of 12 of the largest banks in North America. These include the Canadian peer group, except National Bank of Canada, as well as BB&T Corporation, Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, Fifth Third Bancorp, KeyCorp, The PNC Financial Services Group Inc., Regions Financial Corporation, SunTrust Banks Inc. and U.S. Bancorp.

Results are as at or for the years ended October 31 for Canadian banks and as at or for the years ended September 30 for U.S. banks.

201520142013

0.190.190.22

P 35, 70

P 110

Peer Group Performance

Credit Losses• Provisions for credit losses (PCL) totalled $612 million,

up from $561 million in 2014 due to lower recoveries in Corporate Services and higher provisions in BMO Capital Markets, partially offset by reduced provisions in the P&C businesses.

• PCL as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances was 0.19% in 2015, consistent with the prior year. New provisions were lower across both our consumer and commercial loan portfolios, compared to 2014.

201520142013

10.710.19.9

20152014

AA AA

AA–

Aa3

A+

AA–

Aa3

A+

2013

AA

AA–

Aa3

A+

DBRS

Fitch

Moody’s

S&P

20152013

AA

AA–

Aa3

A+

AA

AA–

Aa3

A+

2014

AA

AA–

Aa3

A+

DBRS

Fitch

Moody’s

S&P

20152013

AAL

AA–

A1

A

AAL

AA–

A1

A

2014

AAL

AA–

A1

A

DBRS

Fitch

Moody’s

S&P

Canadian peer group median*BMO Financial Group North American peer group median*

BMO reportedBMO adjusted Canadian peer group averageNorth American peer group average

P 42, 96

*Data for all years reflects the peer group composition in the most recent year.

Impaired Loans• Gross impaired loans and acceptances (GIL) decreased

to $1,959 million from $2,048 million in 2014, and represented 0.58% of gross loans and acceptances, compared with 0.67% a year ago.

• Formations of new impaired loans and acceptances, a key driver of provisions for credit losses, totalled $1,921 million, down from $2,142 million in 2014, reflecting decreases in formations in both Canada and the United States.

Gross Impaired Loans and Acceptances as a % of Gross Loans and Acceptances• The Canadian peer group average ratio of GIL as a

percentage of gross loans and acceptances was 0.58%, down slightly from 0.59% in 2014.

• The average ratio for our North American peer group improved from 1.40% a year ago to 1.15% in 2015, but continues to be higher than the average for the Canadian peer group.

P 96

201520142013

0.580.67

0.91

MD&

AMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Management’s Discussion and AnalysisBMO’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer have signed a statement outlining management’s responsibility for financial information inthe annual consolidated financial statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). The statement, which can be found on page 132,also explains the roles of the Audit and Conduct Review Committee and Board of Directors in respect of that financial information.

The MD&A comments on BMO’s operations and financial condition for the years ended October 31, 2015 and 2014. The MD&A should be read inconjunction with our consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2015. The MD&A commentary is as of December 1, 2015.Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts are stated in Canadian dollars and have been derived from financial statements prepared in accordance withInternational Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). References to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) mean IFRS.

Since November 1, 2011, BMO’s financial results have been reported in accordance with IFRS. Results for years prior to 2011 have not beenrestated and are presented in accordance with Canadian GAAP as defined at that time (CGAAP). As such, certain growth rates and compound annualgrowth rates (CAGR) may not be meaningful. On November 1, 2013, BMO adopted several new and amended accounting pronouncements issued bythe International Accounting Standards Board. The consolidated financial statements for comparative periods in the fiscal years 2013 and 2012 havebeen restated. Certain other prior year data has been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation. The adoption of new IFRS standardsin 2015 only impacted our results prospectively. Prior periods have been reclassified for methodology changes and transfers of certain businessesbetween operating groups. See pages 45 and 46.

Index27 Who We Are provides an overview of BMO Financial Group, explains the

links between our financial objectives and our overall vision, andoutlines “Reasons to Invest in BMO” along with relevant keyperformance data.

28 Enterprise-Wide Strategy outlines our enterprise-wide strategy andthe context in which it is developed, as well as our progress in relationto our priorities.

30 Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements advises readersabout the limitations and inherent risks and uncertainties of forward-looking statements.

30 Economic Developments and Outlook includes commentary on theCanadian, U.S. and international economies in 2015 and ourexpectations for 2016.

32 Value Measures reviews financial performance on the four keymeasures that assess or most directly influence shareholder return. Italso includes explanations of non-GAAP measures, a reconciliation totheir GAAP counterparts for the fiscal year, and a summary of adjustingitems that are excluded from results to assist in the review of keymeasures and adjusted results.

32 Total Shareholder Return33 Non-GAAP Measures34 Summary Financial Results and Earnings per Share Growth35 Return on Equity35 Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio

36 2015 Financial Performance Review provides a detailed review ofBMO’s consolidated financial performance by major income statementcategory. It also includes a summary of the impact of changes in foreignexchange rates.

45 2015 Operating Groups Performance Review outlines the strategiesand key priorities of our operating groups and the challenges they face,along with their strengths and value drivers. It also includes a summaryof their achievements in 2015, their focus for 2016, and a review oftheir financial performance for the year and the business environmentin which they operate.

46 Summary47 Personal and Commercial Banking48 Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking51 U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking55 BMO Wealth Management58 BMO Capital Markets62 Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations

63 Review of Fourth Quarter 2015 Performance, 2014 FinancialPerformance Review and Summary Quarterly Earnings Trends providecommentary on results for relevant periods other than fiscal 2015.

68 Financial Condition Review comments on our assets and liabilities bymajor balance sheet category. It includes a review of our capitaladequacy and our approach to optimizing our capital position tosupport our business strategies and maximize returns to ourshareholders. It also includes a review of off-balance sheetarrangements and certain select financial instruments.

68 Summary Balance Sheet70 Enterprise-Wide Capital Management76 Select Financial Instruments77 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

78 Accounting Matters and Disclosure and Internal Control reviewscritical accounting estimates and changes in accounting policies in2015 and for future periods. It also outlines our evaluation ofdisclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financialreporting, and provides an index of disclosures recommended by theEnhanced Disclosure Task Force.

78 Critical Accounting Estimates80 Changes in Accounting Policies in 201580 Future Changes in Accounting Policies81 Transactions with Related Parties82 Management’s Annual Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures

and Internal Control over Financial Reporting83 Shareholders’ Auditors’ Services and Fees84 Enhanced Disclosure Task Force

86 Enterprise-Wide Risk Management outlines our approach tomanaging key financial risks and other related risks we face.

87 Overview87 Risks That May Affect Future Results89 Framework and Risks94 Credit and Counterparty Risk

100 Market Risk105 Liquidity and Funding Risk111 Operational Risk112 Model Risk114 Insurance Risk114 Legal and Regulatory Risk116 Business Risk116 Strategic Risk116 Reputation Risk117 Environmental and Social Risk

118 Supplemental Information presents other useful financial tables andmore historical detail.

Regulatory FilingsOur continuous disclosure materials, including our interim financial statements and interim MD&A, annual audited consolidated financial statements and annual MD&A, AnnualInformation Form and Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Management Proxy Circular, are available on our website at www.bmo.com/investorrelations, on theCanadian Securities Administrators’ website at www.sedar.com and on the EDGAR section of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. BMO’s Chief Executive Officer and its ChiefFinancial Officer certify the appropriateness and fairness of BMO’s annual and interim consolidated financial statements, MD&A and Annual Information Form, the effectivenessof BMO’s disclosure controls and procedures and the effectiveness of, and any material weaknesses relating to, BMO’s internal control over financial reporting.


MD&

A

Who We AreEstablished in 1817, BMO Financial Group is a highly diversified financial services provider based in North America. With total assets of $642 billionand close to 47,000 employees, BMO provides a broad range of personal and commercial banking, wealth management and investment bankingproducts and services to more than 12 million customers. We serve eight million customers across Canada through our Canadian personal andcommercial arm, BMO Bank of Montreal. We also serve customers through our wealth management businesses: BMO Global Asset Management, BMONesbitt Burns, BMO Private Banking, BMO Insurance and BMO InvestorLine. BMO Capital Markets, our investment and corporate banking and tradingproducts division, provides a full suite of financial products and services to North American and international clients. In the United States, BMO servescustomers through BMO Harris Bank, based in the U.S. Midwest with more than two million retail, small business and commercial customers. BMOFinancial Group conducts business through three operating groups: Personal and Commercial Banking, Wealth Management and BMO Capital Markets.

Our Financial ObjectivesBMO’s medium-term financial objectives for certain important performance measures are set out below. We believe that we will deliver top-tier totalshareholder return and meet our medium-term financial objectives by aligning our operations with, and executing on, our strategic priorities, alongwith our vision and guiding principle, as outlined on the following page. We consider top-tier returns to be top-quartile shareholder returns relative toour Canadian and North American peer group.

BMO’s business planning process is rigorous, sets ambitious goals and considers the prevailing economic conditions, our risk appetite, ourcustomers’ evolving needs and the opportunities available across our lines of business. It includes clear and direct accountability for annualperformance that is measured against both internal and external benchmarks and progress toward our strategic priorities.

Over the medium term, our financial objectives on an adjusted basis are to achieve average annual earnings per share (adjusted EPS) growth of7% to 10%, earn an average annual return on equity (adjusted ROE) of 15% or more, generate average annual adjusted net operating leverage of 2%or more and maintain strong capital ratios that exceed regulatory requirements. These objectives are key guideposts as we execute against ourstrategic priorities, and we believe they are consistent with delivering top-tier total shareholder return. In managing our operations and risk, werecognize that current profitability and the ability to meet these objectives in a single period must be balanced with the need to invest in ourbusinesses for their future long-term health and growth prospects.

Our five-year average annual adjusted EPS growth rate was 7.9%, in line with our target growth range of 7% to 10%. We did not meet ourmedium-term objective of generating above 2% average annual adjusted operating leverage due to lower than expected source currency revenue.We remain focused on improving efficiency and generated improved operating leverage on a net revenue basis through 2015. Our five-year averageannual adjusted ROE of 14.8% was slightly below our target range as we held increased levels of common shareholders’ equity to meet increasedcapital expectations for banks. Our capital position is strong, with a Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio of 10.7%.

Reasons to Invest in BMO‰ Clear opportunities for growth across a diversified North American footprint:

‰ Large North American commercial banking business with advantaged market share.‰ Well-established, highly profitable core banking business in Canada.‰ Fast-growing, award-winning wealth franchise.‰ Leading Canadian and growing mid-cap focused U.S. capital markets business.‰ U.S. operations well-positioned to capture benefit of improving economic conditions.

‰ Strong capital position and an attractive dividend yield.‰ Focus on efficiency through technology innovation, simplifying and automating processes and extending the digital experience across our

channels.‰ Customer-centric operating model guided by disciplined loyalty measurement program.‰ Adherence to the highest standards of business ethics and corporate governance.

Canadian banks have been ranked the world’s soundest for the 8th year in a row(1)

(1) Based on the Global Competitiveness Report by the World Economic Forum.

As at and for the periods ended October 31, 2015 (%, except as noted) 1-year 5-year* 10-year*

Average annual total shareholder return (3.0) 9.5 7.7Average growth in annual adjusted EPS 6.2 7.9 5.1Average annual adjusted ROE 13.3 14.8 15.7Average growth in annual EPS 2.5 7.1 5.4Average annual ROE 12.5 14.5 14.4Compound growth in annual dividends declared per share 5.2 3.0 5.8Dividend yield** 4.3 4.3 4.6Price-to-earnings multiple** 11.6 11.6 12.7Market value/book value ratio** 1.35 1.53 1.70Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio (Basel III basis) 10.7 na na

* 5-year and 10-year growth rates reflect growth based on CGAAP in 2010 and 2005, respectively, and IFRS in 2015.** 1-year measure as at October 31, 2015. 5-year and 10-year measures are the average of year-end values.na – not applicableAdjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

The Our Financial Objectives section above and the Enterprise-Wide Strategy and Economic Developments and Outlook sections that follow contain certain forward-lookingstatements. By their nature, forward-looking statements require us to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. Please refer to the CautionRegarding Forward-Looking Statements on page 30 of this MD&A for a discussion of such risks and uncertainties and the material factors and assumptions related to thestatements set forth in such sections.


MD&


Enterprise-Wide StrategyOur VisionTo be the bank that defines great customer experience.

Our Guiding PrincipleWe aim to deliver top-tier total shareholder return and balance our commitments to financial performance, our customers and employees, theenvironment and the communities where we live and work.

Our 2015 Strategy in ContextThe economic environment is constantly evolving. As we navigate through this constant change, we continue to remain grounded in our brandpromise. We’re here to help is a simple statement meant to inspire and guide what we do every day. We aim to help customers feel valued,understood and confident in the decisions they make.

Our strategic priorities have proven to be robust, providing us with consistent direction in the midst of evolving expectations, increasingly intensecompetitive activity and continued market uncertainty. Digital technologies continue to play a critical role across our strategic priorities in enabling ourobjectives. We believe that the strength of our business model, customer base, balance sheet, risk management framework and leadership team,along with the advantages offered by the scale of our consolidated North American platform, will continue to generate sustainable growth and helpus deliver on our vision and brand promise.

Our commitment to stakeholders is evident in our focus on delivering an industry-leading customer experience, managing revenues andexpenses to achieve our financial goals, and maintaining a prudent approach to risk management. We have made good progress on our enterprisestrategic priorities, with select accomplishments outlined below, as well as on our group strategies, detailed in the 2015 Operating GroupsPerformance Review, which starts on page 45.

Our 2015 Priorities and Progress1. Achieve industry-leading customer loyalty by delivering on our brand promise.‰ Developed further capabilities in digital banking and investing to help customers in new and innovative ways:

‰ Launched Touch ID log-in in Canada and the United States, enabling customers to log in to the BMO mobile banking application using fingerprintrecognition. Within a month of the launch in Canada, approximately 115,000 new users registered for the mobile app.

‰ Introduced Mobile Cash in the United States, allowing customers to withdraw money from a BMO Harris automated banking machine (ABM)using their smartphone; we now have the largest network of mobile-enabled cardless ABMs in the United States.

‰ Launched a new BMO Banking and InvestorLine portal, becoming the first major Canadian bank to provide customers with access to bothpersonal banking and self-directed investment accounts all in one place.

‰ Enhanced our cash management offerings with the launch of BMO DepositEdge™ in Canada, enabling business customers to deposit chequesremotely, and BMO Spend Dynamics™, giving corporate card clients convenient access to their transaction data and the ability to analyze theirprogram spend.

‰ For the third consecutive year, BMO was recognized by global financial services research firm Celent with a 2015 Model Bank Award forexcellence in the digital banking category.

‰ Completed the successful launch of BMO’s refreshed brand with innovative tactics, including the “Help Given” social media campaign, whichgenerated over 7.7 million views in Canada and the United States, and sponsorship of The Amazing Race Canada, which allowed BMO to reachmillions of Canadians during its 12-week season.

‰ Recognized with awards across our groups, including Best Wealth Management in Canada, 2015 (Global Banking and Finance Review), Best Full-Service Investment Advisory in Canada, 2015 (Global Banking and Finance Review), 2015 Greenwich Quality Leader in Canadian Equity Sales andCorporate Access and 2015 Greenwich Share Leader for Canadian Fixed Income Research (Greenwich Associates) and, for the sixth consecutive year,World’s Best Metals & Mining Investment Bank (Global Finance).

2. Enhance productivity to drive performance and shareholder value.‰ Continued to make our processes more efficient, enabling front-line employees to add new customers and strengthen existing relationships:

‰ In Canadian P&C, our automated leads management engine, which uses data to identify customer opportunities, has generated incrementalrevenue by presenting customers with proactive needs-based product and service offers.

‰ In U.S. P&C, launched a new Home Lending Loan Origination system with e-disclosures, online loan tracker and digital loan processing.‰ Across the business, improved online sales processes driving growth in sales volumes. Online retail banking sales volumes across Canada are

now equivalent to sales at over 100 branches.‰ Optimized our cost structure to deliver greater efficiencies:

‰ Continued to roll out new branch formats offering smaller, more flexible and more cost-effective points of distribution across North America,including the introduction of our Smart Branch format in the United States, which allows customers to conduct transactions with ABM video-tellers and makes day-to-day banking easier and more convenient.

‰ Continued to expand eStatements participation across North America, as more customers move to the paperless option.‰ Divested our retirement services and municipal bond trading businesses to increase focus on our core Wealth and Capital Markets businesses.‰ Improved data and analytical capabilities, which helped generate revenues and improved management of BMO’s expense base.


MD&

A

3. Leverage our consolidated North American platform to deliver quality earnings growth.‰ Continued to develop consolidated North American capabilities and platforms in priority areas:

‰ Provided consistent brand messaging across the Canadian and U.S. businesses, building on shared customer insights to address the changingexpectations of the banking industry.

‰ Completed a reorganization of Trading Products by asset class to further enhance customer experience and North American franchise value.‰ Maintained key North-South leadership mandates to achieve greater consistency, eliminate duplication and leverage best practices.

‰ Continued to expand our business and capabilities in the United States:‰ Announced the signing of an agreement to acquire General Electric Capital Corporation’s (GE Capital) Transportation Finance business with net

earning assets on closing of approximately $11.9 billion (US$8.9 billion). The acquisition builds on our position as a market leader in commercialbanking, and enhances our business position in the United States by further diversifying net income, adding scale and enhancing profitabilityand margins.

‰ Improved sales productivity across key products and segments through enhanced coaching and performance management, and deployment ofcustomer acquisition programs.

‰ Introduced compelling offers in Canada that increased sales and established and strengthened client relationships, including the new SavingsBuilder Account, Spring Home Financing and Summer Everyday Banking Campaigns.

4. Expand strategically in select global markets to create future growth.‰ Completed the integration of F&C Asset Management plc (F&C), and rebranded it as BMO Global Asset Management. This acquisition strengthens

the position of BMO Global Asset Management as a top 50 global asset manager.‰ BMO served as a co-chair of the Toronto Financial Services Alliance (TFSA) Renminbi (RMB) Working Group, which played a crucial role in

establishing an offshore renminbi clearing hub in Canada. The Canadian hub facilitates settlements in renminbi, with the intention of encouragingtrade and strengthening ties between Canadian companies and their Chinese business partners.

‰ Ranked among top 20 global investment banks and 12th largest investment bank in North and South America, based on fees, by Thomson Reuters.

5. Ensure our strength in risk management underpins everything we do for our customers.‰ Leveraged our capital processes to enhance our risk appetite and limit framework through further alignment with our businesses’ capacity to

bear risk.‰ Developed and embedded our stress testing capabilities in business management processes and provided additional risk insights.‰ Continued to improve risk culture as evidenced by internal and external surveys.‰ Responded to rising regulatory expectations, evidenced by improvements in stress testing, market risk measurement and anti-money laundering.‰ Continued to develop the next generation of our risk infrastructure by integrating, automating and upgrading our foundational capabilities.


MD&


Factors That May Affect Future ResultsAs noted in the following Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements, all forward-looking statements and information, by their nature, aresubject to inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, which may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectationsexpressed in any forward-looking statement. The Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section starting on page 86 describes a number of risks, includingcredit and counterparty, market, liquidity and funding, operational, model, insurance, legal and regulatory, business, strategic, reputation,environmental and social. Should our risk management framework prove ineffective, there could be a material adverse impact on our financialposition.

Caution Regarding Forward-Looking StatementsBank of Montreal’s public communications often include written or oral forward-looking statements. Statements of this type are included in this document, and may be includedin other filings with Canadian securities regulators or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or in other communications. All such statements are made pursuant to the“safe harbor” provisions of, and are intended to be forward-looking statements under, the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and any applicableCanadian securities legislation. Forward-looking statements may involve, but are not limited to, comments with respect to our objectives and priorities for 2016 and beyond, ourstrategies or future actions, our targets, expectations for our financial condition or share price, and the results of or outlook for our operations or for the Canadian, U.S. andinternational economies.

By their nature, forward-looking statements require us to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. There is significant risk that predictions,forecasts, conclusions or projections will not prove to be accurate, that our assumptions may not be correct, and that actual results may differ materially from such predictions,forecasts, conclusions or projections. We caution readers of this document not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements, as a number of factors could causeactual future results, conditions, actions or events to differ materially from the targets, expectations, estimates or intentions expressed in the forward-looking statements.

The future outcomes that relate to forward-looking statements may be influenced by many factors, including but not limited to: general economic and market conditions inthe countries in which we operate; weak, volatile or illiquid capital and/or credit markets; interest rate and currency value fluctuations; changes in monetary, fiscal, tax oreconomic policy; the level of competition in the geographic and business areas in which we operate; changes in laws or in supervisory expectations or requirements, includingcapital, interest rate and liquidity requirements and guidance; judicial or regulatory proceedings; the accuracy and completeness of the information we obtain with respect to ourcustomers and counterparties; our ability to execute our strategic plans and to complete and integrate acquisitions, including obtaining regulatory approvals; the anticipatedbenefits from the acquisition of the GE Capital Transportation Finance business are not realized in the time frame anticipated or at all; critical accounting estimates and the effectof changes to accounting standards, rules and interpretations on these estimates; operational and infrastructure risks; changes to our credit ratings; general political conditions;global capital markets activities; the possible effects on our business of war or terrorist activities; outbreaks of disease or illness that affect local, national or internationaleconomies; natural disasters and disruptions to public infrastructure, such as transportation, communications, power or water supply; technological changes; and our ability toanticipate and effectively manage risks associated with all of the foregoing factors.

We caution that the foregoing list is not exhaustive of all possible factors. Other factors and risks could adversely affect our results. For more information, please see thediscussion in the Risks That May Affect Future Results section on page 87, and the sections related to credit and counterparty, market, liquidity and funding, operational, model,insurance, legal and regulatory, business, strategic, reputation and environmental and social risk, which begin on page 94 and outline certain key factors and risks that may affectBank of Montreal’s future results. When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to Bank of Montreal, investors and others should carefully considerthese factors and risks, as well as other uncertainties and potential events, and the inherent uncertainty of forward-looking statements. Bank of Montreal does not undertake toupdate any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by the organization or on its behalf, except as required by law. Theforward-looking information contained in this document is presented for the purpose of assisting our shareholders in understanding our financial position as at and for the periodsended on the dates presented, as well as our strategic priorities and objectives, and may not be appropriate for other purposes.

Assumptions about the performance of the Canadian and U.S. economies, as well as overall market conditions and their combined effect on our business, are materialfactors we consider when determining our strategic priorities, objectives and expectations for our business. In determining our expectations for economic growth, both broadlyand in the financial services sector, we primarily consider historical economic data provided by the Canadian and U.S. governments and their agencies. See the EconomicDevelopments and Outlook section of this document.

Assumptions about current and expected capital requirements, GE Capital’s Transportation Finance business revenues and expenses, potential for earnings growth as well ascosts associated with the transaction and expected synergies, were material factors we considered in estimating the impact of the acquired business on our net income,profitability and margins in 2016 and beyond.

Assumptions about current and expected capital requirements and our models used to assess those requirements under applicable capital guidelines, GE Capital’sTransportation Finance business revenues and expenses, potential for earnings growth as well as costs associated with the transaction and expected synergies were materialfactors we considered in estimating the impact on our capital ratios in 2016 and beyond.

Economic Developments and OutlookEconomic Developments in 2015 and Outlook for 2016Growth in the Canadian economy weakened in the first half of 2015, largely due to a sharp reduction in investment in the oil-producing regions andto continued weakness in the mining sector. Still, growth remained steady across most of the country, supported by an upturn in exports, as well asstable consumer spending and housing markets. Exports have benefitted from the effects of stronger U.S. demand, a weaker Canadian dollar and amodest pickup in the Eurozone economy, offset in part by slower growth in most emerging-market economies, notably China. While growth inCanadian consumer spending has moderated as a result of elevated debt levels, it continues at a healthy rate, reflecting record sales of motorvehicles and steady demand for services. Home sales remain strong in the Vancouver and Toronto regions, supported by immigration and themillennial generation, many of whom are now in their prime home-buying years. Real GDP growth is expected to improve from an estimated 1.1% in2015 to 2.0% in 2016, supported by modestly expansionary federal fiscal policy. Canadian households should continue to help sustain the economicexpansion, as growth in employment remains healthy and interest rates are low, while the downturn in business investment is projected to stabilizein response to an expected partial recovery in oil prices. Growth in residential mortgages is expected to slow modestly to around 5% in 2016, andconsumer credit should expand by close to 3%. Growth in business loans is projected to moderate from recent rates of around 8% this year to about6%, reflecting lower levels of capital expenditures in the resource sector. After two rate reductions in 2015, the Bank of Canada is expected to holdinterest rates steady in 2016, before shifting to a tightening stance in early 2017. The Canadian dollar is projected to weaken modestly in response toexpected higher U.S. interest rates, before an anticipated upturn in oil prices provides some support in 2016.


MD&

A

After a slow start to 2015 due to severe winter weather, shipping disruptions and a reduction in oil drilling activity, the U.S. economy hasstrengthened over the course of the year. Consumer spending has been sustained by improvements in household finances and steady growth inemployment, while the housing market continues to benefit from low mortgage rates and less restrictive lending standards. Economic growth hasalso been impacted by weakness in exports due to the strong dollar, a decline in agriculture investment owing to low crop prices, and the effects ofthe downturn in the oil industry. Overall, real GDP is expected to grow by 2.5% in 2015 and 2.6% in 2016. Despite an expected modest increase inborrowing costs, growth in consumer credit and residential mortgages is expected to strengthen in 2016, supported by rising consumer confidenceand robust demand for automobiles. Business loan growth should also remain healthy, supported by lower costs for imported machinery. With theunemployment rate projected to fall below 5% in 2016, the Federal Reserve is expected to increase interest rates. However, we anticipate a verymodest tightening cycle in the face of global economic headwinds and continued low inflation. This should help to keep long-term interest ratesrelatively low in 2016.

Following modest economic growth in recent years, the pace of expansion in the U.S. Midwest region, which includes the six contiguous statescomprising the BMO footprint, should improve to 1.8% in 2015 and 2.1% in 2016 in response to an increase in automobile production, the recovery inhousing markets and generally expansionary fiscal policies. However, because of the ongoing weakness in exports, the region could continue to lagthe national average.

This Economic Developments and Outlook section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-LookingStatements.

Real Growth in Gross Domestic Product (%)

CanadaUnited States

*Forecast

2013 2014 2015* 2016*

2.0

1.5

2.4 2.4

1.1

2.5

2.0

2.6

The Canadian and U.S. economies are expected togrow moderately in 2016.

Canadian and U.S. Unemployment Rates (%)

CanadaUnited States

*Forecast

Oct2016*

Oct2015

Oct2014

Jan2014

Unemployment rates in Canada and the United States are projected to decline modestly.

7.06.6 6.6

5.7

7.0

5.0

6.8

4.6

*Forecast

Housing Starts (in thousands)

CanadaUnited States

100

150

200

250

0

500

1000

1500

09 10 11 12 13 14 15* 16*

Housing market activity shouldmoderate in Canada butstrengthen in the United States.

Consumer Price IndexInflation (%)

*Forecast

CanadaUnited States

2013 2014 2015* 2016*

0.9

1.5

1.9

1.6

1.8

Inflation is expected to turnhigher but remain low.

1.1

0.1

1.7

Canadian and U.S. Interest Rates (%)

Canadian overnight rateU.S. federal funds rate

*Forecast

Oct2016*

Oct2015

Oct2014

Jan2014

0.13

1.13

0.130.13

1.00 1.00

0.50 0.50

The Federal Reserve will likelyraise interest rates moderately,while the Bank of Canadaremains on the sidelines.

Canadian/U.S. Dollar Exchange Rates

*Forecast

1.09 1.12

1.31 1.31

The Canadian dollar is expectedto stabilize against the U.S. dollaras oil prices recover.

Oct2016*

Oct2015

Oct2014

Jan2014

Note: Data points are averages for the month, quarter or year, as appropriate. References to years are calendar years.


MD&


Value MeasuresTotal Shareholder ReturnThe average annual total shareholder return (TSR) is a key measure of shareholder value, and confirms that our strategic priorities drive value creationfor our shareholders. Our one-year TSR of negative 3% was better than the average of our Canadian bank peer group and the overall market return inCanada. Our three-year average annual TSR of 13.5% was strong, outperforming our Canadian bank peer group and the overall market return inCanada. Our five-year average annual TSR of 9.5% outperformed the overall market return in Canada, although it was slightly below our Canadianbank peer group.

The table below summarizes dividends paid on BMO common shares over the past five years and the movements in BMO’s share price.An investment of $1,000 in BMO common shares made at the beginning of fiscal 2011 would have been worth $1,576 at October 31, 2015,assuming reinvestment of dividends, for a total return of 57.6%.

On December 1, 2015, BMO announced that the Board of Directors had declared a quarterly dividend payable to common shareholders of $0.84per common share, an increase of $0.02 per share or 2% from the prior quarter and up $0.04 per share or 5% from a year ago. The dividend ispayable on February 26, 2016 to shareholders of record on February 2, 2016. We have increased our quarterly dividend declared four times over thepast two years from $0.76 per common share for the first quarter of 2014. Dividends paid over a ten-year period have increased at an average annualcompound rate of 5.9%.

One-Year Total Shareholder Return (%)

All returns represent total returns.

BMO’s one-year TSR was better than the average of our Canadianpeer group.

CanadianPeer Group

Average

-4.6

S&P/TSXComposite

Index

-4.6

BMOCommon Shares

-3.0


BMOCommonShares

CanadianPeer

GroupAverage

S&P/TSXComposite

Index

BMO’s three-year average annual return was strong.

Three-Year Average Annual Total Shareholder Return (%)

6.0

11.513.5

Five-Year Average AnnualTotal Shareholder Return (%)


BMO’s five-year average annual return outperformed the overall market return in Canada.

S&P/TSXComposite

Index

4.3

CanadianPeer

GroupAverage

9.7

BMOCommonShares

9.5

The average annual total shareholder return (TSR) represents the average annual total return earned on an investment in BMO common sharesmade at the beginning of a fixed period. The return includes the change in share price and assumes that dividends received were reinvested inadditional common shares.

Total Shareholder Return

For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 20113-year

CAGR (1)5-year

CAGR (1)

Closing market price per common share ($) 76.04 81.73 72.62 59.02 58.89 8.8 4.8Dividends paid ($ per share) 3.20 3.04 2.92 2.80 2.80 4.6 2.7Dividend yield (%) 4.3 3.8 4.0 4.8 4.8 nm nm

Increase (decrease) in share price (%) (7.0) 12.5 23.0 0.2 (2.2) nm nm

Total annual shareholder return (%) (2) (3.0) 17.1 28.8 5.2 2.4 13.5 9.5

(1) Compound annual growth rate (CAGR) expressed as a percentage.(2) Total annual shareholder return assumes reinvestment of quarterly dividends and therefore does not equal the sum of dividend and share price returns in the table.nm – not meaningful


MD&

A

Non-GAAP MeasuresResults and measures in this MD&A are presented on a GAAP basis. They are also presented on an adjusted basis that excludes the impact of certainitems as set out in the following table. Management assesses performance on a reported basis and on an adjusted basis and considers both to beuseful in assessing underlying ongoing business performance. Presenting results on both bases provides readers with a better understanding of howmanagement assesses results. It also permits readers to assess the impact of certain specified items on results for the periods presented and tobetter assess results excluding those items if they consider the items to not be reflective of ongoing results. As such, the presentation may facilitatereaders’ analysis of trends, as well as comparisons with our competitors. Adjusted results and measures are non-GAAP and as such do not havestandardized meaning under GAAP. They are unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies and should not be viewedin isolation from or as a substitute for GAAP results.

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted) 2015 2014 2013

Reported ResultsRevenue (1) 19,389 18,223 16,830Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) (1) (1,254) (1,505) (767)

Revenue, net of CCPB 18,135 16,718 16,063Provision for credit losses (612) (561) (587)Non-interest expense (12,182) (10,921) (10,226)

Income before income taxes 5,341 5,236 5,250Provision for income taxes (936) (903) (1,055)

Net Income 4,405 4,333 4,195Diluted EPS ($) 6.57 6.41 6.17

Adjusting Items (Pre-tax) (2)

Credit-related items on the purchased performing loan portfolio (3) – – 406Acquisition integration costs (4) (53) (20) (251)Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (5) (163) (140) (125)Decrease in the collective allowance for credit losses (6) – – 2Run-off structured credit activities (7) – – 40Restructuring costs (8) (149) – (82)

Adjusting items included in reported pre-tax income (365) (160) (10)

Adjusting Items (After tax) (2)

Credit-related items on the purchased performing loan portfolio (3) – – 250Acquisition integration costs (4) (43) (16) (155)Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (5) (127) (104) (89)Increase in the collective allowance for credit losses (6) – – (9)Run-off structured credit activities (7) – – 34Restructuring costs (8) (106) – (59)

Adjusting items included in reported net income after tax (276) (120) (28)Impact on diluted EPS ($) (0.43) (0.18) (0.04)

Adjusted ResultsRevenue (1) 19,391 18,223 16,139Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) (1) (1,254) (1,505) (767)

Revenue, net of CCPB 18,137 16,718 15,372Provision for credit losses (612) (561) (357)Non-interest expense (11,819) (10,761) (9,755)

Income before income taxes 5,706 5,396 5,260Provision for income taxes (1,025) (943) (1,037)

Net Income 4,681 4,453 4,223Diluted EPS ($) 7.00 6.59 6.21

Adjusted results and measures in this table are non-GAAP amounts or non-GAAP measures.

(1) Effective the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurancerevenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.

(2) Adjusting items are included in Corporate Services with the exception of the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, which is charged to the operating groups, and acquisition integrationcosts in 2015 and 2014 related to F&C, which are charged to Wealth Management.

(3) Credit-related items on the purchased performing portfolio in 2013 were comprised of revenue of $638 million, provisions for credit losses of $232 million and provisions for income taxes of$156 million, resulting in an increase in reported net income after tax of $250 million. Effective the first quarter of 2014, Corporate Services adjusted results include credit-related items in respect ofthe purchased performing loan portfolio, including $103 million of revenue and $5 million of specific provisions for credit losses in 2015 ($238 million and $82 million in 2014, respectively).

(4) Acquisition integration costs related to F&C are charged to Wealth Management and acquisition integration costs related to Marshall & Isley Corporation and GE Capital’s Transportation Financebusiness are charged to Corporate Services. Acquisition integration costs are primarily recorded in non-interest expense.

(5) These expenses were included in the non-interest expense of the operating groups. Before and after-tax amounts for each operating group are provided on pages 47, 49, 53, 56 and 60.(6) In 2013, the impact of the purchased performing portfolio on the collective allowance is reflected in credit-related items.(7) Primarily comprised of valuation changes associated with these activities that are mainly included in trading revenues in non-interest revenue.(8) Primarily due to restructuring to drive operational efficiencies. The charge in 2015 also includes the settlement of a legacy legal matter from an acquired entity.


MD&


Summary Financial Results and Earnings per Share GrowthThe year-over-year percentage change in earnings per share (EPS) and in adjusted EPS are our key measures foranalyzing earnings growth. All references to EPS are to diluted EPS, unless indicated otherwise.

EPS was $6.57, up $0.16 or 2% from $6.41 in 2014. Adjusted EPS was $7.00, up $0.41 or 6% from $6.59 in2014. Our five-year average annual adjusted EPS growth rate was 7.9%, in line with our current medium-termobjective of achieving average annual adjusted EPS growth of 7% to 10%. EPS growth in both 2015 and 2014primarily reflected increased earnings. Adjusted net income available to common shareholders was 67% higherover the five-year period, while the average number of diluted common shares outstanding increased 15% overthe same period.

Net income was $4,405 million in 2015, up $72 million or 2% from the previous year. Adjusted net incomewas $4,681 million, up $228 million or 5%.

On an adjusted basis, there was solid revenue growth in 2015. Higher revenue exceeded incremental costs,contributing to growth in net income. There were modestly higher provisions for credit losses and a slightlyhigher effective income tax rate in 2015.

There was good adjusted net income growth in Canadian P&C, Wealth Management and U.S. P&C, a declinein BMO Capital Markets and lower results in Corporate Services. In addition to operating performance, adjustednet income benefitted from the stronger U.S. dollar. This benefit was more than offset by lower purchased loanaccounting benefits.

Canadian P&C adjusted net income increased $88 million or 4% to $2,108 million, due to continued revenuegrowth as a result of higher balances and improved non-interest revenue, with stable net interest margin,partially offset by higher expenses. Expenses rose primarily due to continued investment in the business, net ofexpense management, and higher costs associated with a changing business and regulatory environment.Canadian P&C results are discussed in the operating group review on page 48.

U.S. P&C adjusted net income increased $174 million or 25% to $880 million, and increased $57 million or9% to $701 million on a U.S. dollar basis, primarily due to lower provisions for credit losses. Revenue was stableas higher balances and increased mortgage banking revenue offset the effects of lower net interest margin. Non-interest expenses also remained stable. U.S. P&C results are discussed in the operating group review on page 51.

Wealth Management adjusted net income was $955 million, up $112 million or 13% from a year ago.Adjusted net income in traditional wealth was $715 million, up $158 million or 28% from a year ago, due to goodorganic growth from the businesses, a gain on the sale of BMO’s U.S. retirement services business, and the fullyear benefit from the acquired F&C business. Adjusted net income in insurance was $240 million, compared to$286 million a year ago, primarily due to higher taxes in the current year and higher actuarial benefits in the prioryear. Wealth Management results are discussed in the operating group review on page 55.

BMO Capital Markets adjusted net income decreased $44 million or 4% to $1,034 million as the benefit ofthe stronger U.S. dollar was more than offset by higher provisions in the current year compared to net recoveriesin the prior year. BMO Capital Markets results are discussed in the operating group review on page 58.

Corporate Services adjusted net loss for the year was $296 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of$194 million a year ago. Adjusted results decreased mainly due to lower purchased loan portfolio revenues andlower credit recoveries. Corporate Services results are discussed in the operating group review on page 62.

Changes to reported and adjusted net income for each of our operating groups are discussed in more detailin the 2015 Operating Groups Performance Review, which starts on page 45.

EPS ($)

2013 20152014

Adjusted EPSEPS

6.17 6.216.41

6.59 6.57

7.00

Growth demonstrates the benefits of our diversified business mix.

Earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing net income attributable to bank shareholders, after deduction of preferred dividends, by theaverage number of common shares outstanding. Diluted EPS, which is our basis for measuring performance, adjusts for possible conversions offinancial instruments into common shares if those conversions would reduce EPS, and is more fully explained in Note 25 on page 191 of thefinancial statements. Adjusted EPS is calculated in the same manner using adjusted net income.

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.


MD&

A

Return on EquityIncreased capital expectations for banks internationally have resulted in increased levels of commonshareholders’ equity over the last several years which, all else being equal, negatively impacts return on equity(ROE). ROE was 12.5% in 2015 and adjusted ROE was 13.3%, compared with 14.0% and 14.4%, respectively, in2014. ROE declined in 2015 primarily due to growth in common equity exceeding growth in income. There wasan increase of $96 million in earnings ($252 million in adjusted earnings) available to common shareholders in2015. Average common shareholders’ equity increased by $4.5 billion from 2014, primarily due to the impact ofthe stronger U.S. dollar on our investments in foreign operations and increased retained earnings. Adjusted returnon tangible common equity (ROTCE) was 16.4%, compared with 17.4% in 2014. Book value per share increased17% from the prior year to $56.31, given the substantial increase in shareholders’ equity. ROTCE is meaningfulboth because it measures the performance of businesses consistently, whether they were acquired or developedorganically, and because it is commonly used in the North American banking industry.

ROE (%)

Adjusted ROE Adjusted ROTCEROE2013 20152014

ROE remains strong.

14.014.4

17.4

14.9

17.3

15.0

12.5

16.4

13.3

Return on common shareholders’ equity (ROE) is calculated as net income, less non-controlling interest insubsidiaries and preferred dividends, as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity. Commonshareholders’ equity is comprised of common share capital, contributed surplus, accumulated othercomprehensive income (loss) and retained earnings. Adjusted ROE is calculated using adjusted net incomerather than net income.

Adjusted return on tangible common equity (ROTCE) is calculated as adjusted net income available tocommon shareholders as a percentage of average tangible common equity. Tangible common equity iscalculated as common shareholders’ equity less goodwill and acquisition-related intangible assets, net ofrelated deferred tax liabilities.

Return on Equity and Adjusted Return on Tangible Common Equity(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011*

Reported net income 4,405 4,333 4,195 4,156 3,114Attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (35) (56) (65) (74) (73)Preferred dividends (117) (120) (120) (136) (146)

Net income available to common shareholders 4,253 4,157 4,010 3,946 2,895Average common shareholders’ equity 34,135 29,680 26,956 24,863 19,145

Return on equity (%) 12.5 14.0 14.9 15.9 15.1

Adjusted net income available to common shareholders 4,529 4,277 4,038 3,849 3,056Adjusted return on equity (%) 13.3 14.4 15.0 15.5 16.0

Average tangible common equity 27,666 24,595 22,860 20,798 16,790

Adjusted return on tangible common equity (%) 16.4 17.4 17.3 18.0 17.9

* 2011 has not been restated to reflect the IFRS standards adopted in 2014.


Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 RatioBMO’s Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio is the last of our four key value measures. BMO’s CET1 Ratiois strong and exceeds the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada’s requirements for largeCanadian banks. Our CET1 Ratio was 10.7% at October 31, 2015, compared to 10.1% at October 31, 2014.The CET1 Ratio increased by 60 basis points from the end of fiscal 2014 primarily due to higher capital, partiallyoffset by an increase in risk-weighted assets. The acquisition of GE Capital’s Transportation Finance business isexpected to reduce BMO’s CET1 Ratio by approximately 70 basis points on closing in the first quarter of 2016.

BMO’s CET1 Ratio has beenconsistently strong.

Basel III CET1 Ratio (%)

2013 20152014

10.710.19.9

Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Ratio is calculated as CET1 capital, which is comprised of commonshareholders’ equity less deductions for goodwill, intangible assets, pension assets, certain deferred tax assetsand other items, divided by risk-weighted assets for CET1.


MD&


2015 Financial Performance ReviewThis section provides a review of our enterprise financial performance for 2015 that focuses on the Consolidated Statement of Income included in ourconsolidated financial statements, which begin on page 135. A review of our operating groups’ strategies and performance follows the enterprisereview. A summary of the enterprise financial performance for 2014 appears on page 64. This section contains adjusted results, which are non-GAAPand are disclosed in more detail in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

Highlights‰ On a net revenue basis(1), revenue increased $1,417 million or 8% in

2015 to $18,135 million. Adjusted revenue increased $1,419 millionor 8% to $18,137 million. Revenue growth was due to the benefitsof our diversified business mix and successful execution against ourstrategic priorities. The impact of the stronger U.S. dollar increasedadjusted net revenue growth by $732 million or 4%. The remainingincrease was mainly due to revenue growth in Canadian P&C andWealth Management.

‰ Revenue growth in Canadian P&C reflected higher balances andimproved non-interest revenue. U.S. P&C revenue increased$458 million or 15% on a Canadian dollar basis, and was stable on aU.S. dollar basis as strong commercial loan growth and increasedmortgage banking revenue offset the effects of lower net interestmargin. Wealth Management revenue growth was driven bytraditional wealth growth of 20%, including the full year contributionfrom the acquired F&C business. Insurance net revenue declined dueto higher actuarial benefits in the prior year. BMO Capital Marketsrevenue increased, driven by the stronger U.S. dollar. CorporateServices adjusted revenue declined mainly due to lower revenuerelated to the purchased loan portfolio.

‰ Provisions for credit losses totalled $612 million in the current year,up from $561 million in 2014, primarily due to lower recoveries inCorporate Services and higher provisions in BMO Capital Markets,partially offset by reduced provisions in the P&C businesses.

‰ Adjusted non-interest expense increased $1,058 million or 10%to $11,819 million, of which approximately 6% was due to thestronger U.S. dollar, 2% was due to the inclusion of F&C results fortwo additional quarters relative to a year ago, and 2% was due tobusiness growth.

‰ The effective income tax rate in 2015 was 17.5%, compared with17.2% in 2014. The adjusted effective income tax rate(2) was18.0%, compared with 17.5% in 2014. The higher adjustedeffective tax rate was attributable to a lower proportion of incomefrom lower tax rate jurisdictions.

(1) See page 38 for a description of net revenue.(2) The adjusted rate is computed using adjusted net income rather than net income in the

determination of income subject to tax.


MD&

A

Foreign ExchangeThe U.S. dollar was stronger compared to the Canadian dollar at October 31, 2015 than at October 31, 2014. BMO’s U.S.-dollar-denominated assetsand liabilities are translated at year-end rates. The average exchange rate over the course of 2015, which is used in the translation of BMO’sU.S.-dollar-denominated revenues and expenses, was higher in 2015 than in 2014. Consequently, the Canadian dollar equivalents of BMO’sU.S.-dollar-denominated net income, revenues, expenses, recovery of (provision for) credit losses and income taxes in 2015 increased relative tothe preceding year. The table below indicates average Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rates in 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the impact of changes inthe average rates on our U.S. segment results. At October 31, 2015, the Canadian dollar traded at $1.3075 per U.S. dollar. It traded at $1.1271 perU.S. dollar at October 31, 2014.

Changes in the exchange rate will affect future results measured in Canadian dollars and the impact on those results is a function of the periodsin which revenues, expenses and provisions for (recoveries of) credit losses arise. If future results are consistent with results in 2015, each one centincrease (decrease) in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate, expressed in terms of how many Canadian dollars one U.S. dollar buys, would beexpected to increase (decrease) the Canadian dollar equivalent of U.S.-dollar-denominated adjusted net income before income taxes for the year by$10 million in the absence of hedging transactions.

Economically, our U.S. dollar income stream was largely unhedged to changes in foreign exchange rates during the year. During 2015, wehedged a portion of the forecasted BMO Capital Markets U.S. dollar net income. These hedges are subject to mark-to-market accounting, whichresulted in a $21 million after tax loss in 2015, which was recorded in our BMO Capital Markets business.

We regularly determine whether to execute hedging transactions to mitigate the impact of foreign exchange rate movements on net income.

Effects of Changes in Exchange Rates on BMO’s Reported and Adjusted Results

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)2015 vs.

20142014 vs.

2013

Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate (average)2015 1.25502014 1.0937 1.09372013 1.0235

Effects on reported resultsIncreased net interest income 409 183Increased non-interest revenue 351 150

Increased revenues 760 333Increased provision for credit losses (5) (1)Increased expenses (598) (262)Increased income taxes (33) (14)

Increased reported net income before impact of hedges 124 56Hedging losses in current year after tax (21) (10)

Increased reported net income 103 46

Effects on adjusted resultsIncreased net interest income 409 183Increased non-interest revenue 351 150

Increased revenues 760 333Increased provision for credit losses (15) (2)Increased expenses (578) (255)Increased income taxes (34) (15)

Increased adjusted net income before impact of hedges 133 61Hedging losses in current year after tax (21) (10)

Increased adjusted net income 112 51

CautionThis Foreign Exchange section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.



MD&


Revenue(1)

Revenue increased $1,166 million or 6% in 2015 to $19,389 million. On a basis that nets insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefitliabilities (CCPB) against insurance revenue (net revenue), revenue increased $1,417 million or 8% to $18,135 million.

Amounts in the rest of this Revenue section are stated on an adjusted basis.Net revenue increased $1,419 million or 8% to $18,137 million, including a $732 million or 4% impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, mainly due to

growth in Canadian P&C and Wealth Management. BMO analyzes revenue at the consolidated level based on GAAP revenues as reported in thefinancial statements, and on an adjusted basis. Consistent with our Canadian peer group, we analyze revenue on a taxable equivalent basis (teb) atthe operating group level. The teb adjustments for 2015 totalled $524 million, up from $476 million in 2014.

Canadian P&C revenue increased $235 million or 4% as a result of higher balances and improved non-interest revenue, with stable net interestmargin.

U.S. P&C revenue increased $458 million or 15% on a Canadian dollar basis and remained stable at $2,877 million on a U.S. dollar basis, as higherbalances and increased mortgage banking revenue offset the effects of lower net interest margin.

Wealth Management revenue increased $676 million or 18% to $4,509 million on a net revenue basis, with traditional wealth growth of 20%due to good growth in client assets, including the full year benefit from the acquired F&C business. Net insurance revenue decreased due to higheractuarial benefits in the prior year.

BMO Capital Markets revenue increased $153 million or 4% to $3,873 million due to the stronger U.S. dollar. Higher trading revenues, includingthe prior year unfavourable impact of implementing a funding valuation adjustment, and higher lending revenues were offset by lower investmentbanking fees and reduced securities gains.

Corporate Services adjusted revenue declined by $105 million, mainly due to lower revenue related to the purchased loan portfolio.

(1) Commencing in 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified. Insurance can experience variability arising from fluctuations in the fair value of insurance assets and the related liabilities.The investments which support actuarial liabilities are predominantly fixed income assets recorded at fair value with changes in the fair values recorded in insurance revenue in the ConsolidatedStatement of Income. These fair value changes are largely offset by changes in the fair value of policy benefit liabilities, the impact of which is reflected in insurance claims, commissions and changesin policy benefit liabilities. The discussion of revenue on a net basis reduces this variability in the results, which allows for a better discussion of operating results.

Taxable equivalent basis (teb) Revenues of operating groups are presented in our MD&A on a taxable equivalent basis (teb). The teb adjustmentincreases GAAP revenue and the provision for income taxes by an amount that would increase revenue on certain tax-exempt items to a level thatwould incur tax at the statutory rate, to facilitate comparisons. This adjustment is offset in Corporate Services.

Revenue and Adjusted Revenue (1)

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011*

Net interest income 8,970 8,461 8,677 8,937 7,474Year-over-year growth (%) 6 (3) (3) 20 20

Non-interest revenue 10,419 9,762 8,153 8,166 7,587Year-over-year growth (%) 7 20 – 8 8

Total revenue 19,389 18,223 16,830 17,103 15,061Cdn./U.S. dollar translation effect 732 319 87 98 (188)

Year-over-year growth (%) 6 8 (2) 14 14Impact of Cdn./U.S. dollar translation effect (%) 4 2 1 1 1

Adjusted net interest income 8,971 8,461 8,020 8,158 7,248Year-over-year growth (%) 6 5 (2) 13 16

Adjusted non-interest revenue 10,420 9,762 8,119 7,882 7,612Year-over-year growth (%) 7 20 3 4 8

Total adjusted revenue (2) 19,391 18,223 16,139 16,040 14,860Year-over-year growth (%) 6 13 1 8 12

Total adjusted revenue, net of CCPB (2) 18,137 16,718 15,372 14,866 13,742Cdn./U.S. dollar translation effect 732 319 78 85 (173)

Year-over-year growth (%) 8 9 3 8 12Impact of Cdn./U.S. dollar translation effect (%) 4 2 1 1 1

* Growth rates for 2011 reflect growth based on CGAAP in 2010 and IFRS in 2011. 2011 has not been restated to reflect the new IFRS standards adopted in 2014.(1) Commencing in the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in

insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.(2) Adjusted revenue for 2011-2013 excludes the portion of the credit mark recorded in net interest income on the purchased performing loan portfolio and income or losses from run-off structured credit

activities recorded in non-interest revenue, which are recorded in Corporate Services, as discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.



MD&

A

Net Interest IncomeNet interest income for the year was $8,970 million, an increase of $509 million or 6% from 2014, due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollarand volume growth, partially offset by lower net interest margin and lower revenue from the purchased loan portfolio. The impact of the strongerU.S. dollar increased net interest income by $409 million.

BMO’s average earning assets increased $51 billion or 10% in 2015, including a $32 billion increase as a result of the stronger U.S. dollar.There was growth in all operating groups.

The main drivers of BMO’s overall net interest margin are the individual group margins, changes in the magnitude of each operating group’saverage earning assets and changes in net interest income in Corporate Services. Changes are discussed in the 2015 Operating Groups PerformanceReview section starting on page 45.

Table 5 on page 122 and Table 6 on page 123 provide further details on net interest income and net interest margin.

Net interest income is comprised of earnings on assets, such as loans and securities, including interest and dividend income and BMO’s share ofincome from investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting, less interest expense paid on liabilities, such as deposits.

Net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income to average earning assets, expressed as a percentage or in basis points.

Average earning assetsincreased 10% and adjusted netinterest margin decreased in thelow-rate environment.

Average Earning Assets and Net Interest Margin

Average earning assets ($ billions)Net interest margin (%)Adjusted net interest margin (%)

2013 20152014

579

1.551.55

529

1.601.60

485

1.65

1.79

2013 2014 2015

Net Interest Incomeand Net Non-Interest Revenue($ billions)

Net non-interest revenueNet interest income

Adjusted net non-interest revenueAdjusted net interest income

There was growth in adjustednet non-interest revenue andnet interest income, reflectinggood underlying businessgrowth.

18.1

9.0

9.1

18.1

9.0

9.1

16.7

8.5

8.2

16.7

8.5

8.2

15.4

8.0

7.4

16.1

8.7

7.4

Net Revenue

Canadian P&C and WealthManagement drove net revenuegrowth.

Total net revenueTotal net adjusted revenue

($ billions)

20152013 2014

16.1 15.416.7 16.7

18.1 18.1

Net Revenue by Country (%)

CanadaUnited StatesOther countries

The change in net revenue inother countries is primarily dueto the F&C acquisition.

2014 20152013

6264

33

3 5 6

30 32

65

Change in Net Interest Income, Average Earning Assets and Net Interest MarginNet interest income (teb) Average earning assets Net interest margin

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)For the year ended October 31

Change Change (in basis points)

2015 2014 % 2015 2014 % 2015 2014 Change

Canadian P&C 4,937 4,780 3 189,505 183,406 3 261 261 –U.S. P&C 2,834 2,482 14 81,965 68,312 20 346 363 (17)

Personal and Commercial Banking (P&C) 7,771 7,262 7 271,470 251,718 8 286 289 (3)Wealth Management 642 560 15 23,784 21,169 12 270 265 5BMO Capital Markets 1,334 1,177 13 238,916 222,471 7 56 53 3Corporate Services (777) (538) 44 45,301 33,428 36 nm nm nm

Total BMO reported 8,970 8,461 6 579,471 528,786 10 155 160 (5)

U.S. P&C (US$ in millions) 2,259 2,269 – 65,319 62,443 5 346 363 (17)

nm – not meaningful



MD&


Non-Interest RevenueNon-interest revenue, which comprises all revenue other than net interest income, increased $908 million or 11% on a net revenue basis to$9,165 million. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, net non-interest revenue increased 7% with the majority of the growth driven bystrong performance in Wealth Management, as well as growth in the P&C businesses.

Mutual fund revenue increased $312 million and investment management and custodial fees increased $254 million, both due to good organicgrowth in client assets and the contribution from six additional months of revenue from the F&C business relative to a year ago and the impact of thestronger U.S. dollar.

Deposit and payment service charges increased $75 million, due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and growth in Canadian P&C.Lending fees increased $57 million, due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and growth in lending activity in BMO Capital Markets and in

the Canadian P&C loan portfolio.Trading revenues increased $38 million and are discussed in the Trading-Related Revenues section that follows.Securities commissions and fees increased $19 million. These revenues consist largely of brokerage commissions within Wealth Management,

which account for about three-quarters of the total, and institutional equity trading commissions within BMO Capital Markets. The increase is due tothe stronger U.S. dollar and higher client activity in BMO Capital Markets, partially offset by lower securities commissions in Wealth Management dueto softer equity markets.

Insurance revenue decreased $246 million from a year ago, when lower long-term interest rates increased the fair value of insuranceinvestments, partially offset by increased underlying business premium income in 2015. The decrease in insurance revenue was largely offset bylower insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities as discussed on page 41.

Underwriting and advisory fees decreased $38 million, due to more challenging market conditions, offset in part by the impact of the strongerU.S. dollar.

Other non-interest revenue includes various sundry amounts and increased by $186 million from the prior year, primarily due to a gain on sale ofBMO’s U.S. retirement services business and a legal settlement.

Foreign exchange, other than trading, securities gains and card fees were largely consistent with the prior year.Table 3 on page 120 provides further details on revenue and revenue growth.

Non-Interest Revenue (1)

(Canadian $ in millions)

Changefrom 2014

For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013 (%)

Securities commissions and fees 953 934 846 2Deposit and payment service charges 1,077 1,002 916 8Trading revenues 987 949 849 4Lending fees 737 680 603 8Card fees 460 462 461 –Investment management and custodial fees 1,500 1,246 971 20Mutual fund revenues 1,385 1,073 832 29Underwriting and advisory fees 706 744 659 (5)Securities gains, other than trading 171 162 285 6Foreign exchange, other than trading 172 179 172 (4)Insurance revenue (1) 1,762 2,008 1,212 (12)Other 509 323 347 58

Total BMO reported (1) 10,419 9,762 8,153 7

BMO reported, net of CCPB 9,165 8,257 7,386 11

Insurance revenue, net of CCPB 508 503 445 1

(1) Commencing in the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction ininsurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.


MD&

A

Trading-Related RevenuesTrading-related revenues are dependent on, among other things, the volume of activities undertaken for clients who enter into transactions with BMOto mitigate their risks or to invest. BMO earns a spread or profit on the net sum of its client positions by profitably managing, within prescribed limits,the overall risk of the net positions. On a limited basis, BMO also earns revenue from principal trading positions.

Interest and non-interest trading-related revenues increased $86 million or 9%. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and the resultof hedging a portion of U.S. net income, trading-related revenues increased by $75 million or 8%. Interest rate trading-related revenues increased$82 million or 25%, including the prior year unfavourable impact of implementing a funding valuation adjustment, primarily due to increased clientactivity in our fixed income businesses. Foreign exchange trading-related revenues were up $25 million or 7%, driven by increased client activity inresponse to, among other things, the Bank of Canada rate changes and potential changes by the U.S. Federal Reserve. Equities trading-relatedrevenues increased $7 million or 1%, reflecting increased activity with corporate and investor clients. Commodities trading-related revenues increased$3 million or 6% due to increased client hedging activity.

The Market Risk section on page 100 provides more information on trading-related revenues.

Trading-related revenues include net interest income and non-interest revenue earned from on and off-balance sheet positions undertaken fortrading purposes. The management of these positions typically includes marking them to market on a daily basis. Trading-related revenues alsoinclude income (expense) and gains (losses) from both on-balance sheet instruments and interest rate, foreign exchange (including spotpositions), equity, commodity and credit contracts.

Interest and Non-Interest Trading-Related Revenues (1)

(Canadian $ in millions) Changefrom 2014(taxable equivalent basis)

For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013 (%)

Interest rates 422 325 479 30Foreign exchange 364 356 285 2Equities 638 626 499 2Commodities 56 46 43 21Other (2) 6 13 29 (54)

Total (teb) 1,486 1,366 1,335 9Teb offset 467 433 309 8

Reported Total 1,019 933 1,026 9

Reported as:Net interest income 499 417 486 20Non-interest revenue – trading revenues 987 949 849 4

Total (teb) 1,486 1,366 1,335 9Teb offset 467 433 309 8

Reported Total, net of teb offset 1,019 933 1,026 9

Adjusted net interest income, net of teb offset 32 (16) 157 +100Adjusted non-interest revenue – trading revenues 987 949 815 4

Adjusted total, net of teb offset 1,019 933 972 9

(1) Trading-related revenues are presented on a taxable equivalent basis.(2) Includes nominal revenues from run-off structured credit activities and hedging exposures in BMO’s structural balance sheet. Prior to 2014, the structured credit revenues were adjusting items and

excluded from adjusted trading-related revenues.


Insurance Claims, Commissions and Changes in Policy Benefit LiabilitiesInsurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities were $1,254 million in the current year, down $251 million from$1,505 million in 2014 when lower long-term interest rates increased the fair value of investments backing our policy benefit liabilities, partiallyoffset by increased underlying business premium income in 2015. The decline was largely offset in revenue.


MD&


Provision for Credit LossesThe provision for credit losses (PCL) was $612 million in the current year, up from $561 million in 2014. There was no net change to the collectiveallowance in the year. The increase in PCL was due to lower recoveries in Corporate Services and higher provisions in BMO Capital Markets, partiallyoffset by reduced provisions in the P&C businesses.

PCL as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances was 0.19% in 2015, consistent with the prior year.On an operating group basis, most of our provisions relate to Personal and Commercial Banking. In Canadian P&C, PCL decreased by $32 million

to $496 million in 2015, reflecting lower provisions in both the consumer and commercial portfolios. U.S. P&C PCL was $119 million, down $58 millionfrom 2014, reflecting better credit quality in both the consumer and commercial loan portfolios and loan sale benefits. Wealth Managementprovisions increased to $7 million in 2015, compared to a net recovery of $3 million in the previous year. BMO Capital Markets recorded provisions of$26 million, compared to net recoveries of $18 million in the prior year. Corporate Services recoveries of credit losses of $36 million in 2015 weredown from $123 million in 2014, primarily reflecting lower recoveries.

On a geographic basis, the majority of our provisions relate to our Canadian loan portfolio. Specific PCL in Canada and other countries (excludingthe United States) was $498 million, compared to $527 million in 2014. Specific PCL in the United States was $114 million, up from $34 million in2014, reflecting lower Corporate Services loan recoveries in 2015. Note 4 on page 148 of the financial statements provides PCL information on ageographic basis. Table 15 on page 130 provides further PCL segmentation information.

Provision for Credit Losses(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013

New specific provisions 1,278 1,413 1,636Reversals of previously established allowances (210) (228) (267)Recoveries of loans previously written off (456) (624) (772)

Specific provision for credit losses 612 561 597Decrease in collective allowance – – (10)

Provision for credit losses (PCL) 612 561 587

PCL as a % of average net loans and acceptances (annualized) 0.19 0.19 0.22

Provision for Credit Losses by Operating Group(Canadian $ in millions)For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013

Canadian P&C 496 528 559U.S. P&C 119 177 236

Personal and Commercial Banking 615 705 795Wealth Management 7 (3) 3BMO Capital Markets 26 (18) (36)Corporate Services, including T&O (1)

Impaired real estate loans 28 21 (43)Interest on impaired loans 17 26 48Purchased credit impaired loans (86) (252) (410)Purchased performing loans (1) 5 82 –

Adjusted provision for credit losses 612 561 357Purchased performing loans (1) – – 240Decrease in collective allowance – – (10)

Provision for credit losses 612 561 587

(1) Effective the first quarter of 2014, Corporate Services adjusted results include credit-related items in respect of the purchased performing loan portfolio. Further details are provided in the Non-GAAPMeasures section on page 33.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.



MD&

A

Non-Interest ExpenseNon-interest expense increased $1,261 million or 12% to $12,182 million in 2015. Reported results in 2015 included a $149 million charge, primarilydue to restructuring to drive operational efficiencies.

Amounts in the rest of this Non-Interest Expense section are stated on an adjusted basis, unless otherwise noted.Adjusted non-interest expense excludes acquisition integration costs for certain significant acquisitions and amortization of acquisition-related

intangible assets in 2015, 2014 and 2013, and restructuring costs in 2015 and 2013 to align our cost structure with the environment.Adjusted non-interest expense increased $1,058 million or 10% to $11,819 million, of which approximately 6% was due to the stronger U.S.

dollar, and 2% was due to the inclusion of F&C results for two additional quarters, excluding which adjusted non-interest expense increased by 2%due to business growth.

The dollar and percentage changes in expense by category are outlined in the adjacent Adjusted Non-Interest Expense and Non-Interest Expensetable. Table 4 on page 121 provides more detail on expenses and expense growth.

Performance-based compensation was unchanged, excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and the inclusion of F&C’s results for twoadditional quarters relative to a year ago. On the same basis, other employee compensation, which includes salaries, benefits and severance,increased $214 million or 5%, primarily due to merit increases and higher pension costs.

Premises and equipment costs increased $143 million or 7%, excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, mainly due to higher costs relatedto technology investments.

Other adjusted expenses declined $20 million or 1%, excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar.BMO’s reported efficiency ratio was 62.8% and its adjusted efficiency ratio was 60.9% in 2015. On a net revenue basis, the adjusted efficiency

ratio increased 80 basis points to 65.2% from 2014, primarily due to the currency impact of our foreign operations. On a basis that excludes theimpact of the stronger U.S. dollar and purchased loan accounting impacts, operating leverage was 0.6% and the efficiency ratio would have beenlower year over year.

Canadian P&C is BMO’s largest operating segment, and its reported efficiency ratio of 50.3% increased by 60 basis points, mainly due to lowerrevenue growth.

The adjusted efficiency ratio in U.S. P&C increased by 60 basis points to 64.2% due to modestly higher expenses in a challenging revenue growthenvironment for U.S. banks.

The adjusted efficiency ratio in Wealth Management on a net revenue basis improved by 40 basis points to 71.5%.BMO Capital Markets reported efficiency ratio increased by 100 basis points to 64.2%, as the stronger U.S. dollar increased the weighting of its

higher efficiency U.S. business.On a net revenue basis, reported operating leverage was negative 3.0% in 2015 and adjusted operating leverage was negative 1.3%. On a net

revenue basis and excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, adjusted operating leverage was negative 0.3%, and also excluding purchasedloan accounting impacts it was positive 0.5%. Our ongoing focus on improving efficiency and generating positive operating leverage, by drivingrevenue growth through a strong customer focus and maintaining disciplined cost management, resulted in positive adjusted operating leverage on anet revenue basis in each of the last two quarters of 2015.

Examples of initiatives to enhance productivity are outlined in the 2015 Operating Groups Performance Review, which starts on page 45.

(1) This ratio is calculated excluding insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB).

The efficiency ratio (or expense-to-revenue ratio) is a key measure of productivity. It is calculated as non-interest expense divided by totalrevenue (on a taxable equivalent basis in the operating groups), expressed as a percentage. The adjusted efficiency ratio is another keymeasure of productivity and is calculated in the same manner, utilizing adjusted revenue and expense.

Contribution to Growth in Adjusted Non-Interest Expense and Non-Interest Expense (%)

For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013

Significant businesses acquired 2.3 1.5 0.4Canadian/U.S. dollar translation effect, excluding acquisitions 5.4 2.5 0.8Other 2.1 6.3 2.5

Total adjusted non-interest expense growth 9.8 10.3 3.7Impact of adjusting items 1.7 (3.5) (2.8)

Total non-interest expense growth 11.5 6.8 0.9


MD&


Adjusted Non-Interest Expense and Non-Interest Expense

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013

Changefrom 2014

(%)

Performance-based compensation 2,087 1,939 1,682 8Other employee compensation (1) 4,835 4,294 4,026 12

Total employee compensation 6,922 6,233 5,708 11Premises and equipment 2,130 1,908 1,743 12Other 2,519 2,378 2,083 6Amortization of intangible assets 248 242 221 2

Total adjusted non-interest expense 11,819 10,761 9,755 10Adjusting items 363 160 471 +100

Total non-interest expense 12,182 10,921 10,226 12

Adjusted non-interest expense growth (%) 9.8 10.3 3.7 naNon-interest expense growth (%) 11.5 6.8 0.9 na

(1) Includes restructuring costs in 2015 and 2013 to align our cost structure with the environment.na – not applicable

Efficiency Ratio by Group (teb) (%)

For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013

Efficiency RatioCanadian P&C 50.3 49.7 50.7U.S. P&C 66.1 65.9 64.6Wealth Management 58.3 53.2 55.8BMO Capital Markets 64.2 63.2 61.5

Total BMO 62.8 59.9 60.8

Adjusted Efficiency RatioCanadian P&C 50.2 49.6 50.7U.S. P&C 64.2 63.6 61.8Wealth Management 55.9 51.7 54.9Wealth Management, net of CCPB 71.5 71.9 67.1BMO Capital Markets 64.1 63.2 61.5

Total BMO 60.9 59.1 60.4Total BMO, net of CCPB 65.2 64.4 63.5


Provision for Income TaxesThe provision for income taxes reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Income is based upon transactions recorded in income, regardless of whensuch transactions are subject to taxation by tax authorities, with the exception of the repatriation of retained earnings from foreign subsidiaries, asoutlined in Note 24 on page 189 of the financial statements.

Management assesses BMO’s consolidated results and associated provisions for income taxes on a GAAP basis. We assess the performance of theoperating groups and associated income taxes on a taxable equivalent basis and report accordingly.

The provision for income taxes was $936 million in 2015, compared with $903 million in 2014. The reported effective tax rate in 2015 was17.5%, compared with 17.2% in 2014. The adjusted provision for income taxes(1) was $1,025 million in 2015, compared with $943 million in 2014.The adjusted effective tax rate in 2015 was 18.0%, compared with 17.5% in 2014. The change in the tax rate from year to year is attributable to alower proportion of income from lower tax rate jurisdictions.

BMO partially hedges the foreign exchange risk arising from its foreign operations by funding the investments in the corresponding foreigncurrency. The gain or loss on hedging and the unrealized gain or loss on translation of foreign operations are charged or credited to shareholders’equity. For income tax purposes, the gain or loss on the hedging activities results in an income tax charge or credit in the current period, which ischarged or credited to shareholders’ equity, while the associated unrealized gain or loss on the foreign operations does not incur income taxes untilthe investments are liquidated. The income tax charge/benefit arising from a hedging gain/loss is a function of the fluctuations in exchange ratesfrom period to period. Hedging of the foreign operations has given rise to an income tax recovery in shareholders’ equity of $167 million for theyear, compared with $144 million in 2014. Refer to the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity on page 138 of the financial statements forfurther details.

Table 4 on page 121 details the $1,651 million of total net government levies and income tax expense incurred by BMO in 2015. The increasefrom $1,505 million in 2014 was primarily due to higher payroll levies and sales taxes.(1) The adjusted rate is computed using adjusted net income rather than net income in the determination of income subject to tax.



MD&

A

2015 Operating Groups Performance ReviewThis section includes an analysis of the financial results of our operating groups and descriptions of their businesses, strategies, strengths, challenges,key value drivers, achievements and outlooks.

Personal and Commercial Banking (P&C) (pages 47 to 54)Net income was $2,931 million in 2015, an increase of $261 million or 10% from 2014. Adjusted net income was $2,988 million, an increase of$262 million or 10%. Personal and Commercial Banking is comprised of two operating segments: Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking(Canadian P&C) and U.S. Personal and Commercial Banking (U.S. P&C).

Wealth Management (pages 55 to 57)Net income was $850 million in 2015, an increase of $70 million or 9% from 2014. Adjusted net income was $955 million, an increase of$112 million or 13%.

BMO Capital Markets (BMO CM) (pages 58 to 61)Net income was $1,032 million in 2015, a decrease of $45 million or 4% from 2014. Adjusted net income was $1,034 million, a decrease of$44 million or 4%.

Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations (page 62)Net loss was $408 million in 2015, compared with a net loss of $194 million in 2014. Adjusted net loss was $296 million, compared with an adjustednet loss of $194 million in 2014.

Allocation of ResultsThe basis for the allocation of results geographically and among operating groups is outlined in Note 27 on page 194 of the financial statements.Certain prior year data has been restated, as explained on the following page, which also provides further information on the allocation of results.

*Percentages determined excluding results in Corporate Services.

Adjusted Net Income by Operating Segment* Adjusted Net Income by Country

Results provide attractive diversification across businesses and geographies.

2015

Canadian P&C 42%U.S. P&C 18%Wealth Management 19%BMO CM 21%

2014

Canadian P&C 44%U.S. P&C 15%Wealth Management 18%BMO CM 23%

2014

Canada 74%U.S. 20% Other countries 6%

2015

Canada 71%U.S. 22% Other countries 7%


MD&


Contributions to Revenue, Expenses, Net Income and Average Assets by Operating Group and by Location(Canadian $ inmillions, except asnoted)For the year endedOctober 31

Personal andCommercial Banking

WealthManagement

BMOCapital Markets

CorporateServices

TotalConsolidated

2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013

Operating Groups Relative Contribution to BMO’s Performance (%)

Revenue 52.9 52.4 53.6 29.7 29.3 25.1 20.0 20.4 20.1 (2.6) (2.1) 1.2 100 100 100Expenses 47.0 48.2 48.8 27.6 26.0 23.0 20.4 21.5 20.4 5.0 4.3 7.8 100 100 100Net income 66.5 61.6 57.3 19.3 18.0 19.7 23.4 24.9 24.8 (9.2) (4.5) (1.8) 100 100 100Adjusted net

income 63.8 61.2 58.3 20.4 18.9 20.2 22.1 24.2 24.7 (6.3) (4.3) (3.2) 100 100 100Average assets 43.0 44.5 43.7 4.4 4.2 4.0 43.7 43.7 44.4 8.9 7.6 7.9 100 100 100

Total RevenueCanada 6,639 6,403 6,019 3,279 3,739 2,795 2,298 2,249 2,167 (447) (374) (262) 11,769 12,017 10,719United States 3,609 3,151 3,000 1,016 788 910 1,379 1,261 1,064 (108) (39) 467 5,896 5,161 5,441Other countries 1 2 1 1,468 811 511 196 210 152 59 22 6 1,724 1,045 670

10,249 9,556 9,020 5,763 5,338 4,216 3,873 3,720 3,383 (496) (391) 211 19,389 18,223 16,830

Total ExpensesCanada 3,340 3,188 3,051 1,969 1,824 1,651 1,171 1,186 1,084 252 97 194 6,732 6,295 5,980United States 2,386 2,071 1,940 818 721 599 1,116 970 842 336 326 575 4,656 4,088 3,956Other countries – – – 570 295 101 199 195 156 25 48 33 794 538 290

5,726 5,259 4,991 3,357 2,840 2,351 2,486 2,351 2,082 613 471 802 12,182 10,921 10,226

Net IncomeCanada 2,103 2,011 1,813 497 498 425 851 815 832 (249) (45) (173) 3,202 3,279 2,897United States 827 658 588 127 58 206 178 235 207 (184) (120) 117 948 831 1,118Other countries 1 1 1 226 224 196 3 27 1 25 (29) (18) 255 223 180

2,931 2,670 2,402 850 780 827 1,032 1,077 1,040 (408) (194) (74) 4,405 4,333 4,195

Adjusted Net IncomeCanada 2,107 2,015 1,818 534 516 426 851 814 832 (143) (45) (88) 3,349 3,300 2,988United States 880 710 643 150 80 228 180 237 209 (186) (120) (26) 1,024 907 1,054Other countries 1 1 1 271 247 200 3 27 1 33 (29) (21) 308 246 181

2,988 2,726 2,462 955 843 854 1,034 1,078 1,042 (296) (194) (135) 4,681 4,453 4,223

Average AssetsCanada 196,739 190,053 177,015 19,907 18,368 17,438 160,547 142,859 133,513 24,973 19,407 17,737 402,166 370,687 345,703United States 88,905 74,371 65,764 4,888 4,055 3,527 106,540 97,228 94,840 34,175 25,261 25,345 234,508 200,915 189,476Other countries 49 39 18 4,352 2,557 1,178 23,238 19,659 18,349 78 71 707 27,717 22,326 20,252

285,693 264,463 242,797 29,147 24,980 22,143 290,325 259,746 246,702 59,226 44,739 43,789 664,391 593,928 555,431

How BMO Reports Operating Group ResultsPeriodically, certain business lines and units within the business lines are transferred between client and corporate support groups to more closelyalign BMO’s organizational structure with its strategic priorities. In addition, revenue and expense allocations are updated to more accurately alignwith current experience. Results for prior periods are restated to conform to the current presentation.

Corporate Services results reflect certain items in respect of the purchased loan portfolio, including the recognition of a portion of the credit markthat is reflected in net interest income over the term of the purchased loans and provisions and recoveries of credit losses on the purchased portfolio.Restructuring costs are also included in Corporate Services. Amounts excluded from adjusted results in prior years included credit-related items inrespect of the purchased performing loan portfolio, acquisition integration costs and run-off structured credit activities.

Starting in the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately.They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.

Effective November 1, 2014, we adopted several new and amended accounting pronouncements issued by the International AccountingStandards Board (IASB), which are outlined in Note 1 on page 140 of the financial statements.

BMO analyzes revenue at the consolidated level based on GAAP revenue reflected in the consolidated financial statements rather than on ataxable equivalent basis (teb), which is consistent with our Canadian peer group. Like many banks, we analyze revenue on a teb basis at theoperating group level. This basis includes an adjustment that increases GAAP revenue and the GAAP provision for income taxes by an amount thatwould raise revenue on certain tax-exempt items to a level equivalent to amounts that would incur tax at the statutory rate. The offset to the groupteb adjustments is reflected in Corporate Services revenue and income tax provisions.



MD&

A

Personal and Commercial BankingThe Personal and Commercial Banking (P&C) operating group represents the sum of our two retail and business banking operating segments,Canadian P&C and U.S. P&C. These operating segments are reviewed separately in the sections that follow.

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)As at or for the year ended October 31

Canadian P&C U.S. P&C Total P&C

2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013

Net interest income (teb) 4,937 4,780 4,536 2,834 2,482 2,321 7,771 7,262 6,857Non-interest revenue 1,703 1,625 1,484 775 669 679 2,478 2,294 2,163

Total revenue (teb) 6,640 6,405 6,020 3,609 3,151 3,000 10,249 9,556 9,020Provision for credit losses 496 528 559 119 177 236 615 705 795Non-interest expense 3,340 3,182 3,055 2,386 2,077 1,936 5,726 5,259 4,991

Income before income taxes 2,804 2,695 2,406 1,104 897 828 3,908 3,592 3,234Provision for income taxes (teb) 700 679 594 277 243 238 977 922 832

Reported net income 2,104 2,016 1,812 827 654 590 2,931 2,670 2,402Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (1) 4 4 5 53 52 55 57 56 60

Adjusted net income 2,108 2,020 1,817 880 706 645 2,988 2,726 2,462

Key Performance Metrics and Drivers

Net income growth (%) 4.4 11.2 2.3 26.5 10.7 6.9 9.8 11.1 3.4Adjusted net income growth (%) 4.4 11.2 2.4 24.8 9.2 3.7 9.7 10.7 2.7Revenue growth (%) 3.7 6.4 2.0 14.6 5.1 (2.5) 7.3 5.9 0.5Non-interest expense growth (%) 5.0 4.2 3.4 14.9 7.3 (3.2) 8.9 5.4 0.7Adjusted non-interest expense growth (%) 4.9 4.2 3.4 15.6 8.1 (2.4) 9.1 5.7 1.1Return on equity (%) 16.1 16.7 16.9Adjusted return on equity (%) 16.4 17.1 17.4Operating leverage (teb) (%) (1.3) 2.2 (1.4) (0.3) (2.2) 0.7 (1.6) 0.5 (0.2)Adjusted operating leverage (teb) (%) (1.2) 2.2 (1.4) (1.0) (3.0) (0.1) (1.8) 0.2 (0.6)Efficiency ratio (teb) (%) 50.3 49.7 50.7 66.1 65.9 64.6 55.9 55.0 55.3Adjusted efficiency ratio (teb) (%) 50.2 49.6 50.7 64.2 63.6 61.8 55.1 54.2 54.4Net interest margin on average earning assets (teb) (%) 2.61 2.61 2.66 3.46 3.63 3.88 2.86 2.89 2.97Average common equity 17,848 15,410 13,723Average earning assets 189,505 183,406 170,739 81,965 68,312 59,813 271,470 251,718 230,552Average current loans and acceptances 194,199 187,788 174,534 73,455 60,414 53,033 267,654 248,202 227,567Average deposits 132,767 124,925 113,901 77,795 65,412 61,344 210,562 190,337 175,245Assets under administration 22,848 24,150 23,190 126,513 123,082 112,732 149,361 147,232 135,922Full-time equivalent employees 15,715 15,795 15,879 7,661 7,835 7,991 23,376 23,630 23,870

(1) Before tax amounts of $73 million in 2015, $75 million in 2014 and $87 million in 2013 are included in non-interest expense.



MD&


Canadian Personal and Commercial BankingCanadian Personal and Commercial Banking provides a full range offinancial products and services to eight million customers. We’re hereto help our customers make the right financial decisions as they dobusiness with us seamlessly across our channels: getting advice from our16,000 employees at their place of business, in our branches, on theirmobile devices, online, over the telephone, and through our automatedbanking machines.

Cameron FowlerGroup HeadCanadian Personal and Commercial Banking, BMO Financial Group

Lines of BusinessPersonal Banking provides customers with a wide range of products andservices, including chequing and savings accounts, credit cards, mortgages,creditor insurance and everyday financial and investment advice.Our employees are focused on providing exceptional service to all of ourcustomers every time they interact with us.

Commercial Banking provides small business and commercial bankingcustomers with a broad suite of commercial products and services,including business deposit accounts, commercial credit cards, businessloans and commercial mortgages, cash management solutions, foreignexchange and specialized banking programs. Our Commercial bankerspartner with our customers to help them grow and manage theirbusiness.

Strengths and Value Drivers‰ Strong commercial banking business, reflected by BMO’s number two ranking in Canadian market share for business loans of $25 million or less.‰ Largest MasterCard® issuer in Canada, and one of the top commercial card issuers in North America.‰ Leading issuer of AIR MILES®, Canada’s premier coalition loyalty program.‰ Recognized for the third consecutive year by the global financial services research firm Celent with a 2015 Model Bank Award for excellence in the

digital banking category.‰ Proud to be the official bank of the Canadian defence community, serving the unique needs of the Canadian military.‰ Consistently applied credit risk management practices that provide customers with reliable access to appropriate financing solutions in all economic

conditions.

Strategy and Key PrioritiesOur strategy is focused on capturing key growth and loyalty opportunities while capitalizing on the shift to digital to improve efficiency.

Continued our focus on customer loyalty and growth

2015 Achievements‰ Improved our industry-leading employee engagement score by another two percentage points in our annual survey.‰ Established new customer service standards across all channels to provide a differentiated experience for our customers and build their loyalty.‰ Redesigned our fraud recovery and personal estate processes, in order to make our customers’ involvement easier for them in moments that

matter.

Personal banking‰ Achieved personal lending (excluding retail cards) and deposit growth of 2% and 6%, respectively.‰ Increased share of wallet, demonstrating that our products continue to meet the needs of our valued customers.‰ Our Spring Home Financing and Summer Everyday Banking Campaigns were a success. Our Summer Everyday Banking Campaign resulted in

everyday banking plan sales growing 26% compared to last year.‰ Introduced the BMO Savings Builder Account, becoming the first Canadian bank to reward customers with bonus interest for saving monthly.‰ World Elite MasterCard® recognized as the Best Travel Reward Credit Card and Best Travel Points Credit Card.‰ BMO’s Premium CashBack MasterCard for Business was named #1 in MoneySense™ magazine’s annual ranking of Canada’s Best Business Cash Back.

Commercial banking‰ Achieved 7% growth in both commercial lending and deposits.‰ Launched the BMO Biz Basic™ Plan, to help small business owners easily manage their daily banking simply and cost-effectively.‰ Expanded our cash management offerings with the launch of BMO DepositEdge™, enabling our clients to deposit cheques remotely, and BMO Spend

Dynamics™, giving corporate card clients convenient access to their transaction data and the ability to analyze their program spend.‰ Named as the Best Commercial Bank in Canada by World Finance Magazine in recognition of our commitment to building long-term customer

relationships and innovative solutions with a strong regional and industry focus, particularly in the areas of Aboriginal Banking and Women inBusiness.

2016 Focus‰ Focus on improving customer loyalty to deepen relationships. In personal banking, increase personal share of wallet and in commercial banking,

target opportunities across geography, segment and industry.


MD&

A

Accelerating our digital channel strategy

2015 Achievements‰ Digital channel sales volume continued to grow, rising ~14% from last year, which is equivalent to the total sales volume at ~100 branches.‰ First major Canadian financial institution to offer Touch ID, allowing mobile banking features to be securely accessed with the touch of a button.‰ Launched a new BMO Banking and InvestorLine portal, becoming the first major Canadian bank to provide customers with online access to both

personal banking and self-directed investment accounts, as well as a personal finance management tool, all in one place.‰ Provided Interac® e-Transfers for all business customer services through our digital channels (Online Banking, Mobile Banking and Online Banking

for Business).‰ Opened or upgraded 24 branches across Canada and expanded our channel network with more than 400 ABMs at Shell locations. We have

improved the network with image-enabled ABM technology that offers enhanced interface and transactional capabilities.

2016 Focus‰ Focus on continuing to accelerate our channel strategy and increase our digital capabilities.

Continued our strong risk leadership and operating discipline

2015 Achievements‰ Enhanced our risk appetite framework with more effective linkages to strategic planning.‰ Provisions for credit losses declined by 6% and gross impaired loan formations were 11% lower year over year.‰ Continued to make enhancements to our automated leads management engine, which leverages data to identify banking opportunities that we can

present to our customers; these relevant and timely offers support our front-line bankers in increasing share of wallet.‰ Continued to invest in maintaining strong anti-money laundering capabilities to protect our customers.

2016 Focus‰ Continue to focus on our strength in productivity and risk management.

Canadian P&C(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)As at or for the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013

Net interest income 4,937 4,780 4,536Non-interest revenue 1,703 1,625 1,484

Total revenue (teb) 6,640 6,405 6,020Provision for credit losses 496 528 559Non-interest expense 3,340 3,182 3,055

Income before income taxes 2,804 2,695 2,406Provision for income taxes 700 679 594

Reported net income 2,104 2,016 1,812Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (1) 4 4 5

Adjusted net income 2,108 2,020 1,817


Personal revenue 4,415 4,237 3,993Commercial revenue 2,225 2,168 2,027Net income growth (%) 4.4 11.2 2.3Revenue growth (%) 3.7 6.4 2.0Non-interest expense growth (%) 5.0 4.2 3.4Operating leverage (%) (1.3) 2.2 (1.4)Efficiency ratio (%) 50.3 49.7 50.7Net interest margin on average earning assets (%) 2.61 2.61 2.66Average earning assets 189,505 183,406 170,739Average current loans and acceptances 194,199 187,788 174,534Average deposits 132,767 124,925 113,901Full-time equivalent employees 15,715 15,795 15,879


Reported Net Income($ millions)

201520142013

1,8122,016 2,104

201520142013

Average Current Loans and Acceptances($ billions)

PersonalCommercial

141.2138.1129.1

45.4 49.7 53.0

201520142013

Average Deposits($ billions)

PersonalCommercial

84.179.6

72.5

41.4 45.3 48.7


MD&


Financial ReviewCanadian P&C reported net income of $2,104 million, up $88 million or 4% from a year ago, with improved performance in the second half of theyear. Revenue increased $235 million or 4% to $6,640 million as a result of higher balances and improved non-interest revenue, with stable netinterest margin.

Revenue increased $178 million or 4% in our personal banking business as a result of higher balances and improved non-interest revenue.In our commercial banking business, revenue increased $57 million or 3%, mainly driven by higher balances.

Our credit performance improved, as provisions for credit losses declined $32 million or 6% to $496 million, due to lower provisions in both theconsumer and commercial portfolios.

Non-interest expense was $3,340 million, up $158 million or 5% from a year ago, primarily due to continued investment in the business, net ofexpense management, and higher costs associated with a changing business and regulatory environment. Adjusted operating leverage improvedover the course of the year, demonstrating the benefit of actions we took related to containing expenses.

Average current loans and acceptances increased $6.4 billion or 3% from a year ago to $194.2 billion. Total personal lending balances (excludingretail cards) increased 2% year over year, with solid residential mortgage growth partially offset by declines in indirect auto loans. Credit cardbalances were consistent with the prior year in both retail and corporate cards. Commercial loan balances (excluding corporate cards) increased 7%year over year with growth across a number of industry sectors.

Average deposits increased $7.8 billion or 6% to $132.8 billion. Personal deposit balances increased 6%, driven by strong growth in primarychequing accounts. Commercial deposit growth was broad-based, with balances growing 7% year over year.

Business Environment, Outlook and ChallengesCanada’s economic growth and employment are expected to improve in 2016, benefitting from firm demand from the United States, the lowerCanadian dollar, and a moderate rise in oil prices. Interest rates are expected to stay low.

In the Canadian personal banking sector, retail operating deposits are projected to grow by approximately 4% in 2016, in line with growth inpersonal income. Credit card loan balances are expected to continue to grow at a pace a little below 4%, as a result of increasing customerpreferences for prime-based lines of credit. Residential mortgage balance growth is projected to approximate 5% in 2016.

In the commercial banking sector, growth in commercial operating deposits and short-term business credit is expected to ease moderately tojust under 6% in 2016, partly reflecting a carry-over from weak conditions in the resource sector in 2015.

We expect to generate growth by increasing our customer share of wallet, improving sales force productivity and targeting commercialopportunities across geography, segment and industry. We will continue to operate within the parameters of our risk appetite and our effectivegovernance framework should position us well as information security needs increase and high regulatory expectations continue. Our evolving digitalcapabilities are expected to help us improve productivity over time as customer transactions migrate to digital channels and this, combined with ourstrong employee engagement, will improve customer loyalty.

The Canadian economic environment in 2015 and outlook for 2016 are discussed in more detail in the Economic Developments and Outlooksection on page 30.

CautionThis Canadian P&C Banking section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.



MD&

A

U.S. Personal and Commercial BankingWe’re here to help our more than two million customers feel confidentin their financial decisions by providing a banking experience with ahuman touch. Our retail and small and mid-sized business bankingcustomers are served through more than 500 branches, contact centres,online and mobile banking platforms and more than 1,300 ABMs acrosseight states. Our commercial banking customers are offered in-depthspecific industry knowledge, as well as strategic capital marketssolutions.

Alexandra Dousmanis-CurtisGroup HeadU.S. Retail and Business Banking

David R. CasperGroup HeadCommercial Banking and President and CEO,BMO Harris Bank

Lines of BusinessPersonal Banking offers a broad range of products and services toindividuals, as well as small and mid-sized business customers, includingdeposits, mortgages, consumer credit, business lending, credit cards andother banking services.

Commercial Banking provides business customers that have annualrevenue above $20 million with a broad range of banking products andservices, including lending, deposits, treasury management and riskmanagement.

Strengths and Value Drivers‰ Rich heritage of more than 160 years in the U.S. Midwest, with a deep commitment to our communities and helping our customers succeed.‰ Strong, experienced leadership team that knows how to compete and excel in our markets.‰ Unique, differentiated platform for profitable growth provided by our attractive branch footprint and top-tier deposit market share in key U.S.

Midwest markets.‰ Large-scale, relationship-based national commercial banking business centred in the U.S. Midwest, complemented by in-depth industry knowledge

in select sectors.‰ Comprehensive and integrated control structure that allows us to actively manage risks and regulatory compliance.

Strategy and Key PrioritiesWe aim to grow our business and be a leader in our markets by creating a differentiated, intuitive customer experience and advising our customerson a wide range of financial topics, leveraging our brand reputation, local presence and high-performance teams.

Deliver a great customer experience to a loyal, profitable and growing customer base

2015 Achievements‰ Delivered strong and improving net promoter score (NPS) results for the commercial banking segment, as we revitalized our internal and external

customer experience initiatives to build greater loyalty.‰ Our NPS for the retail and business banking segments improved year over year, as we continued to focus on customer feedback.‰ Enhanced sales coaching with a focus on the customer experience drove significant year-over-year improvements:

‰ Consumer deposit sales per retail banker increased 7%.‰ Consumer loan sales per retail banker increased 27%.‰ Mortgage sales per mortgage banker and sales of loans and deposits to our mass affluent customers per team both increased in excess of 25%.

2016 Focus‰ Maintain strong customer loyalty and increase brand awareness, while growing our customer base in high-opportunity segments, including mass

affluent customers.

Continue to improve our product and channel capabilities to meet our customers’ evolving needs

2015 Achievements‰ Continued our multi-year investment in improving our treasury management capabilities and services, including significant enhancements to our

online banking solution.‰ Introduced our Smart Branch format, which allows customers to conduct transactions with ABM video tellers and makes day-to-day banking easier

and more convenient.‰ BMO Harris was named as the Most Innovative Financial Institution at this year’s ATM & Mobile Innovation Summit, which recognizes innovators in

ATM and mobile technology, by Networld Media Group, publishers of ATMmarketplace.com and MobilePaymentsToday.com.‰ With the introduction of Mobile Cash, which allows customers to withdraw money from an ABM using their smartphones, we now have the largest

network of mobile-enabled cardless ABMs in the United States.‰ Enhanced our mobile banking application with the addition of Touch ID and Passcode for a faster and more secure log-in process.

2016 Focus‰ Build on our mobile and online channel capabilities as we continue to enhance our customer experience.


MD&


Improve financial performance by growing revenue and effectively managing costs

2015 Achievements‰ Maintained stable revenue in a low interest rate environment and a highly competitive U.S. personal and commercial banking market.‰ Total loans increased by $3.3 billion or 6%, while the total commercial loan portfolio grew by $4.5 billion or 14%.‰ Deposits grew by $2.2 billion or 4% as a result of strong chequing account growth of $3.7 billion or 11%. In the Chicago and Wisconsin areas, we

maintained our strong second place rankings, while holding the number four market share position within our primary footprint of Illinois,Wisconsin, Missouri, Kansas, Indiana and Minnesota and increasing our overall market share to 6.4%.

‰ Managed expenses effectively while continuing to invest in our business.

2016 Focus‰ Continue to focus on profitable growth by deepening existing client relationships and acquiring new customers, while managing costs.

Continue to deploy our unique commercial operating model by delivering local access and industry expertise to our clients across a broadgeographic footprint

2015 Achievements‰ Continued strong growth in commercial and industrial (C&I) loans and commercial real estate loans, with year-over-year increases of $4.3 billion

or 16% and $0.5 billion or 15%, respectively.‰ Announced the signing of an agreement with General Electric Capital Corporation (GE Capital) to acquire its Transportation Finance business.

GE Capital’s Transportation Finance business is the largest provider of financing for the truck and trailer sector in North America, with over 40 yearsof experience servicing the complete supply chain.

‰ Launched the “One Bank” initiative to better serve customers with operations across North America.‰ Deepened customer relationships by providing treasury management services, driving a 6% increase in fee income year over year.

2016 Focus‰ Continue to leverage our North American commercial franchise and partnerships to deliver a “One Bank” customer experience and successfully

integrate the acquired GE Capital Transportation Finance business.

Continue our strong risk leadership and operating discipline

2015 Achievements‰ Provision for credit losses improved by 41% over the prior year.‰ Actively managed risks and regulatory compliance through a reinforced oversight and control structure.‰ Continued to invest in maintaining strong anti-money laundering capabilities to protect our customers.

2016 Focus‰ Continue to focus on our strength in productivity and risk management.


MD&

A

U.S. P&C(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)As at or for the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013

Total revenue (teb) 3,609 3,151 3,000Reported net income 827 654 590Adjusted net income 880 706 645Net income growth (%) 26.5 10.7 6.9Adjusted net income growth (%) 24.8 9.2 3.7Revenue growth (%) 14.6 5.1 (2.5)Non-interest expense growth (%) 14.9 7.3 (3.2)Adjusted non-interest expense growth (%) 15.6 8.1 (2.4)

(US$ in millions, except as noted)

Net interest income (teb) 2,259 2,269 2,268Non-interest revenue 618 611 664

Total revenue (teb) 2,877 2,880 2,932Provision for credit losses 95 162 230Non-interest expense 1,901 1,899 1,892

Income before income taxes 881 819 810Provision for income taxes (teb) 222 222 231

Reported net income 659 597 579Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (1) 42 47 54

Adjusted net income 701 644 633

Key Performance Metrics and Drivers (US$ basis)

Net income growth (%) 10.3 3.2 5.1Adjusted net income growth (%) 8.8 1.8 1.9Revenue growth (%) (0.2) (1.8) (4.4)Non-interest expense growth (%) 0.1 0.4 (5.1)Adjusted non-interest expense growth (%) 0.7 1.2 (4.4)Operating leverage (teb) (%) (0.3) (2.2) 0.7Adjusted operating leverage (teb) (%) (0.9) (3.0) –Efficiency ratio (teb) (%) 66.1 65.9 64.6Adjusted efficiency ratio (teb) (%) 64.2 63.6 61.8Net interest margin on average earning assets (teb) (%) 3.46 3.63 3.88Average earning assets 65,319 62,443 58,432Average current loans and acceptances 58,520 55,224 51,955Average deposits 61,962 59,804 59,941Full-time equivalent employees 7,661 7,835 7,991


201520142013

Average Current Loans and Acceptances(US$ billions)

($ millions)

PersonalCommercial

201520142013

Average Deposits(US$ billions)

PersonalCommercial

201520142013

Adjusted Net Income

633 645 644 706 701

880

25.1 24.4 23.1 26.9

30.8 35.4

20.4

39.5

22.1

37.7

24.6

37.4

Canadian DollarU.S. Dollar

Financial ReviewNet income of $827 million increased $173 million or 26%. Adjusted net income of $880 million increased $174 million or 25%. Revenue grew$458 million or 15% to $3,609 million. All amounts in the remainder of this section are on a U.S. dollar basis.

Net income of $659 million increased $62 million or 10% from a year ago. Adjusted net income of $701 million increased $57 million or 9%.Revenue remained stable at $2,877 million as higher balances and increased mortgage banking revenue offset the effects of lower net interest

margin.In our commercial banking business, revenue increased $27 million or 2% to $1,431 million, reflecting strong loan volume growth, primarily in

the C&I loan portfolio, partially offset by the impact of competitive spread compression.In our personal banking business, revenue decreased by $30 million or 2% to $1,446 million, primarily due to declines in loan spreads and

balances and reduced fees from deposits and credit cards, partially offset by increased mortgage banking revenue and chequing balance growth.Net interest margin decreased by 17 basis points to 3.46%, driven by competitive loan pricing, changes in mix including loans growing faster

than deposits and the low rate environment.Provisions for credit losses of $95 million improved by $67 million or 41% from a year ago, primarily due to lower provisions in both the

consumer and commercial loan portfolios and loan sale benefits.Non-interest expense of $1,901 million remained stable. Adjusted non-interest expense of $1,846 million increased $14 million, or less than 1%,

as we continue to focus on expense management while making selective investments in the business.Average current loans and acceptances increased $3.3 billion or 6% to $58.5 billion. The C&I loan portfolio continues to experience strong growth,

increasing by $4.3 billion or 16% from a year ago to $30.9 billion. We have grown our commercial real estate portfolio by $0.5 billion or 15%.These increases offset decreases in home equity and mortgage loans, due in part to the effects of our continued practice of selling most mortgageoriginations in the secondary market.

Average deposits of $62.0 billion increased $2.2 billion, as growth in our commercial business and in our personal chequing accounts waspartially offset by a reduction in higher-cost personal money market and time deposit accounts.


MD&


Business Environment, Outlook and ChallengesU.S. P&C has a significant footprint in eight states, primarily concentrated in six contiguous states in the U.S. Midwest region (Illinois, Wisconsin,Indiana, Minnesota, Missouri and Kansas).

Following modest growth in recent years, the U.S. Midwest economy is expected to improve to 1.8% in 2015 and 2.1% in 2016. Growth inconsumer and commercial loans strengthened this year. Consumer loan volumes are expected to trend higher in 2016 due to relatively low interestrates, improvements in household finances, rising consumer confidence and steady demand for automobiles. Residential mortgage growth showsimprovement as housing remains relatively healthy. Commercial loan growth, including non-residential mortgages, should remain strong in responseto improvements in economic growth and business confidence across our footprint.

The U.S. Midwest banking environment continues to be highly competitive, and the low interest rate environment remains a challenge for thebanking industry. We continue to concentrate on our customer-focused growth strategy, offering multiple product packages and attracting newcustomers through our differentiated channel offerings, while deepening our existing client relationships by focusing on cross-selling and delivering a“One Bank” experience. We expect to deliver growth from executing on our strategies, while still operating within the parameters of our risk appetiteand the GE Capital Transportation Finance business acquisition. We are also positioned to benefit from rising interest rates. We will continue toactively manage risks and regulatory compliance through a reinforced oversight and control structure.

The U.S. economic environment in 2015 and the outlook for 2016 are discussed in more detail in the Economic Developments and Outlooksection on page 30.

CautionThis U.S. P&C Banking section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.



MD&

A

BMO Wealth ManagementBMO’s wealth business serves a full range of client segments, frommainstream to ultra-high net worth and institutional, with a broadoffering of wealth management products and services includinginsurance. Wealth Management is a global business with an activepresence in markets across Canada, the United States, Europe and Asia.

Gilles OuelletteGroup HeadWealth Management

Lines of BusinessOur Personal wealth businesses provide wealth management solutions toretail clients in Canada, the United States and Asia:

BMO Nesbitt Burns, our full-service investing business in Canada, offerscomprehensive and client-focused investment and wealth advisoryservices leveraging strong financial planning capabilities.

BMO InvestorLine is an online investing service that offers clients twoways to invest: our top-ranked self-directed service, which providestools to help investors make independent investment decisions; oradviceDirect™, which provides investors with online advice andinvestment recommendations for their portfolios.

BMO’s Private Banking businesses operate in Canada, the UnitedStates, Hong Kong and Singapore, offering a comprehensive range offinancial services and solutions to high net worth and ultra-high networth clients and, under BMO Harris Financial Advisors, to mass affluentclients in the United States.

BMO Global Asset Management is a global investment organizationthat provides investment management, and trust and custody servicesto institutional, retail and high net worth investors around the world.

BMO Insurance operates in Canada and internationally. In Canada,we manufacture life insurance, accident and sickness insurance, andannuity products that are marketed both to brokers and directly toindividuals. Our creditor insurance division markets group creditorinsurance, and internationally, we provide reinsurance solutions.

Strengths and Value Drivers‰ Planning and advice-based approach that integrates investment, insurance, specialized wealth management and core banking solutions.‰ Team of highly skilled wealth professionals who are committed to providing an exceptional client experience.‰ Prestigious brand that is broadly recognized and trusted.‰ Strong presence in North America, and globally in asset management and private banking in select markets, including Europe and Asia.‰ Diversified portfolio of digital investment solution platforms, ranging from self-directed investing to professional money management.‰ Access to BMO’s broad client base and distribution networks.‰ Transparent and effective risk management framework.

Strategy and Key PrioritiesOur aim is to be the wealth management solutions provider that defines great client experience. Our strategy is to deliver on our clients’ wealthmanagement needs now and in the future by enhancing the client experience, while focusing on productivity and investing for future growth.

Enhance our clients’ experience by delivering on their evolving wealth management needs

2015 Achievements‰ Improved financial planning capabilities through the use of remote and in-field training and the addition of financial planning professionals, as well

as enhancements to financial planning software.‰ Expanded wealth management offerings, solutions and programs for targeted growth demographics, such as millennials and women investors.‰ Strong focus on collaboration across BMO, in order to offer our clients holistic solutions to their financial needs at every stage of their lives.‰ BMO Global Asset Management is now positioned as a Top 50 Asset Manager Worldwide in the “personal investments” category by Pensions &

Investments, and BMO Funds was rated second among U.S. mutual fund families by the annual Barron’s/Lipper Fund Family Ranking.‰ Received numerous awards, including Best Wealth Management in Canada, 2015 (Global Banking and Finance Review); Best Wealth Management

Bank Canada, 2015 (International Finance Magazine); BMO Harris Private Banking was named Best Private Bank in Canada, 2015 (Global Bankingand Finance Review); BMO Nesbitt Burns was named the Best Full-Service Investment Advisory in Canada, 2015 (Global Banking and FinanceReview) and recognized as having the Best Integrated Investment Advisor Digital Platform in Canada, 2015 (Global Banking and Finance Review);and BMO InvestorLine was named Best Overall Discount Brokerage, 2015 (Money Sense).

2016 Focus‰ Attract new clients and focus on delivering a great client experience.

Drive productivity and increase revenue per employee

2015 Achievements‰ Introduced automated sales processes across our business, including Insurance.


‰ Enhanced our data analytics capabilities to increase sales force capacity and efficiency.‰ Launched a comprehensive training program to develop best-in-class sales and relationship management capabilities.‰ Divested our U.S. retirement services business to focus on core businesses.‰ Accelerated credit portfolio growth with improvements in lending processes and expansion in select areas.‰ Effectively managed within our risk appetite and responded to heightened regulatory expectations.

2016 Focus‰ Continue to improve productivity, while managing our risks with an emphasis on increasing revenue per employee.

Invest in our people, products, technology and footprint to drive future growth

2015 Achievements‰ Completed the integration of F&C Asset Management plc (F&C) and rebranded it as BMO Global Asset Management. This acquisition strengthens the

position of BMO Global Asset Management as a globally significant money manager, adding scale, capabilities and resources to its assetmanagement platform and providing attractive cross-selling opportunities.

‰ Launched tablet application with retail online banking to provide self-directed clients with a seamless “One Bank” experience, as well as launchedthe BMO Market Pro platform to cater to clients who are active traders.

‰ Continued to onboard, train and expand our sales force in strategically important segments.

2016 Focus‰ Selectively invest in our sales force and continue to enhance technology to drive revenue growth.

Wealth Management(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)As at or for the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013

Net interest income 642 560 558Non-interest revenue (1) 5,121 4,778 3,658

Total revenue (1) 5,763 5,338 4,216Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit

liabilities (CCPB) (1) 1,254 1,505 767

Revenue, net of CCPB 4,509 3,833 3,449Provision for (recovery of) credit losses 7 (3) 3Non-interest expense 3,357 2,840 2,351

Income before income taxes 1,145 996 1,095Provision for income taxes 295 216 268

Reported net income 850 780 827Acquisition integration costs (2) 37 16 –Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (3) 68 47 27

Adjusted net income 955 843 854


Net income growth (%) 8.9 (5.7) 57.8Adjusted net income growth (%) 13.3 (1.3) 56.7Revenue growth (%) (1) 8.0 26.6 3.5Revenue growth, net of CCPB 17.6 11.2 18.9Non-interest expense growth (%) 18.2 20.8 6.0Adjusted non-interest expense growth (%) 16.9 19.1 5.7Return on equity (%) 14.8 18.4 28.4Adjusted return on equity (%) 16.6 19.9 29.3Operating leverage (%) (1) (10.2) 5.8 (2.5)Adjusted operating leverage, net of CCPB (%) 0.7 (7.9) 13.2Efficiency ratio (%) (1) 58.3 53.2 55.8Adjusted efficiency ratio, net of CCPB (%) 71.5 71.9 67.1Net interest margin on average earning assets (%) 2.70 2.65 2.87Average common equity 5,688 4,181 2,884Average earning assets 23,784 21,169 19,399Average current loans and acceptances 14,502 12,897 11,909Average deposits 27,377 24,912 23,337Assets under administration 465,742 414,547 357,594Assets under management 397,959 379,606 194,158Full-time equivalent employees 6,477 6,649 6,012

U.S. Business Select Financial Data (US$ in millions)

Total revenue 806 720 886Non-interest expense 652 658 585Reported net income 99 53 199Adjusted net income 118 73 220Average earning assets 3,242 3,028 2,687Average current loans and acceptances 2,938 2,629 2,510Average deposits 6,010 5,834 4,947

(1) Commencing in the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) arereported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior periodamounts and ratios have been reclassified.

(2) F&C acquisition integration costs before tax amounts of $46 million in 2015 and $20 million in 2014 are included innon-interest expense.


Adjusted Net Income($ millions)

2013 2014 2015

854 843 955

Assets under Management and Administration

2013 2014 2015

2015 Net Revenue by Line of Business

($ billions)

(%)

28% BMO Nesbitt Burns 4% BMO InvestorLine

24% BMO’s Private Banking Businesses

34% BMO Global Asset Management

10% BMO Insurance

Assets underadministration

Assets undermanagement

194.2

357.6 379.6414.5

465.7

398.0


MD&

A

MD&

A

Financial ReviewWealth Management net income was $850 million, up $70 million or 9% from a year ago. Adjusted net income, which excludes the amortization ofacquisition-related intangible assets and acquisition integration costs, was $955 million, up $112 million or 13% from a year ago.

Adjusted net income in traditional wealth was $715 million, up $158 million or 28% from a year ago, due to good growth from the businesses, again on the sale of BMO’s U.S. retirement services business, as well as the benefit from the full year contribution from the acquired F&C business.Adjusted net income in insurance was $240 million compared to $286 million a year ago, primarily due to higher taxes in the current year and higheractuarial benefits in the prior year.

Revenue was $5,763 million, up $425 million or 8% from a year ago. Revenue was $4,509 million on a basis that nets CCPB with insurancerevenue, up $676 million or 18% from the prior year. Revenue in traditional wealth was $4,057 million, up $687 million or 20% primarily due togood growth in client assets, including the full year contribution from the acquired F&C business. Insurance revenue, net of CCPB, was $452 million,compared to $463 million a year ago, due to higher actuarial benefits in the prior year. The stronger U.S. dollar increased revenue by $133 millionor 4%.

The provision for credit losses was $7 million compared to a $3 million net recovery a year ago.Non-interest expense was $3,357 million, up $517 million or 18%. Adjusted non-interest expense was $3,223 million, up $465 million or 17%,

of which 4% is due to the stronger U.S. dollar, 9% is due to the inclusion of F&C results for two additional quarters and 4% was primarily due tohigher revenue-based costs.

Assets under management and administration grew by $70 billion or 9% from a year ago to $864 billion, driven by favourable foreign exchangemovements and market appreciation.

Net income in Wealth Management U.S. businesses was US$99 million. Adjusted net income in Wealth Management U.S. businesses wasUS$118 million, up $45 million or 59% from a year ago, due to a gain on sale of BMO’s U.S. retirement services business in the current year andhigher costs related to the settlement of a legal matter in the prior year.

Business Environment, Outlook and ChallengesGrowth in the Canadian economy slowed in the first half of 2015, and it is estimated that GDP will grow 1.1% in fiscal 2015, while the United StatesGDP is expected to grow approximately 2.5%. Canadian and U.S. stock markets continued to perform well in the first half of the year, but experienceddeclines in the second half. We recorded growth in client assets despite the softer equity markets towards the end of the year as a result of ourstrategic focus on enhancing the client experience, product innovation and sales force investments. The Bank of Canada reduced interest rates twiceand the Federal Reserve held interest rates steady in 2015, putting pressure on our brokerage net interest income for much of the year. The overallinvestment climate was unfavourable during the latter part of the year, which was reflected in low levels of client trading activity.

Moderate growth of 2.0% is expected in the Canadian economy in 2016, and we anticipate that a sustained level of higher activity in equitymarkets will continue to positively affect both transaction volumes and asset levels. The Bank of Canada is expected to hold interest rates steady in2016, before shifting to a tightening stance in early 2017, while the Federal Reserve is expected to slowly increase interest rates in 2016.

Changing demographics, particularly in the retirement, mass affluent and high net worth sectors, will continue to drive the wealth managementindustry over the longer term. Tailoring our offering for key client segments, enhancing our team-based client service model to provide a holisticapproach that supports clients as they move through different life stages and keeping pace with advances in technology, are ways in which we cancontinue to meet our clients’ evolving needs.

We have experienced significant growth, both organically and through strategic acquisitions. Our F&C acquisition further strengthens our positionas a globally significant money manager and supports our plans to offer truly global services to our clients across our international footprint.

The Canadian and U.S. economic environment in fiscal 2015 and the outlook for fiscal 2016 are discussed in more detail in the EconomicDevelopments and Outlook section on page 30.

CautionThis Wealth Management section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.



MD&


BMO Capital MarketsBMO Capital Markets is a North American-based financial servicesprovider offering a complete range of products and services to corporate,institutional and government clients. BMO Capital Markets hasapproximately 2,200 professionals in 29 locations around the world,including 16 offices in North America.

Darryl WhiteGroup HeadBMO Capital Markets

Lines of BusinessInvestment and Corporate Banking offers clients debt and equitycapital-raising services, as well as loan origination and syndication,balance sheet management solutions and treasury managementservices. We provide strategic advice on mergers and acquisitions,restructurings and recapitalizations, as well as valuation and fairnessopinions. We also offer trade finance and risk mitigation services tosupport the international business activities of our clients, and weprovide a wide range of banking and other operating services tailoredto North American and international financial institutions.

Trading Products offers research and access to global markets forinstitutional, corporate and retail clients through an integrated suiteof sales and trading solutions that include debt, foreign exchange,interest rate, credit, equity, securitization and commodities. We alsooffer new product development and origination services, as well asrisk management (derivatives) advice and services to hedgeagainst fluctuations in a variety of key inputs, including interestrates and commodities prices. In addition, we provide funding andliquidity management to our clients.

Strengths and Value Drivers‰ Unified coverage approach and integrated distribution creates an exceptional client experience across our North American platform, together with a

complementary international presence in select industry sectors.‰ Innovative ideas and expertise delivered through our top-tier coverage team, dedicated to understanding and meeting our core clients’ needs.‰ Top-ranked economic equity and fixed income research, sales and trading capabilities with deep expertise in core sectors.‰ Focus on first-line-of-defence risk management capabilities, enabling effective decision-making in support of our strategy and client experience.

Strategy and Key PrioritiesBMO Capital Markets’ aim is to be the lead investment bank that enables our clients to achieve their ambitions. We offer an integrated platform thatis differentiated by leading ideas and unified coverage.

Continue to earn leading market share in Canada without taking outsized risk

2015 Achievements‰ Named 2015 Greenwich Quality Leader for Canadian Equity Sales and Corporate Access, Canadian Mergers and Acquisitions, and Large Corporate

Cash Management and Large Corporate Trade Finance by Greenwich Associates.‰ Ranked #1 (tied) as a 2015 Greenwich Share Leader for Overall Canadian Fixed Income Market Share by Greenwich Associates.‰ Ranked #2 as a 2015 Greenwich Share Leader for Canadian Equity Trading and #2 (tied) for Canadian Foreign Exchange Market Share by Greenwich

Associates.‰ Ranked #3 as a 2015 Greenwich Share Leader for Canadian Equity Research/Advisory Vote Share by Greenwich Associates.

2016 Focus‰ Continue to earn leading market share in Canada by delivering leading ideas through our top-tier coverage team.

Continue to serve global clients with North American interests and leverage our global leadership in select strategic sectors

2015 Achievements‰ Completed a reorganization of Trading Products by asset class to further enhance customer experience and North American franchise value.‰ Named World’s Best Metals & Mining Investment Bank for the sixth consecutive year by Global Finance magazine.‰ Named Best Supply Chain Finance Bank in North America for the second consecutive year by Trade Finance magazine.‰ Named Best Bank in Canadian Dollar Foreign Exchange for the fifth consecutive year by FX Week magazine.‰ Named 2015 Greenwich Quality Leader for Canadian Fixed Income Research by Greenwich Associates.‰ Acted as joint lead on an issue for KfW Development Bank, attracting strong interest from Asia and Europe that resulted in the largest outstanding

sovereigns, supranationals and agencies (SSA) issue in the Canadian market.‰ BMO served as a co-chair of the TFSA RMB Working Group, which played a crucial role in establishing an offshore renminbi clearing hub in Canada.

The Canadian hub facilitates settlements in renminbi, with the intention of encouraging trade and strengthening ties between Canadian companiesand their Chinese business partners. BMO Capital Markets initiated the first renminbi trade to celebrate the hub’s official launch.


MD&

A

2016 Focus‰ Leverage our strong North American capabilities and presence in select international markets.

Continue to drive performance in our U.S. client franchise with a greater weighting in corporate banking to further support our clients andthe stability of future earnings

2015 Achievements‰ Continued to leverage our full-service capabilities to gain a competitive advantage against our U.S. mid-market and boutique competitors.‰ Closed the sale of GKST, our municipal bond trading business, which will allow us to focus resources on our core U.S. fixed income business.‰ The number of M&A transactions closed this year was up 23%, totalling $13.9 billion.‰ Named 2014 Mid-Market Equity House of the Year by International Financing Review.‰ Ranked among Top 20 global investment banks and 12th-largest investment bank in North and South America, based on fees, by Thomson Reuters.‰ Average lending assets increased 20% in the United States from the prior year.

2016 Focus‰ Continue to drive performance in our U.S. platform with a focused strategy and selectively grow our corporate bank where we are competitively

advantaged.

Continue to enhance our risk management, regulatory and compliance practices

2015 Achievements‰ Investments in our compliance, risk and regulatory infrastructure and processes have improved our capabilities in each of these areas and

positioned us well for future regulatory changes.‰ Compliant with all key regulations, including full implementation of systems for Volcker Rule compliance.

2016 Focus‰ Continue to enhance our first-line-of-defence risk management, regulatory and compliance practices.


MD&


BMO Capital Markets(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)As at or for the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013

Net interest income (teb) 1,334 1,177 1,197Non-interest revenue 2,539 2,543 2,186

Total revenue (teb) 3,873 3,720 3,383Provision for (recovery of) credit losses 26 (18) (36)Non-interest expense 2,486 2,351 2,082

Income before income taxes 1,361 1,387 1,337Provision for income taxes (teb) 329 310 297

Reported net income 1,032 1,077 1,040Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (1) 2 1 2

Adjusted net income 1,034 1,078 1,042


Trading Products revenue 2,412 2,257 2,126Investment and Corporate Banking revenue 1,461 1,463 1,257Net income growth (%) (4.2) 3.6 5.4Revenue growth (%) 4.1 9.9 4.2Non-interest expense growth (%) 5.7 12.9 5.0Return on equity (%) 14.9 19.1 17.9Operating leverage (teb) (%) (1.6) (3.0) (0.8)Efficiency ratio (teb) (%) 64.2 63.2 61.5Net interest margin on average earning assets (teb) (%) 0.56 0.53 0.59Average common equity 6,538 5,422 5,582Average earning assets 238,916 222,471 202,062Average assets 290,325 259,746 246,702Average current loans and acceptances 37,416 30,101 24,807Average deposits 141,275 133,405 121,193Full-time equivalent employees 2,223 2,270 2,163


Total revenue (teb) 1,099 1,154 1,040Non-interest expense 890 887 823Reported net income 142 216 203Average earning assets 76,630 79,958 76,984Average assets 84,872 88,902 92,690Average current loans and acceptances 10,969 9,536 8,502Average deposits 55,942 57,754 60,116


Reported Net Income

2013 2014 2015

1,040 1,077 1,032

($ millions)

2013 2014 2015

3,3833,720 3,873

Revenue($ millions)

201520142013

69%

31%

66%

34%

64%

36%

Revenue by Geography

Canada andother countries

United States

(%)

Financial ReviewBMO Capital Markets net income decreased $45 million or 4% to $1,032 million as the benefit of the stronger U.S. dollar was more than offset byhigher provisions in the current year compared to net recoveries in the prior year. Return on equity of 14.9% declined by 4.2% from the prior year,largely due to higher allocated capital.

Revenue increased $153 million or 4% to $3,873 million. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, revenue was stable year over year ashigher trading revenues, including the prior year unfavourable impact of implementing a funding valuation adjustment, and higher lending revenueswere offset by lower investment banking fees and reduced securities gains.

Trading Products revenue increased $155 million or 7%. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, revenue increased $69 million or 3%,reflecting higher trading revenues related to stronger client trading activity.

Investment and Corporate Banking revenue was consistent with the prior year. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, revenuedecreased $65 million or 4%, as growth in lending revenue was more than offset by lower investment banking client activity and reducedsecurities gains.

Provision for credit losses was $44 million higher due to higher provisions compared with net recoveries in the prior year.Non-interest expense increased $135 million or 6% to $2,486 million. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, non-interest expense

decreased $7 million primarily due to lower employee-related expenses, partially offset by higher support costs related to a changing business andregulatory environment.

Average assets of $290.3 billion increased $30.6 billion from the prior year. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, average assetsincreased $16.9 billion. Higher levels of net loans and acceptances due to increases in corporate banking activity and higher repo and derivativefinancial assets were partially offset by decreases in securities and cash balances.

BMO Capital Markets participated in 1,355 new global issues in 2015, comprised of 571 corporate debt deals, 558 government debt deals and226 equity transactions, raising $3,650 billion.


MD&

A

Business Environment, Outlook and ChallengesBMO Capital Markets’ performance in fiscal 2015 reflected our balanced, diversified and client-focused business model, as well as our disciplinedapproach to risk management in an environment influenced by market factors that contribute to variability in results.

In fiscal 2015, we experienced challenging markets, including a financial crisis in Greece, Bank of Canada rate cuts, volatility in commodities andenergy prices at new lows. While market volatility persists, and equity markets remain challenging, our Capital Markets strategy remains constant.We continue to concentrate on our growth strategy, while leveraging our diversified business model and focusing on the United States as our largestmarket opportunity and growth engine.

Looking ahead to fiscal 2016, we expect economic growth in the United States to be sustained and healthy, with some improvement anticipatedin Canada. Low inflation rates and the decline in unemployment are expected to continue in the United States, with a modest rise anticipated ininterest rates. Unemployment rates should hold steady in Canada, as low interest rates, a weak currency and a partial recovery in oil prices providean offset to a still-challenging global economic backdrop.

The Canadian and U.S. economic environment in fiscal 2015 and the outlook for fiscal 2016 are discussed in more detail in the EconomicDevelopments and Outlook section on page 30.

CautionThis BMO Capital Markets section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.



MD&


Corporate Services, including Technology and OperationsCorporate Services consists of Corporate Units and Technology and Operations (T&O). Corporate Units provide enterprise-wide expertise andgovernance support in a variety of areas, including strategic planning, risk management, finance, legal and regulatory compliance, marketing,communications and human resources. T&O manages, maintains and provides governance over information technology, operations services, realestate and sourcing for BMO Financial Group.

The costs of these Corporate Units and T&O services are largely transferred to the three client operating groups (P&C, Wealth Management andBMO Capital Markets), and only relatively minor amounts are retained in Corporate Services results. As such, Corporate Services adjusted operatingresults largely reflect the impact of certain asset-liability management activities, the elimination of taxable equivalent adjustments, the results fromcertain impaired real estate secured assets and purchased loan accounting impacts. Corporate Services reported results in 2013 and prior yearsreflected a number of items and activities that were excluded from BMO’s adjusted results to help assess BMO’s performance. These adjusting itemswere not reflective of core operating results. They are itemized in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

Corporate Services focuses on enterprise-wide priorities that improve service quality and efficiency to deliver an excellent customer experience.Notable achievements during the year included:‰ Simplifying and automating our processes for greater efficiency: digitized cheque image capture and digital statements; improved commercial and

retail lending systems for quicker customer response and more efficient workflow.‰ Leveraging data to better serve our customers: building enterprise-level data solutions which both meet regulatory expectations and help us

intuitively anticipate customer needs.‰ Extending the digital experience across all channels: improvements to our mobile and online platforms for security and convenience; improvements

to our ABM network in the United States to allow customers to withdraw cash using their mobile device.‰ Realizing real estate synergies and improving our technology capabilities in channels, products, functions and infrastructure.‰ Meeting regulatory expectations: continued delivery of programs that meet evolving expectations of our regulators, for example, in credit risk

management and risk reporting, stress testing and anti-money laundering.

Financial ReviewCorporate Services reported net loss for the year was $408 million, compared with a reported net loss of $194 million a year ago. Reported resultsin 2015 included certain acquisition integration costs and a $106 million charge, primarily due to restructuring to drive operational efficiencies.The adjusted net loss for the year was $296 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $194 million a year ago. Excluding the impact of thegroup teb adjustment on revenue and taxes, results were lower mainly due to lower purchased loan portfolio revenues and lower credit recoveries.Adjusted non-interest expense was down modestly.

Corporate Services, including Technology and Operations(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)As at or for the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013

Net interest income before group teb offset (253) (62) 409Group teb offset (524) (476) (344)

Net interest income (teb) (777) (538) 65Non-interest revenue 281 147 146

Total revenue (teb) (496) (391) 211Recovery of credit losses (36) (123) (175)Non-interest expense (1) 613 471 802

Loss before income taxes (1,073) (739) (416)Recovery of income taxes (teb) (665) (545) (342)

Reported net loss (408) (194) (74)

Adjusted total revenue (teb) (494) (391) (480)Adjusted recovery of credit losses (36) (123) (405)Adjusted non-interest expense 459 471 456Adjusted net loss (296) (194) (135)Full-time equivalent employees 14,277 14,229 13,586


Total revenue (teb) (87) (31) 459Recovery of credit losses (79) (120) (256)Non-interest expense 272 298 564Provision for (recovery of) income taxes (teb) (133) (103) 38

Reported net income (loss) (147) (106) 113

Adjusted total revenue (teb) (87) (31) (169)Adjusted recovery of credit losses (30) (117) (398)Adjusted non-interest expense 228 298 307Adjusted net loss (148) (105) (28)

(1) Includes restructuring costs in 2015 and 2013 to align our cost structure with the environment.


MD&

A

Corporate Services Provision for Credit Losses(Canadian $ in millions)As at or for the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013

Impaired real estate loans 28 21 (43)Interest on impaired loans 17 26 48Purchased credit impaired loans (86) (252) (410)Purchased performing loans (1) 5 82 –

Recovery of credit losses, adjusted basis (36) (123) (405)Purchased performing loans (1) – – 240Decrease in collective allowance – – (10)

Recovery of credit losses, reported basis (36) (123) (175)

Average loans and acceptances 242 452 972Year-end loans and acceptances 182 306 526

(1) Effective the first quarter of 2014, Corporate Services adjusted results include credit-related items in respect of the purchased performing loan portfolio. Further details are provided in the Non-GAAPMeasures section on page 33.


Review of Fourth Quarter 2015 PerformanceReported net income was $1,214 million for the fourth quarter of 2015, up $144 million or 13% from the prior year. Adjusted net income was$1,264 million, up $153 million or 14% from the prior year, with good income growth across all of our operating groups. Adjusted results for thequarter exclude the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets of $43 million ($33 million after-tax) which were charged to the non-interestexpense of the operating groups and acquisition integration costs of $20 million ($17 million after-tax) which were primarily recorded in non-interestexpense. Acquisition integration costs related to F&C were charged to Wealth Management and acquisition integration costs related to GE Capital’sTransportation Finance business were charged to Corporate Services.

Reported EPS of $1.83 and adjusted EPS of $1.90 were both up 17% from the prior year. Return on equity was 12.9% and adjusted return onequity was 13.5%.

Amounts in the rest of this Review of Fourth Quarter 2015 Performance section are stated on an adjusted basis. Summary income statementsand data for the quarter and comparative quarters are outlined on page 67.

The combined P&C banking business adjusted net income of $782 million was up 11%. Canadian P&C results increased 7%, driven by higherrevenue and strong credit performance, partially offset by higher expenses. U.S. P&C adjusted net income increased 22% on a Canadian dollar basisand increased 3% on a U.S. dollar basis, driven by lower provisions for credit losses. Wealth Management adjusted net income was $271 million, up8% from a year ago. Adjusted net income in traditional wealth was $214 million, driven by a gain on sale and underlying business growth, despitesofter equity markets, partially offset by a legal reserve. Adjusted net income in traditional wealth was up $79 million or 60%. Adjusted net income ininsurance was $57 million, compared to $117 million a year ago, primarily due to high actuarial benefits in the prior year. BMO Capital Markets resultsincreased 27% due to higher revenue. Corporate Services adjusted results were better as lower revenue was more than offset by lower expenses,and credit loss recoveries.

Total revenue of $4,984 million increased $344 million or 7% from the fourth quarter a year ago. On a net revenue basis, revenue increased$377 million or 9%, including the 6% impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. Canadian P&C revenue increased due to higher balances across most productsand increased non-interest revenue. U.S. P&C revenue increased 19% on a Canadian dollar basis and was consistent with the prior year on aU.S. dollar basis as higher loan and deposit volume and mortgage banking revenue were offset by lower net interest margin. Wealth Managementresults increased on a net revenue basis, with traditional wealth revenue benefitting from a gain on sale and higher fee-based revenue, partiallyoffset by lower brokerage commissions. Net insurance revenue decreased mainly due to high actuarial benefits in the prior year. BMO Capital Marketsrevenue was up due to higher trading revenue, including the unfavourable impact of implementing a funding valuation adjustment in the prior yearand higher securities commissions and fees. Investment and Corporate Banking revenue increased due to higher lending revenue. Both TradingProducts and Investment and Corporate Banking revenue were impacted by lower securities gains. Corporate Services revenue was lower due to ahigher group teb adjustment and lower treasury-related revenue.

Net interest income of $2,367 million increased $189 million or 9% from a year ago, due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and volumegrowth, partially offset by lower net interest margin. BMO’s overall net interest margin decreased by 3 basis points to 1.57%. Average earning assetsincreased $58 billion or 11% to $597 billion, including a $42 billion increase as a result of the stronger U.S. dollar.

Non-interest revenue increased $188 million or 9% on a net revenue basis to $2,350 million. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, netnon-interest revenue increased 3%. Increases in other non-interest revenue and mutual fund revenues were partially offset by lower net insurancerevenue, underwriting and advisory fees, and securities gains.

The total provision for credit losses was $128 million, a decrease of $42 million from the prior year, due to net recoveries in Corporate Servicesand lower provisions in Canadian P&C. There was no net change to the collective allowance in the quarter.

Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) were $265 million, down $35 million from the fourth quarter a yearago, when lower long-term interest rates increased our policy benefit liabilities, partially offset by increased underlying business premiums in thecurrent quarter. The decrease was largely offset in revenue.

Adjusted non-interest expense increased $198 million or 7% to $3,032 million. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, adjusted non-interest expense was well controlled, up by $9 million or less than 1%. On a net revenue basis, adjusted operating leverage was positive 1.8% yearover year. On a net revenue basis and excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, adjusted operating leverage was positive 2.6% year over year.The adjusted efficiency ratio was 60.8%, and was 64.2% on a net revenue basis, improving 110 basis points from the prior year.

The adjusted provision for income taxes of $295 million increased $70 million from a year ago. The adjusted effective tax rate was 18.9% in thecurrent quarter, compared with 16.8% a year ago. The higher adjusted tax rate was primarily due to a higher proportion of income from higher tax-rate jurisdictions. On a teb basis, the adjusted effective tax rate for the quarter was 24.7%, compared with 22.6% a year ago.



MD&


2014 Financial Performance ReviewThe preceding discussions in the MD&A focused on our performance in fiscal 2015. This section summarizes our performance in fiscal 2014 relative tofiscal 2013. As noted on page 26, certain prior year data has been reclassified to conform to the presentation in 2015, including restatements arisingfrom transfers between operating groups. In addition, commencing in the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policybenefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Furtherinformation on restatements is provided on page 46.

Net IncomeNet income increased $138 million or 3% to $4,333 million in 2014 and EPS increased $0.24 or 4% to $6.41. Adjusted net income increased$230 million or 5% to $4,453 million and adjusted EPS increased $0.38 or 6% to $6.59, reflecting strong adjusted net income growth of 11% inCanadian P&C, 4% growth in BMO Capital Markets and 2% growth in U.S. P&C on a U.S. dollar basis. There was a modest decline in WealthManagement, due to a $121 million after-tax security gain in the prior year, and lower results in Corporate Services.

Adjusting items are detailed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

Return on EquityReturn on equity and adjusted return on equity were 14.0% and 14.4%, respectively, in 2014, compared with 14.9% and 15.0%, respectively, in2013. There was an increase of $147 million in earnings ($239 million in adjusted earnings) available to common shareholders. In 2014, we heldhigher levels of average common shareholders’ equity as a result of increased capital expectations for banks internationally. Average commonshareholders’ equity increased $2.7 billion from 2013.

RevenueRevenue increased $1,393 million or 8% to $18,223 million in 2014. Adjusted revenue increased $2,084 million or 13% to $18,223 million. Excludingthe impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, adjusted revenue increased $1,761 million or 11%, due to growth in Wealth Management, Canadian P&C andBMO Capital Markets.

Provisions for Credit LossesThe provision for credit losses was $561 million in 2014, down from $587 million in 2013 and up from $357 million in 2013 on an adjusted basis.There were no adjusting items in 2014. The increase in adjusted PCL was due to a significant reduction in recoveries on the purchased credit impairedportfolio and the inclusion of provisions on the purchased performing loan portfolio in adjusted PCL in 2014, offset in part by reduced provisions inCanadian P&C and U.S. P&C.

Non-Interest ExpenseNon-interest expense increased $695 million or 7% to $10,921 million in 2014. Adjusted non-interest expense increased $1,006 million or 10% to$10,761 million. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, adjusted non-interest expense increased 8%, primarily due to continued investmentin the business, higher employee-related costs, including severance, increased regulatory costs and the acquired F&C business.

Provision for Income TaxesThe provision for income taxes was $903 million in 2014, compared with $1,055 million in 2013. The reported effective tax rate in 2014 was17.2%, compared with 20.1% in 2013. The adjusted provision for income taxes was $943 million in 2014, compared with $1,037 million in 2013.The adjusted effective tax rate in 2014 was 17.5%, compared with 19.7% in 2013. The lower adjusted effective tax rate was mainly attributableto higher tax-exempt income and a lower proportion of income from higher tax-rate jurisdictions.

Canadian P&CCanadian P&C reported net income of $2,016 million in 2014, up $204 million or 11% from 2013. Revenue increased $385 million or 6% to$6,405 million. Revenue growth was at or above 6% in each quarter of 2014. Revenue increased $244 million or 6% in our personal banking businessand revenue increased $141 million or 7% in our commercial banking business, mainly driven by growth in balances and fees across most products.Non-interest expense was $3,182 million, up $127 million or 4% from the prior year, primarily due to continued investment in the business, net ofexpense management.

U.S. P&CNet income in U.S. P&C of $654 million in 2014 increased $64 million or 11% from 2013, while adjusted net income of $706 million increased$61 million or 9%. All amounts in the remainder of this section are on a U.S. dollar basis.

Net income of $597 million in 2014 increased $18 million or 3% from the prior year. Adjusted net income of $644 million increased $11 millionor 2%. Revenue decreased $52 million or 2% to $2,880 million, as the benefits of strong commercial loan growth were more than offset by theeffects of lower net interest margin and reduced mortgage banking revenue. Non-interest expense of $1,899 million increased $7 million. Adjustednon-interest expense of $1,832 million increased $21 million, as we continued to focus on productivity while making selective investments in thebusiness and responding to regulatory changes.

Wealth ManagementWealth Management net income was $780 million in 2014, compared to $827 million in 2013. Adjusted net income was $843 million in 2014,compared to $854 million in 2013. Results in 2014 reflected the contribution from the acquired F&C business and results in 2013 included a$121 million after-tax security gain. Adjusted net income in traditional wealth was $557 million in 2014, compared to $593 million in 2013, as stronggrowth from the businesses of $85 million or 18%, including the contribution from the acquired F&C business, was more than offset by the impact ofthe security gain in the prior year. Adjusted net income in insurance was $286 million, up $25 million or 9%. Wealth Management revenue of$3,833 million in 2014 increased $384 million or 11% on a basis that nets CCPB with insurance revenue. Revenue in traditional wealth increased$525 million or 19%, excluding the security gain in the prior year, reflecting growth in client assets and a contribution from the F&C acquisition.


MD&

A

Insurance revenue, net of CCPB, increased $50 million or 12%, due to continued growth in both the underlying creditor and life insurance businessesof 10% and the impact of beneficial changes in actuarial reserves. The stronger U.S. dollar increased revenue, net of CCPB, by $50 million or 1%.Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities were $1,505 million, up $738 million from the prior year. Non-interest expensewas $2,840 million in 2014, up $489 million or 21%. Adjusted non-interest expense was $2,758 million, up $443 million or 19%. The increase wasdue primarily to the impact of the F&C acquisition and higher revenue-based costs. The stronger U.S. dollar increased expenses by $44 million or 2%.

BMO Capital MarketsBMO Capital Markets net income increased $37 million or 4% to $1,077 million in 2014. The increase reflected growth in revenue across bothInvestment and Corporate Banking and Trading Products, with good contributions from our U.S. businesses, partially offset by an increase in expenses.Revenue increased $337 million or 10% to $3,720 million, driven by higher securities gains and increases in trading revenues, lending revenues andinvestment banking fees, particularly in our U.S. platform. Investment and Corporate Banking revenue increased $206 million, reflecting highersecurities gains and higher activity levels, particularly in equity underwriting, as well as growth in lending revenue. Trading Products revenueincreased $129 million, reflecting growth in trading revenues, particularly from equity trading and foreign exchange trading related to morefavourable market conditions, as well as higher securities commissions and fees. The stronger U.S. dollar increased revenue by $82 million.Non-interest expense increased $269 million or 13% to $2,351 million, resulting from higher employee-related expenses and increased supportcosts, both driven by a changing business and regulatory environment, as well as by stronger performance. The stronger U.S. dollar increasedexpenses by $62 million.

Corporate ServicesCorporate Services reported and adjusted net loss was $194 million in 2014, compared with a reported net loss of $74 million and an adjusted netloss of $135 million in 2013. Commencing in 2014, the impact from the purchased performing loan portfolio was included in adjusted results.Adjusted revenue improved $89 million in 2014, mainly due to the inclusion of purchased performing loan revenue of $238 million, partially offset bya higher group teb offset of $132 million. Adjusted recoveries of credit losses of $123 million in 2014 were $282 million lower than the prior year,primarily due to $158 million lower loan recoveries. Adjusted non-interest expense of $471 million in 2014 was up $15 million from the prior year,mainly due to higher technology investments and regulatory-related costs.



MD&


Summary Quarterly Earnings TrendsBMO’s results and performance measures for the past eight quarters are outlined on page 67.

Periodically, certain business lines and units within the business lines are transferred between client operating groups to more closely alignBMO’s organizational structure and its strategic priorities. Comparative figures have been restated to conform to the current presentation.

Over the past two years, we have remained focused on executing our strategic priorities. Economic conditions have weakened in Canada dueto the downturn in oil and other resource prices, but have remained healthy in the United States.

SeasonalityBMO’s quarterly earnings, revenue and expense are modestly affected by seasonal factors. Since our second fiscal quarter has 89 days (90 in a leapyear) and other quarters have 92 days, second-quarter results are lower relative to other quarters because there are fewer calendar days, and thusfewer business days. The months of July (third quarter) and August (fourth quarter) are typically characterized by lower levels of capital marketsactivity, which has an effect on results in Wealth Management and BMO Capital Markets. The December holiday season also contributes to aslowdown in some activities.

Canadian P&CCanadian P&C delivered strong net income performance throughout 2014, moderating in the first half of 2015, with improved performance in thelast two quarters. Improved net income in the second half of 2015 has been a result of strong credit performance, moderating expense growth, andstable revenue growth. Revenue growth has been driven by higher balances and non-interest revenue, with relatively stable net interest marginseach quarter. Expenses have grown as a result of continued investment in the business net of a continued focus on expense management. Provisionsfor credit losses have remained relatively low, with particularly strong credit performance over the past two quarters.

U.S. P&CResults have been improving since the second quarter of 2014 due to lower provisions for credit losses and disciplined expense management in achallenging revenue environment. Results in the fourth quarter of 2015 reflected a slight decline in net income growth due to lower fee income andinvestments in the business.

Wealth ManagementWealth Management’s overall results have reflected good momentum since the second half of 2013, driven by double-digit organic revenue growthin traditional wealth for nine of the past ten quarters. Traditional wealth operating results have benefitted from the acquired F&C business since thesecond half of fiscal 2014. Quarterly results in the insurance businesses have been subject to variability, resulting primarily from changes in long-terminterest rates and methodology and actuarial assumptions changes.

BMO Capital MarketsBMO Capital Markets delivered good performance in the first three quarters of 2014, leveraging our consistent and diversified strategy, and benefitingfrom favourable market conditions. In the fourth quarter of 2014 and the first quarter of 2015, we experienced slower activity and were unfavourablyaffected by credit and funding valuation adjustments. The remainder of the year reflects improved performance in both our Trading Products andInvestment and Corporate Banking businesses, with reduced activity in certain markets in the fourth quarter of 2015.

Provisions for Credit LossesBMO’s PCL measured as a percentage of loans and acceptances has generally been declining since 2012 and has stabilized in recent quarters.

Corporate ServicesAdjusted quarterly net income can vary from quarter to quarter but has been relatively stable in 2014 and 2015, despite reduced benefits from thepurchased loan portfolio.

Foreign ExchangeThe U.S. dollar strengthened significantly in 2014 and 2015, with the exception of a slight weakening in the third quarter of 2014 and in the secondquarter of 2015. A stronger U.S. dollar increases the translated value of U.S.-dollar-denominated revenues, expenses, provisions for (recoveries of)credit losses, income taxes and net income.

Provision for Income TaxesThe effective income tax rate can vary, as it depends on the timing of resolution of certain tax matters, recoveries of prior periods’ income taxes andthe relative proportion of earnings attributable to the different jurisdictions in which we operate.

CautionThis Summary Quarterly Earnings Trends section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.



MD&

A

Summarized Statement of Income and Quarterly Financial Measures(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted) Q4-2015 Q3-2015 Q2-2015 Q1-2015 Q4-2014 Q3-2014 Q2-2014 Q1-2014

Net interest income 2,367 2,272 2,112 2,219 2,178 2,107 2,063 2,113Non-interest revenue (1) 2,615 2,554 2,414 2,836 2,462 2,628 2,306 2,366

Total revenue (1) 4,982 4,826 4,526 5,055 4,640 4,735 4,369 4,479Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit

liabilities (CCPB) (1) 265 218 24 747 300 520 328 357

Revenue, net of CCPB 4,717 4,608 4,502 4,308 4,340 4,215 4,041 4,122Provision for credit losses – specific (see below) 128 160 161 163 170 130 162 99Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – collective – – – – – – – –Non-interest expense 3,093 2,971 3,112 3,006 2,887 2,756 2,594 2,684

Income before provision for income taxes 1,496 1,477 1,229 1,139 1,283 1,329 1,285 1,339Provision for income taxes 282 285 230 139 213 203 209 278

Reported net income (see below) 1,214 1,192 999 1,000 1,070 1,126 1,076 1,061Adjusted net income (see below) 1,264 1,230 1,146 1,041 1,111 1,162 1,097 1,083

Provision for credit losses – specificCanadian P&C 112 109 143 132 129 129 131 139U.S. P&C 42 19 18 40 47 57 52 21

Personal and Commercial Banking 154 128 161 172 176 186 183 160Wealth Management 1 3 1 2 (1) (3) 2 (1)BMO Capital Markets (2) 14 5 9 (7) (6) (4) (1)Corporate Services (25) 15 (6) (20) 2 (47) (19) (59)

BMO Financial Group provision for credit losses – specific 128 160 161 163 170 130 162 99

Operating group reported net incomeCanadian P&C 560 556 486 502 526 525 480 485U.S. P&C 207 222 206 192 169 161 157 167

Personal and Commercial Banking 767 778 692 694 695 686 637 652Wealth Management 243 210 238 159 225 189 192 174BMO Capital Markets 242 273 296 221 191 305 305 276Corporate Services (38) (69) (227) (74) (41) (54) (58) (41)

BMO Financial Group net income 1,214 1,192 999 1,000 1,070 1,126 1,076 1,061

Operating group adjusted net incomeCanadian P&C 561 557 487 503 527 526 481 486U.S. P&C 221 235 219 205 182 174 170 180

Personal and Commercial Banking 782 792 706 708 709 700 651 666Wealth Management 271 233 265 186 252 211 198 182BMO Capital Markets 243 274 296 221 191 305 306 276Corporate Services (32) (69) (121) (74) (41) (54) (58) (41)

BMO Financial Group adjusted net income 1,264 1,230 1,146 1,041 1,111 1,162 1,097 1,083

Information per Common Share ($)Dividends declared 0.82 0.82 0.80 0.80 0.78 0.78 0.76 0.76Basic earnings per share 1.83 1.81 1.49 1.47 1.57 1.68 1.61 1.58Diluted earnings per share 1.83 1.80 1.49 1.46 1.56 1.67 1.60 1.58Adjusted diluted earnings per share 1.90 1.86 1.71 1.53 1.63 1.73 1.63 1.61Book value 56.31 55.36 51.65 52.98 48.18 46.69 45.94 45.60Market price

High 78.50 79.43 80.76 84.39 85.71 82.79 76.68 74.69Low 64.01 71.27 73.12 72.87 76.41 74.28 67.04 68.01Close 76.04 72.98 78.82 72.93 81.73 81.27 75.55 68.06

Financial Measures (%)Dividend yield 4.3 4.5 4.1 4.4 3.8 3.8 4.0 4.5Return on equity 12.9 13.6 11.4 11.8 13.1 14.4 14.3 14.2Adjusted return on equity 13.5 14.0 13.2 12.3 13.7 14.9 14.6 14.5Net interest margin on average earning assets 1.57 1.55 1.51 1.55 1.60 1.58 1.59 1.62Adjusted net interest margin on average earning assets 1.57 1.55 1.51 1.55 1.60 1.58 1.59 1.62Efficiency ratio (1) 62.1 61.6 68.7 59.5 62.2 58.2 59.4 59.9Adjusted efficiency ratio (1) 60.8 60.5 64.3 58.4 61.1 57.2 58.8 59.2Adjusted efficiency ratio, net of CCPB 64.2 63.4 64.7 68.5 65.3 64.2 63.5 64.3Operating leverage (1) 0.3 (5.9) (16.3) 0.9 (4.5) 6.8 1.3 2.6Adjusted operating leverage, net of CCPB 1.8 1.4 (2.0) (6.8) (5.9) (1.1) 1.2 (0.3)PCL as a % of average net loans and acceptances 0.15 0.20 0.20 0.21 0.23 0.18 0.22 0.14Effective tax rate 18.8 19.3 18.8 12.2 16.6 15.3 16.2 20.8Adjusted effective tax rate 18.9 19.4 19.8 12.6 16.8 15.6 16.5 20.9Canadian/U.S. dollar as at exchange rate ($) 1.3075 1.3080 1.2064 1.2711 1.1271 1.0904 1.0960 1.1138Canadian/U.S. dollar average exchange rate ($) 1.3191 1.2671 1.2412 1.1923 1.1114 1.0807 1.1029 1.0800Cash and securities-to-total assets 27.8 29.3 30.0 30.1 30.2 33.0 32.1 32.3Capital Ratios (%)Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio 10.7 10.4 10.2 10.1 10.1 9.6 9.7 9.3Tier 1 Capital Ratio 12.3 11.7 11.4 11.4 12.0 11.4 11.1 10.6Total Capital Ratio 14.4 13.7 13.5 13.4 14.3 13.3 13.0 12.4

(1) Commencing in the first quarter of 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction ininsurance revenue in non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.In the opinion of Bank of Montreal management, information that is derived from unaudited financial information, including information as at and for the interim periods, includes alladjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such information. All such adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. Financial ratios for interim periods are stated on an annualizedbasis, where appropriate, and the ratios, as well as interim operating results, are not necessarily indicative of actual results for the full fiscal year.



MD&


Financial Condition ReviewSummary Balance Sheet

(Canadian $ in millions)As at October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

AssetsCash and interest bearing deposits with banks 47,677 34,496 32,607 26,256 25,656Securities 130,918 143,319 135,800 129,441 122,115Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements 68,066 53,555 39,799 47,011 37,970Net loans and acceptances 334,024 303,038 279,294 253,846 238,885Other assets 61,196 54,251 49,544 68,130 75,949

Total assets 641,881 588,659 537,044 524,684 500,575

Liabilities and Shareholders’ EquityDeposits 438,169 393,088 368,369 325,235 302,373Other liabilities 159,383 155,254 133,500 165,813 164,197Subordinated debt 4,416 4,913 3,996 4,093 5,348Capital trust securities – – – – 821Shareholders’ equity 39,422 34,313 30,107 28,108 26,353Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries 491 1,091 1,072 1,435 1,483

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 641,881 588,659 537,044 524,684 500,575

OverviewTotal assets increased $53.2 billion from the prior year to $641.9 billion, including a $35.8 billion increase due to the stronger U.S. dollar, excludingthe impact on derivative financial assets. Total liabilities increased $48.7 billion from October 31, 2014, including a $35.7 billion increase due to thestronger U.S. dollar, excluding the impact on derivative financial liabilities. Derivative financial assets increased $5.6 billion and derivative financialliabilities increased $9.0 billion, primarily due to the increase in the fair value of interest rate and foreign exchange contracts resulting from thedecline in interest rates and the strengthening U.S. dollar, respectively. Total equity increased $4.5 billion from October 31, 2014.

Cash and Interest Bearing Deposits with BanksCash and interest bearing deposits with banks increased $13.2 billion, primarily reflecting a $6.3 billion increase due to the stronger U.S. dollar andbalances held with central banks.

Securities(Canadian $ in millions)As at October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

Trading 72,460 85,022 75,159 70,109 69,925Available-for-sale 48,006 46,966 53,710 57,340 51,426Held-to-maturity 9,432 10,344 6,032 875 –Other 1,020 987 899 1,117 764

Total securities 130,918 143,319 135,800 129,441 122,115

Securities decreased $12.4 billion, primarily reflecting decreases in trading securities related to client-driven activities in BMO Capital Markets.

Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Resale AgreementsSecurities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements increased $14.5 billion, driven by client activities in BMO Capital Markets.

Loans and Acceptances(Canadian $ in millions)As at October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

Residential mortgages 105,918 101,013 96,392 84,211 81,075Consumer instalment and other personal 65,598 64,143 63,640 61,436 59,445Credit cards 7,980 7,972 7,870 7,814 8,038Businesses and governments 145,076 120,766 104,585 94,072 84,883Customers’ liability under acceptances 11,307 10,878 8,472 8,019 7,227

Gross loans and acceptances 335,879 304,772 280,959 255,552 240,668Allowance for credit losses (1,855) (1,734) (1,665) (1,706) (1,783)

Net loans and acceptances 334,024 303,038 279,294 253,846 238,885

Net loans and acceptances increased $31 billion, including a $16.1 billion increase due to the stronger U.S. dollar. The remaining increase wasprimarily due to a $12.1 billion increase in loans to businesses and governments across most operating groups and a $3.7 billion increase inresidential mortgages primarily in Canadian P&C.

Table 7 on page 124 provides a comparative summary of loans by geographic location and product. Table 9 on page 125 provides a comparativesummary of net loans in Canada by province and industry. Loan quality is discussed on pages 96 and 97 and further details on loans are provided inNotes 4, 6 and 26 on pages 148, 153 and 192 of the financial statements.


MD&

A

Other AssetsOther assets excluding derivative assets increased $1.4 billion or decreased $0.6 billion excluding the stronger U.S. dollar impact. Other assetsincludes premises and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, current and deferred tax assets, accounts receivable and prepaid expenses.The increase in derivative financial assets is discussed above and is detailed in Note 8 on page 156 of the financial statements.

Deposits(Canadian $ in millions)As at October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

Banks 27,135 18,243 20,591 18,102 20,877Businesses and governments 263,618 239,139 222,346 188,103 159,209Individuals 147,416 135,706 125,432 119,030 122,287

Total deposits 438,169 393,088 368,369 325,235 302,373

Deposits increased $45.1 billion, including an increase of $30.5 billion due to the stronger U.S. dollar. The balance of the increase was largely drivenby a $6.9 billion increase in deposits by banks, a $4.8 billion increase in deposits by individuals and a $2.9 billion increase in deposits by businessesand governments, reflecting higher levels of wholesale and customer deposits. Further details on the composition of deposits are provided in Note 13on page 166 of the financial statements and in the Liquidity and Funding Risk section on page 105.

Other LiabilitiesOther liabilities excluding derivative financial liabilities decreased $4.9 billion, or decreased $10.0 billion excluding the stronger U.S. dollar impact,primarily driven by a decrease of $6.8 billion in securities sold but not yet purchased and a $3.4 billion decrease in securities lent or sold underrepurchase agreements related to client activities in BMO Capital Markets. The increase in derivative financial liabilities is discussed above.Further details on the composition of other liabilities are provided in Note 14 on page 167 of the financial statements.

Subordinated DebtSubordinated debt decreased $0.5 billion. Further details on the composition of subordinated debt are provided in Note 15 on page 168 of thefinancial statements.

Equity(Canadian $ in millions)As at October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

Share capitalPreferred shares 3,240 3,040 2,265 2,465 2,861Common shares 12,313 12,357 12,003 11,957 11,332

Contributed surplus 299 304 315 213 113Retained earnings 18,930 17,237 15,087 13,456 11,381Accumulated other comprehensive income 4,640 1,375 437 17 666

Total shareholders’ equity 39,422 34,313 30,107 28,108 26,353Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries 491 1,091 1,072 1,435 1,483

Total equity 39,913 35,404 31,179 29,543 27,836

Total equity increased $4.5 billion. Total shareholders’ equity increased $5.1 billion, partly offset by a decrease in non-controlling interest insubsidiaries of $0.6 billion due to the redemption of BMO BoaTS – Series D. Total shareholders’ equity increased due to an increase of $2.7 billionin accumulated other comprehensive income on translation of net foreign operations as a result of the strengthening U.S. dollar net of hedgingimpacts and increased retained earnings of $1.7 billion.

The increase in share capital is driven by the issuance of preferred shares, as well as the issuance of common shares under the ShareholderDividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan (DRIP) and Stock Option Plan, net of the impact of share repurchases. BMO’s DRIP is described inthe Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section that follows. Our Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity on page 138 provides a summaryof items that increase or reduce shareholders’ equity, while Note 17 on page 170 of the financial statements provides details on the componentsof and changes in share capital. Details of our enterprise-wide capital management practices and strategies can be found on the following page.2011 data has not been restated to reflect the new IFRS standards adopted in 2014.


MD&


Enterprise-Wide Capital ManagementBMO’s Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio of 10.7% is strong and exceeds regulatory requirements.

ObjectiveBMO is committed to a disciplined approach to capital management that balances the interests and requirements of shareholders, regulators,depositors and rating agencies. Our objective is to maintain a strong capital position in a cost-effective structure that:‰ is appropriate given our target regulatory capital ratios and internal assessment of required Economic Capital;‰ is consistent with our target credit ratings;‰ underpins our operating groups’ business strategies; and‰ supports depositor, investor and regulator confidence, while building long-term shareholder value.

Capital Management FrameworkThe principles and key elements of BMO’s capital management framework are outlined in our Capital Management Corporate Policy and in our annualcapital plan, which includes the results of our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP).

ICAAP is an integrated process that evaluates capital adequacy on both a regulatory and an economic capital basis, and is used to establishcapital targets and capital strategies that take into consideration the strategic direction and risk appetite of the enterprise. The capital plan isdeveloped considering the results of our ICAAP and in conjunction with our annual business plan, promoting alignment between our business and riskstrategies, regulatory and economic capital requirements and the availability of capital. Enterprise-wide stress testing and scenario analysis are alsoused to assess the impact of various stress conditions on BMO’s risk profile and capital requirements. The framework seeks to ensure that we areadequately capitalized given the risks we take, and supports the determination of limits, goals and performance measures that are used to managebalance sheet positions, risk levels and capital requirements at both the consolidated entity and line of business levels. Assessments of actual andforecast capital adequacy are compared to the capital plan throughout the year, and the capital plan is updated as required, based on changes in ourbusiness activities, risk profile or operating environment.

BMO uses a combination of regulatory and economic capital to evaluate business performance and considers capital implications in its strategic,tactical and transactional decision-making. By allocating our capital to operating groups and measuring their performance in relation to the capitalnecessary to support the risks in their business, we seek to optimize our risk-adjusted return to shareholders, while maintaining a well-capitalizedposition. This approach aims to protect our stakeholders from the risks inherent in our various businesses, while still allowing the flexibility to deployresources to support the strategic growth activities of our operating groups. We increased the capital allocated to the operating groups in fiscal 2015given higher capital expectations for the bank. Capital in excess of what is required to support our line of business activities is held in Corporate Services.

Capital adequacyassessment of capitaldemand and supply

Capital Demand Capital Supply

ManagementActions

Capital available tosupport risks

Capital required to supportthe risks underlying ourbusiness activities

For further discussion of the risks underlying our business activities, refer to the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section on page 86.

GovernanceThe Board of Directors, either directly or in conjunction with its Risk Review Committee, provides ultimate oversight and approval of capitalmanagement, including our Capital Management Corporate Policy framework, capital plan and capital adequacy assessments. The Board regularlyreviews BMO’s capital position and key capital management activities, and the Risk Review Committee reviews the ICAAP-determined capitaladequacy assessment results. The Balance Sheet and Capital Management Committee provides senior management oversight, including the reviewand discussion of significant capital management policies, issues and activities and, along with the Risk Management Committee, the capital requiredto support the execution of our enterprise-wide strategy. Finance and Risk Management are responsible for the design and implementation of thecorporate policies and framework related to capital and risk management and the ICAAP.

Regulatory CapitalCommon equity is the most permanent form of capital. Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital is comprised of common shareholders’ equity lessdeductions for goodwill, intangible assets, defined benefit pension assets, certain deferred tax assets and certain other items. Additional Tier 1 capitalprimarily consists of preferred shares and innovative hybrid instruments, less certain regulatory deductions. Tier 1 capital is comprised of CET1 capitaland Additional Tier 1 capital. Tier 2 capital is primarily comprised of subordinated debentures and a portion of the collective and individual allowancesfor credit losses, less certain regulatory deductions. Total capital includes Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.

Regulatory capital requirements for BMO are determined on a Basel III basis. The minimum Basel III capital ratios proposed by the BaselCommittee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) were a 4.5% CET1 Ratio, 6% Tier 1 Capital Ratio and 8% Total Capital Ratio. These ratios are calculatedusing a five-year transitional phase-in of regulatory adjustments and a nine-year transitional phase-out of non-qualifying capital instruments.However, guidance issued by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI) required Canadian deposit-taking institutions tomeet the 2019 Basel III capital requirements in 2013, other than the phase-out of non-qualifying capital instruments, and OSFI has expected banks to


MD&

A

attain a target Basel III CET1 Ratio of at least 7% (4.5% minimum plus 2.5% Capital Conservation Buffer) since January 31, 2013 (also referred to asthe “all-in” requirements).

In addition, OSFI issued guidance designating the six largest Canadian banks as domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs), increasingminimum capital ratio requirements by 1% commencing on January 1, 2016. No Canadian banks are currently considered to be globally systemicallyimportant. Our practice is to hold capital in addition to these requirements for a number of reasons, including regulatory considerations, marketexpectations and to provide flexibility for growth.

The fully implemented Basel III requirements and the OSFI “all-in” Basel III requirements are summarized in the following table.

Regulatory Capital Requirements (% of Risk-Weighted Assets)Common EquityTier 1 Ratio (1)

Tier 1Capital Ratio

TotalCapital Ratio

LeverageRatio (3)

Basel III – Stated 2019 minimum requirements 4.5 6.0 8.0 3.0Plus: Capital Conservation Buffer (2) (effective January 1, 2013) 2.5 2.5 2.5 na

Plus: D-SIB Common Equity Surcharge (effective January 1, 2016) 1.0 1.0 1.0 na

OSFI Basel III effective requirements (4) 8.0 9.5 11.5 3.0

(1) The minimum 4.5% CET1 Ratio requirement is augmented by the 2.5% Capital Conservation Buffer that can absorb losses during periods of stress. The Capital Conservation Buffer for BMO will beaugmented in 2016 with the addition of the 1% Common Equity Surcharge for D-SIBs. If a bank’s capital ratios fall within the range of this combined buffer, restrictions on discretionary distributionsof earnings (such as dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary compensation) would ensue, with the degree of such restrictions varying according to the position of the bank’s ratios within thebuffer range.

(2) The Capital Conservation Buffer does not include the counter-cyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5% of CET1, which may be required on a national basis by supervisors if they perceive credit growthresulting in systemic risk. If imposed, this additional buffer would be effectively combined with the Capital Conservation Buffer.

(3) A 3% minimum Leverage Ratio has been established by the BCBS. It will be subject to monitoring and analysis during a four-year parallel run test period, which began on January 1, 2013. Dependingupon the results of the parallel run testing, there could be subsequent adjustments, which are targeted to be finalized in 2017, with the final Leverage Ratio requirement effective January 1, 2018.OSFI established a 3% minimum Basel III Leverage Ratio requirement in October 2014.

(4) OSFI’s Basel III “effective requirements” are the capital requirements systemically important Canadian banks must meet in 2016 to avoid being subject to restrictions on discretionary distributionsof earnings.

na – not applicable

OSFI’s Basel III capital rules also require the implementation of BCBS guidance on non-viability contingent capital (NVCC). NVCC provisions require theconversion of the capital instrument into a variable number of common shares in the event that OSFI announces that the bank is, or is about tobecome, non-viable or if a federal or provincial government in Canada publicly announces that the bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capitalinjection, or equivalent support, to avoid non-viability.

Under OSFI’s Basel III rules, non-common share capital instruments that do not meet Basel III requirements, including NVCC requirements, areto be grandfathered and phased out over a nine-year period that began on January 1, 2013. OSFI’s guidance also outlines the requirements forredemption of these regulatory capital instruments due to a regulatory capital event.

BMO primarily uses the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) Approach to determine credit risk-weighted assets (RWA) in our portfolio.Credit RWA arising from certain U.S. portfolios are determined using the Standardized Approach. The AIRB Approach utilizes sophisticated techniquesto measure RWA at the exposure level based on sound risk management principles, including consideration of estimates of the probability of default,the likely loss given default and exposure at default, term to maturity and the type of Basel Asset Class exposure. These risk parameters aredetermined using historical portfolio data supplemented by benchmarking, and are updated periodically. Validation procedures related to theseparameters are in place and are enhanced periodically in order to appropriately quantify and differentiate risks so they reflect changes in economicand credit conditions.

BMO’s market risk RWA are primarily determined using the Internal Models Approach, but the Standardized Approach is used for some exposures.BMO uses the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA), a risk-sensitive capital model, along with the Standardized Approach under OSFI rules, to

determine capital requirements for operational risk.OSFI advised banks that it would begin phasing in the Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) risk capital charge for Canadian banks in the first quarter

of 2014. In 2015, the CVA risk capital charge applicable to CET1 was 64% of the fully implemented charge, and will remain at 64% in 2016.In addition, starting in the first quarter of fiscal 2015, Canadian banks were expected to maintain a 3% minimum Basel III Leverage Ratio

requirement, replacing the Assets-to-Capital Multiple which was discontinued.In an effort to increase the comparability of capital requirements and to ensure minimum levels of capital across the banking system, BCBS is

considering a standardized approach for credit, market and operational risk-weighted assets, including new capital floors based on revisedstandardized approaches. The current expectation is that the approaches will be settled on during 2016. BCBS is also completing a fundamentalreview of the trading book risk-weighted assets and released a consultative paper in June 2015 that discussed the appropriate capital to be held forinterest rate risk in the banking book. Such changes, if implemented, along with the new impairment model based on expected credit losses underIFRS 9, could have the effect of increasing the capital that we are required to hold.

A number of other potential regulatory changes are still under discussion with regulators. OSFI may implement a stand-alone or “solo” capitalframework that would assess a bank’s stand-alone capital adequacy by reducing such bank’s capital by the portion of its investments in subsidiariesthat are not considered available to protect the parent bank depositors and senior creditors under exceptional circumstances. These changes couldaffect the amount of capital that we hold or are required to hold, or the attractiveness of certain investments in subsidiaries.

In August 2014, Canada’s Department of Finance issued a consultation paper on a Canadian bank resolution framework, including the Canadianbail-in regime and Higher Loss Absorbency (HLA) requirements that would apply to Canadian D-SIBs. In its budget on April 21, 2015, the Governmentof Canada provided details on the Canadian bail-in regime, stating that it would apply to unsecured, tradable, transferable senior debt with an originalterm to maturity of greater than or equal to 400 days and that all securities subject to bail-in would be convertible into common shares. Thegovernment did not provide details on the timing planned for implementation of the regime, on the amount, or on the period of time within whichbanks must transition to meet the new HLA requirement. In October 2015, the Federal Reserve Board proposed new rules on Total Loss AbsorbingCapacity (TLAC) for U.S. domestic firms identified by the Board as Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs) and for the U.S. operations of G-SIBs.In November 2015, the Financial Stability Board issued the final standard for TLAC for G-SIBs. Neither of these rules are expected to apply to BMO, asBMO is not a G-SIB. With respect to capital supply, in November 2015, BCBS issued a consultative document which proposes a Tier 2 deductionapproach for investments in G-SIB TLAC by internationally active banks (both G-SIBs and non G-SIBs).

BMO conducts business through a variety of corporate structures, including subsidiaries and joint ventures. A framework is in place forsubsidiaries to appropriately manage their funding and capital.


MD&


As a bank holding company with total consolidated assets of US$50 billion or more, our subsidiary BMO Financial Corp. (BFC) became subject tothe Federal Reserve Board’s (FRB) annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) and mid-year Dodd-Frank Act stress testing (DFAST)requirements starting in fiscal 2014. CCAR requires BFC to test its ability to meet applicable regulatory capital requirements and continue to operateunder severe stress. The quantitative and qualitative aspects of BFC’s 2015 CCAR capital plan were subject to supervisory review and the FRB appliedits own quantitative tools to evaluate BFC. The FRB announced its decision not to object to BFC’s capital plan in March 2015 and disclosed the resultsof its quantitative analysis. BFC and its bank subsidiary BMO Harris Bank N.A. (BHB) also disclosed their results under the CCAR supervisory severelyadverse scenario. Under DFAST, BFC executes mid-year company-run stress tests. BFC submitted its DFAST stress tests to the FRB and disclosed theresults in July 2015.

The Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio reflects Basel III CET1 capital divided by CET1 capital RWA.

The Tier 1 Capital Ratio reflects Basel III Tier 1 capital divided by Tier 1 capital RWA.

The Total Capital Ratio reflects Basel III Total capital divided by Total capital RWA.

The Leverage Ratio is defined as Basel III Tier 1 capital divided by the sum of on-balance sheet items and specified off-balance sheet items, netof specified adjustments.

2015 Regulatory Capital ReviewBMO’s capital ratios are strong and exceed OSFI’s requirements for large Canadian banks, including the 1% D-SIB Common Equity Surcharge to beimplemented in 2016. Our CET1 Ratio was 10.7% at October 31, 2015, compared to 10.1% at October 31, 2014. The CET1 Ratio increased by 60 basispoints from the end of fiscal 2014 primarily due to higher capital from accumulated other comprehensive income and retained earnings, partiallyoffset by an increase in RWA. The RWA increase was attributable to foreign exchange rate movements, which we largely hedge as discussed below,higher business volumes and higher market risk, partly offset by methodology changes and changes in book quality.

Our Tier 1 Capital and Total Capital Ratios were 12.3% and 14.4%, respectively, at October 31, 2015, compared to 12.0% and 14.3%, respectively,at October 31, 2014. The Tier 1 and Total Capital Ratios increased by 30 basis points and 10 basis points, respectively, from the end of fiscal 2014 duemainly to the factors impacting the CET1 Ratio discussed above and the issuances of preferred shares, partially offset by Additional Tier 1 instrumentsredemptions. The increase in the Total Capital Ratio was mainly due to the factors impacting the CET1 and the Tier 1 Ratios, partially offset by theadditional 10% phase-out of non-qualifying subordinated debt.

BMO’s Leverage Ratio was 4.2% at October 31, 2015, in excess of the 3% minimum requirement established by OSFI.On September 10, 2015, we announced the signing of an agreement to acquire GE Capital’s Transportation Finance business. The acquisition is

expected to reduce BMO’s CET1 Ratio by approximately 70 basis points on closing in the first quarter of 2016.BMO’s investments in foreign operations are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. The foreign exchange impact of U.S.-dollar-denominated RWA

and U.S.-dollar-denominated capital deductions may result in variability in the bank’s capital ratios. BMO may enter into hedging arrangements toreduce the impact of foreign exchange movements on its capital ratios and did so during 2015.

Regulatory Capital (All-in basis (1))

(Canadian $ in millions)As at October 31 2015 2014

Common Equity Tier 1 capital: instruments and reservesDirectly issued qualifying common share capital plus related stock surplus 12,612 12,661Retained earnings 18,930 17,237Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves) 4,640 1,375Goodwill and other intangibles (net of related tax liability) (7,752) (6,875)Other common equity Tier 1 capital deductions (2,802) (1,977)

Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1) 25,628 22,421

Additional Tier 1 capital: instrumentsDirectly issued qualifying Additional Tier 1 instruments plus related stock surplus 2,150 1,200Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase-out from Additional Tier 1 1,987 3,332Additional Tier 1 instruments (and CET1 instruments not otherwise included) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties

(amount allowed in group AT1) 9 7of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out 9 7

Total regulatory adjustments applied to Additional Tier 1 capital (358) (358)

Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) 3,788 4,181

Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) 29,416 26,602

Tier 2 capital: instruments and provisionsDirectly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments plus related stock surplus 1,034 1,002Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase-out from Tier 2 3,548 4,027Tier 2 instruments (and CET1 and AT1 instruments not included) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties

(amount allowed in group Tier 2) 46 80of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out 46 80

Collective allowances 590 266

Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 capital (50) (50)

Tier 2 capital (T2) 5,168 5,325

Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) 34,584 31,927

(1) “All-in” regulatory capital assumes that all Basel III regulatory adjustments are applied effective January 1, 2013, and that the capital value of instruments that no longer qualify as regulatory capitalunder Basel III rules is being phased out at a rate of 10% per year from January 1, 2013 to January 1, 2022.


MD&

A

Our CET1 capital and Tier 1 capital were $25.6 billion and $29.4 billion, respectively, at October 31, 2015, up from $22.4 billion and $26.6 billion,respectively, at October 31, 2014. CET1 capital increased due to higher accumulated other comprehensive income, primarily driven by foreignexchange movement due to our investment in foreign operations, retained earnings growth, the issuance of common shares through the ShareholderDividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan (DRIP) and the exercise of stock options, partially offset by higher deductions and share repurchases.The increase in Tier 1 capital since October 31, 2014 was attributable to the growth in CET1 capital and issuance of preferred shares, partially offsetby the Additional Tier 1 instruments redemptions, as outlined below in the Capital Management Activities section.

Total capital was $34.6 billion at October 31, 2015, up from $31.9 billion at October 31, 2014, attributable to the growth in Tier 1 capitalmentioned above, partially offset by the additional 10% phase-out of non-qualifying subordinated debt, as mentioned above.

Risk-Weighted Assets(Canadian $ in millions)As at October 31 2015 2014

Credit RiskWholesale

Corporate, including specialized lending 91,489 81,340Corporate small and medium-sized enterprises 31,954 33,644Sovereign 1,765 1,612Bank 3,902 4,186

RetailResidential mortgages, excluding home equity line of credit 8,427 7,618Home equity line of credit 7,889 6,541Qualifying revolving retail 4,569 4,000Other retail, excluding small and medium-sized enterprises 11,053 9,826Retail small and medium-sized enterprises 1,968 1,604

Equity 1,369 1,362Trading book 8,415 7,359Securitization 2,456 3,098Other credit risk assets – non-counterparty managed assets 16,255 14,946Scaling factor for credit risk assets under AIRB Approach (1) 8,874 8,251

Total Credit Risk 200,385 185,387Market Risk 10,262 9,002Operational Risk 28,538 27,703

CET1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets 239,185 222,092Additional CVA adjustment, prescribed by OSFI, for Tier 1 Capital 286 336

Tier 1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets 239,471 222,428Additional CVA adjustment, prescribed by OSFI, for Total Capital 245 503

Total Capital Risk-Weighted Assets 239,716 222,931

(1) The scaling factor is applied to the risk-weighted assets amounts for credit risk under the AIRB Approach.

Credit Risk RWA (CET1 basis) were $200.4 billion at October 31, 2015, up from $185.4 billion at October 31, 2014. The increase was largely due toforeign exchange movement and business growth, partially offset by changes in methodology and higher book quality. Market Risk RWA were$10.3 billion at October 31, 2015, up from $9.0 billion at October 31, 2014, attributable to an increase in client facilitation positions and marketvariables, partially offset by methodology and policy changes. Operational Risk RWA were $28.5 billion at October 31, 2015, up from $27.7 billion atOctober 31, 2014, largely due to growth in the bank’s average gross income.

Risk Capital ReviewEconomic capital is a measure of our internal assessment of the risks underlying BMO’s business activities. It represents management’s estimation ofthe likely magnitude of economic losses that could occur should severely adverse situations arise, and allows returns to be measured on a basis thatconsiders the risks undertaken. Economic capital is calculated for various types of risk – credit, market (trading and non-trading), operational andbusiness – based on a one-year time horizon using a defined confidence level.

Risk-weighted assets (RWA) is a measure of the bank’s exposures weighted by risk and is calculated in accordance with the Regulatory Capitalrules using a combination of Advanced approach models and Standardized approaches. RWA is calculated for credit, market (trading) and operationalrisk categories based on OSFI’s prescribed rules.


MD&


Economic Capital and RWA by Operating Group and Risk Type(As at October 31, 2015)

BMO Financial Group

Operating Groups WealthManagement

BMO Capital Markets

CorporateServices

Economic Capital by Risk Type (%)

Credit

Market

67%

6%

27%

60%

20%

20%

22%

39%

39%

72%

11%

17%Operational/Other

9,31247,36110,291133,419Credit

10,16598Market

7,7855,23115,523Operational

RWA by Risk Type (Canadian $ in millions)

Personal and Commercial

Banking

Capital Management ActivitiesOn December 2, 2014, we announced our intention, and subsequently obtained the approval of OSFI and the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX), to initiatea normal course issuer bid (NCIB) to purchase up to 15 million of BMO’s common shares on the TSX for the purpose of cancellation. During fiscal 2015,we purchased 8 million shares under our NCIB share repurchase program. The current NCIB is set to expire on January 31, 2016.

On December 1, 2015, we announced our intention, subject to the approval of OSFI and the TSX, to initiate a new NCIB for up to 15 million ofBMO’s common shares, commencing on or about February 1, 2016, after the expiry of the current NCIB. Once approvals are obtained, the sharerepurchase program will permit BMO to purchase its common shares on the TSX for the purpose of cancellation. Maintaining an NCIB is part of BMO’scapital management strategy. The timing and amount of any purchases under the program are subject to regulatory approvals and to managementdiscretion based on factors such as market conditions and capital adequacy.

During 2015, BMO issued 1.5 million common shares through the DRIP and the exercise of stock options.On December 31, 2014, we redeemed all of our $600 million BMO Capital Trust Securities – Series D (BMO BOaTS – Series D). On February 25,

2015, we redeemed all of our $400 million Non-cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 23. On April 22, 2015, we redeemed allof our $500 million Subordinated Debentures, Series C Medium-Term Notes, Second Tranche. On May 25, 2015, we redeemed all of our $350 millionNon-cumulative Perpetual Class B Preferred Shares, Series 13.

On June 5, 2015, we completed our offering of Non-cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares Series 33. We issued 8 million sharesfor aggregate proceeds of $200 million.

On July 29, 2015, we completed our offering of Non-cumulative Perpetual Class B Preferred Shares Series 35. We issued 6 million shares foraggregate proceeds of $150 million.

On October 16, 2015, we completed our offering of Non-cumulative Perpetual Class B Preferred Shares Series 36. We issued 600,000 shares foraggregate proceeds of $600 million.

On November 27, 2015, BMO announced its intention to redeem the $450 million of outstanding BMO Capital Trust Securities – Series E (BMOBOaTS – Series E) on December 31, 2015.

If an NVCC trigger event were to occur, our NVCC capital instruments, Non-cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 27,Series 29, Series 31, Series 33 and Series 36, Non-cumulative Perpetual Class B Preferred Shares, Series 35, and Series H Medium-Term Notes,Tranche 1, would be converted into BMO common shares pursuant to automatic conversion formulas with a conversion price based on the greater of:(i) a floor price of $5.00, and (ii) the current market price of our common shares at the time of the trigger event (10-day weighted average). Basedon a floor price of $5.00, these NVCC capital instruments would convert into 730 million BMO common shares, assuming no accrued interest and nodeclared and unpaid dividends.

Further details are provided in Notes 15, 16 and 17 on pages 168, 169 and 170 of the financial statements.


MD&

A

Outstanding Shares and Securities Convertible into Common SharesNumber of sharesor dollar amount

(in millions)

Dividends declared per share

As at November 25, 2015 2015 2014 2013

Common shares 643 $3.24 $3.08 $2.94Class B Preferred shares

Series 5 (1) – – – $0.33Series 13 (2) – $0.56 $1.13 $1.13Series 14 $ 250 $1.31 $1.31 $1.31Series 15 $ 250 $1.45 $1.45 $1.45Series 16 (3) $ 157 $0.85 $0.85 $1.19Series 17 (3) $ 143 $0.60 $0.64 $0.17Series 18 (4) – – $0.41 $1.63Series 21 (5) – – $0.81 $1.63Series 23 (6) – $0.34 $1.35 $1.35Series 25 $ 290 $0.98 $0.98 $0.98Series 27 $ 500 $1.00 $0.59 –Series 29 $ 400 $0.98 $0.46 –Series 31 $ 300 $0.95 $0.31 –Series 33 $ 200 $0.45 – –Series 35 $ 150 $0.41 – –Series 36 $ 600 – – –

Medium-Term NotesSeries H (7) $1,000 na na na

Stock options– vested 6.9– non-vested 5.1

(1) Redeemed in February 2013.(2) Redeemed in May 2015.(3) In August 2013, approximately 5.7 million Series 16 Preferred Shares were converted into Series 17 Preferred Shares on a one-for-one basis.(4) Redeemed in February 2014.(5) Redeemed in May 2014.(6) Redeemed in February 2015.(7) Note 15 on page 168 of the financial statements includes details on the Series H Medium-Term Notes, Tranche 1.na – not applicableNote 17 on page 170 of the financial statements includes details on share capital.

DividendsDividends declared per common share in fiscal 2015 totalled $3.24. Annual dividends declared represented 51.1% of reported net income and 48.0%of adjusted net income available to common shareholders on a last twelve months basis.

Our target dividend payout range (common share dividends as a percentage of net income available to shareholders, less preferred sharedividends, based on adjusted earnings over the last twelve months) is 40% to 50%, which is consistent with our objective of maintaining flexibility toexecute on our growth strategies, and takes into consideration the higher capital expectations resulting from the Basel III rules. BMO’s target dividendpayout range seeks to provide shareholders with stable income, while ensuring sufficient earnings are retained to support anticipated businessgrowth, fund strategic investments and provide for a sound capital level.

At year end, BMO’s common shares provided a 4.3% annual dividend yield based on the year-end closing share price and dividends declared inthe last four quarters. On December 1, 2015, BMO announced that the Board of Directors had declared a quarterly dividend on common shares of$0.84 per share, up $0.02 per share or 2% from the prior quarter and up $0.04 per share or 5.0% from a year ago. The dividend is payable onFebruary 26, 2016 to shareholders of record on February 1, 2016.

Common shareholders may elect to have their cash dividends reinvested in common shares of BMO in accordance with the DRIP. In the firstquarter of 2015, common shares to supply the DRIP were issued from treasury without discount. Starting in the second quarter of 2015, commonshares for the DRIP were purchased on the open market.

Eligible Dividends DesignationFor the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and any similar provincial and territorial legislation, BMO designates all dividends paid or deemed tobe paid on both its common and preferred shares as “eligible dividends”, unless indicated otherwise.

CautionThis Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.


MD&


Select Financial InstrumentsThe Financial Stability Board (FSB) issued a report in 2012 encouraging enhanced disclosure related to financial instruments that market participantshad come to regard as carrying higher risk. An index of the disclosures recommended by the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force of the FSB and wherethese disclosures appear in our Annual Report or Supplementary Financial Information is provided on page 84.

CautionGiven continued uncertainty in the capital markets environment, our capital markets instruments could experience valuation gains and losses due tochanges in market value. This section, Select Financial Instruments, contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements on page 30.

Consumer LoansIn Canada, our Consumer Lending portfolio is comprised of three main asset classes: Real Estate Secured Lending (including residential mortgages andhome equity products), instalment/other personal loans (including indirect automobile loans) and credit card loans. We do not have any subprime orAlt-A mortgage or home equity loan programs, nor do we purchase subprime or Alt-A loans from third-party lenders.

In the United States, the Consumer Lending portfolio is primarily comprised of three asset classes: residential first mortgages, home equityproducts and indirect automobile loans. We have a small portfolio of first mortgage and home equity loans outstanding that had subprime or Alt-Acharacteristics at the date of authorization (e.g., low credit score or limited documentation). These programs have been discontinued. Balancesoutstanding and amounts in arrears 90 days or more at year end were not significant.

In both Canada and the United States, consumer lending products are underwritten to prudent standards relative to credit scores, loan-to-valueratios, and capacity assessment, and are generally based upon documented and verifiable income.

Leveraged FinanceLeveraged finance loans are defined by BMO as loans to private equity businesses and mezzanine financings where our assessment indicates ahigher level of credit risk. BMO has exposure to leveraged finance loans, which represent 1.6% of our total assets, with $10.4 billion outstanding atOctober 31, 2015, up approximately $1.9 billion from a year ago. Of this amount, $351 million or 3.4% of leveraged finance loans were classified asimpaired ($179 million or 2.1% in 2014).

BMO-Sponsored Securitization VehiclesBMO sponsors various vehicles that fund assets originated by either BMO (through a bank securitization vehicle) or its customers (several Canadiancustomer securitization vehicles and one U.S. customer securitization vehicle). We earn fees for providing services related to the customersecuritization vehicles, including liquidity, distribution and financial arrangement fees for supporting the ongoing operations of the vehicles.These fees totalled approximately $89 million in 2015 and $66 million in 2014.

Canadian Customer Securitization VehiclesThe customer securitization vehicles we sponsor in Canada provide our customers with access to financing either directly from BMO or in theasset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) markets. Customers sell their assets into these vehicles, which then issue ABCP to either investors or BMOto fund the purchases. In all cases, the sellers remain responsible for the servicing of the transferred assets and are first to absorb any losses realizedon the assets.

Our exposure to potential losses relates to our investment in ABCP issued by the vehicles, derivative contracts we have entered into with thevehicles and the liquidity support we provide to ABCP purchased by investors. We use our credit adjudication process in deciding whether to enterinto these arrangements just as we do when extending credit in the form of a loan.

Two of these customer securitization vehicles are funded in the market, while a third is funded directly by BMO. BMO does not control theseentities and therefore they are not consolidated. Further information on the consolidation of customer securitization vehicles is provided in Note 7 onpage 154 of the financial statements. There were no material mortgage loans with subprime or Alt-A characteristics held in any of the customersecuritization vehicles at year end. No losses have been recorded on any of BMO’s exposures to these vehicles.

BMO’s investment in the ABCP of the market-funded vehicles totalled $21 million at October 31, 2015 ($10 million in 2014).BMO provided liquidity support facilities to the market-funded vehicles totalling $5.0 billion at October 31, 2015 ($4.6 billion in 2014).

This amount comprised part of our commitments outlined in Note 26 on page 192 of the financial statements. All of these facilities remain undrawn.The assets of each of these market-funded customer securitization vehicles consist primarily of diversified pools of Canadian automobile-relatedreceivables and Canadian insured residential mortgages. These two asset classes represent 86% (85% in 2014) of the aggregate assets of thesevehicles.

U.S. Customer Securitization VehicleWe sponsor a U.S. ABCP multi-seller vehicle that we consolidate under IFRS. This customer securitization vehicle assists our customers with thesecuritization of their assets to provide them with alternative sources of funding. The vehicle provides funding to diversified pools of portfoliosthrough 28 (30 in 2014) individual securitization transactions with an average facility size of US$174 million (US$136 million in 2014). The size of thepools ranged from US$1 million to US$700 million at October 31, 2015. There were no residential mortgages classified as subprime or Alt-A held inthis ABCP multi-seller vehicle.

The vehicle holds exposures secured by a variety of asset classes, including mid-market corporate loans, student loans and automobile loans.The vehicle had US$4.1 billion of commercial paper outstanding at October 31, 2015 (US$2.6 billion in 2014). The ABCP of the vehicle is rated A1

by S&P and P1 by Moody’s. BMO has not invested in the vehicle’s ABCP. BMO provides committed liquidity support facilities to the vehicle, with theundrawn amount totalling US$5.4 billion at October 31, 2015 (US$4.6 billion in 2014).


MD&

A

Sectors of Interest: Oil and Gas, MiningOur risks related to the Oil and Gas sector are further outlined in the Top and Emerging Risks That May Affect Future Results section on page 87.As at October 31, 2015, BMO’s Oil and Gas outstanding loans were $6.7 billion or 2.0% of total loans and up approximately $0.7 billion from a yearago. Of this amount, $102 million of oil and gas sector loans were classified as impaired ($1 million in 2014). The majority of oil and gas lending isto Exploration and Development companies at 66%, followed by Pipelines at 18%, Services at 14% and Manufacturing and Refining at 2%, withapproximately half of these loans having an internal rating that maps to investment grade.

As at October 31, 2015, BMO’s loans in respect to the mining sectors were $1.3 billion or 0.4% of total loans and up approximately $0.2 billionfrom a year ago. Of this amount, $4 million of mining sector loans were classified as impaired ($12 million in 2014). Quarrying represents 12% of thetotal and of the remaining Metal/Non-Metal Mining, approximately half have an internal rating that maps to investment grade.

Off-Balance Sheet ArrangementsBMO enters into a number of off-balance sheet arrangements in the normal course of operations.

Credit InstrumentsIn order to meet the financial needs of our clients, we use a variety of off-balance sheet credit instruments. These include guarantees and standbyletters of credit, which represent our obligation to make payments to third parties on behalf of a customer if the customer is unable to make therequired payments or meet other contractual requirements. We also write documentary and commercial letters of credit, which represent ouragreement to honour drafts presented by a third party upon completion of specified activities. Commitments to extend credit are off-balance sheetarrangements that represent our commitment to customers to grant them credit in the form of loans or other financings for specific amounts andmaturities, subject to meeting certain conditions.

There are a large number of credit instruments outstanding at any time. Our customers are broadly diversified and we do not anticipate eventsor conditions that would cause a significant number of our customers to fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their contracts with us.We use our credit adjudication process in deciding whether to enter into these arrangements, just as we do when extending credit in the form ofa loan. We monitor off-balance sheet instruments to avoid undue concentrations in any geographic region or industry.

The maximum amount payable by BMO in relation to these credit instruments was approximately $124 billion at October 31, 2015 ($99 billion in2014). However, this amount is not representative of our likely credit exposure or liquidity requirements for these instruments, as it does not takeinto account customer behaviour, which suggests that only a portion of our customers will utilize the facilities related to these instruments. It alsodoes not take into account any amounts that could be recovered under recourse and collateral provisions. Further information on these instrumentscan be found in Note 26 on page 192 of the financial statements.

For the credit commitments outlined in the preceding paragraphs, in the absence of an event that triggers a default, early termination by BMOmay result in a breach of contract.

Structured Entities (SEs)Our interests in SEs are discussed primarily on page 76 in the BMO-Sponsored Securitization Vehicles section and in Note 7 on page 154 of thefinancial statements. Under IFRS, we consolidate our bank securitization vehicles, U.S. customer securitization vehicle, credit protection vehicle, andcertain capital and funding vehicles. We do not consolidate our Canadian customer securitization vehicles, structured finance vehicles, certain capitaland funding vehicles, and various BMO managed and non-BMO managed investment funds.

GuaranteesGuarantees include contracts under which we may be required to make payments to a counterparty based on changes in the value of an asset,liability or equity security that the counterparty holds. Contracts under which we may be required to make payments if a third party does not performaccording to the terms of a contract and contracts under which we provide indirect guarantees of indebtedness are also considered guarantees. In thenormal course of business, we enter into a variety of guarantees, including standby letters of credit, backstop and other liquidity facilities andderivatives contracts or instruments (including, but not limited to, credit default swaps), as well as indemnification agreements.

The maximum amount payable by BMO in relation to these guarantees was $30 billion at October 31, 2015 ($31 billion in 2014). However, thisamount is not representative of our likely exposure, as it does not take into account customer behaviour, which suggests that only a portion of theguarantees will require us to make any payments. It also does not take into account any amounts that could be recovered through recourse andcollateral provisions.

For a more detailed discussion of these agreements, please see Note 26 on page 192 of the financial statements.

CautionThis Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.


MD&


Critical Accounting EstimatesThe most significant assets and liabilities for which we must make estimates include: allowance for credit losses; financial instruments measured atfair value; pension and other employee future benefits; impairment of securities; income taxes and deferred tax assets; goodwill and intangibleassets; purchased loans; insurance-related liabilities; and contingent liabilities. We make judgments in assessing whether substantially all risks andrewards have been transferred in respect of transfers of financial assets and whether we control SEs. These judgments are discussed in Notes 6 and 7,respectively, on pages 153 and 154 of the financial statements. Note 18 on page 172 of the financial statements discusses the judgments made indetermining the fair value of financial instruments. If actual results differ from the estimates we make, the impact would be recorded in futureperiods. We have established detailed policies and control procedures that are intended to ensure the judgments we make in determining theestimates are well controlled, independently reviewed and consistently applied from period to period. We believe that our estimates of the value ofBMO’s assets and liabilities are appropriate.

For a more detailed discussion of the use of estimates, please see Note 1 on page 140 of the financial statements.

Allowance for Credit LossesOne of our key performance measures is the provision for credit losses as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances. Over the 10 years priorto 2015, our average annual ratio has ranged from a high of 0.88% in 2009 to a low of 0.09% in 2006. This ratio varies with changes in the economyand credit conditions. If we were to apply these high and low ratios to average net loans and acceptances in 2015, our provision for credit losseswould range from $288 million to $2,818 million and our allowance for credit losses would range from $1,728 million to $4,258 million. Our provisionfor credit losses in 2015 was $612 million and our allowance for credit losses as at October 31, 2015 was $2,052 million. Additional information onthe process and methodology for determining the allowance for credit losses can be found in the discussion of Credit and Counterparty Risk onpage 94 as well as in Note 4 on page 148 of the financial statements.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair ValueBMO records certain securities and derivatives at their fair value, and certain liabilities are designated at fair value. Fair value represents our estimateof the amount we would receive, or would be required to pay in the case of a liability, in a current transaction between willing parties. We employ afair value hierarchy to categorize the inputs we use in valuation techniques to measure fair value. The extent of our use of quoted market prices(Level 1), internal models using observable market information (Level 2) and internal models without observable market information (Level 3) in thevaluation of securities, derivative assets and derivative liabilities as at October 31, 2015, as well as a sensitivity analysis of our Level 3 financialinstruments, is disclosed in Note 18 on page 172 of the financial statements.

Our valuation models use general assumptions and market data, and therefore do not reflect the specific risks and other factors that could affecta particular instrument’s fair value. Valuation Product Control (VPC), a group independent of the trading lines of business, verifies the fair values atwhich financial instruments are recorded. For instruments that are valued using models, VPC identifies situations where valuation adjustments mustbe made to the model estimates to arrive at fair value. As a result, we incorporate certain adjustments when using internal models to establish fairvalues. These fair value adjustments take into account the estimated impact of credit risk, liquidity risk and other items, including closeout costs.For example, the credit risk adjustment for derivative financial instruments incorporates credit risk into our determination of fair values by taking intoaccount factors such as the counterparty’s credit rating, the duration of the instrument and changes in credit spreads. We also incorporate an estimateof the implicit funding costs borne by BMO for over-the-counter derivative positions (the funding valuation adjustment).

The methodologies used for calculating these adjustments are reviewed on an ongoing basis to ensure that they remain appropriate. Significantchanges in methodologies are made only when we believe that the change will result in better estimates of fair value.

Valuation Adjustments(Canadian $ in millions)As at October 31 2015 2014

Credit risk 100 53Funding risk 60 39Liquidity risk 57 59Other – 2

Total 217 153

Valuation adjustments increased in 2015, primarily driven by the widening of credit spreads, lower interest rates, and the appreciation of theU.S. dollar.

Pension and Other Employee Future BenefitsOur pension and other employee future benefits expense is calculated by our independent actuaries using assumptions determined by management.If actual experience differs from the assumptions used, the difference is recognized in other comprehensive income.

Pension and other employee future benefits expense and the related obligations are sensitive to changes in discount rates. We determinediscount rates at each year end for all our plans using high-quality corporate bonds with terms matching the plans’ specific cash flows.

Additional information regarding our accounting for pension and other employee future benefits, including a sensitivity analysis for keyassumptions, is included in Note 23 on page 184 of the financial statements.


MD&

A

Impairment of SecuritiesWe have investments in securities issued or guaranteed by Canadian, U.S. and other governments, corporate debt and equity securities,mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, which are classified as either available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturitysecurities or other securities. We review held-to-maturity, available-for-sale and other securities at each quarter-end reporting period to identifyand evaluate investments that show indications of possible impairment. An investment is considered impaired if there is objective evidence thatthe estimated future cash flows will be reduced and the impact can be reliably measured. We consider evidence such as delinquency or default,bankruptcy, restructuring or other evidence of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer, or the absence of an active market. The decisionto record a write-down, its amount and the period in which it is recorded could change if management’s assessment of those factors were to differ.We do not record impairment write-downs on debt securities when impairment is due to changes in market rates, if future contractual cash flowsassociated with the debt security are still expected to be recovered.

At the end of 2015, there were total unrealized losses of $152 million related to available-for-sale securities for which cost exceeded fair valueand an impairment write-down had not been recorded. Of this amount, $5 million related to available-for-sale securities for which cost had exceededfair value for 12 months or more. These unrealized losses resulted from changes in market interest rates and not from deterioration in thecreditworthiness of the issuer.

Additional information regarding our accounting for available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities and other securities and thedetermination of fair value is included in Note 3 on page 144 and Note 18 on page 172 of the financial statements.

Income Taxes and Deferred Tax AssetsThe provision for income taxes is calculated based on the expected tax treatment of transactions recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Incomeor Changes in Equity. In determining the provision for income taxes, we interpret tax legislation in a variety of jurisdictions and make assumptionsabout the expected timing of the reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities. If our interpretations differ from those of tax authorities or if thetiming of reversals is not as expected, our provision for income taxes could increase or decrease in future periods. The amount of any such increaseor decrease cannot be reasonably estimated.

Deferred tax assets are recognized only when it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available in future periods against whichdeductible temporary differences may be utilized. We are required to assess whether it is probable that our deferred income tax asset will be realizedprior to its expiration and, based on all the available evidence, determine if any portion of our deferred income tax asset should not be recognized.The factors used to assess the probability of realization are our past experience of income and capital gains, our forecast of future net income beforetaxes, available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the deferred income tax asset, and the remaining expiration period oftax loss carryforwards. Changes in our assessment of these factors could increase or decrease our provision for income taxes in future periods.

If income tax rates increase or decrease in future periods in a jurisdiction, our provision for income taxes for future periods will increase ordecrease accordingly. Furthermore, our deferred tax assets and liabilities will increase or decrease as income tax rates decrease or increase,respectively, and will result in either an income tax charge or a recovery. A 1% decrease in the U.S. federal tax rate from 35% to 34% would reduceour deferred tax asset by about $58 million and would result in a corresponding income tax charge.

Additional information regarding our accounting for income taxes is included in Note 24 on page 189 of the financial statements.

Goodwill and Intangible AssetsGoodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually. This assessment includes a comparison of the carrying value and the recoverable amount ofeach business unit to verify that the recoverable amount of the business unit is greater than its carrying value. If the carrying value were to exceedthe recoverable amount of the business unit, an impairment calculation would be performed. The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of itsfair value less costs to sell and its value in use.

Fair value less costs to sell was used to perform the impairment test in all periods. In determining fair value less costs to sell, we employ adiscounted cash flow model, consistent with that used when we acquire businesses. This model is dependent on assumptions related to revenuegrowth, discount rates, synergies achieved on acquisition and the availability of comparable acquisition data. Changes in any of these assumptionswould affect the determination of fair value for each of the business units in a different manner. Management must exercise judgment and makeassumptions in determining fair value, and differences in judgments and assumptions could affect the determination of fair value and any resultingimpairment write-down. At October 31, 2015, the estimated fair value of each of our business units was greater than its carrying value.

Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized to income on either a straight-line or an accelerated basis over a period not exceeding 15 years,depending on the nature of the asset. We test definite-lived intangible assets for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying value may notbe recoverable. During the year ended October 31, 2015, we recorded $1 million in impairment of definite-lived intangibles ($nil for 2014). Indefinitelife intangible assets are tested annually for impairment. If any intangible assets are determined to be impaired, we write them down to theirrecoverable amount, the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell, when this is less than the carrying value. No such impairment wasidentified for the years ended October 31, 2015 and 2014. Additional information regarding the composition of goodwill and intangible assets isincluded in Note 11 on page 164 of the financial statements.

Purchased LoansSignificant judgment and assumptions were applied to determine the fair value of the Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (M&I) loan portfolio. Loans wereidentified as either purchased performing loans or purchased credit impaired loans (PCI loans), both of which were recorded at fair value at the timeof acquisition. The determination of fair value involved estimating the expected cash flows to be received and determining the discount rate to beapplied to the cash flows from the loan portfolio. In determining the discount rate, we considered various factors, including our cost to raise funds inthe current market, the risk premium associated with the loans and the cost to service the portfolios. PCI loans are those where the timely collectionof principal and interest was no longer reasonably assured as at the date of acquisition. We regularly evaluate what we expect to collect on PCI loans.Changes in expected cash flows could result in the recognition of impairment or a recovery through the provision for credit losses. Estimating thetiming and amount of cash flows requires significant management judgment regarding key assumptions, including the probability of default, severityof loss, timing of payment receipts and valuation of collateral. All of these factors are inherently subjective and can result in significant changes incash flow estimates over the term of a loan.


MD&


The purchased performing loans are subject to the same credit review processes we apply to loans we originate. Additional informationregarding purchased loans is provided in Note 4 on page 148 of the financial statements.

Insurance-Related LiabilitiesInsurance claims and policy benefit liabilities represent current claims and estimates for future insurance policy benefits. Liabilities for life insurancecontracts are determined using the Canadian Asset Liability Method, which incorporates best-estimate assumptions for mortality, morbidity, policylapses, surrenders, future investment yields, policy dividends, administration costs and margins for adverse deviation. These assumptions arereviewed at least annually and updated to reflect actual experience and market conditions. The most significant impact on the valuation of a liabilitywould be the result of a change in the assumption for future investment yields. If the assumed yield were to increase by one percentage point, netincome would increase by approximately $66 million. A reduction of one percentage point would lower net income by approximately $65 million.See the Insurance Risk section on page 114 for further discussion of the impact of changing rates on insurance earnings.

ProvisionsBMO and its subsidiaries are involved in various legal actions in the ordinary course of business.

Provisions are recorded at the best estimate of the amount required to settle any obligation related to these legal actions as at the balancesheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Factors included in making the assessment include a case-by-case assessment of specific facts and circumstances, our past experience and opinions of legal experts. Management and internal and externalexperts are involved in estimating any amounts that may be required. The actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lowerthan the amount of the provisions.

Additional information regarding provisions is provided in Note 26 on page 192 of the financial statements.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Consolidation of Structured EntitiesWe sell Canadian mortgage loans to third-party Canadian securitization programs, including the Canadian Mortgage Bond program, and directly tothird-party investors under the National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities program. We assess whether substantially all of the risk and rewardsof the loans have been transferred to determine if they qualify for derecognition. Since we continue to be exposed to substantially all of theprepayment, interest rate and/or credit risk associated with the securitized loans, they do not qualify for derecognition. We continue to recognize theloans and recognize the related cash proceeds as secured financing in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Additional information concerning the transferof financial assets is included on page 76, as well as in Note 6 on page 153 of the financial statements.

In the normal course of business, BMO enters into arrangements with SEs. We are required to consolidate SEs if we determine that we controlthe SEs. We control an SE when we have power over the entity, exposure or rights to variable returns from our investment and the ability to exercisepower to affect the amount of our returns. Additional information concerning BMO’s interests in SEs is included on pages 76 and 77, as well as inNote 7 on page 154 of the financial statements.

CautionThis Critical Accounting Estimates section contains forward-looking statements. Please see the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

Changes in Accounting Policies in 2015BMO adopted the following new or amended standards in 2015: IAS 36 Impairment of Assets; IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation; IFRIC 21Levies; and early adopted the own credit provisions of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. The adoption of the own credit provisions of IFRS 9, which wereadopted prospectively, resulted in a $120 million gain, net of taxes being recorded in other comprehensive income instead of net income related tothe change in fair value of deposit and annuity liabilities due to changes in our credit spread. The adoption of the other new or amended standardsdid not have a significant impact on our financial statements. The impact of these accounting policy changes is discussed in Note 1 on page 140 ofthe financial statements.

Future Changes in Accounting PoliciesBMO monitors the potential changes to IFRS proposed by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and analyzes the effect that any suchchanges to the standards may have on BMO’s financial reporting and accounting policies. New standards and amendments to existing standards thatwill be effective for BMO in the future are described in Note 1 on page 140 of the financial statements.

Adoption of IFRS 9 Financial InstrumentsAs a result of an announcement from our regulator OSFI, we will be adopting IFRS 9 Financial Instruments effective November 1, 2017. IFRS 9addresses the classification, measurement and impairment of financial instruments. The impairment requirements of IFRS 9 are expected to have thelargest impact on the bank and will result in the earlier recognition in the credit cycle of provisions for credit losses and a higher initial collective loanloss allowance when the standard is implemented as an adjustment to retained earnings. We do not expect significant changes to the accounting forthe specific loan loss allowance or the specific provision for credit losses.

IFRS 9 utilizes an expected credit loss model which will result in lifetime credit losses being recognized in the collective allowance if there is asignificant deterioration in lifetime credit quality, regardless of whether there has been a credit event. The expected credit loss model requires therecognition of credit losses based on a 12-month time horizon for performing loans and requires the recognition of lifetime expected credit losses forloans that experience a significant deterioration in credit risk since inception. The expected loss calculations are required to incorporate forward-looking macroeconomic information in determining the final provision.


MD&

A

The classification requirements will result in unrealized gains and losses on equity securities currently classified as available-for-sale beingrecognized in profit or loss going forward, as opposed to being recognized in other comprehensive income. Additionally, based on the results of thebusiness model and cash flow characteristics test, certain investments in debt securities may be reclassified from the current amortized cost oravailable-for-sale categories to fair value through profit or loss or from available-for-sale into amortized cost.

In order to meet the requirement to adopt IFRS 9, we have established an enterprise-wide project. We are currently evaluating the impact ofadoption on our financial results.

Transactions with Related PartiesIn the ordinary course of business, we provide banking services to our key management personnel and their affiliated entities, joint ventures andequity-accounted investees on the same terms that we offer to our customers for those services. Key management personnel are defined as thosepersons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and/or controlling the activities of an entity, being the directors and most seniorexecutives of the bank.

Details of our investments in joint arrangements and associates and the compensation of key management personnel are disclosed in Note 29on page 197 of the financial statements. We also offer employees a subsidy on annual credit card fees.


MD&


Management’s Annual Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures andInternal Control over Financial ReportingDisclosure Controls and ProceduresDisclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that all relevant information is gathered and reported to seniormanagement, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the Chief Financial Officer (CFO), on a timely basis so that appropriate decisions can bemade regarding public disclosure.

An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures was conducted as at October 31, 2015,by Bank of Montreal’s management under the supervision of the CEO and the CFO. Based on this evaluation, the CEO and the CFO have concluded that,as at October 31, 2015, our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Canada by National Instrument 52-109, Certification of Disclosure inIssuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, and in the United States by Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act), areeffective.

Internal Control over Financial ReportingInternal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparationof financial statements in accordance with IFRS and the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in the United States, asapplicable. Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Bank of Montreal.

Bank of Montreal’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures designed to provide assurance that records aremaintained in reasonable detail to accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Bank of Montreal; and to providereasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with IFRS and therequirements of the SEC in the United States, as applicable, that receipts and expenditures of Bank of Montreal are being made only in accordancewith authorizations by management and directors of Bank of Montreal, and that any unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Bank of Montreal’sassets which could have a material effect on the financial statements is prevented or detected in a timely manner.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent ordetect misstatements. Furthermore, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may becomeinadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the related policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Bank of Montreal’s management, under the supervision of the CEO and the CFO, has evaluated the effectiveness of internal control overfinancial reporting using the framework and criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of SponsoringOrganizations of the Treadway Commission in May 2013 (2013 COSO Framework). Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that internalcontrol over financial reporting was effective as at October 31, 2015.

At the request of Bank of Montreal’s Audit and Conduct Review Committee, KPMG LLP (Shareholders’ Auditors), an independent registered publicaccounting firm, has conducted an audit of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the 2013 COSO Framework.The audit report concludes that, in KPMG’s opinion, Bank of Montreal maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financialreporting as at October 31, 2015, in accordance with the criteria established in the 2013 COSO Framework. This audit report appears on page 134.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial ReportingThere were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in fiscal 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely tomaterially affect, the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.


MD&

A

Shareholders’ Auditors’ Services and FeesReview of Shareholders’ AuditorsThe Audit and Conduct Review Committee (ACRC) is responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the shareholders’ auditors andconducts an annual assessment of the shareholders’ auditors’ performance and effectiveness considering factors such as: (i) the quality of servicesprovided by the shareholders’ auditors’ engagement team during the audit period; (ii) the relevant qualifications, experience and geographical reachto serve BMO; (iii) the quality of communications received from the shareholders’ auditors; and (iv) the shareholders’ auditors’ independence,objectivity and professional skepticism.

The Board believes that it has robust review processes in place to monitor audit quality and oversee the work of the shareholders’ auditors,including the lead partner, which include:‰ annually reviewing the shareholders’ auditors’ audit plan, including a consideration of the impact of business risks on the audit plan and an

assessment of the reasonableness of the audit fee;‰ monitoring the execution of the audit plan, with emphasis on the more complex and risky areas of the audit;‰ reviewing and evaluating the audit findings, including in camera sessions;‰ evaluating audit quality and performance, including recent Canadian Public Accountability Board and Public Company Accounting Oversight Board

inspection reports on the shareholders’ auditors and their peer firms;‰ reviewing qualifications of their senior engagement team members with the shareholders’ auditors;‰ soliciting the opinion of the bank’s management and internal auditors on the performance of the engagement team; and‰ at a minimum, holding quarterly meetings with the ACRC Chair and the lead audit partner to discuss audit issues independently of management.

In 2015, we completed our periodic comprehensive review of the shareholders’ auditors. The comprehensive review was based on therecommendations of the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada and the Canadian Public Accountability Board. The review focused on (1) theshareholders’ auditors’ independence, objectivity and professional skepticism; (2) quality of the engagement team; and (3) quality of communicationsand interactions with the shareholders’ auditors. As a result of this review the ACRC was satisfied with the performance of the shareholders’ auditors.

Independence of the shareholders’ auditors is overseen by the ACRC in accordance with the bank’s Auditor Independence Policy, as outlinedbelow. The ACRC also ensures that the lead audit partner rotates out of that role after five consecutive years and does not return to that role for afurther five years.

Pre-Approval Policies and ProceduresAs part of BMO Financial Group’s corporate governance practices, the ACRC oversees the application of BMO’s Corporate Policy limiting the servicesprovided by the shareholders’ auditors that are not related to their role as auditors. The ACRC pre-approves the types of services (“permittedservices”) that can be provided by the shareholders’ auditors, as well as the annual audit plan, which includes fees for specific types of services.For permitted services that are not included in the pre-approved annual audit plan, confirmation to proceed with the engagement is obtained and theservices to be provided are presented to the ACRC for ratification at its next meeting. All services must comply with our Auditor Independence Policy,as well as professional standards and securities regulations governing auditor independence.

Shareholders’ Auditors’ FeesAggregate fees paid to the Shareholders’ Auditors during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

Fees ($ millions) (1) 2015 2014

Audit fees 17.1 17.3Audit-related fees (2) 2.2 1.9Tax fees 0.1 –All other fees (3) 2.3 1.2

Total 21.7 20.4

(1) The classification of fees is based on applicable Canadian securities laws and U.S. Securities andExchange Commission definitions.

(2) Audit-related fees for 2015 and 2014 relate to fees paid for accounting advice, specified procedureson our Proxy Circular and other specified procedures.

(3) All other fees for 2015 and 2014 relate primarily to fees paid for reviews of compliance withregulatory requirements for financial information and reports on internal controls over servicesprovided by various BMO Financial Group businesses. They also include costs of translation services.


MD&


Enhanced Disclosure Task ForceOn October 29, 2012, the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF) of the Financial Stability Board published its first report, Enhancingthe Risk Disclosures of Banks. We support the recommendations issued by the EDTF for the provision of high-quality, transparent riskdisclosures.

Disclosures related to the EDTF recommendations are detailed below.

General

1 Present all risk-related information in the Annual Report, Supplementary Financial Information and Supplementary RegulatoryCapital Disclosure, and provide an index for easy navigation.Annual Report: Risk-related information is presented in the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section on pages 86 to 117.An index for the MD&A is provided on page 26. An index for the notes to the financial statements is provided on page 140.Supplementary Financial Information: An index is provided in our Supplementary Financial Information.

2 Define the bank’s risk terminology and risk measures and present key parameters used.Annual Report: Specific risk definitions and key parameters underpinning BMO’s risk reporting are provided on pages 94 to 117.A glossary of financial terms (including risk terminology) can be found on pages 202 to 203.

3 Discuss top and emerging risks for the bank.Annual Report: BMO’s top and emerging risks are discussed on pages 87 to 89.

4 Outline plans to meet new key regulatory ratios once the applicable rules are finalized.Annual Report: We outline BMO’s plans to meet new regulatory ratios on pages 71 to 73 and 110.

Risk Governance

5 Summarize the bank’s risk management organization, processes, and key functions.Annual Report: BMO’s risk management organization, processes and key functions are summarized on pages 89 to 93.

6 Describe the bank’s risk culture.Annual Report: BMO’s risk culture is described on page 90.

7 Describe key risks that arise from the bank’s business model and activities.Annual Report: A diagram of BMO’s risk exposure by operating segment is provided on page 74.

8 Describe the use of stress testing within the bank’s risk governance and capital frameworks.Annual Report: BMO’s stress testing process is described on page 93.

Capital Adequacy and Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA)

9 Provide minimum Pillar 1 capital requirements.Annual Report: Basel III Pillar 1 capital requirements are described on pages 70 to 72.Supplementary Financial Information: Basel III regulatory capital is disclosed on page 34.

10 Summarize information contained in the composition of capital templates adopted by the Basel Committee.Annual Report: An abridged version of the Basel III regulatory capital template is provided on page 72.Supplementary Financial Information: Basel III Pillar 3 disclosure is provided on pages 34 to 36 and 38. A Main Features template can be found on BMO’swebsite at www.bmo.com under Investor Relations and Regulatory Filings.

11 Present a flow statement of movements in regulatory capital, including changes in Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1,and Tier 2 capital.Supplementary Financial Information: Regulatory capital flow statement is provided on page 39.

12 Discuss capital planning within a more general discussion of management’s strategic planning.Annual Report: BMO’s capital planning process is discussed under Capital Management Framework on page 70.

13 Provide granular information to explain how RWA relate to business activities.Annual Report: A diagram of BMO’s risk exposure, including RWA by operating group, is provided on page 74.

14 Present a table showing the capital requirements for each method used for calculating RWA.Annual Report: Regulatory capital requirement, as a percentage of RWA, is outlined on page 71.Information about significant models used to determine RWA is provided on pages 95 to 96.Supplementary Financial Information: A table showing RWA by model approach and by risk type is provided on page 38.

15 Tabulate credit risk in the banking book for Basel asset classes.Supplementary Financial Information: Wholesale and retail credit exposures by internal rating grades are provided on page 46.

16 Present a flow statement that reconciles movements in RWA by credit risk and market risk.Supplementary Financial Information: RWA flow statements are provided on page 40, with a reconciliation on page 37.

17 Describe the bank’s Basel validation and back-testing process.Annual Report: BMO’s Basel validation and back-testing process for credit and market risk is described on page 113.Supplementary Financial Information: A table showing Exposure at Default and RWA by model approach and asset class is provided on page 38. A tableshowing estimated and actual loss parameters is provided on page 48.


MD&

A

Liquidity

18 Describe how the bank manages its potential liquidity needs and the liquidity reserve held to meet those needs.Annual Report: BMO’s potential liquidity needs and the liquidity reserve held to meet those needs are described on pages 105 to 106.

Funding

19 Summarize encumbered and unencumbered assets in a table by balance sheet category.Annual Report: An Asset Encumbrance table is provided on page 107.Additional collateral requirements in the event of downgrades by rating agencies are disclosed in Note 8 on pages 158 to 159 of the financial statements.Supplementary Financial Information: The Asset Encumbrance table by currency is provided on page 33.

20 Tabulate consolidated total assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by remaining contractual maturity.Annual Report: A Contractual Maturity table is presented in Note 30 on pages 198 to 201 of the financial statements.

21 Discuss the bank’s sources of funding and describe the bank’s funding strategy.Annual Report: BMO’s sources of funding and funding strategy are described on pages 108 to 109.A table showing the composition and maturity of wholesale funding is provided on page 109.

Market Risk

22 Provide a breakdown of balance sheet positions into trading and non-trading market risk measures.Annual Report: A table linking balance sheet items to market risk measures is provided on page 103.

23 Provide qualitative and quantitative breakdowns of significant trading and non-trading market risk measures.Annual Report: Trading market risk exposures are described and quantified on pages 100 to 102.Structural (non-trading) market risk exposures are described and quantified on pages 103 to 104.

24 Describe significant market risk measurement model validation procedures and back-testing and how these are used toenhance the parameters of the model.Annual Report: Market risk measurement model validation procedures and back-testing for trading market risk and structural (non-trading) market risk aredescribed on page 113.

25 Describe the primary risk management techniques employed by the bank to measure and assess the risk of loss beyondreported risk measures.Annual Report: The use of stress testing, scenario analysis and stressed VaR for market risk management is described on pages 100 to 101.

Credit Risk

26 Provide information about the bank’s credit risk profile.Annual Report: Information about BMO’s credit risk profile is provided on pages 96 to 97 and in Notes 4 and 5 on pages 148 to 153 of the financialstatements, respectively.Supplementary Financial Information: Tables detailing credit risk information are provided on pages 20 to 29 and 42 to 49.

27 Describe the bank’s policies related to impaired loans and renegotiated loans.Annual Report: Impaired and renegotiated loan policies are described in Note 4 on pages 148 and 150, respectively, of the financial statements.

28 Provide reconciliations of impaired loans and the allowance for credit losses.Annual Report: Continuity schedules for gross impaired loans and allowance for credit losses are provided on page 97 and in Note 4 on pages 149 to 150 ofthe financial statements.

29 Provide a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the bank’s counterparty credit risk that arises from its derivative transactions.Annual Report: Quantitative disclosures on collateralization agreements for over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives are provided on page 99 and qualitativedisclosures are provided on page 94.Supplementary Financial Information: Quantitative disclosures for OTC derivatives are provided on page 32.

30 Provide a discussion of credit risk mitigation.Annual Report: A discussion of BMO’s credit and counterparty risk management is provided on pages 94 to 95. Collateral management discussions areprovided on page 94 and in Notes 8 and 26 on pages 161 and 193, respectively, of the financial statements.Supplementary Financial Information: The Exposures Covered by Credit Risk Mitigation table is provided on page 42.

Other Risks

31 Describe other risks and discuss how each is identified, governed, measured and managed.Annual Report: A diagram illustrating the risk governance process that supports BMO’s risk culture is provided on page 89.Other risks are discussed on pages 111 to 117.

32 Discuss publicly known risk events related to other risks, where material or potentially material loss events have occurred.Annual Report: Other risks are discussed on pages 111 to 117.


MD&


Enterprise-Wide Risk ManagementAs a diversified financial services company actively providing banking,wealth management, capital market and insurance services, we areexposed to a variety of risks that are inherent in carrying out ourbusiness activities. A disciplined and integrated approach to managingrisk is therefore fundamental to the success of our operations. Our riskmanagement framework provides independent risk oversight across theenterprise and is essential to building competitive advantage.

Surjit RajpalChief Risk OfficerBMO Financial Group

Strengths and Value Drivers‰ Disciplined approach to risk-taking.‰ Comprehensive and consistent risk frameworks that address all risk types.‰ Risk appetite and metrics that are clearly articulated and integrated into strategic planning and the ongoing management of businesses and risk.‰ Sustained mindset of continuous improvement that drives consistency and efficiency in the management of risk.

Challenges‰ The heightened pace, volume and complexity of regulatory requirements.‰ Balancing risk and return in an uncertain economic and geopolitical environment.‰ The evolving technology improvements required to meet customer expectations and the need to anticipate and respond to cyber threats.

Priorities‰ Address increased complexity by streamlining risk management activities and by simplifying processes and ensuring consistent practices across

different business lines.‰ Support greater integration of risk in the business, while managing the high rate of change with more dynamic assessment and monitoring of the

risks that are being taken.‰ Continue to enhance our risk management infrastructure through greater integration of our systems, data and models to ensure ongoing alignment

of these critical elements.

2015 Accomplishments‰ Leveraged our capital processes to enhance our risk appetite and limit framework through further alignment with our businesses’ capacity to bear risk.‰ Developed and embedded our stress testing capabilities in business management processes and provided additional risk insights.‰ Continued to improve our risk culture as evidenced by internal and external surveys.‰ Fulfilled rising regulatory expectations, evidenced by improvements in stress testing, market risk measurement and anti-money laundering.‰ Continued to develop the next generation of our risk infrastructure by integrating, automating and upgrading foundational capabilities.

2012 2013 20152014

Gross ImpairedLoan Formations ($ millions)

Level of new impaired loan formations was 10% lower year over year, reflecting decreases in formations in both Canada and the United States.

3,101

2,4492,142 1,921

Gross ImpairedLoan Balances* ($ millions)

2012 2013 20152014

Gross impaired loans were 4% lower year over year; excluding the impact of stronger U.S. dollar GIL were 13% lower.

* Excludes purchased credit impaired loans.

2,9762,544

2,048 1,959

Provision forCredit Losses ($ millions)

Collective provisionSpecific provisionsAdjusted specific provisions

The total provision for credit losses was 9% higher year over year, reflecting lower recoveries in Corporate Services and higher provisions in Capital Markets partially offset by reduced provisions in the P&C business.

2012 2013 20152014(10)

761

597 561 561 612 612

357470

3

Total Allowance forCredit Losses* ($ millions)

2012 2013 20152014

Specific allowancesCollective allowance

The total allowance for credit losses increased 7% year over year primarily due to the stronger U.S. dollar, and remains adequate.

* Excludes allowances related to Other Credit Instruments.

1,259 1,221 1,3601,498

357374444447

Text and tables presented in a blue-tinted font in the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section of the MD&A form an integral part of the 2015 annual consolidatedfinancial statements. They present required disclosures as set out by the International Accounting Standards Board in IFRS 7, Financial Instruments – Disclosures, whichpermits cross-referencing between the notes to the financial statements and the MD&A. See Note 1 on page 140 and Note 5 on page 151 of the financial statements.

Adjusted results in this Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section are non-GAAP and are discussed in the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.


MD&

A

OverviewAt BMO, we believe that risk management is every employee’s responsibility. We are guided by five core principles that inform our approach tomanaging risk across the enterprise.

Our Approach to Risk Management‰ Understand and manage.‰ Protect our reputation.‰ Diversify. Limit tail risk.‰ Maintain strong capital and liquidity.‰ Optimize risk return.

Our integrated and disciplined approach to risk management is fundamental to the success of our operations. All elements of our risk managementframework work together in support of prudent and measured risk-taking, while striking an appropriate balance between risk and return.Our Enterprise Risk and Portfolio Management (ERPM) group develops our risk appetite, risk policies and limits, and provides independent reviewand oversight across the enterprise on risk-related issues to achieve prudent and measured risk-taking that is integrated with our business strategy.

Risks That May Affect Future ResultsTop and Emerging Risks That May Affect Future ResultsWe are exposed to a variety of continually changing risks that have the potential to affect our business and financial condition. An essential mandateof our risk management process is to proactively identify, assess, monitor and manage a broad spectrum of top and emerging risks. Our top andemerging risk identification process consists of several forums for discussion with the Board, senior management and business thought leaders,combining both bottom-up and top-down approaches to considering risk. Our assessment of top and emerging risks is used to develop action plansand stress tests of our exposure to certain events.

In 2015, particular attention was given to the following top and emerging risks:

Slow Global Economic GrowthConcerns about global growth outside of North America could be triggered by a variety of disparate possible causes, ranging from disruption inChina or other emerging markets to conflicts in the Middle East, North Africa and Europe. These could result in market volatility spikes, lowercommodity prices, currency devaluations, rapid changes in capital flows, regional credit crises and disruption of the social fabric, and higher levels ofuncertainty that reduce growth, employment, trade and business investment. In the short run, market shocks can impact our Capital Markets business,while over a longer period of time the broader impact could be felt through reduced North American economic growth and weaker credit quality in ourinternationally exposed customers.

BMO benefits from an integrated North American strategy in diverse industries, with limited direct lending exposure outside the region andwith a footprint that partially acts as a natural hedge to commodity price and foreign exchange movements, wherein price declines/rises oftenhave offsetting impacts across different North American regions. We actively monitor sources of global growth and continually assess our portfolioand business strategies against developments. We stress test our business plans and capital adequacy against severely adverse scenarios arisingoutside North America and develop contingency plans and mitigation strategies to react to and offset such possible adverse political and/oreconomic developments.

Further information on our direct and indirect European exposures is provided in the Select Geographic Exposures section on page 98.

Information and Cyber Security RiskInformation security is integral to BMO’s business activities, brand and reputation. Given our pervasive use of the internet and reliance on advanceddigital technologies, particularly the mobile and online banking platforms that serve our customers, BMO faces heightened information security risks,including the threat of hacking, identity theft and corporate espionage, as well as the possibility of denial of service resulting from efforts targeted atcausing system failure and service disruption. BMO proactively invests in defences and procedures to prevent, detect, respond to and manage cybersecurity threats. These include regular benchmarking and review of best practices, evaluation of the effectiveness of our key controls anddevelopment of new controls, as needed, and ongoing investments in both technology and human resources to protect BMO, third parties that weinteract with, and our customers against these attacks. BMO also works with critical cyber security and software suppliers to bolster our internalresources and technology capabilities in order to ensure BMO remains resilient in the face of any such attacks in a rapidly evolving threat landscape.

Protracted Low Oil PricesThe significant decline in oil and gas prices has challenged many companies in the sector and has resulted in wide-ranging actions by affectedcompanies to increase efficiency, reduce costs, limit capital outflows, sell assets and raise equity. Should oil and gas prices stay at a low level for aprolonged period of time there will be greater challenges for the industry, with a deterioration of borrower repayment capacity and of borrowerratings. The oil industry’s response to low prices has indirect negative impacts on commercial businesses and consumers in the oil-producing regions,particularly in Alberta.

Low oil prices have resulted in quite different outcomes for other sectors and regions within the BMO footprint as lower oil prices have led to alower Canadian dollar and lower input costs for many consumers and businesses. Benefits of the lower oil price have shown through in the upturn ofCanadian manufacturing output and non-oil exports and we expect those positive trends to strengthen into 2016. Overall, lower oil prices are a netpositive for global and U.S. demand, and for Canadian non-energy exports.


MD&


Business DisruptorsThe financial services industry is undergoing rapid change as technology enables non-traditional new entrants to compete in certain segments of thebanking market, in some cases with reduced regulation. New entrants may use new technologies, advanced data and analytic tools, lower cost toserve, reduced regulatory burden and/or faster processes to challenge traditional banks. For example, new business models have been observed inretail payments, consumer and commercial lending, foreign exchange and low cost investment advisory services. While we closely monitor businessdisruptors, we also continue to adapt by making investments, including improving our mobile banking capabilities, building new branch formats, andrefining our credit decisioning tools. We further mitigate this risk by providing our customers with access to banking services across differentchannels, focusing on improving customer loyalty and trust, using our own advanced data and analytical tools and leveraging current and futurepartnerships. However, matching the pace of innovation exhibited by new and differently-situated competitors may require us and policy-makers toadapt with greater pace.

Other Factors That May Affect Future ResultsGeneral Economic and Market Conditions in the Countries in which We Conduct BusinessWe conduct business in Canada, the United States and a number of other countries. Factors such as the general health of capital and/or creditmarkets, including liquidity, level of business activity, volatility and stability, could have a material impact on our business. As well, interest rates,foreign exchange rates, consumer saving and spending, housing prices, consumer borrowing and repayment, business investment, governmentspending and the rate of inflation affect the business and economic environments in which we operate. Therefore, the amount of business weconduct in a specific geographic region and its local economic and business conditions may have an effect on our overall revenue and earnings.For example, elevated consumer debt and housing price appreciation in some Canadian regions could create a vulnerability to higher credit losses forthe bank in the event of a general economic downturn or other negative catalyst.

Regulatory RequirementsThe financial services industry is highly regulated, and we have experienced further changes in regulatory requirements as governments andregulators around the world continue major reforms intended to strengthen the stability of the financial system. As a result, there is the potential forhigher capital requirements and increased regulatory costs which could lower our returns. We monitor developments to ensure BMO is well-positioned to respond to and implement any required changes. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory and legal requirements may result inlitigation, financial losses, regulatory sanctions, enforcement actions, an inability to execute our business strategies, a decline in investor confidenceand harm to our reputation. Refer to the Legal and Regulatory Risk and Enterprise-Wide Capital Management sections on pages 114 and 70 for a morecomplete discussion of our legal and regulatory risk.

Fiscal, Tax, Monetary and Interest Rate PoliciesOur earnings are affected by fiscal, tax, monetary, regulatory and other economic policies in Canada, the United States and other jurisdictions.Such policies may have the effect of increasing or reducing competition and uncertainty in the markets. Such policies may also adversely affect ourcustomers and counterparties in the countries in which we operate, contributing to a greater risk of default by these customers and counterparties.As well, expectations in the bond and money markets related to inflation and central bank monetary policy have an effect on the level of interestrates. Changes in market expectations and monetary policy are difficult to anticipate and predict. Fluctuations in interest rates that result from thesechanges can have an impact on our earnings. Refer to the Market Risk section on page 100 for a more complete discussion of our interest rate riskexposures. Changes in tax rates and tax policy can also have an impact on our earnings and, as discussed in the Critical Accounting Estimates section,a reduction in income tax rates could lower the value of our deferred tax asset.

Acquisitions and Strategic PlansWe conduct thorough due diligence before completing an acquisition. However, it is possible that we could make an acquisition that subsequentlydoes not perform in line with our financial or strategic objectives. Our ability to successfully complete an acquisition may be subject to regulatory andshareholder approvals and we may not be able to determine when, if or on what terms, the necessary approvals will be granted. Changes in thecompetitive and economic environment, as well as other factors, may result in lower revenue, while higher than anticipated integration costs andfailure to realize expected cost savings after an acquisition could also adversely affect our earnings. Integration costs may increase as a result ofhigher regulatory costs related to an acquisition, unanticipated costs that were not identified in the due diligence process or demands onmanagement time that are more significant than anticipated, as well as unexpected delays in implementing certain plans that in turn lead to delaysin achieving full integration. Our post-acquisition performance is also contingent on retaining the clients and key employees of acquired companies,and there can be no assurance that we will always succeed in doing so.

Our financial performance is influenced by our ability to execute strategic plans developed by management. If these strategic plans do not meetwith success or if there is a change in these strategic plans, our earnings could grow at a slower pace or decline. In addition, our ability to execute ourstrategic plans is dependent to a large extent on our ability to attract, develop and retain key executives, and there is no assurance we will continueto be able to do so.

Level of CompetitionThe level of competition among financial services companies is high. Furthermore, non-financial companies have increasingly been offering productsand services traditionally provided by banks. Customer loyalty and retention can be influenced by a number of factors, including service levels, pricesfor products and services, our reputation and the actions of our competitors. Also, laws and regulations enacted by regulatory authorities in the UnitedStates and other jurisdictions in which we operate may provide advantages to our international competitors that could affect our ability to compete.Changes in these factors or any subsequent loss of market share could adversely affect our earnings.

Currency RatesThe Canadian dollar equivalents of our revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the Canadian dollar are subjectto fluctuations in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to those currencies. Changes in the value of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollarcould affect the earnings of our small business, corporate and commercial clients in Canada. A strengthening of the U.S. dollar could increase thevalue of our risk-weighted assets, lowering our capital ratios. Refer to the Foreign Exchange section on page 37, the Enterprise-Wide CapitalManagement section on page 70 and the Market Risk section on page 100 for a more complete discussion of our foreign exchange risk exposures.


MD&

A

Changes to Our Credit Ratings, Capital and Funding MarketsCredit ratings are important to our ability to raise both capital and funding in order to support our business operations. Maintaining strong creditratings allows us to access capital markets at competitive pricing. Should our credit ratings experience a material downgrade, our costs of fundingwould likely increase significantly and our access to funding and capital through capital markets could be reduced. In part, given changes in theregulatory environment, capital and funding markets have been less liquid than previously. Reduced market liquidity could impact the valuation ofbank securities and the availability and pricing of bank funding. A material downgrade of our ratings could also have other consequences, includingthose set out in Note 8 on page 156 of the financial statements.

Operational and Infrastructure RisksAs a large enterprise conducting business in multiple jurisdictions, we are exposed to many operational risks that can have a significant impact.Such risks include the risk of fraud by employees or others, unauthorized transactions by employees and operational or human error. Given thelarge volume of transactions we process on a daily basis, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and rectified.Shortcomings or failures of our internal processes, employees or systems, or of services and products provided by third parties, including any of ourfinancial, accounting or other data processing systems, could lead to financial loss and damage our reputation. In addition, despite the contingencyplans we have in place, our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption to the infrastructure that supports both ouroperations and the communities in which we do business, including but not limited to disruption caused by public health emergencies or terrorist acts.

Legal ProceedingsWe are subject to litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. The unfavourable resolution of any such litigation could have a material adverseeffect on our financial results. Damage to our reputation could also result, harming our future business prospects. Information about certain legal andregulatory proceedings we currently face is provided in Note 26 on page 192 of the financial statements.

Critical Accounting Estimates and Accounting StandardsWe prepare our financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Changes that the International AccountingStandards Board makes from time to time to these standards, which govern the preparation of our financial statements, can be difficult to anticipateand may materially affect how we record and report our financial results. Significant accounting policies and future changes in accounting policies arediscussed in Note 1 on page 140 of the financial statements.

The application of IFRS requires management to make significant judgments and estimates that can affect the dates on which certain assets,liabilities, revenues and expenses are recorded in our financial statements, as well as their recorded values. In making these judgments andestimates, we rely on the best information available at the time. However, it is possible that circumstances may change or new information maybecome available.

Our financial results could be affected for the period during which any such new information or change in circumstances became apparent, andthe extent of the impact could be significant. More information is included in the discussion of Critical Accounting Estimates on page 78.

Accuracy and Completeness of Customer and Counterparty InformationWhen deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers or counterparties, we may rely on information provided byor on behalf of those customers and counterparties, including audited financial statements and other financial information. We may also rely onrepresentations made by customers and counterparties that the information they provide is accurate and complete. Our financial results could beadversely affected if the financial statements or other financial information provided by customers or counterparties are materially misleading.

CautionThis Risks That May Affect Future Results section and the remainder of this Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section contain forward-looking statements.

Other factors beyond our control that may affect our future results are noted in the Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements on page 30.We caution that the preceding discussion of risks that may affect future results is not exhaustive.

Framework and RisksEnterprise-Wide Risk Management FrameworkOur enterprise-wide risk management framework operates at all levels of the bank and consists of our three-lines-of-defence operating model andour risk appetite framework, underpinned by our risk governance structure, and our strong risk culture.

Enterprise-WideRisk Management

Framework

3 Lines ofDefence

OperatingModel

RiskCulture

RiskGovernance

Risk AppetiteFramework


MD&


Risk TypesThe framework provides for management of each individual risk type: credit and counterparty, market, liquidity and funding, operational, model,insurance, legal and regulatory, business, strategic, reputation, and environmental and social. We have identified risk types with a potentially materialimpact on our business and we consider those based upon their materiality and our ability to manage and mitigate those risks.

Credit andCounterparty

Market Operational Business Strategic ReputationLiquidityand Funding

Insurance Legal andRegulatory

Environmentaland Social

Model

Risk PrinciplesWithin the framework, risk-taking and risk management activities across the enterprise are guided by our Risk Principles:‰ management of risk is a responsibility at all levels of the organization;‰ material risks to which the enterprise is exposed are identified, measured, managed, monitored and reported;‰ risk identification and measurement will include both qualitative and quantitative elements, including views of risk relative to the external

operating environment and stress testing and scenario analysis;‰ decision-making is based on a clear understanding of risk, accompanied by robust metrics and analysis; and‰ an Economic Capital methodology is employed to measure and aggregate risk across all risk types and business activities in order to facilitate the

incorporation of risk into business returns.

Three Lines of DefenceOur framework is anchored in the three-lines-of-defence approach to managing risk, which is fundamental to our operating model, as described below:

Three Lines of Defence Responsibilities

First Line:‰ Operating groups, which own

the risks in their operations

‰ Own, measure and manage all risks in their lines of business.‰ Identify, monitor, quantify and report risks arising from their operating activities and initiatives.‰ Establish appropriate internal control structures in accordance with our risk management framework.‰ Pursue suitable business opportunities within their established risk appetite.‰ Act within their delegated risk-taking authority as set out in established corporate policies.

Second Line:‰ Enterprise Risk and Portfolio

Management (ERPM) group‰ Corporate Support Areas (CSAs)

‰ Provide independent oversight, effective challenge and independent assessment of risks and riskmanagement practices.

‰ Set enterprise risk management policies and establish infrastructure, processes and practices thatidentify, assess, manage and monitor all significant risks across the enterprise.

‰ Independently assess, quantify, monitor, manage, mitigate and report all significant risks.

Third Line:‰ Corporate Audit Division

‰ Provide an independent assessment of the effectiveness of internal control within the enterprise,including risk management and governance processes that support the enterprise, its objectivesand the Board of Directors’ discharge of its responsibilities.

Risk CultureAt BMO, we believe that risk management is the responsibility of every employee within the organization. This key tenet shapes and influences ourrisk culture and is evident in the actions and behaviours of our employees and leaders as they identify, interpret and discuss risks, and make choicesand decisions that balance risks and opportunities and seek to optimize risk-adjusted returns. Our risk culture is deeply rooted within our policies,business processes, risk management frameworks, risk appetite, limits and tolerances, capital management and compensation practices, and isevident in every aspect of how we operate across the enterprise.

Our risk culture is grounded in a “Being BMO” risk management approach that encourages openness, constructive challenge and personalaccountability. Timely and transparent information sharing is key to how we engage stakeholders in key decisions and strategy discussions, therebybringing rigour and discipline to decision-making. This not only leads to the timely identification, escalation and resolution of issues, but alsoencourages open communication, independent challenge and a clear understanding of the key risks faced by our organization, so that our employeesare equipped and empowered to make decisions and take action in a coordinated and consistent manner, supported by a strong monitoring andcontrol framework. Our governance and leadership forums, committee structures and learning curriculums also reinforce and foster our risk culture.

Certain elements of our risk culture that are embedded throughout the enterprise include:‰ Risk appetite – promotes a clear understanding of the most prevalent risks that our businesses face and facilitates alignment of business strategies

within our risk appetite, leading to sound business decision-making and execution, supported by a strong monitoring framework.‰ Communication and escalation channels – encourages information sharing and engagement between ERPM and the operating groups, leading to

greater transparency and open and effective communication. We also foster and encourage a culture in which concerns about potential or emergingrisks are escalated to senior management so that they can be evaluated and appropriately addressed.

‰ Compensation philosophy – pay is aligned with prudent risk-taking to ensure that compensation rewards the appropriate use of capital and doesnot encourage excessive risk-taking.

‰ Training and education – our programs are designed to foster a deep understanding of BMO’s capital and risk management frameworks across theenterprise, providing employees and management with the tools and awareness they need to fulfill their responsibilities for independent oversightregardless of their position in the organization. Our education strategy has been developed in partnership with BMO’s Institute for Learning, our riskmanagement professionals, external risk experts and teaching professionals.

‰ Rotation programs – two-way rotation allows employees to transfer between ERPM and the operating groups, thereby effectively embedding ourstrong risk culture across the enterprise.


MD&

A

Risk GovernanceOur enterprise-wide risk management framework is founded on a governance approach that includes a robust committee structure and acomprehensive set of corporate policies and limits, each of which is approved by the Board of Directors or its committees, as well as specificcorporate standards and operating procedures. Our corporate policies outline frameworks and objectives for every significant risk type, in order toensure that risks to which the enterprise is exposed are appropriately identified, managed, measured, monitored and reported in accordance with ourrisk appetite. Specific policies govern key risks such as credit, market, liquidity and funding, model, and operational risks. This enterprise-wide riskmanagement framework is governed at all levels through a hierarchy of committees and individual responsibilities as outlined in the diagram below.

Our risk management framework is reviewed on a regular basis by the Risk Review Committee of the Board of Directors in order to provideguidance for the governance of our risk-taking activities. In each of our operating groups, management monitors governance activities, controls, andmanagement processes and procedures. Management also oversees their effective implementation within our overall risk management framework.Individual governance committees establish and monitor further risk management limits, consistent with and subordinate to the Board-approved limits.

Risk Governance Framework

Board of Directors

Risk Management Committee

Operating Groups

Chief Executive Officer

Corporate SupportAreas/Groups

Enterprise Risk andPortfolio Management Corporate Audit Group

Risk ReviewCommittee

Balance Sheetand Capital

Management

ReputationRisk

Management

OperationalRisk

Management

ModelRisk

Management

First Line of Defence Second Line of Defence Third Line of Defence

Audit and Conduct ReviewCommittee

Appropriate risk governance frameworks, including our three lines of defence, are in place in all our material businesses and entities:

Board of Directors is responsible for supervising the management ofthe business and affairs of BMO. The Board, either directly or through itscommittees, is responsible for oversight in the following areas: strategicplanning, defining risk appetite, the identification and management ofrisk, capital management, fostering a culture of integrity, internalcontrols, succession planning and evaluation of senior management,communication, public disclosure and corporate governance.

Risk Review Committee of the Board of Directors (RRC) assiststhe Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities in relation toBMO’s identification and management of risk, adherence to riskmanagement corporate policies and procedures, compliance withrisk-related regulatory requirements and the evaluation of the ChiefRisk Officer. Our risk management framework is reviewed on a regularbasis by the RRC in order to provide guidance for the governance ofour risk-taking activities.

Audit and Conduct Review Committee of the Board of Directorsassists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities for theintegrity of BMO’s financial reporting, the effectiveness of BMO’sinternal controls and the performance of its internal and externalaudit functions.

Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is directly accountable to the Board forall of BMO’s risk-taking activities. The CEO is supported by the RiskManagement Committee and its sub-committees, as well as ERPM.

Chief Risk Officer (CRO) reports directly to the CEO and is head ofERPM. The CRO is responsible for providing independent review andoversight of enterprise-wide risks and leadership on risk issues,developing and maintaining a risk management framework andfostering a strong risk culture across the enterprise.

Risk Management Committee (RMC) is BMO’s senior risk committee.RMC reviews and discusses significant risk issues and action plans thatarise in executing the enterprise-wide strategy. RMC provides riskoversight and governance at the highest levels of management. Thiscommittee is chaired by the CRO and its members include the headsof our operating groups, CEO and CFO.

RMC Sub-Committees have oversight responsibility for the riskimplications and balance sheet impacts of management strategies,governance practices, risk measurement, model risk management andcontingency planning. RMC and its sub-committees provide oversightof the processes whereby the risks assumed across the enterprise areidentified, measured, managed, monitored and reported in accordancewith policy guidelines, and are held within limits and risk tolerances.

Enterprise Risk and Portfolio Management (ERPM) as the riskmanagement second line of defence, provides comprehensive riskmanagement oversight. It promotes consistency in risk managementpractices and standards across the enterprise. ERPM supports adisciplined approach to risk-taking in fulfilling its responsibilities forindependent transactional approval and portfolio management, policyformulation, risk reporting, stress testing, modelling, vetting and riskeducation. This approach seeks to meet enterprise objectives and toensure that risks assumed are consistent with BMO’s risk appetite.

Operating Groups are responsible for identifying, measuring, managing,monitoring and reporting risk within their respective lines of business.They exercise business judgment and seek to ensure that effectivepolicies, processes and internal controls are in place and that significantrisk issues are reviewed with ERPM. Individual governance committeesand ERPM establish and monitor further risk management limits that areconsistent with and subordinate to the Board-approved limits.


MD&


Risk Appetite FrameworkOur Risk Appetite Framework consists of our Risk Appetite Statement, key risk metrics and corporate policies, standards and guidelines, including therelated limits, concentration levels and controls defined therein. Our risk appetite defines the amount of risk that BMO is willing to assume given ourguiding principles and capital capacity, and thus supports sound business initiatives, appropriate returns and targeted growth. Our risk appetite isintegrated into our strategic and capital planning processes and performance management system. On an annual basis, senior managementrecommends our Risk Appetite Statement and key risk metrics to the RMC and the Board of Directors for approval. Our Risk Appetite Statement isarticulated and applied consistently across the enterprise, with key enterprise businesses and entities articulating their own risk appetite statementswithin this framework. Among other things, our risk appetite requires:‰ that everything we do is guided by principles of honesty, integrity and respect, as well as high ethical standards;‰ taking only those risks that are transparent, understood, measured, monitored and managed;‰ maintaining strong capital, liquidity and funding positions that meet or exceed regulatory requirements and the expectations of the market;‰ new products and initiatives are subject to rigorous review and approval and new acquisitions must provide a good strategic, financial and cultural

fit, and have a high likelihood of creating value for our shareholders;‰ setting capital limits based on our risk appetite and strategy and having our lines of business optimize risk-adjusted returns within those limits;‰ maintaining a robust recovery framework that enables an effective and efficient response in a severe crisis;‰ using Economic Capital, regulatory capital and stress testing methodologies to understand our risks and guide our risk-return assessments;‰ targeting an investment grade credit rating at a level that allows competitive access to funding;‰ limiting exposure to low-frequency, high-severity events that could jeopardize BMO’s credit ratings, capital position or reputation;‰ incorporating risk measures and risk-adjusted returns into our performance management system and including an assessment of performance

against our risk appetite and return objectives in compensation decisions;‰ maintaining effective policies, procedures, guidelines, compliance standards and controls, training and management that guide the business

practices and risk-taking activities of all employees so that they help optimize risk-adjusted returns and adhere to all legal and regulatoryobligations and thus protect BMO’s reputation; and

‰ protecting the assets of BMO and BMO’s clients by maintaining a system of effective limits and strong operational risk controls.

Risk LimitsOur risk limits are shaped by our risk principles, reflect our risk appetite, and inform our business strategies and decisions. In particular, we considerrisk diversification, exposure to loss and risk-adjusted returns when setting limits. These limits are reviewed and approved by the Board of Directorsand/or management committees and include:‰ Credit and Counterparty Risk – limits on group and single-name exposures and material country, industry, and portfolio/product segments;‰ Market Risk – limits on economic value and earnings exposures to stress scenarios;‰ Liquidity and Funding Risk – limits on minimum levels of liquid assets and maximum levels of asset pledging and wholesale funding, as well as

guidelines approved by senior management related to liability diversification, financial condition, and credit and liquidity exposure appetite;‰ Insurance Risk – limits on policy exposure and reinsurance arrangements; and‰ Model Risk – limits on potential capital erosion due to model mis-estimation, data shortcomings, or the use of unvalidated models.

The Board of Directors, after considering recommendations from the RRC and the RMC, annually reviews and approves key risk limits and in turndelegates them to the CEO. The CEO then delegates more specific authorities to the senior executives of the operating groups (first line of defence),who are responsible for the management of risk in their respective areas, and the CRO (second line of defence). These delegated authorities allowthe officers to set risk tolerances, approve geographic and industry sector exposure limits within defined parameters, and establish underwriting andinventory limits for trading and investment banking activities. The criteria whereby these authorities may be further delegated throughout theorganization, as well as the requirements relating to documentation, communication and monitoring of delegated authorities, are set out in corporatepolicies and standards.

Risk Identification, Review and ApprovalRisk identification is an essential step in recognizing key inherent risks that we face, understanding the potential for loss and then acting to mitigatethese risks. A Risk Register is maintained to comprehensively identify and manage key risks, supporting the implementation of the bank’s RiskAppetite Framework and assisting in identifying the primary risk categories for which Economic Capital is reported and stress capital consumption isestimated. Our enterprise and ad-hoc stress testing processes have been developed to assist in identifying and evaluating these risks. Risk reviewand approval processes are established based on the nature, size and complexity of the risks involved. Generally, this involves a formal review andapproval by either an individual or a committee, independent of the originator. Delegated authorities and approvals by category are outlined below.

Portfolio transactions – transactions are approved through risk assessment processes for all types of transactions at all levels of the enterprise,which include operating group recommendations and ERPM approval of credit risk, and transactional and position limits for market risk.

Structured transactions – new structured products and transactions with significant legal, regulatory, accounting, tax or reputation risk are reviewedby the Reputation Risk Management Committee or the Trading Products Risk Committee, as appropriate.

Investment initiatives – documentation of risk assessments is formalized through our investment spending approval process, which is reviewed andapproved by Corporate Support areas.

New products and services – policies and procedures for the approval of new or modified products and services offered to our customers arereviewed and approved by Corporate Support areas, as well as by other senior management committees, including the Operational Risk Committeeand Reputation Risk Management Committee, as appropriate.


MD&

A

Risk MonitoringEnterprise-level risk transparency and monitoring and associated reporting are critical process components of our risk management framework andcorporate culture, that allow senior management, committees and the Board of Directors to effectively exercise their business management, riskmanagement and oversight responsibilities at enterprise, operating group and key legal entity levels. Internal reporting includes a synthesis of thekey risks and associated metrics that the enterprise currently faces. Our reporting highlights our most significant risks, including assessments of ourtop and emerging risks, to provide the Board of Directors, its committees and any other appropriate executive and senior management committeeswith timely, actionable and forward-looking risk reporting. This reporting includes supporting metrics and material to facilitate assessment of theserisks relative to our risk appetite and the relevant limits established within our Risk Appetite Framework.

On a regular basis, reporting on risk issues is also provided to stakeholders, including regulators, external rating agencies and our shareholders,as well as to others in the investment community.

Risk-Based Capital AssessmentTwo measures of risk-based capital are used by BMO: Economic Capital and Regulatory Capital. Both are aggregate measures of the risk that we take onin pursuit of our financial targets and enable us to evaluate risk-adjusted returns. Our operating model provides for the direct management of each typeof risk, as well as the management of all risks on an integrated basis. Measuring the economic profitability of transactions or portfolios incorporates acombination of both expected and unexpected losses to assess the extent and correlation of risk before authorizing new exposures. Both expected andunexpected loss measures for a transaction or a portfolio reflect current market conditions, the inherent risk in the position and, as appropriate, creditquality. Risk-based capital methods and model inputs are reviewed and/or recalibrated on an annual basis, as applicable. Our risk-based capital modelsprovide a forward-looking estimate of the difference between our maximum potential loss in economic (or market) value and our expected loss,measured over a specified time interval and using a defined confidence level.

Stress TestingStress testing is a key element of our risk and capital management frameworks. It informs our strategy, business planning and decision-makingprocesses.

Governance of the stress testing framework resides with senior management, including the Enterprise Stress Testing Steering Committee.This committee is comprised of business, risk and finance executives and is accountable for the oversight of BMO’s stress testing framework and forreviewing and challenging enterprise stress test results. Stress testing and enterprise-wide scenarios associated with the Internal Capital AdequacyAssessment Process (ICAAP), including recommended actions that the organization would likely take to manage the impact of the stress event, arepresented to senior management and the RRC. Stress testing associated with the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) and the mid-yearDodd-Frank Capital Stress Test (DFAST) – which are U.S. regulatory requirements for BMO Financial Corp. – and other regulatory stress tests are similarlygoverned within the applicable entities. Stress testing specific risks, businesses or exposures, so called “ad hoc stress testing”, is also conductedin conjunction with business decision processes, including strategy development, in risk assessments and is reviewed by the RMC and/or RRC asappropriate.

Enterprise Stress TestingEnterprise stress testing supports our internal capital adequacy assessment and target-setting through analysis of the potential effects of low-frequency, high-severity events on our balance sheet, earnings, liquidity and capital positions. Scenario selection is a multi-step process that considersthe enterprise’s material and idiosyncratic risks and the potential impact of new or emerging risks, as well as the macroeconomic environment, onour risk profile. Scenarios may be defined by senior management, the Board of Directors or regulators, and are developed in conjunction with theEconomics group. To the extent not prescribed by a regulator, the Economics group translates the scenarios into macroeconomic and market variablesthat include but are not limited to GDP growth, yield curve estimates, unemployment, housing starts, real estate prices, stock index growth andchanges in corporate profits. The scenarios are then used by our operating, risk and finance groups to estimate future losses and financialperformance.

Quantitative models and qualitative approaches are utilized to assess the impact of changes in the macroeconomic environment on ourincome statement and balance sheet and the resilience of our capital over a forecast horizon. Stress test results, including mitigating actions,are benchmarked and challenged by relevant business units and senior management, including the Enterprise Stress Testing Steering Committeeand RMC.

Ad Hoc Stress TestingThrough our stress testing framework, we embed stress testing in our strategy, business planning and decision-making at various levels of ourorganization. Ad hoc stress testing is conducted regularly by our operating and risk groups to support risk identification, business analysis andstrategic decision-making. Such stress testing is used as a tool to assess the potential longer term impacts of risks arising in a changing environment,such as a material and sustained period of low oil prices.


MD&


Credit and Counterparty Risk

Credit and counterparty risk is the potential for loss due to the failure of a borrower, endorser, guarantor or counterparty to repay a loan orhonour another predetermined financial obligation.

Credit and counterparty risk underlies every lending activity that BMO enters into, and also arises in the transacting of trading and other capitalmarkets products, the holding of investment securities and the activities related to securitization. Credit risk is the most significant measurable riskBMO faces. Proper management of credit risk is essential to our success, since the failure to effectively manage credit risk could have an immediateand significant impact on our earnings, financial condition and reputation.

Credit and Counterparty Risk GovernanceThe objective of our credit risk management framework is to ensure all material credit risks to which the enterprise is exposed are identified,measured, managed, monitored and reported. The RRC has oversight of the management of all risks faced by the enterprise, including the credit riskmanagement framework. BMO’s credit risk management framework incorporates governing principles which are defined in a series of corporatepolicies and standards, and which flow through to more specific guidelines and procedures. These are reviewed on a regular basis and modifiedwhen necessary to keep them current and consistent with BMO’s risk appetite. The structure, limits, collateral requirements, monitoring, reportingand ongoing management of our credit exposures are all governed by these credit risk management principles.

Lending officers in the operating groups are accountable for recommending credit decisions based on the completion of appropriate duediligence, and they assume ownership of the risks. Credit officers in ERPM approve these credit decisions and are accountable for providing anobjective assessment of the lending recommendations and independent oversight of the risks assumed by the lending officers. All of theseexperienced and skilled individuals are subject to a rigorous lending qualification process and operate in a disciplined environment with cleardelegation of decision-making authority, including individually delegated lending limits, which are reviewed annually. Credit decision-making isconducted at the management level appropriate to the size and risk of each transaction in accordance with comprehensive corporate policies,standards and procedures governing the conduct of credit risk activities. Corporate Audit Division reviews and tests management processes andcontrols and samples credit transactions in order to assess adherence to credit terms and conditions, as well as to governing policies, standards andprocedures.

All credit risk exposures are subject to regular monitoring. Performing accounts are reviewed on a regular basis, with most commercial andcorporate accounts reviewed at least annually. The frequency of review increases in accordance with the likelihood and size of potential creditlosses, with deteriorating higher-risk situations referred to specialized account management groups for closer attention, when appropriate. In addition,regular portfolio and sector reviews are carried out, including stress testing and scenario analysis based on current, emerging or prospective risks.Reporting is provided at least quarterly to the Board and senior management committees in order to keep them informed of developments in ourcredit risk portfolios, including changes in credit risk concentrations and significant emerging credit risk issues, and to allow appropriate actions to betaken where necessary.

Credit and Counterparty Risk ManagementCollateral ManagementCollateral is used for credit and/or counterparty risk mitigation purposes to minimize losses that would otherwise be incurred upon the occurrenceof a default. Depending on the type of borrower, the assets available and the structure and term of the credit obligations, collateral can takevarious forms. For corporate and commercial borrowers, collateral can take the form of pledges of the assets of a business, such as accountsreceivable, inventory, machinery and real estate, or personal assets pledged in support of guarantees. On a periodic basis, collateral is subject toregular revaluation specific to asset type.

For loans, the value of collateral is initially established at the time of origination, and the frequency of revaluation is dependent on the type ofcollateral. Credit officers in ERPM provide independent oversight of collateral documentation and valuation. For collateral in the form of investor-owned commercial real estate, a full external appraisal of the property is obtained at the time of loan origination, except where the loan is below aspecified threshold amount, in which case an internal evaluation and a site inspection are conducted. Internal evaluation methods may consider taxassessments, purchase price, real estate listing or realtor opinion. The case for an updated appraisal is reviewed annually, with consideration given tothe borrower risk rating, existing tenants and lease contracts, as well as current market conditions. In the event a loan is classified as impaired,depending on its size, a current external appraisal, evaluation or restricted use appraisal is obtained and updated every 12 months while the loan isclassified as impaired. For residential real estate that has a loan-to-value (LTV) ratio of less than 80%, an external property appraisal is routinelyobtained at the time of loan origination. In certain low LTV ratio cases, BMO may use an external service provided by Canada Mortgage and HousingCorporation to assist in determining whether a full property appraisal is necessary. For high LTV ratio (greater than 80%) insured mortgages, BMOobtains the value of the property through available means and the default insurer confirms the value.

Collateral for our trading products is primarily comprised of cash and high-quality liquid securities (U.S. and Canadian treasury securities, U.S.agency securities and Canadian provincial government securities) that are monitored and margined on a daily basis. Collateral is obtained under thecontractual terms of standardized industry documentation. With limited exceptions, we utilize the International Swaps and Derivatives Association Inc.(ISDA) Master Agreement with a Credit Support Annex (CSA) to document our collateralized trading relationships with our counterparties for non-centrally cleared over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives. CSAs entitle a party to demand collateral (or other credit support) when its OTC derivativesexposure to the other party exceeds an agreed amount (threshold). Collateral transferred can include an independent amount (initial margin) and/orvariation margin. CSAs contain, among other things, provisions setting out acceptable collateral types and how they are to be valued (discounts areoften applied to the market values), as well as thresholds, whether or not the collateral can be re-pledged by the recipient and how interest is to becalculated.

To document our contractual trading relationships with our counterparties for repurchase transactions, we utilize master repurchase agreementsand for securities lending transactions, we utilize master securities lending agreements.

Material presented in a blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2015 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 86).


MD&

A

Portfolio ManagementBMO’s credit risk governance policies set an acceptable level of diversification. Limits may be used for several portfolio dimensions, including industry,specialty segments (e.g., hedge funds and leveraged lending), country, product and single-name concentrations. At year end, our credit assetsconsisted of a well-diversified portfolio comprised of millions of clients, the majority of them consumers and small to medium-sized businesses. Thediversification of our credit exposure may be supplemented by the purchase or sale of insurance through guarantees or credit default swaps.

Wrong-way RiskWrong-way risk occurs when exposure to a counterparty is highly correlated with the credit quality of collateral or another intended mitigant of therisk from that counterparty. There is specific wrong-way risk, which arises when the counterparty and the market risk factors affecting that mitigantdisplay a high correlation, and general wrong-way risk, which arises when the credit quality of the counterparty, for non-specific reasons, is highlycorrelated with macroeconomic or other factors that affect the value of the mitigant. Our procedures require that specific wrong-way risk be identifiedin transactions and accounted for in the calculation of risk. Stress testing of wrong-way risk is conducted monthly and can be used to identifyexisting/emerging concentrations of general wrong-way risk in our portfolios.

Credit and Counterparty Risk MeasurementWe quantify credit risk at both the individual borrower or counterparty and the portfolio level. In order to limit earnings volatility, manage expectedcredit losses and minimize unexpected losses, credit risk is assessed and measured using the following risk-based parameters:

Exposure at Default (EAD) represents an estimate of the outstanding amount of a credit exposure at the time a default may occur. For off-balancesheet amounts and undrawn amounts, EAD includes an estimate of any further amounts that may be drawn at the time of default.

Loss Given Default (LGD) is the amount that may not be recovered in the event of a default, presented as a proportion of the exposure at default.

Probability of Default (PD) represents the likelihood that a borrower or counterparty will go into default over a one-year time horizon, estimated ata high confidence level.

Expected Loss (EL) is a measure representing the loss that is expected to occur in the normal course of business in a given period of time. EL iscalculated as a function of EAD, LGD and PD.

Under OSFI rules, there are three approaches available for the measurement of credit risk: Standardized, Foundation Internal Ratings Based andAdvanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB). Subject to a transitional floor based on the Standardized Approach, we apply the AIRB Approach forcalculations of credit risk in our portfolios, including portfolios of our subsidiary BMO Financial Corp. The Standardized Approach is currently being usedfor measurements related to the acquired M&I portfolio, while we continue to execute our plan to transition this portfolio to the AIRB Approach.

Risk Rating SystemsBMO’s risk rating systems are designed to assess and measure the risk of any exposure. The rating systems differ for retail (consumer and smallbusiness) and wholesale (corporate and commercial) portfolios.

Credit risk measures are validated and back-tested regularly – quarterly in the case of retail models and annually in the case of wholesale models.Please refer to pages 112 and 113 for a discussion of our model risk mitigation processes.

Retail (Consumer and Small Business)The retail portfolios are made up of a diversified group of individual customer accounts and include residential mortgages, personal loans, creditcards and small business loans. These loans are managed in pools of homogeneous risk exposures. For these pools, decision support systems aredeveloped using established statistical techniques and expert systems for underwriting and monitoring purposes. Adjudication models, behaviouralscorecards, decision trees and expert knowledge are combined to produce optimal credit decisions in a centralized and automated environment.

The retail risk rating system assesses the borrower’s risk based on a narrow range of likely expected conditions, primarily more recent in nature,including delinquency, loan-to-value ratio and loan utilization rate. Product lines within each of the retail risk areas are separately modelled so therisk-based parameters capture the distinct nature of each product. A final segmentation then sorts each exposure within a product line intohomogeneous pools of retail risk that reflect common risk-based parameters. Each pool is assigned a unique combination of PD, LGD and EADparameters that captures its segment-specific credit risk.

The retail risk rating system is designed to generate estimates of the value of credit risk parameters as accurately as possible but is subject touncertainty. During the calibration process, adjustments are made at the parameter level for each segment to account for this uncertainty. The retailparameters are tested quarterly and calibrated on an annual basis to incorporate additional data points in the parameter estimation process, ensuringthat the most recent experience is incorporated.

Retail Credit Probability of Default Bands by Risk RatingRisk profile Probability of default band

Exceptionally low ≤ 0.05%Very low > 0.05% to 0.20%Low > 0.20% to 0.75%Medium > 0.75% to 7.00%High > 7.00% to 99.99%Default 100%

Wholesale (Corporate, Commercial and Sovereign)Within wholesale portfolios, we utilize an enterprise-wide risk rating framework that is applied to all of our sovereign, bank, corporate andcommercial counterparties. One key element of this framework is the assignment of appropriate borrower or counterparty risk ratings (BRRs). A suiteof general and sector-specific risk rating models have been developed within each asset class to capture the key quantitative and qualitative risk



MD&


factors associated with borrowers in different industries and portfolios. Risk ratings are assigned using the appropriate internal model. BRRs areassessed and assigned at the time of loan origination and reviewed at least annually. More frequent reviews are conducted for borrowers with higherrisk ratings, borrowers that trigger a review through a rating change or that experience covenant breaches, and borrowers requiring or requestingchanges to credit facilities. The assigned ratings are mapped to a PD over a one-year time horizon. As a borrower migrates between risk ratings, thePD associated with the borrower changes.

BMO employs a master scale with 14 BRRs above default, and PDs are assigned to each grade within an asset class to reflect the long-runaverage of one-year default rates. PD estimates are updated periodically based on internal default experience over a period of more than five yearsthat covers at least one full economic cycle, supplemented by external benchmarking, as applicable.

BMO also assigns an LGD estimate to each separate facility provided to a borrower at the time of origination. LGD estimates are a measure of thepotential economic loss that would be incurred for a facility if the borrower were to default during a period of economic distress. The LGD estimateprovides an inverse measure of the protection against loss afforded by the assigned collateral, as applicable, and considers the supporting structuralelements of the facility, including seniority, margin arrangements, and product and sectoral characteristics. LGD models have been developed for eachasset class using internal data that covers a period of more than seven years, capturing a full economic cycle, and are supplemented by external data,when necessary.

As demonstrated in the table below, our internal risk rating system corresponds in a logical manner to those of external rating agencies.

Wholesale Borrower Risk Rating Scale

BMO rating Description of riskMoody’s Investors Serviceimplied equivalent

Standard & Poor’simplied equivalent

AcceptableI-1 to I-3 Undoubted to minimal Aaa to Aa3 AAA to AA-I-4 to I-5 Modest A1 to Baa1 A+ to BBB+I-6 to I-7 Average Baa2 to Baa3 BBB to BBB-S-1 to S-2 Acceptable Ba1 to Ba2 BB+ to BBS-3 to S-4 Marginal Ba3 to B1 BB- to B+

ProblemP-1 Deteriorating B2 BP-2 to P-3 Watchlist B3 to Ca B- to CC

Default and impairedT1, D-1 to D-4 Default/default and

impaired C D

Credit Quality InformationPortfolio ReviewTotal enterprise-wide outstanding credit exposures were $623 billion at October 31, 2015, comprised of $358 billion in Canada, $236 billion in theUnited States and $29 billion in other jurisdictions. This represents an increase of $76 billion or 14% from the prior year.

BMO’s loan book continues to be well-diversified by industry and geographic region and, consistent with the prior year, the consumer portfoliorepresented the majority of loans. Gross loans and acceptances increased by $31 billion or 10% from the prior year (5% excluding the impact of thestronger U.S. dollar) to $336 billion at October 31, 2015. Excluding the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, the geographic mix of our Canadian and U.S.portfolios was relatively consistent with the prior year, and represented 66.6% and 30.1% of total loans, respectively, compared with 70.0% and26.3% in 2014. The consumer loan portfolio represented 53.4% of the total portfolio, a modest decrease from 56.8% in 2014. Approximately 88% ofthe Canadian consumer portfolio and 97% of the U.S. consumer portfolio is secured. Business and government loans represented 46.6% of the totalportfolio, up from 43.2% in 2014, primarily due to the stronger U.S. dollar. Our loan portfolio is well-diversified by industry and we continue toproactively monitor industry sectors that we consider warrant closer attention, including Canadian consumer loans and U.S. and Canadian direct andindirect oil and gas exposures.

Further details on our loan book, including detailed breakdowns by industry and geographic region, can be found in Tables 7 to 15 on pages 124to 130 and in Note 5 on page 151 of the financial statements. Details related to our credit exposures are discussed in Note 4 on page 148 of thefinancial statements.

Real Estate Secured LendingResidential mortgage and home equity line of credit (HELOC) exposures continue to be of interest in the current environment. BMO regularly performsstress testing on its residential mortgage and HELOC portfolios to evaluate the potential effects of high-impact events. These stress tests incorporatescenarios ranging from moderately to severely adverse. The credit losses forecast in these tests vary with the severity of the scenario and areconsidered to be manageable.

Provision for Credit Losses (PCL)Total PCL was $612 million in the current year, up 9% from $561 million in 2014. Detailed discussion of our PCL, including historical trends in PCL,is provided on page 42, in Table 15 on page 130 and in Note 4 on page 148 of the financial statements.

Gross Impaired Loans (GIL)Total GIL decreased by $89 million or 4% from 2014 to $1,959 million in 2015, with the decrease being attributed to Canada. Excluding the impact ofthe stronger U.S. dollar, GIL were 13% lower. GIL as a percentage of gross loans and acceptances also decreased over the prior year from 0.67% in2014 to 0.58% in 2015.

Factors contributing to the change in GIL are outlined in the table below. Loans classified as impaired during the year decreased from$2,142 million in 2014 to $1,921 million in 2015. On a geographic basis, the United States accounted for the majority of impaired loan formations,comprising 55.6% of total formations in 2015, compared with 56.8% in 2014. Further details on the breakdown of impaired loans by geographicregion and industry can be found in Table 11 on page 126 and in Note 4 on page 148 of the financial statements.Material presented in a blue-tinted font above is an integral part of the 2015 annual consolidated financial statements (see page 86).


MD&

A

Changes in Gross Impaired Loans and Acceptances (1)


GIL, beginning of year 2,048 2,544 2,976Classified as impaired during the year 1,921 2,142 2,449Transferred to not impaired during the year (556) (669) (728)Net repayments (700) (1,059) (1,058)Amounts written off (704) (801) (939)Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off – – –Disposals of loans (252) (220) (343)Foreign exchange and other movements 202 111 187

GIL, end of year 1,959 2,048 2,544

GIL as a % of gross loans and acceptances 0.58 0.67 0.91

(1) GIL excludes purchased credit impaired loans.

Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL)Across all loan portfolios, BMO employs a disciplined approach to provisioning and loan loss evaluation, with the prompt identification of problemloans being a key risk management objective. BMO maintains both specific and collective allowances for credit losses. Specific allowances reduce theaggregate carrying value of credit assets for which there is evidence of deterioration in credit quality. We also maintain a collective allowance in orderto cover any impairment in the existing loan portfolio that cannot yet be associated with individually identified impaired loans. Our approach toestablishing and maintaining the collective allowance is based on the requirements of IFRS, in conjunction with guidelines issued by our regulator,OSFI. Our collective allowance methodology groups loans on the basis of similar credit risk characteristics, and applies quantitative and qualitativefactors to determine the appropriate level for the collective allowance. The quantitative component of the methodology measures long-run expectedlosses based on the PD, LGD and EAD risk parameters used to estimate risk-based capital. For commercial and corporate loans, key determinants ofincurred but not identified losses include the underlying risk rating of the borrower, industry sector, credit product and amount and quality ofcollateral held. For consumer and small business loans, exposures are pooled based on similar risk characteristics and the levels of incurred but notidentified losses are determined from the long-run default and historical loss experience of each pool. The qualitative component of the methodologyreflects management’s judgment with respect to current and near-term macroeconomic and business conditions, portfolio-specific considerations,credit quality trends, changes in lending practices and model factors. We review the collective allowance on a quarterly basis.

BMO maintains the allowance for credit losses at a level that we consider adequate to absorb credit-related losses. As at October 31, 2015, ourACL was $2,052 million, comprised of specific allowances of $392 million and collective allowance of $1,660 million. This includes specific allowanceof $35 million and collective allowance of $162 million related to undrawn commitments and letters of credit that are considered other creditinstruments and recorded in other liabilities. Total ACL increased slightly year over year by $86 million, primarily due to the impact of the strongerU.S. dollar. Our coverage ratios are trending positively, with ACL as a percentage of GIL increasing year over year.

The collective allowance increased by $118 million from 2014 to $1,660 million in 2015 due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar.The collective allowance remains adequate and at year end represented 0.83% of credit risk-weighted assets, consistent with the prior year.

Factors contributing to the change in ACL are outlined in the table below. Further details on changes in ACL by country and portfolio can be foundin Tables 12 and 13 on page 128 and in Note 4 on page 148 of the financial statements.

Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses (1)


Specific ACL, beginning of year 424 485 476Specific PCL (charge to income statement) 612 561 597Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years 456 624 772Write-offs (1,065) (1,149) (1,297)Foreign exchange and other movements (35) (97) (63)

Specific ACL, end of year 392 424 485

Collective ACL, beginning of year 1,542 1,485 1,460Collective PCL (charge to income statement) – – (10)Foreign exchange and other movements 118 57 35

Collective ACL, end of year 1,660 1,542 1,485

Total ACL 2,052 1,966 1,970

Comprised of:Loans 1,855 1,734 1,665Specific allowance for other credit instruments 35 50 41Collective allowance for other credit instruments 162 182 264

ACL as a % of GIL (2) 103.0 93.6 75.8

(1) Includes allowances related to other credit instruments that are included in other liabilities.(2) Ratio excludes specific allowances for other credit instruments that are included in other liabilities.


MD&


Select Geographic Exposures

BMO’s geographic exposures are subject to a country risk management framework that incorporates economic and political assessments andmanagement of exposure within limits based on product, entity and the country of ultimate risk. We closely monitor our European exposure, and ourrisk management processes incorporate stress tests as appropriate to assess our potential risk. Our exposure to European countries, as at October 31,2015, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (GIIPS), is set out in the tables that follow.

The table below outlines total net portfolio exposures for funded lending, securities (inclusive of credit default swap (CDS) activity), repo-styletransactions and derivatives. Funded lending is detailed by counterparty type, as well as by total commitments compared to the funded amount, inthe table on page 99. There has been a reduction in our exposures since October 31, 2014.

European Exposure by Country and Counterparty (1)

(Canadian $ in millions)As at October 31, 2015

Fundedlending (2) Securities (3)(4) Repo-style transactions and derivatives (5)(6)

Total netexposureCountry Total Bank Corporate Sovereign Total Bank Corporate Sovereign Total

GIIPSGreece – – – – – – – – – –Ireland (7) 8 – – – – 2 19 – 21 29Italy 2 – – – – 2 5 – 7 9Portugal – – – – – – – – – –Spain 63 – – – – 4 – – 4 67

Total – GIIPS 73 – – – – 8 24 – 32 105

Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)Germany 72 15 1 1,158 1,174 13 – – 13 1,259Netherlands 245 520 13 131 664 9 15 – 24 933Finland 1 – – 324 324 5 – – 5 330Other (8) 322 – – 188 188 66 21 8 95 605

Total – Eurozone (excluding GIIPS) 640 535 14 1,801 2,350 93 36 8 137 3,127

Rest of EuropeDenmark 6 248 – 453 701 4 – – 4 711Norway 26 897 – – 897 – – – – 923United Kingdom 387 70 49 324 443 713 8 1 722 1,552Other (8) 104 2 – 169 171 19 8 – 27 302

Total – Rest of Europe 523 1,217 49 946 2,212 736 16 1 753 3,488

Total – All of Europe (9) 1,236 1,752 63 2,747 4,562 837 76 9 922 6,720

As at October 31, 2014Funded

lending (2) Securities (3) Repo-style transactions and derivatives (5)(6)Total netexposureCountry Total Bank Corporate Sovereign Total Bank Corporate Sovereign Total

Total – GIIPS 129 – – – – 55 7 – 62 191

Total – Eurozone (excluding GIIPS) 551 711 53 1,872 2,636 379 49 7 435 3,622

Total – Rest of Europe 1,162 2,254 44 537 2,835 714 14 2 730 4,727

Total – All of Europe (9) 1,842 2,965 97 2,409 5,471 1,148 70 9 1,227 8,540

(1) BMO has the following indirect exposures to Europe as at October 31, 2015:– Collateral of €958 million to support trading activity in securities (€108 million from GIIPS) and €82 million of cash collateral held.– Guarantees of $1.3 billion ($17 million to GIIPS).

(2) Funded lending includes loans (primarily trade finance).(3) Securities include cash products, insurance investments and traded credit.(4) BMO’s total net notional CDS exposure (embedded as part of the securities exposure in this table) to Europe was $153 million, with no net single-name* CDS exposure to GIIPS countries as at

October 31, 2015 (*includes a net position of $119 million (bought protection) on a CDS Index, of which 20% is comprised of GIIPS domiciled entities).(5) Repo-style transactions are primarily with bank counterparties for which BMO holds collateral ($16 billion for Europe as at October 31, 2015).(6) Derivatives amounts are marked-to-market, incorporating transaction netting where master netting agreements with counterparties have been entered into, and collateral offsets for counterparties

where a Credit Support Annex is in effect.(7) Does not include Irish subsidiary reserves we are required to maintain with the Irish Central Bank of $76 million as at October 31, 2015.(8) Includes countries with less than $300 million net exposure, with $25 million exposure to the Russian Federation as at October 31, 2015.(9) Of our total net direct exposure to Europe, approximately 93% was to counterparties in countries with a rating of Aaa/AAA from at least one of Moody’s and S&P.


MD&

A

European Lending Exposure by Country and Counterparty (9)

Lending (2)

(Canadian $ in millions)Country

Funded lending as at October 31, 2015 As at October 31, 2015 As at October 31, 2014

Bank Corporate Sovereign Commitments Funded Commitments Funded

GIIPSGreece – – – – – – –Ireland (7) – 8 – 27 8 103 8Italy 2 – – 2 2 69 69Portugal – – – – – – –Spain 53 10 – 75 63 62 52

Total – GIIPS 55 18 – 104 73 234 129

Eurozone (excluding GIIPS)Germany 17 54 1 79 72 99 85Netherlands 30 215 – 346 245 559 239Finland 1 – – 1 1 – –Other (8) 182 140 – 622 322 517 227

Total – Eurozone (excluding GIIPS) 230 409 1 1,048 640 1,175 551

Rest of EuropeDenmark 6 – – 6 6 12 12Norway 26 – – 26 26 15 15United Kingdom 30 357 – 459 387 701 497Other (8) 31 73 – 287 104 1,044 638

Total – Rest of Europe 93 430 – 778 523 1,772 1,162

Total – All of Europe (9) 378 857 1 1,930 1,236 3,181 1,842

Refer to footnotes in the table on page 98.

Derivative TransactionsThe following table represents the notional amounts of our over-the-counter (OTC) derivative contracts, comprised of those which are centrallycleared and settled through a designated clearing house and those which are non-centrally cleared. The notional amounts of our derivatives representthe amount to which a rate or price is applied in order to calculate the amount of cash that must be exchanged under the contract. Notional amountsdo not represent assets or liabilities and therefore are not recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The fair values of OTC derivative contracts arerecorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Over-the-Counter Derivatives (1) (Notional amounts)

(Canadian $ in millions) Non-centrally cleared Centrally cleared Total

As at October 31 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014

Interest Rate ContractsSwaps 690,375 814,178 2,269,412 1,861,499 2,959,787 2,675,677Forward rate agreements 2,563 34,713 430,181 326,771 432,744 361,484Purchased options 21,344 19,267 – – 21,344 19,267Written options 24,154 22,955 – – 24,154 22,955

Total interest rate contracts 738,436 891,113 2,699,593 2,188,270 3,438,029 3,079,383

Foreign Exchange ContractsCross-currency swaps 76,083 51,616 – – 76,083 51,616Cross-currency interest rate swaps 339,467 279,119 – – 339,467 279,119Forward foreign exchange contracts 393,098 299,480 – – 393,098 299,480Purchased options 28,297 37,245 – – 28,297 37,245Written options 28,960 36,913 – – 28,960 36,913

Total foreign exchange contracts 865,905 704,373 – – 865,905 704,373

Commodity ContractsSwaps 11,929 13,559 – – 11,929 13,559Purchased options 6,172 8,526 – – 6,172 8,526Written options 4,103 4,166 – – 4,103 4,166

Total commodity contracts 22,204 26,251 – – 22,204 26,251

Equity Contracts 47,114 48,702 – – 47,114 48,702

Credit Default SwapsPurchased 5,611 6,507 1,054 2,294 6,665 8,801Written 9,385 10,232 – 1,751 9,385 11,983

Total credit default swaps 14,996 16,739 1,054 4,045 16,050 20,784

Total 1,688,655 1,687,178 2,700,647 2,192,315 4,389,302 3,879,493

(1) Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.


MD&


Market RiskMarket risk is the potential for adverse changes in the value of BMO’s assets and liabilities resulting from changes in market variables such asinterest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities, and credit spreads, and includes the risk of creditmigration and default in our trading book.

BMO incurs market risk in its trading and underwriting activities and structural banking activities. The magnitude and importance of these activitiesto the enterprise, along with the relative uncertainty of daily changes to market variables, require a strong and balanced market risk structure thatincorporates appropriate and defensible governance, management and measurement.

Trading and Underwriting Market Risk GovernanceAs part of our enterprise-wide risk management framework, we apply comprehensive governance and management processes to our market risk-taking activities. The RRC has oversight of the management of market risk and approves the Market Risk Corporate Policy, along with limits governingmarket risk exposures. The RMC, which recommends the Market Risk Corporate Policy for approval, regularly reviews and discusses significant marketrisk issues and positions, and provides senior management oversight. These committees are informed of specific exposures or other factors thatexpose BMO to unusual, unexpected, inappropriate or otherwise not fully identified or quantified risks associated with market or traded creditexposures, as well as other relevant market risk issues. In addition, all individuals authorized to conduct trading and underwriting activities on behalfof BMO are appropriately notified of BMO’s risk-taking governance, authority structure, procedures and processes, are given access to and guidanceon the relevant corporate policies and standards, and are expected to adhere to those standards.

Trading and Underwriting Market Risk ManagementWe have strong, independent risk oversight within a policy framework that mandates comprehensive controls for the management of market risk.We monitor an extensive range of risk metrics, including Value at Risk (VaR), Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR), stress and scenario tests, risk sensitivitiesand operational metrics. We apply a comprehensive set of limits to these metrics, with appropriate monitoring, reporting and escalation of limitbreaches. Risk profiles of our trading and underwriting activities are maintained within our risk appetite, and are monitored and reported to traders,management, senior executives and Board committees. Further key controls include the independent valuation of financial assets and liabilities, aswell as compliance with a model risk management framework to mitigate model risk.

BMO’s Market Risk group also provides oversight of structural market risk, which is managed by BMO’s Corporate Treasury group and describedon page 103.

Valuation Product ControlWithin the Market Risk group, the Valuation Product Control (VPC) group is responsible for the independent valuation of all trading and available-for-sale (AFS) portfolios within Capital Markets Trading Products and Corporate Treasury, to confirm that they are materially accurate by:‰ developing and maintaining valuation adjustment policies and procedures in accordance with regulatory requirements and IFRS;‰ establishing official rate sources for valuation of all portfolios; and‰ providing an independent review of portfolios where prices supplied by traders are used for valuation.

Trader valuations are reviewed to determine whether they align with an independent assessment of the market value of the related portfolio. If thevaluation difference exceeds the prescribed tolerance threshold, a valuation adjustment is recorded in accordance with our accounting policy andregulatory requirements. Prior to the final month-end general ledger close, the Valuation Operating Committee, comprised of key stakeholders fromthe lines of business, Market Risk, Capital Markets Finance, Treasury and the Chief Accountant’s Group, reviews all valuation adjustments that areproposed by the VPC group.

The Valuation Steering Committee is BMO’s senior management valuation committee. It meets at least monthly to address the more challengingmaterial valuation issues related to BMO’s portfolios, approves valuation methodology changes and acts as a key forum for discussing positionscategorized as Level 3 for financial reporting purposes and their inherent uncertainty.

At a minimum, the following are considered when determining appropriate valuation adjustments: credit valuation adjustments, closeout costs,uncertainty, funding valuation adjustments, and liquidity and model risk. Also, a fair value hierarchy is used to categorize the inputs used in thevaluation of securities, liabilities, derivative assets and derivative liabilities. Level 1 inputs consist of quoted market prices, Level 2 inputs consist ofresults from models that use observable market information and Level 3 inputs consist of results from models for which observable marketinformation is not available. Details of Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements can be found in Note 18 on page 172 of the financialstatements.

Trading and Underwriting Market Risk MeasurementTo capture the multi-dimensional aspects of market risk effectively, a number of metrics are used, including VaR, SVaR, stress testing, sensitivities,position concentrations, market and notional values and revenue losses.

Value at Risk (VaR) is measured for specific classes of risk in BMO’s trading and underwriting activities related to interest rates, foreignexchange rates, credit spreads, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities. This measure calculates the maximum loss likely to beexperienced in the trading and underwriting portfolios, measured at a 99% confidence level over a specified holding period.

Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR) is measured for specific classes of risk in BMO’s trading and underwriting activities related to interest rates,foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities, where model inputs are calibrated to historicaldata from a period of significant financial stress. This measure calculates the maximum loss likely to be experienced in the trading andunderwriting portfolios, measured at a 99% confidence level over a specified holding period.



MD&

A

Although it is a valuable indicator of risk, VaR should always be viewed in the context of its limitations. Among the limitations of VaR is theassumption that all positions can be liquidated within the assigned one-day holding period (ten-day holding period for regulatory calculations), whichmay not be the case in illiquid market conditions, and that historical data can be used as a proxy to predict future market events. Generally, marketliquidity horizons are reviewed for suitability and updated where appropriate for relevant risk metrics. Scenario analysis and probabilistic stresstesting are performed daily to determine the potential impact of unusual and/or unexpected market changes on our portfolios. As well, historical andevent stresses are tested on a weekly basis, including tests of scenarios such as the stock market crash of 1987 and the collapse of Lehman Brothersin 2008. Ad hoc analyses are run to examine our sensitivity to low-frequency, high-severity hypothetical scenarios. Scenarios are amended, added orremoved to better reflect changes in underlying market conditions. The results are reported to the lines of business, the RMC and the RRC on a regularbasis. Stress testing is limited by the fact that not all downside scenarios can be predicted and effectively modelled. Neither VaR nor stress testingshould be viewed as a definitive predictor of the maximum amount of losses that could occur in any one day, because these measures are based onmodels and estimates (such as confidence levels) and their results could be exceeded in highly volatile market conditions. On a daily basis, exposuresare aggregated by lines of business and risk type and monitored against delegated limit levels, and the results are reported to the appropriatestakeholders. BMO has a robust governance process in place to ensure adherence to delegated market risk limits. Amounts exceeding those limitsare reported to senior management on a timely basis for resolution and appropriate action.

In addition, we measure the market risk for trading and underwriting portfolios that meet regulatory criteria for trading book capital treatmentusing the Internal Models Approach. For trading and underwriting portfolios covered by the Internal Models Approach, VaR is computed using BMO’sTrading Book VaR model. This is a Monte Carlo scenario simulation model, and its results are used for market risk management and reporting ofexposures. The model computes one-day VaR results using a 99% confidence level, and those results reflect the historic correlations between thedifferent classes of market risk factors.

We use a variety of methods to verify the integrity of our risk models, including the application of back-testing against hypothetical losses.This process assumes there are no changes in the previous day’s closing positions and then isolates the effects of each day’s price movementsagainst those closing positions. Models are validated by assessing how often the calculated hypothetical losses exceed the VaR measure over adefined period. This testing result is in line with defined regulatory expectations, and its results confirm the reliability of our models. The volatilitydata and correlations that underpin our models are updated monthly, so that VaR measures reflect current conditions.

Our models are used to determine market risk Economic Capital for each of our lines of business and to determine regulatory capital. For capitalcalculation purposes, the longer holding periods and/or higher confidence levels that are used are not the same as those employed in day-to-day riskmanagement. Under the Model Risk Corporate Policy, models are subject to review by our Model Validation group prior to use. The Model RiskCorporate Policy outlines minimum requirements for the identification, assessment, monitoring and management of models and model risk across theenterprise, and is described on page 112.

Total Trading VaR increased year over year from client facilitation activities, the recent impact of more volatile historical data used for VaRcalculation and changes in market rates. Average Trading VaR is up moderately year over year. Beginning in the fourth quarter, market risk associatedwith changes in the fair value of non-derivative liabilities attributable to fluctuations in our credit risk is no longer reflected in our VaR calculation tobetter reflect our associated net risk position, resulting in a drop in Credit VaR and SVaR. Total Trading SVaR reduced moderately year over year, withreductions in Credit SVaR offset by reduced diversification.

Total Trading Value at Risk (VaR) Summary (1)

As at or for the year ended October 31(pre-tax Canadian $ equivalent in millions)

2015 2014

Year-end Average High Low Year-end

Commodity VaR (0.4) (0.5) (1.4) (0.3) (0.5)Equity VaR (6.9) (6.3) (15.8) (3.3) (3.2)Foreign exchange VaR (2.6) (1.6) (4.8) (0.4) (0.5)Interest rate VaR (10.5) (6.6) (11.6) (3.3) (5.8)Credit VaR (2.7) (5.7) (8.2) (1.8) (5.5)Diversification 9.8 9.7 nm nm 7.4

Total Trading VaR (13.3) (11.0) (17.7) (6.9) (8.1)

Total Trading Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR) Summary (1)(2)

As at or for the year ended October 31(pre-tax Canadian $ equivalent in millions)

2015 2014

Year-end Average High Low Year-end

Commodity SVaR (0.7) (1.0) (1.8) (0.5) (3.2)Equity SVaR (17.6) (12.4) (22.4) (7.2) (14.0)Foreign exchange SVaR (2.2) (3.0) (8.4) (0.8) (0.7)Interest rate SVaR (10.4) (10.9) (15.7) (7.9) (11.2)Credit SVaR (5.2) (16.0) (24.5) (4.7) (13.6)Diversification 15.0 21.0 nm nm 20.6

Total Trading SVaR (21.1) (22.3) (29.3) (17.4) (22.1)

(1) One-day measure using a 99% confidence interval. Losses are in brackets and benefits are presented as positive numbers.(2) Stressed VaR is produced weekly.nm – not meaningful



MD&


Trading Net RevenueThe charts below present daily net revenue plotted against total trading VaR, along with a representation of daily net revenue distribution. During thecurrent year, the largest loss occurred on June 30, and was the result of normal trading activity and valuation adjustments. The largest gain occurredon February 27, and was primarily due to normal trading and underwriting activity.

Frequency Distribution of Daily Net Revenues November 1, 2014 to October 31, 2015 ($ millions)

Daily net revenues (pre-tax)

Freq

uenc

y in

num

ber o

f day

s

7 8 9 12 1410 11 13(2) (1) 0 1 2 3 4 65 23 24 25 31 32 34 35 3715 16 17 18 19 20 21 220

5

10

15

20

25

Daily Revenues Total Trading VaR

Trading Net Revenues versus Value at RiskNovember 1, 2014 to October 31, 2015 ($ millions)

(20)

(10)

0

10

20

30

40

Nov

03

Dec 1

5

Jan

29

Mar

13

Apr 2

7

Jun

09

Jul 2

2

Sep

03

Oct 1

9



MD&

A

Linkages between Balance Sheet Items and Market Risk DisclosuresThe table below presents items reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet that are subject to market risk, comprised of balances that are subject toeither traded risk or non-traded risk measurement techniques.

As at October 31, 2015 As at October 31, 2014

Subject to market risk Subject to market risk

(Canadian $ in millions)Consolidated

Balance SheetTradedrisk (1)

Non-tradedrisk (2)

Not subject tomarket risk

ConsolidatedBalance Sheet

Tradedrisk (1)

Non-tradedrisk (2)

Not subject tomarket risk

Main risk factorsfor non-traded riskbalances

Assets Subject to Market RiskCash and cash equivalents 40,295 – 40,295 – 28,386 – 28,386 – Interest rateInterest bearing deposits with banks 7,382 1,212 6,170 – 6,110 930 5,180 – Interest rateSecurities

Trading 72,460 65,066 7,394 – 85,022 78,997 6,025 – Interest rate,credit spread

Available-for-sale 48,006 – 48,006 – 46,966 – 46,966 – Interest rate,credit spread

Held-to-maturity 9,432 – 9,432 – 10,344 – 10,344 – Interest rateOther 1,020 – 1,020 – 987 – 987 – Equity

Securities borrowed or purchasedunder resale agreements 68,066 – 68,066 – 53,555 – 53,555 – Interest rate

Loans and acceptances (net ofallowance for credit losses) 334,024 – 334,024 – 303,038 – 303,038 – Interest rate,

foreign exchangeDerivative instruments 38,238 35,924 2,314 – 32,655 31,627 1,028 – Interest rate,

foreign exchangeOther assets 22,958 – 8,195 14,763 21,596 – 7,787 13,809 Interest rate

Total Assets 641,881 102,202 524,916 14,763 588,659 111,554 463,296 13,809

Liabilities Subject to Market RiskDeposits 438,169 9,429 428,740 – 393,088 7,639 385,449 – Interest rate,

foreign exchangeDerivative instruments 42,639 39,907 2,732 – 33,657 32,312 1,345 – Interest rate,

foreign exchangeAcceptances 11,307 – 11,307 – 10,878 – 10,878 – Interest rateSecurities sold but not yet

purchased 21,226 21,226 – – 27,348 27,348 – – Interest rateSecurities lent or sold under

repurchase agreements 39,891 – 39,891 – 39,695 – 39,695 – Interest rateOther liabilities 44,320 – 44,218 102 43,676 – 43,263 413 Interest rateSubordinated debt 4,416 – 4,416 – 4,913 – 4,913 – Interest rate

Total Liabilities 601,968 70,562 531,304 102 553,255 67,299 485,543 413

(1) Primarily comprised of BMO’s balance sheet items that are subject to the trading and underwriting risk management framework and fair valued through profit or loss.(2) Primarily comprised of BMO’s balance sheet items that are subject to the structural balance sheet and insurance risk management framework, or are available-for-sale securities.

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Structural (Non-Trading) Market RiskStructural market risk is comprised of interest rate risk arising from our banking activities (loans and deposits) and foreign exchange risk arising fromour foreign currency operations.

Structural Market Risk GovernanceThe RRC has oversight of the management of structural market risk, annually approves the structural market risk strategy and limits, and regularlyreviews structural market risk positions. The RMC and Balance Sheet and Capital Management Committee (BSCMC) regularly review structural marketrisk positions and provide senior management oversight.

In addition to Board-approved limits on earnings and economic value exposure, more granular management limits are in place to guideday-to-day management of this risk. BMO’s Corporate Treasury group is responsible for the ongoing management of structural market risk acrossthe enterprise, with independent oversight provided by the Market Risk group.

Structural Market Risk MeasurementInterest Rate RiskStructural interest rate risk arises when changes in interest rates affect the cash flows, earnings and values of assets and liabilities from our bankingactivities. The objective of structural interest rate risk management is to maintain high-quality earnings and maximize sustainable product spreads.

Structural interest rate risk is primarily comprised of interest rate mismatch risk and product embedded option risk.Interest rate mismatch risk arises when there are differences in the scheduled maturities, repricing dates or reference rates of assets, liabilities

and derivatives. The net interest rate mismatch, representing residual assets funded by common shareholders’ equity, is managed to a target profilethrough interest rate swaps and securities.

Product embedded option risk arises when product features allow customers to alter cash flows, such as scheduled maturity or repricing dates,usually in response to changes in market conditions. Product embedded options include loan prepayments, deposit redemption privileges andcommitted rates on unadvanced mortgages. Product embedded options are generally managed to low risk levels through a dynamic hedging processor with purchased options.



MD&


Structural interest rate risk is measured using simulations, earnings sensitivity and economic value sensitivity analysis, stress testing and gapanalysis, in addition to other traditional risk metrics.

Earnings Sensitivity is a measure of the impact of potential changes in interest rates on the projected 12-month after-tax net income of aportfolio of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet positions in response to prescribed parallel interest rate movements.

Economic Value Sensitivity is a measure of the impact of potential changes in interest rates on the market value of a portfolio of assets,liabilities and off-balance sheet positions in response to prescribed parallel interest rate movements.

The models used to measure structural interest rate risk project changes in interest rates and predict how customers would likely react to thesechanges. For customer loans and deposits with scheduled maturity and repricing dates (such as mortgages and term deposits), our models measurethe extent to which customers are likely to use embedded options to alter those scheduled terms. For customer loans and deposits without scheduledmaturity and repricing dates (such as credit card loans and chequing accounts), we measure our exposure using models that adjust for elasticity inproduct pricing and reflect historical and forecasted trends in balances. Structural market risk models by their nature have inherent uncertainty as theyreflect potential anticipated pricing and customer behaviours which may differ from actual experience. The models have been developed usingstatistical analysis and are validated and periodically updated through regular model vetting, back-testing processes and ongoing dialogue with thelines of business. Models developed to predict customer behaviour are also used in support of product pricing.

Structural interest rate earnings and economic value sensitivity to an immediate parallel increase or decrease of 100 and 200 basis points in theyield curve are disclosed in the following table. The interest rate gap position is disclosed in Note 20 on page 180 of the financial statements.

During the year, we updated our approach to quantify the potential impact of changing interest rates on structural earnings and valuesensitivities. The new approach reflects a more refined estimate of expected deposit pricing as interest rates change. There were no other significantchanges in our structural market risk management framework during the year.

Structural economic value sensitivity to rising rates primarily reflects a lower market value for fixed-rate loans. Structural economic valuesensitivity to falling rates primarily reflects the reduced ability to price deposits lower in the low-rate environment. Structural earnings exposure tofalling interest rates primarily reflects the risk of fixed and floating rate loans repricing at lower rates and the more limited ability to reduce depositpricing as rates fall. The asset-liability profile at the end of the year resulted in a structural earnings benefit from interest rate increases and structuralearnings exposure to interest rate decreases. The realized earnings impact may differ from that shown depending on a number of factors, includingcustomer and competitor actions and the pace at which interest rates change.

Structural Balance Sheet Interest Rate Sensitivity (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

As at October 31, 2015 As at October 31, 2014


Economic valuesensitivity

(Pre-tax)

Earnings sensitivityover the next

12 months(After tax)

Economic valuesensitivity(Pre-tax)

Earnings sensitivityover the next

12 months(After tax)

100 basis point increase (647.6) 143.5 (715.1) 64.7100 basis point decrease 107.3 (62.0) 405.2 (62.6)200 basis point increase (1,722.3) 185.4 (1,579.4) 85.8200 basis point decrease (288.5) (87.8) 320.5 (68.1)

(1) We enhanced our approach to quantify the potential impact of changing interest rates on structural earnings and value sensitivities in 2015. Positions as at October 31, 2014 have not been restated tothe new approach.

(2) Earnings and value sensitivities to falling interest rates assume Canadian and U.S. central banks do not decrease overnight interest rates below nil. The scenarios with decreasing interest rates thereforelimit the decrease in Canadian and U.S. short-term interest rates to 50 basis points (100 basis points in 2014) and 25 basis points, respectively, for shorter terms in 2015 and 2014. Longer-term interestrates do not decrease below the assumed level of short-term interest rates.

(3) Certain non-trading AFS holdings are managed under the bank’s trading risk framework.(4) Losses are in brackets and benefits are presented as positive numbers.(5) For BMO’s Insurance businesses, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates at October 31, 2015, results in an increase in earnings after tax of $66 million and an increase in economic value before

tax of $511 million ($71 million and $385 million, respectively, at October 31, 2014). A 100 basis point decrease in interest rates at October 31, 2015, results in a decrease in earnings after tax of$63 million and a decrease in economic value before tax of $414 million ($63 million and $414 million, respectively, at October 31, 2014). These impacts are not reflected in the table above.

Foreign Exchange RiskStructural foreign exchange risk arises primarily from translation risk related to the net investment in our U.S. operations and from transaction riskassociated with our U.S.-dollar-denominated net income.

Translation risk represents the impact that changes in foreign exchange rates can have on BMO’s reported shareholders’ equity and capitalratios. When the Canadian dollar appreciates relative to the U.S. dollar, unrealized translation losses on our net investment in foreign operations,net of related book value hedging activities, are reported in other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. In addition, the Canadian dollarequivalent of U.S.-dollar-denominated risk-weighted assets and regulatory capital deductions decreases. The reverse is true when the Canadian dollardepreciates relative to the U.S. dollar. Consequently, we may adjust the hedge of our net investment in foreign operations such that translation risk isnot expected to materially impact our capital ratios.

Transaction risk represents the impact that fluctuations in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate may have on the Canadian dollar equivalent ofBMO’s U.S.-dollar-denominated results. Exchange rate fluctuations will affect future results measured in Canadian dollars and the impact on thoseresults is a function of the periods during which revenues, expenses and provisions for credit losses arise. Hedging positions may be taken to partiallyoffset the pre-tax effects of Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations. If future results are consistent with results in 2015, each one centincrease (decrease) in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate would be expected to increase (decrease) adjusted net income before income taxes forthe year by $10 million, in the absence of hedging transactions. Refer to the Foreign Exchange section on page 37 for a more complete discussion ofthe effects of changes in exchange rates on the bank’s results.



MD&

A

Liquidity and Funding RiskLiquidity and funding risk is the potential for loss if BMO is unable to meet financial commitments in a timely manner at reasonable prices asthey fall due. Financial commitments include liabilities to depositors and suppliers, and lending, investment and pledging commitments.

Managing liquidity and funding risk is essential to maintaining the safety and soundness of the enterprise, depositor confidence and earningsstability. It is BMO’s policy to ensure that sufficient liquid assets and funding capacity are available to meet financial commitments, even in timesof stress.

Liquidity and Funding Risk GovernanceThe RRC has oversight of the management of liquidity and funding risk, annually approves applicable policies, limits and the contingency plan,and regularly reviews liquidity and funding positions. BMO’s Corporate Treasury group recommends the Liquidity and Funding Risk ManagementFramework and the related risk appetite, limits and guidelines, monitors compliance with policy requirements and assesses the impact of marketevents on liquidity requirements on an ongoing basis. The RMC and BSCMC provide senior management oversight and also review and discusssignificant liquidity and funding policies, issues and action items that arise in the pursuit of our strategic priorities.

The Corporate Treasury group and the operating groups are responsible for the ongoing management of liquidity and funding risk across theenterprise. Enterprise Market Risk Management provides oversight, independent risk assessment and effective challenge of liquidity and fundingmanagement across the organization.

Liquidity and Funding Risk ManagementBMO’s Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework is defined and authorized under Board-approved corporate policies and management-approved standards. These policies and standards outline key management principles, liquidity and funding metrics and related limits and guidelines,as well as roles and responsibilities for the management of liquidity and funding risk across the enterprise.

BMO has robust limits and guidelines in place in order to manage liquidity and funding risk. Limits establish the enterprise-level risk appetite forour key Net Liquidity Position (NLP) measure, secured and unsecured funding appetite, for both trading and structural activities, and risk appetite forenterprise pledging activity. Guidelines establish the tolerance for concentrations of maturities, requirements for diversifying counterparty liabilitiesand limits for business pledging activity. Guidelines have also been established for the size and type of uncommitted and committed credit andliquidity facilities that may be outstanding in order to ensure liquidity and funding risk is appropriately managed. An enterprise-wide contingency planthat will facilitate effective management in the event of a disruption is also in place. Early warning indicators identified in the contingency plan areregularly monitored to identify early signs of growing liquidity risk in the market or risks specific to BMO.

BMO subsidiaries include regulated and foreign legal entities and branches, and as a result, movements of funds between companies in thecorporate group are subject to, among other things, the liquidity, funding and capital adequacy requirements of the subsidiaries. As such, liquidity andfunding positions are managed on both a consolidated and key legal entity basis. Liquidity and funding risk management policies and limits are inplace for key legal entities which are informed by the legal and regulatory requirements that apply to each entity, and positions are regularlyreviewed at the legal entity level to ensure compliance with applicable requirements.

BMO employs fund transfer pricing and liquidity transfer pricing practices in order to ensure the appropriate economic signals for the pricing ofproducts for customers are provided to the lines of business and to assess the performance of each business. These practices capture both the cost offunding assets and the value of deposits under normal operating conditions, as well as the cost of supplemental liquid assets held to supportcontingent liquidity requirements.

Liquidity and Funding Risk MeasurementA key component of liquidity risk management is the measurement of liquidity risk under stress. BMO uses the NLP as a key measure of liquidity risk.The NLP represents the amount by which liquid assets exceed potential funding needs under a severe combined enterprise-specific and systemicstress scenario. Potential funding needs may arise from obligations to repay retail, commercial and wholesale deposits that are withdrawn or notrenewed, fund drawdowns on available credit and liquidity lines, or the requirement to pledge collateral due to ratings downgrades or as a result ofmarket volatility, as well as the continuing need to fund assets and strategic investments. Potential funding needs are quantified by applying factorsto various business activities based on management’s view of the relative liquidity risk of each activity. These factors vary by depositor classification(e.g., retail, small business, non-financial corporate or wholesale counterparties) and deposit type (e.g., insured, uninsured, operational or non-operational deposits), as well as by commitment type (e.g., uncommitted or committed credit or liquidity facilities by counterparty type). The stressscenario also considers the time horizon over which liquid assets can be monetized and the related haircuts that may occur as a result of marketstress. These funding needs are assessed under severe systemic and enterprise-specific stress scenarios and a combination thereof. BMO focuses onmaintaining a Net Liquidity Position sufficient to withstand each scenario.

Stress testing results are compared against BMO’s stated risk tolerance and are considered in management decisions on setting limits orguidelines and internal liquidity transfer pricing, and they also help to shape the design of business plans and contingency plans. The Liquidity andFunding Risk Management Framework is also integrated with enterprise-wide stress testing.

In addition to the NLP, we regularly monitor positions against the limits and guidelines noted in the Liquidity and Funding Risk Managementsection above. This includes required regulatory metrics such as the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and Net Cumulative Cash Flow (NCCF).

Unencumbered Liquid AssetsUnencumbered liquid assets include high-quality assets that are marketable, can be pledged as security for borrowings, and can be converted tocash in a time frame that meets our liquidity and funding requirements. Liquid assets are primarily held in our trading businesses, as well as insupplemental liquidity pools that are maintained for contingent liquidity risk management purposes. The amounts of liquidity recognized for different



MD&


asset classes under our management framework are subject to haircuts reflecting management’s view of the liquidity value of those assets in a stressscenario. Liquid assets in the trading businesses include cash on deposit with central banks and short-term deposits with other financial institutions,highly-rated debt and equity securities and short-term reverse repurchase agreements. Supplemental liquidity pool assets are predominantlycomprised of cash on deposit with central banks and securities and short-term reverse repurchase agreements of highly-rated Canadian federal andprovincial and U.S. federal government and agency debt. Substantially all supplemental liquidity pool assets meet the definition of liquid assets underBasel III. Approximately 75% of the supplemental liquidity pool is held at the parent bank level in Canadian- and U.S.-dollar-denominated assets, withthe majority of the remaining supplemental liquidity pool held at BMO Harris Bank in U.S.-dollar-denominated assets. The size of the supplementalliquidity pool is highly integrated with our measurement of liquidity risk, as its size is calibrated to meet the potential funding needs, outside of ourtrading businesses, in the parent bank and BMO Harris Bank and to meet BMO’s target NLP for each entity. To meet local regulatory requirements,certain of our legal entities maintain their own minimum liquidity positions. There may be legal and regulatory restrictions on our ability to use liquidassets held in one legal entity to support the liquidity requirements of another legal entity.

In the ordinary course of business, BMO may encumber a portion of cash and securities holdings as collateral in support of trading activities andour participation in clearing and payment systems in Canada and abroad. In addition, BMO may receive liquid assets as collateral and may re-pledgethese assets in exchange for cash or as collateral for trading activities. Net unencumbered liquid assets, defined as on-balance sheet assets such asBMO-owned cash and securities and securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements, plus other off-balance sheet eligible collateralreceived, less collateral encumbered, totalled $188.5 billion at October 31, 2015, compared with $171.0 billion at October 31, 2014. The increase inunencumbered liquid assets was primarily due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. Net unencumbered liquid assets are primarily held at theparent bank level, at our U.S. legal entity BMO Harris Bank, and in our Canadian and international broker/dealer operations. In addition to liquidassets, BMO has access to the Bank of Canada’s lending assistance programs, the Federal Reserve Bank discount window in the United States andEuropean Central Bank standby liquidity facilities. We do not consider central bank facilities to be a source of available liquidity when assessing BMO’sliquidity position.

In addition to cash and securities holdings, BMO may also pledge other assets, including mortgages and loans, to raise long-term securedfunding. As part of the Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework, a Pledging of Assets Corporate Policy is in place that sets out theframework and pledging limits for financial and non-financial assets.

BMO’s total encumbered assets and unencumbered liquid assets are summarized in the table below. See Note 26 on page 192 of the financialstatements for further information on pledged assets.

Liquid Assets

As at October 31, 2015As at October 31,

2014


Carryingvalue/on-

balance sheetassets (1)

Other cash andsecurities received

Total grossassets (2)

Encumberedassets

Net unencumberedassets (3)

Net unencumberedassets (3)

Cash and cash equivalents 40,295 – 40,295 2,232 38,063 26,749Deposits with other banks 7,382 – 7,382 – 7,382 6,110Securities and securities borrowed or purchased under resale

agreementsSovereigns / Central banks / Multilateral development

banks 103,793 15,742 119,535 70,962 48,573 41,770Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage

obligations 19,371 1,179 20,550 2,194 18,356 16,046Corporate debt 17,584 6,332 23,916 1,472 22,444 24,026Corporate equity 58,236 17,897 76,133 40,733 35,400 41,600

Total securities and securities borrowed or purchased underresale agreements 198,984 41,150 240,134 115,361 124,773 123,442

NHA mortgage-backed securities (reported as loans atamortized cost) (4) 21,834 – 21,834 3,589 18,245 14,680

Total liquid assets 268,495 41,150 309,645 121,182 188,463 170,981

Other eligible assets at central banks (not included above) (5) 110,703 – 110,703 764 109,939 108,804Undrawn credit lines granted by central banks – – – – – –

Total liquid assets and other sources 379,198 41,150 420,348 121,946 298,402 279,785

(1) The carrying values outlined in this table are consistent with the carrying values in BMO’s balance sheet as at October 31, 2015.(2) Gross assets include on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets.(3) Net unencumbered liquid assets are defined as on-balance sheet assets, such as BMO-owned cash and securities and securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements, plus other

off-balance sheet eligible collateral received, less encumbered assets.(4) Under IFRS, NHA mortgage-backed securities that include mortgages owned by BMO as the underlying collateral are classified as loans. Unencumbered NHA mortgage-backed securities have liquidity

value and are included as liquid assets under BMO’s liquidity and funding management framework. This amount is shown as a separate line item, NHA mortgage-backed securities.(5) Represents loans currently lodged at central banks that could potentially be used to access central bank funding. Loans available for pledging as collateral do not include other sources of additional

liquidity that may be realized from the loan portfolio, including incremental securitization, covered bond issuances and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances.



MD&

A

Asset Encumbrance


Encumbered (2) Net unencumbered


Pledged ascollateral

Otherencumbered

Otherunencumbered (3)

Available ascollateral (4)

Cash and deposits with other banks 47,677 – 2,232 397 45,048Securities (5) 261,968 94,367 24,583 8,302 134,716Loans and acceptances 312,190 43,928 1,594 156,729 109,939Other assets

Derivative instruments 38,238 – – 38,238 –Premises and equipment 2,285 – – 2,285 –Goodwill 6,069 – – 6,069 –Intangible assets 2,208 – – 2,208 –Current tax assets 561 – – 561 –Deferred tax assets 3,162 – – 3,162 –Other assets 8,673 – – 8,673 –

Total other assets 61,196 – – 61,196 –

Total assets 683,031 138,295 28,409 226,624 289,703


Encumbered (2) Net unencumbered

As at October 31, 2014Pledged as

collateralOther

encumberedOther

unencumbered (3)Available ascollateral (4)

Cash and deposits with other banks 34,496 – 1,637 417 32,442Securities (5) 253,961 85,374 30,465 7,939 130,183Loans and acceptances 285,186 37,060 2,722 136,600 108,804Other assets

Derivative instruments 32,655 – – 32,655 –Premises and equipment 2,276 – – 2,276 –Goodwill 5,353 – – 5,353 –Intangible assets 2,052 – – 2,052 –Current tax assets 665 – – 665 –Deferred tax assets 3,019 – – 3,019 –Other assets 8,231 – – 8,231 –

Total other assets 54,251 – – 54,251 –

Total assets 627,894 122,434 34,824 199,207 271,429

(1) Gross assets include on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets.(2) Pledged as collateral refers to the portion of on-balance sheet assets and other cash and securities received that is pledged through repurchase agreements, securities lent, derivative contracts,

minimum required deposits at central banks and requirements associated with participation in clearing houses and payment systems. Other encumbered assets include assets which are restrictedfrom use for legal or other reasons, such as restricted cash and short sales.

(3) Other unencumbered assets include select liquid asset holdings that management believes are not readily available to support BMO’s liquidity requirements. These include cash and securities of$8.7 billion as at October 31, 2015, which include securities held in BMO’s insurance subsidiary and credit protection vehicle, significant equity investments, and certain investments held in ourmerchant banking business. Other unencumbered assets also include mortgages and loans that may be securitized to access secured funding.

(4) Loans included as available as collateral represent loans currently lodged at central banks that could potentially be used to access central bank funding. Loans available for pledging as collateral donot include other sources of additional liquidity that may be realized from the loan portfolio, including incremental securitization, covered bond issuances and FHLB advances.

(5) Includes securities, securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements and NHA mortgage-backed securities (reported as loans at amortized cost).

BMO’s LCR is summarized in the table on the following page. The average month-end LCR for the quarter ended October 31, 2015 of 130% iscalculated as the ratio of the stock of High-Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) to total net stressed cash outflows over the next 30 calendar days. Theaverage LCR ratio is up from 128% from last quarter mainly due to the increase in HQLA. While banks are required to maintain an LCR greater than100% in normal conditions, banks are also expected to be able to utilize their HQLA in a period of stress, which may result in an LCR below 100%during that period. BMO’s HQLA are primarily comprised of cash, highly-rated debt issued or backed by governments, highly-rated covered bonds andnon-financial corporate debt and non-financial equities that are part of a major stock index. Net cash flows include outflows from deposits, securedand unsecured wholesale funding, commitments and potential collateral requirements offset by permitted inflows from loans, securities lendingactivities and other non-HQLA debt maturing over a 30-day horizon. OSFI prescribed weights are applied to cash flows and HQLA to arrive at theweighted values and the LCR. The LCR is only one measure of a bank’s liquidity position and does not fully capture all of the bank’s liquid assets orthe funding alternatives that may be pursued in a period of stress. BMO’s total liquid assets are shown in the Liquid Assets table on page 106.



MD&


Liquidity Coverage Ratio

For the quarter ended October 31, 2015For the quarter ended

July 31, 2015

(Canadian $ in billions, except as noted)Total unweighted value

(average) (1) (2)Total weighted value

(average) (2) (3)Total weighted value

(average) (2) (3)

High-Quality Liquid AssetsTotal high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) * 134.6 125.8

Cash OutflowsRetail deposits and deposits from small business customers, of which: 142.2 8.3 8.0

Stable deposits 85.7 2.6 2.5Less stable deposits 56.5 5.7 5.5

Unsecured wholesale funding, of which: 138.0 78.0 79.3Operational deposits (all counterparties) and deposits in networks of cooperative

banks 59.9 14.9 14.2Non-operational deposits (all counterparties) 48.1 33.1 32.7Unsecured debt 30.0 30.0 32.4

Secured wholesale funding * 9.5 8.7Additional requirements, of which: 118.5 23.9 22.0

Outflows related to derivatives exposures and other collateral requirements 16.7 5.8 5.1Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products 3.1 3.1 3.1Credit and liquidity facilities 98.7 15.0 13.8

Other contractual funding obligations 0.9 – –Other contingent funding obligations 253.1 5.4 5.1

Total cash outflows * 125.1 123.1

Cash InflowsSecured lending (e.g. reverse repos) 93.1 11.9 12.5Inflows from fully performing exposures 7.7 5.6 7.4Other cash inflows 4.0 4.0 4.8

Total cash inflows 104.8 21.5 24.7

Total adjusted value (4) Total adjusted value (4)

Total HQLA 134.6 125.8Total net cash outflows 103.6 98.4

Liquidity Coverage Ratio (%) 130 128

* Disclosure is not required under the LCR disclosure standard.(1) Unweighted values are calculated at market value (for HQLA) or as outstanding balances maturing or callable within 30 days (for inflows and outflows).(2) Average calculated based on month-end values during the quarter.(3) Weighted values are calculated after the application of the weights prescribed under the OSFI Liquidity Adequacy Requirements (LAR) Guideline for HQLA and cash inflows and outflows.(4) Adjusted values are calculated based on total weighted values after applicable caps as defined by the LAR Guideline.

Funding StrategyOur funding philosophy requires that secured and unsecured wholesale funding used to support loans and less liquid assets must be longer term(typically maturing in two to ten years) to better match the term to maturity of these assets. Wholesale secured and unsecured funding for liquidtrading assets is generally shorter term (maturing in one year or less), is aligned with the liquidity of the assets being funded, and is subject tolimits on aggregate maturities that are permitted across different time periods. Supplemental liquidity pools are funded with a mix of wholesaleterm funding.

BMO maintains a large and stable base of customer deposits that, in combination with our strong capital base, is a source of strength. It supportsthe maintenance of a sound liquidity position and reduces our reliance on wholesale funding. Customer deposits totalled $261.9 billion at the end ofthe year, up from $238.7 billion in 2014, primarily due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and deposit growth. BMO also receives deposits tofacilitate certain trading activities, receives non-marketable deposits from corporate and institutional customers and issues structured notes primarilyto retail investors. These deposits and notes totalled $45.6 billion as at October 31, 2015.

Total wholesale funding outstanding, largely consisting of negotiable marketable securities, was $159.5 billion at October 31, 2015, with$42.4 billion sourced as secured funding and $117.1 billion sourced as unsecured funding. Wholesale funding outstanding increased from$143.8 billion at October 31, 2014, primarily due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. The mix and maturities of BMO’s wholesale term fundingare outlined in the table below. Additional information on deposit maturities can be found in Note 30 on page 198 of the financial statements.BMO maintains a sizeable portfolio of unencumbered liquid assets, totalling $188.5 billion as at October 31, 2015, that can be monetized to meetpotential funding requirements, as described in the Unencumbered Liquid Assets section above.

Diversification of our wholesale funding sources is an important part of our overall liquidity management strategy. BMO’s wholesale fundingactivities are well-diversified by jurisdiction, currency, investor segment, instrument and maturity profile. BMO maintains ready access to long-termwholesale funding through various borrowing programs, including a European Note Issuance Program, Canadian and U.S. Medium-Term Note Programs,Canadian and U.S. mortgage securitizations, Canadian credit card securitizations, covered bonds and Canadian and U.S. senior (unsecured) deposits.



MD&

A

BMO’s wholesale funding plan ensures sufficient funding capacity is available to execute business strategies. The funding plan considersexpected maturities, as well as asset and liability growth projected for our businesses in our forecasting and planning process, and assesses fundingneeds against available potential funding sources. The funding plan is reviewed annually by the RRC and is regularly updated during the year toincorporate actual results and updated forecast information.

2013 20142012

Customer Deposits-and-Capital-to-Customer-LoansRatio (%)

Customer Deposits($ billions)

Our large customer base and strong capital position reduce our reliance on wholesale funding.

Customer deposits provide a strong funding base.

2012 2015201420132015

94.6 94.5 94.798.6

204221

239262

Wholesale Funding Maturities (1)


Less than1 month

1 to 3months

3 to 6months

6 to 12months

Subtotalless than

1 year1 to 2years

Over2 years Total

Deposits from banks 415 576 917 819 2,727 975 – 3,702Certificates of deposit and commercial paper 5,753 29,143 17,349 5,547 57,792 360 – 58,152Bearer deposit notes 249 1,637 901 115 2,902 – – 2,902Asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) 1,406 1,829 2,131 – 5,366 – – 5,366Senior unsecured medium-term notes 1,308 2,131 1,212 8,195 12,846 10,636 20,210 43,692Senior unsecured structured notes (2) 17 476 30 199 722 153 2,115 2,990Covered bonds and securitizations

Mortgage securitizations – 789 – 1,321 2,110 2,781 12,197 17,088Covered bonds – 1,961 – – 1,961 2,615 8,038 12,614Credit card securitizations – – 437 1,538 1,975 1,135 1,101 4,211

Subordinated debt (3) – – – – – 602 5,050 5,652Other (4) – – – – – 1,308 1,798 3,106

Total 9,148 38,542 22,977 17,734 88,401 20,565 50,509 159,475

Of which:Secured 1,406 4,579 2,568 2,859 11,412 7,839 23,134 42,385Unsecured 7,742 33,963 20,409 14,875 76,989 12,726 27,375 117,090

Total (5) 9,148 38,542 22,977 17,734 88,401 20,565 50,509 159,475

(1) Wholesale unsecured funding refers to funding through the issuance of marketable, negotiable instruments. Wholesale funding excludes repo transactions and bankers’ acceptances, which aredisclosed in the contractual maturity table in Note 30 on page 198 of the financial statements, and excludes ABCP issued by certain ABCP conduits that are not consolidated for financial reportingpurposes.

(2) Primarily issued to institutional investors.(3) Includes certain subordinated debt instruments reported as deposits or other liabilities for accounting purposes. Subordinated debt is reported in this table in accordance with recommended Enhanced

Disclosure Task Force disclosures.(4) Refers to Federal Home Loan Banks advances.(5) Total wholesale funding consists of Canadian-dollar-denominated funding of $47.5 billion and U.S.-dollar and other foreign-denominated funding of $112 billion as at October 31, 2015.



MD&


Regulatory DevelopmentsOSFI’s Liquidity Adequacy Requirements Guideline outlines the approach and methodology for a number of liquidity metrics and tools used to monitorand assess the adequacy of Canadian banks’ liquidity, including the LCR, NCCF and others. The LCR and NCCF were implemented in January 2015.The Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) was finalized by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in 2015 and is expected to come into force onJanuary 1, 2018.

As mentioned on page 71 in the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section, in August 2014, Canada’s Department of Finance issued aconsultation paper on a Canadian bank resolution framework, including bail-in and Higher Loss Absorbency requirements. The Enterprise-Wide CapitalManagement section also discusses the recently released new rules proposed by the Federal Reserve Board for Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC)and the Financial Stability Board final standard for TLAC for Global Systemically Important Banks.

Credit RatingsThe credit ratings assigned to BMO’s short-term and senior long-term debt securities by external rating agencies are important in the raising of bothcapital and funding to support our business operations. Maintaining strong credit ratings allows us to access capital markets at competitive pricinglevels. Should our credit ratings experience a material downgrade, our costs of funding would likely increase significantly and our access to fundingand capital through capital markets could be limited. A material downgrade of our ratings could have additional consequences, including those set outin Note 8 on page 156 of the financial statements.

The credit ratings assigned to BMO’s senior debt by rating agencies are indicative of high-grade, high-quality issues. Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s(S&P) and DBRS have a negative outlook on the ratings of BMO and other Canadian banks in response to the federal government’s proposed bail-inregime for senior unsecured debt, while Fitch has a stable outlook on BMO’s long-term credit ratings.

As at October 31, 2015

Rating agency Short-term debtSenior long-term debt

Subordinateddebt (1) Outlook

Moody’s P-1 Aa3 A3 NegativeS&P A-1 A+ BBB+ NegativeFitch F1+ AA- A+ StableDBRS R-1 (high) AA AA (low) Negative

(1) As at October 31, 2015, NVCC subordinated debt is rated Baa1 by Moody’s, BBB by S&P and A(low) by DBRS.


MD&

A

Operational RiskOperational risk is the potential for loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, human interactions or externalevents, but excludes business risk.

BMO is exposed to potential losses arising from a variety of operational risks, including process failure, theft and fraud, regulatory non-compliance,business disruption, information security breaches and exposure related to outsourcing, as well as damage to physical assets. Operational risk isinherent in all our business activities, including the processes and controls used to manage all of the risks we face. While operational risk can neverbe fully eliminated, it can be managed to reduce exposure to financial loss, reputational harm or regulatory sanctions.

Operational Risk GovernanceOperational risk management is governed by a robust committee structure supported by a comprehensive set of policies, standards and operatingguidelines. The Operational Risk Committee (ORC), a sub-committee of the RMC, is the main decision-making committee for all operational riskmanagement matters and has responsibility for the oversight of operational risk strategy, management and governance. The ORC provides advice andguidance to the lines of business on operational risk assessments, measurement and mitigation, and related monitoring of change initiatives. The ORCalso oversees the development of policies, standards and operating guidelines that give effect to the governing principles of the Operational RiskManagement Framework (ORMF). These governance documents incorporate industry leading practices and are reviewed on a regular basis to ensurethey are current and consistent with our risk appetite.

Regular analysis and reporting of our enterprise operational risk profile to the various committees (ORC, RMC and RRC) are important elements ofour ORMF. Enterprise reporting provides an integrated view of top and emerging risks, trends in loss data, capital consumption, key risk indicators andoperating group portfolio profiles. We continue to invest in our reporting platforms to support timely and comprehensive reporting capabilities thatenhance risk transparency and facilitate the proactive management of operational risk exposures.

Operational Risk ManagementThe ORMF defines the processes we use to identify, measure, manage, mitigate, monitor and report key operational risk exposures. A primaryobjective of the ORMF is to ensure that our operational risk profile is consistent with our risk appetite and supported by adequate capital. Executingour ORMF strategy also involves continuing to embed our risk culture by promoting greater awareness and understanding of operational risk withinour first line of defence through training and communication. In addition, we continue to invest in resources to further strengthen our second line ofdefence capabilities.

Consistent with the management of risk across the organization, we employ the three lines of defence approach to operational risk.The operating groups, as the first line of defence, are responsible for the day-to-day management of operational risk in a manner consistent withour enterprise-wide principles. Independent risk management oversight is provided by the Operational Risk Management function, Corporate Supportareas and Operational Risk Officers (OROs). OROs independently assess group operational risk profiles, identify material exposures and potentialweaknesses in controls, and recommend appropriate mitigation strategies and actions as the second line of defence. The Corporate Audit Divisionverifies our adherence to policies and procedures and highlights opportunities to strengthen our process as the third line of defence. CorporateSupport areas develop tools and processes for the management of specific operational risks across the enterprise. Corporate Operational RiskManagement establishes the ORMF and the necessary governance framework, with the operating group CROs providing governance and oversightfor their respective business units.

The key programs, methodologies and processes we have developed to support the framework are highlighted below:‰ Risk Control Assessment (RCA) is an established process used by our operating groups to identify the key risks associated with their businesses and

the controls required for risk mitigation. The RCA process provides a forward-looking view of the impact of the business environment and internalcontrols on operating group risk profiles, enabling the proactive prevention, mitigation and management of risk. On an aggregate basis, RCA resultsalso provide an enterprise-level view of operational risks relative to risk appetite, so that key risks can be appropriately managed and mitigated.

‰ Process Risk Assessment (PRA) provides a deeper insight in identifying key risks and controls in our business processes and can span multiplebusiness units. The PRA process enables a greater understanding of our key processes, which facilitates more effective oversight and ensures risksare appropriately mitigated.

‰ BMO’s initiative assessment and approval process is used to assess, document and approve qualifying initiatives when new business, services andproducts are developed or existing services and products are enhanced. The process ensures that due diligence, approval, monitoring and reportingrequirements are appropriately addressed at all levels of the organization.

‰ Key Risk Indicators (KRIs) provide an early indication of any adverse changes in risk exposure. Operating groups and Corporate Support areasidentify metrics related to their material operational risks. These KRIs are used in monitoring operational risk profiles and their overall relation toour risk appetite, and are linked to thresholds that trigger management action.

‰ Internal loss data serves as an important means of assessing our operational risk exposure and identifying opportunities for future risk preventionmeasures. Under this process, internal loss data is analyzed and benchmarked against external data. Material trends are regularly reported to theORC, RMC and RRC to ensure preventative and corrective action can be taken where appropriate. BMO is a member of the Operational Risk DataExchange Association, the American Bankers Association and other international and national associations of banks that share loss data informationanonymously to assist in risk identification, assessment and modelling.

‰ BMO’s operational risk management training programs ensure employees are qualified and equipped to execute the ORMF strategy consistently,effectively and efficiently.

‰ Effective business continuity management ensures that we have the capability to sustain, manage and recover critical operations and processesin the event of a business disruption, thereby minimizing any adverse effects on our customers and other stakeholders.

‰ BMO’s Corporate Risk & Insurance team provides a second level of mitigation for certain operational risk exposures. We purchase insurance inamounts that are expected to provide adequate protection against unexpected material loss and where insurance is required by law, regulationor contractual agreement.


MD&


BMO uses the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA), a risk-sensitive capital model, along with the Standardized Approach under OSFI rules, todetermine capital requirements for managing operational risk. The AMA Capital Model uses a loss distribution approach along with the four elementsrequired to support the measurement of our operational risk exposure. Internal loss data and external loss data are used as inputs to our AMA CapitalModel, and are grouped based on attributes into cells which include operating group, business activity or event type. Minimum enterprise operationalrisk capital is determined at a specific upper confidence limit of the enterprise total loss distribution (99.9% quantile for regulatory capital and 99.95%quantile for Economic Capital). Business Environment and Internal Control Factors are used for post-modelling adjustments, and these are subject toregular review in order to identify and understand risk drivers and to ensure consistency in application across the organization. Scenarios are usedto verify the distributions and correlations used to model capital and to provide management with a better understanding of low-frequency,high-severity events and to assess enterprise preparedness for events that could create risks that exceed our risk appetite. We also use scenarioanalysis as part of our stress testing program, which measures the potential impact of plausible operational events on our operations and capital,and allows us to manage tail risk exposure to low-frequency, high-severity events and to validate operational risk capital adequacy.

Model RiskModel risk is the potential for adverse consequences following decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. These adverseconsequences can include financial loss, poor business decision-making or damage to reputation.

Models are quantitative tools that apply statistical, economic and other quantitative techniques and assumptions to process input data intoquantitative estimates. BMO uses models that range from very simple models for straightforward estimates to highly sophisticated models that valuecomplex transactions or provide a broad range of forward-looking estimates.

The outputs from these models are used to inform business, risk and capital management decision-making and to assist in making daily lending,trading, underwriting, funding, investment and operational decisions. For example, BMO uses models as a core risk management tool, to measureexposure to specific risks through stress testing, to value and price transactions, to evaluate credit, market and operational risk regulatory capitalrequirements and to measure risks on an integrated basis using Economic Capital.

Quantitative tools provide important insights and are beneficial when used within a framework to control and mitigate model risk. In addition toapplying judgment to evaluate the reliability of model outputs, BMO mitigates model risk by maintaining strong controls over the development,validation, implementation and use of models across all model categories.

Model Risk ManagementRisk is inherent in models because model outputs are estimates that rely on statistical techniques and data to simulate reality. Model risk also arisesfrom potential misuse. Model risk is governed at BMO by the enterprise-wide Model Risk Management Framework, which operates throughout themodel life cycle.

Model Identificationand Design

Implementation

DataManagement

ModelDevelopment

ModelValidation

8

OutcomesAnalysis

1

Model Use &Monitoring Model Development & Validation

5

7

OngoingMonitoring

6

2

ModelLife Cycle

3

4

Model Governance

Model Use

This framework sets out end-to-end model risk governance throughout the model life cycle and helps to ensure that model risk remainsconsistent with BMO’s enterprise-wide risk appetite. The framework includes BMO’s Model Risk Corporate Policy, Model Risk Corporate Standard andModel Risk Guidelines, which outline explicit principles for managing model risk, detail model risk processes and clearly define the roles andresponsibilities of all stakeholders throughout the model life cycle. Model owners, developers and users are the first line of defence, model validatorsand the Model Governance group are the second line of defence, and Corporate Audit Division is the third line of defence.

The Model Governance group is responsible for the administration of the Model Risk Management Framework, the effectiveness of our modelprocesses and the overall management of model risk. The Model Risk Management Committee, a cross-functional group representing all keystakeholders across the enterprise (model owners, users, developers and validators and the Model Governance group), meets regularly to help directthe bank’s use of models, to oversee the development, implementation and maintenance of the Model Risk Management Framework and to discussrequirements governing the enterprise’s models.


MD&

A

Model Development and ValidationModels are developed, implemented and used to meet specific business objectives, including applicable regulatory requirements. Model owners, inconsultation with model developers and other stakeholders, determine the design, objectives, intended use and desired functionality of models, andhave overall responsibility for ensuring models comply with bank policies and approved terms of use. Model developers assist the model owners byproposing model solutions, identifying data availability and limitations and developing and implementing models for their intended purposes.They do so by engaging model owners and other key stakeholders in the development and implementation processes, and by evaluating anddocumenting alternatives and model characteristics, outputs, strengths and weaknesses. Our independent Model Validation group reviews modeldevelopment outputs to evaluate whether a proposed model is conceptually and statistically sound, achieves its objectives and is fit for its intendeduse without creating material model risk. Observations are made to guide model owners, users and developers, remediation of material deficienciesmay be required and unless an exception is obtained in accordance with bank policy, approval from our Model Validation group is required before amodel is used.

Model Use and MonitoringModel owners and other model users are accountable for using the models appropriately for business decision-making and for the proper care andmaintenance of models throughout the model life cycle. The development and validation processes provide guidance to ensure that models can beused effectively within an appropriate range of use, that model limitations are known and that model risk mitigants are implemented. When in use,models are subject to ongoing monitoring, including outcomes analysis and periodic reviews. Ongoing monitoring and outcomes analysis are part ofevaluation processes to confirm the continuing validity and adequate performance of each model over time. These techniques and other controls areused to mitigate potential issues and to help ensure continuing acceptable model performance. All models in use are subject to periodic scheduledreviews, with the frequency based on a model’s risk rating, and to earlier reviews if business judgment, triggers or other ongoing monitoring toolsindicate that model performance may be inadequate. Scheduled reviews require the model owner and developers to assess a model’s continuingsuitability for use and such assessment is subject to independent review by our Model Validation group.

Model Validation, Outcome Analysis and Back-TestingOnce the models are validated, approved and in use, they are subject to ongoing validation, which includes ongoing monitoring and outcomesanalysis. As a key component of the outcomes analysis, back-testing measures model outputs against actual observed outcomes. This analysis is usedto confirm the validity and performance of each model over time, and helps to ensure that appropriate controls are in place to address identifiedissues and enhance a model’s overall performance.

Credit Risk – The Credit Risk Model Validation Guidelines are an important subset of BMO’s Model Risk Corporate Policy. These guidelines include clearand detailed requirements for the back-testing of all credit risk rating models.

The process for back-testing the Probability of Default (PD) model computation includes comparing PD estimates generated by credit risk modelsagainst the actual or realized default rates across all obligor ratings. This process also includes testing for statistical evidence that default ratesaccurately capture sampling variability over time.

The comprehensive validation of a risk rating system involves various prescribed tests and analyses that measure discriminatory power,calibration and dynamic properties, with support from migration analysis. Additional tests or analyses are used to validate borrower risk rating gradesand probability of default.

As with any analysis, judgment is applied in determining various factors, such as data limitations, which may affect the overall relevance of agiven validation approach or interpretation of statistical analysis. Similar back-testing is applied to the Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure atDefault (EAD) model computations.

Annual validations of all material models in use are conducted to ensure they perform as intended and to confirm they continue to be fit for use.An annual review includes a qualitative assessment conducted by model developers and a quantitative validation conducted by the Model Validationgroup, with all conclusions reported to senior management.

Trading and Underwriting Market Risk – All internal models used to calculate regulatory capital and Economic Capital for trading and underwritingmarket risk have their Value at Risk (VaR) results back-tested regularly. The bank’s internal VaR model is back-tested daily, and the one-day 99%confidence level VaR at the local and consolidated BMO levels is compared against the realized theoretical Profit & Loss (P&L) calculation, which is thedaily change in portfolio value that would occur if the portfolio composition remained unchanged. If the theoretical P&L is negative and its absolutevalue is greater than the previous day’s VaR, a back-testing exception occurs. Each exception is investigated, explained and documented, and theback-testing results are reviewed by the Board and our regulators. This process monitors the quality and accuracy of the internal VaR model resultsand assists in refining overall risk measurement procedures.

Structural Market Risk – Back-testing of our structural market risk models is performed monthly and reported quarterly. For products with ascheduled term, such as mortgages and term deposits, the model-predicted prepayments or redemptions are compared against the actual outcomesobserved. For products without a scheduled term, such as credit card loans and chequing accounts, the modelled balance run-off profiles arecompared against actual balance trends.

The variances between model predictions and the actual outcomes experienced are measured against pre-defined risk materiality thresholds.To ensure variances are within the tolerance range, actions such as model review and parameter recalibration are taken. Performance is assessedby analyzing model overrides and tests conducted during model development, such as back-testing and sensitivity testing.


MD&


Insurance RiskInsurance risk is the potential for risk of loss due to actual experience being different from that assumed when an insurance product wasdesigned and priced. It generally entails inherent unpredictability that can arise from assuming long-term policy liabilities or from the uncertaintyof future events. Insurance risk is inherent in all our insurance products, including annuities and life, accident and sickness, and creditorinsurance, as well as in our reinsurance business.

Insurance risk consists of:‰ Claims risk – the risk that the actual magnitude or frequency of claims will differ from those assumed in the pricing or underwriting process,

including mortality risk, morbidity risk, longevity risk and catastrophe risk;‰ Policyholder behaviour risk – the risk that the behaviour of policyholders related to premium payments, withdrawals or loans, policy lapse and

surrenders, and other voluntary terminations will differ from the behaviour assumed in the pricing calculations; and‰ Expense risk – the risk that actual expenses associated with acquiring and administering policies and processing claims will exceed the expenses

assumed in the pricing calculations.

BMO’s risk governance practices ensure effective independent oversight and control of risk within the insurance business. BMO’s Insurance RiskManagement Framework comprises the identification, assessment, management and reporting of risks. The framework includes: the risk appetitestatement and key risk metrics; insurance risk policies and processes, including limits; capital requirements; stress testing; risk reports; and the OwnRisk and Solvency Assessment. All of these are overseen by internal risk committees and the insurance companies’ Boards of Directors. The InsuranceRisk Management Committee for BMO Insurance oversees and reports on risk management activities on a quarterly basis to the insurance companies’Boards of Directors. Senior management within the various lines of business is responsible for managing insurance risk, with oversight provided bythe CRO, BMO Insurance, who reports to the CRO, Wealth Management.

A robust product approval process is a cornerstone of the framework for identifying, assessing and mitigating risks associated with newinsurance products or changes to existing products. This process, combined with guidelines and practices for underwriting and claims management,promotes the effective identification, measurement and management of insurance risk. Reinsurance, which involves transactions that transferinsurance risk to independent reinsurance companies, is also used to manage our exposure to insurance risk by diversifying risk and limiting claims.

Legal and Regulatory RiskLegal and regulatory risk is the potential for loss or harm that arises from legislation, contracts, non-contractual rights and obligations, anddisputes. This includes the risks of failing to: comply with the law (in letter or in spirit) or maintain standards of care; implement legislative orregulatory requirements; enforce or comply with contractual terms; assert non-contractual rights; effectively manage disputes; and act in amanner so as to maintain our reputation.

BMO’s success relies in part on our ability to prudently manage our exposure to legal and regulatory risk. The financial services industry is highlyregulated, and we anticipate more intense scrutiny from our supervisors in the oversight process and strict enforcement of regulatory requirementsas governments and regulators around the world continue major reforms intended to strengthen the stability of the financial system. The currentenvironment is one in which banks globally have recently been subject to fines of unprecedented levels in relation to a number of regulatory andmarket conduct issues. As rulemaking and supervisory expectations evolve, we are monitoring developments to enable BMO to respond to andimplement any required changes.

Under the direction of the General Counsel, the Legal and Compliance Group (LCG) maintains enterprise-wide frameworks that serve to identify,measure, manage, monitor and report on legal and regulatory risk. LCG also works with operating groups and Corporate Support areas to identifylegal and regulatory requirements, trends and potential risks, recommend mitigation strategies and actions, and oversee litigation involving BMO.Another area of focus for legal and compliance risk management and operating groups is the oversight of fiduciary risk related to BMO’s businessesthat provide products or services giving rise to fiduciary duties to clients. Of particular importance are the policies and practices that address theresponsibilities of a business to a client, including service requirements and expectations, client suitability determinations, and disclosure obligationsand communications.

Physical protection and protecting our employees, customers, information and assets from criminal risk, including acts by employees againstBMO, external parties acting against BMO and acts by external parties using BMO to engage in unlawful conduct such as fraud, theft, violence,cyber-crime, bribery, and corruption, is a top priority. The management of criminal risk at BMO has been transformed through the implementation ofa robust Criminal Risk Management Framework, which prevents, detects, responds to and reports on criminal risk using a three-lines-of-defenceapproach and through enhanced centralized management and oversight.

As governments around the world seek to curb corruption to counter its negative effects on political stability, sustainable economic development,international trade and investment and in other areas, BMO’s Anti-Corruption Office, through its global program and framework, has articulated thekey principles and activities required to oversee compliance with anti-corruption legislation in jurisdictions where BMO operates, including providingguidance so that corrupt practices can be identified and avoided and ensuring that allegations of corrupt activity are rigorously investigated.

Under the direction of the Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer, the Anti-Money Laundering Office is responsible for the governance, oversightand assessment of the principles and procedures established by the enterprise to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements and riskparameters related to anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing and sanctions measures. International regulators continue to focus onanti-money laundering and other related measures, to heighten their expectations concerning the quality and efficacy of anti-money launderingand related programs and to penalize institutions that fail to meet these expectations.

All of these frameworks reflect the three-lines-of-defence operating model described previously. The operating groups and Corporate Supportareas manage day-to-day risks in compliance with corporate policies and standards, while LCG teams specifically aligned with each of the operatinggroups provide advice and independent legal and regulatory risk management oversight.


MD&

A

Heightened regulatory and supervisory scrutiny has had a significant impact on how we conduct business. Working with the operating groupsand other Corporate Support areas, LCG continues to diligently assess and analyze the implications of regulatory changes, and devotes substantialresources to implementing the systems and processes required to comply with new regulations while also helping the operating groups meet BMOcustomers’ needs and demands.

We continue to respond to other global regulatory developments, including capital and liquidity requirements under the Basel Committee onBanking Supervision (BCBS) global standards (Basel III), over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives reform, consumer protection measures and specificfinancial reforms, such as the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank). For additional discussion on regulatorydevelopments relating to capital management and liquidity and funding risk, please refer to the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section startingon page 70 and the Liquidity and Funding Risk section starting on page 105.

Cross-Border Resolution and Bail-in – As mentioned on page 71 in the Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section, in August 2014, Canada’sDepartment of Finance issued a consultation paper on a Canadian bank resolution framework, including bail-in and Higher Loss Absorbencyrequirements. The Enterprise-Wide Capital Management section also discusses the recently released new rules proposed by the Federal Reserve Boardfor Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) and the Financial Stability Board final standard for TLAC for Global Systemically Important Banks.

Dodd-Frank – Dodd-Frank reforms include heightened consumer protection, revised regulation of the OTC derivatives markets, restrictions onproprietary trading and the ownership and sponsorship of private investment funds by banks and their affiliates (referred to as the Volcker Rule),imposition of heightened prudential standards and broader application of leverage and risk-based capital requirements. Dodd-Frank rulemaking willcontinue over the next several years. The conformance date for the Volcker Rule, which prohibits banking entities active in the United States and theiraffiliates from certain proprietary trading and specified relationships with private investment funds, was July 21, 2015. U.S. regulators previouslyextended until July 21, 2016, the time that banking entities have to conform their investments in and relationships with private investment funds inplace before December 31, 2013. They also indicated that during the course of 2015 they would issue a further such conformance extension toJuly 21, 2017. BMO completed a significant review of our operations and developed policies and procedures to meet the July 21, 2015 deadline.We now have systems in place to assess, monitor, and report on Volcker Rule compliance across the enterprise. In addition, under Dodd-Frank, mostOTC derivatives are now subject to a comprehensive regulatory regime. Certain derivatives are now required to be centrally cleared and traded on anexchange and are subject to reporting and business conduct requirements. In Canada, OTC derivative transactions must now be reported todesignated trade repositories. Capital and margin requirements relating to derivatives are currently being considered by international regulators, andmargin requirements for non-centrally cleared derivatives have been adopted by U.S. regulators. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)has adopted rules for security-based swap dealers and other participants in the security-based swap market, including registration requirements. Thedate or dates for registration, which depend on additional SEC rulemaking, have not been set. BMO is preparing for the impact of such requirements.

Indirect Auto Lenders – The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, which enforces certain U.S. federal consumer finance laws, is closely scrutinizingindirect auto lenders to focus on compliance, including with fair lending laws.

Regulatory Capital Rule Changes – In an effort to increase the comparability of capital requirements and to ensure minimum levels of capital acrossthe banking system, BCBS is considering a standardized approach for credit, market and operational risk-weighted assets, including new capital floorsbased on revised standardized approaches. The current expectation is that the approaches will be settled on during 2016. BCBS is also completing afundamental review of the trading book risk-weighted assets and released a consultative paper in June 2015 that discussed the appropriate capital tobe held for interest rate risk in the banking book. Such changes, if implemented, along with the new impairment model based on expected creditlosses under IFRS 9, could have the effect of increasing the capital that we are required to hold.

FBO Rule – In February 2014, the Federal Reserve Board approved a final rule for strengthening supervision and regulation of foreign bankingorganizations (FBO Rule) that implements Dodd-Frank’s enhanced prudential standards and early remediation requirements for the U.S. operations ofnon-U.S. banks, such as BMO. The FBO Rule establishes new requirements relating to risk-based capital, leverage limits, liquidity standards, riskmanagement frameworks, concentration and credit exposure limits, resolution planning and credit exposure reporting. On December 29, 2014, wesubmitted to the Federal Reserve Board an outline of our implementation plan for meeting these requirements by the effective date (July 1, 2016).BMO is preparing for the impact of the FBO Rule on its operations.

Federal Budget Proposal – The 2015 Federal budget and the July 31, 2015 technical release proposed tax rules for synthetic equity arrangements(the 2015 Proposals). Assuming the new Federal government reintroduces the 2015 Proposals, these proposals would, in certain circumstances, denyany deduction for dividends that are paid or become payable after October 2015, unless the arrangement is grandfathered, in which case theproposed tax rules would apply to dividends paid or that become payable after April 2017. BMO is currently assessing the impact of this proposal,which has the potential to increase our effective tax rate.

Risk Governance Framework – In September 2014, the Office of the Comptroller of Currency issued guidelines that establish heightened standardsfor large national banks with average total consolidated assets of US$50 billion or more, including BMO Harris Bank N.A. The guidelines set forthminimum standards for the design and implementation of a bank’s risk governance framework and minimum standards for oversight of thatframework by a bank’s board of directors. The framework must ensure the bank’s risk profile is easily distinguished and separate from the parent forrisk management purposes. A bank’s board of directors is responsible for informed oversight of, and providing credible challenge to, management’srisk management recommendations and decisions. BMO is required to comply by April 2016, and is implementing a plan to prepare to comply withthis guidance.


MD&


The General Counsel and the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) regularly report to the ACRC of the Board and senior management on the effectiveness ofour Enterprise Compliance Program (ECP) which, using a risk-based approach, identifies, assesses and manages compliance with applicable legal andregulatory requirements. The ECP directs operating groups and Corporate Support areas to maintain compliance policies, procedures and controls tomeet these requirements. Under the direction of the CCO, LCG identifies and reports on gaps and deficiencies, and tracks remedial action plans. TheChief Anti-Money Laundering Officer also regularly reports to the ACRC.

All BMO employees are required to annually complete legal and regulatory training on topics such as anti-corruption, anti-money laundering andprivacy. This is done in conjunction with our Code of Conduct training, which tests employees’ knowledge and understanding of how they are requiredto behave as employees of BMO.

Business RiskBusiness risk arises from the specific business activities of a company and the effects these could have on its earnings.

Business risk encompasses the potential causes of earnings volatility that are distinct from credit, market or operational risk factors. The managementof business risk identifies and addresses factors related to the risk that volumes will decrease or margins will shrink without the company having theability to compensate for this decline by cutting costs.

BMO faces many risks that are similar to those faced by non-financial firms, principally that our profitability, and hence value, may be eroded bychanges in the business environment or by failures of strategy or execution. Sources of these risks include, but are not limited to, changing clientexpectations, adverse business developments and relatively ineffective responses to industry changes.

Within BMO, each operating group is responsible for controlling its respective business risk by assessing, managing and mitigating the risksarising from changes in business volumes and cost structures, among other factors.

Strategic RiskStrategic risk is the potential for loss due to fluctuations in the external business environment and/or failure to properly respond to thesefluctuations as a result of inaction, ineffective strategies or poor implementation of strategies.

Strategic risk arises from external risks inherent in the business environment within which BMO operates, as well as the risk of potential loss if BMOis unable to address those external risks effectively. While external strategic risks – including economic, geo-political, regulatory, technological, socialand competitive risks – cannot be controlled, the likelihood and magnitude of their impact can be mitigated through an effective strategic riskmanagement framework and certain of these risks, including economic, geo-political and regulatory risks, can be assessed through stress testing.

BMO’s Office of Strategic Management (OSM) oversees our strategic planning processes and works with the lines of business, along with Risk,Finance and other Corporate Support areas, to identify, monitor and mitigate strategic risk across the enterprise. Our rigorous strategic riskmanagement framework encourages a consistent approach to the development of strategies and incorporates financial information linked to financialcommitments.

The OSM works with the lines of business and key corporate stakeholders during the strategy development process to promote consistency andadherence to strategic management standards, including considering the results from stress testing as an input into strategic decision-making, asappropriate. The potential impacts of changes in the business environment, such as broad industry trends and the actions of competitors, areconsidered as part of this process and inform strategic decisions within each of our lines of business. Enterprise and group strategies are reviewedwith the Executive Committee and the Board of Directors annually in interactive sessions that challenge assumptions and strategies in the context ofcurrent and potential future business environments.

Performance objectives established through the strategic management process are monitored regularly and reported upon quarterly, using bothleading and lagging indicators of performance, so that strategies can be reviewed and adjusted where necessary. Regular strategic and financialupdates are also monitored closely to identify any significant emerging risk issues.

Reputation RiskReputation risk is the potential for a negative impact on BMO that results from the deterioration of BMO’s reputation. Potential negative impactsinclude revenue loss, a decline in customer loyalty, litigation, regulatory sanction or additional oversight, and a decline in BMO’s share price.

BMO’s reputation is one of its most valuable assets. By protecting and maintaining our reputation, we can increase shareholder value, reduce our costof capital and improve employee engagement and customer loyalty.

Our reputation is built on our commitment to high standards of business conduct and ethics.Rooted in our values, BMO’s Code of Conduct provides our employees and directors with guidance on expected behaviour and is the foundation

for an ethical culture.We believe that active, ongoing and effective management of reputation risk is best achieved by considering reputation risk issues in the

course of strategy development, strategic and operational implementation, and transactional or initiative decision-making, as well as in day-to-daydecision-making. Reputation risk is also managed through our corporate governance practices and enterprise risk management framework.

The Reputation Risk Management Committee reviews instances of significant or heightened reputation risk to BMO.


MD&

A

Environmental and Social RiskEnvironmental and social risk is the potential for loss or damage to BMO’s reputation resulting from environmental or social concerns related toBMO or its customers. Environmental and social risk is often associated with credit, operational and reputation risk.

In order to manage our business responsibly, we consider factors that can give rise to environmental or social risk. This consideration is embeddedin our Board-approved Code of Conduct. BMO’s Supplier Code of Conduct outlines the principles we expect our suppliers to uphold – our standardsfor integrity, fair dealing and sustainability. Environmental and social risk management activities are overseen by the Environmental, Social andGovernance (ESG) group and the Environmental Sustainability (ES) group, with support from our lines of business and other Corporate Support areas.BMO’s Sustainability Council, which is comprised of executives representing various areas of the organization, provides insight and guidance for ourenvironmental and social initiatives.

Environmental and social risk covers a broad spectrum of issues, such as climate change, biodiversity and ecosystem health, pollution, waste andthe unsustainable use of water and other resources, as well as risks to the livelihoods, health, rights and cultural heritage of communities. We workwith external stakeholders to understand the impact of our operations and financing decisions in the context of these issues, and we use thisunderstanding to determine the consequences for our businesses. As part of our enterprise risk management framework, we evaluate theenvironmental and social impact of our clients’ operations, as well as the impact of their industry sectors. Environmental and social risks associatedwith credit transactions are managed within BMO’s credit and counterparty risk management framework. BMO has also developed and implementedspecific financing guidelines on environmental and social risk for specific lines of business. Enhanced due diligence is applied to transactions withclients operating in environmentally sensitive industry sectors.

BMO applies the Equator Principles, a voluntary credit risk management framework for determining, assessing and managing environmental andsocial risk in project finance transactions. These principles have been integrated into our credit risk management framework. We are also a signatoryto and participate in the Carbon Disclosure Project, which provides corporate disclosure on greenhouse gas emissions and climate changemanagement.

BMO implemented ESG training for BMO Capital Markets employees as part of a program to instill a consistent understanding of environmentaland social risk across the enterprise. The training includes identification of emerging issues, an overview of BMO’s due diligence procedures and toolsto assist employees in identifying and managing environmental, social and governance risks. We review our environmental and social risk policiesand procedures on a periodic basis.

BMO is a signatory to the UN Principles for Responsible Investment, a framework designed to encourage sustainable investing through theintegration of ESG issues into investment, decision-making and ownership practices.

The ESG group is responsible for coordinating the development and maintenance of an enterprise-wide strategy to meet BMO’s overarchingenvironmental and social responsibilities. The ES group is responsible for establishing and maintaining an environmental management system that isaligned to ISO 14001, and for setting objectives and targets related to the bank’s own operations. BMO’s operating groups, Procurement and StrategicSourcing, and Corporate Real Estate are responsible for putting appropriate operating procedures in place. To ensure that we are informed ofemerging issues, we participate in global forums with our peers, maintain an open dialogue with our internal and external stakeholders, andcontinuously monitor and evaluate policy and legislative changes in the jurisdictions where we operate. We publicly report our environmental andsocial performance and targets in our annual Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Report and Public Accountability Statement (PAS), and onour Corporate Responsibility website. Selected environmental and social indicators in the ESG Report and PAS are assured by a third party.


Supp

lem

enta

lInf

orm

atio

nSUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Supplemental InformationCertain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation and for changes in accounting policies. Refer toNote 1 of the consolidated financial statements. In addition, on November 1, 2011, BMO’s financial statements have been reported in accordance withIFRS. Results for years prior to 2011 have not been restated and are presented in accordance with Canadian GAAP as defined at that time (CGAAP).

As a result of these changes, certain growth rates and compound annual growth rates (CAGR) may not be meaningful.

Adjusted results in this section are non-GAAP measures. Refer to the Non-GAAP Measures section on page 33.

Table 1: Shareholder Value and Other Statistical InformationAs at or for the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006

Market Price per Common Share ($)

High 84.39 85.71 73.90 61.29 63.94 65.71 54.75 63.44 72.75 70.24Low 64.01 67.04 56.74 53.15 55.02 49.78 24.05 35.65 60.21 56.86Close 76.04 81.73 72.62 59.02 58.89 60.23 50.06 43.02 63.00 69.45

Common Share DividendsDividends declared per share ($) 3.24 3.08 2.94 2.82 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.71 2.26Dividend payout ratio (%) 49.2 47.8 47.5 46.0 57.1 58.6 90.6 73.9 64.8 43.0Dividend yield (%) 4.3 3.8 4.0 4.8 4.8 4.6 5.6 6.5 4.3 3.3Dividends declared ($ millions) 2,087 1,991 1,904 1,820 1,690 1,571 1,530 1,409 1,354 1,133

Total Shareholder Return (%)

Five-year average annual return 9.5 15.5 17.0 4.2 1.9 5.9 1.8 0.9 14.2 19.1Three-year average annual return 13.5 16.7 11.5 10.8 17.4 4.5 (5.3) (5.6) 6.6 15.6One-year return (3.0) 17.1 28.8 5.2 2.4 26.4 25.1 (27.9) (5.8) 24.1

Common Share InformationNumber outstanding (in thousands)

End of year 642,583 649,050 644,130 650,730 639,000 566,468 551,716 504,575 498,563 500,726Average basic 644,916 645,860 648,476 644,407 591,403 559,822 540,294 502,062 499,950 501,257Average diluted 647,162 648,475 649,806 648,615 607,068 563,125 542,313 506,697 508,614 511,173

Number of shareholder accounts 53,481 55,610 56,241 59,238 58,769 36,612 37,061 37,250 37,165 38,360Book value per share ($) 56.31 48.18 43.22 39.41 36.76 34.09 31.95 32.02 28.29 28.89Total market value of shares ($ billions) 48.9 53.0 46.8 38.4 37.6 34.1 27.6 21.7 31.4 34.8Price-to-earnings multiple 11.6 12.8 11.8 9.7 12.2 12.7 16.3 11.4 15.3 13.5Price-to-adjusted earnings multiple 10.9 12.4 11.7 9.9 11.5 12.5 12.5 9.2 11.6 13.4Market-to-book value multiple 1.35 1.70 1.66 1.47 1.49 1.77 1.57 1.34 2.23 2.40

BalancesAs at assets 641,881 588,659 537,044 524,684 500,575 411,640 388,458 416,050 366,524 319,978Average daily assets 664,391 593,928 555,431 543,931 469,934 398,474 438,548 397,609 360,575 309,131Average daily net loans and acceptances 320,081 292,098 266,107 246,129 215,414 171,554 182,097 175,079 165,783 153,282

Return on Equity and AssetsReturn on equity (%) 12.5 14.0 14.9 15.9 15.1 14.9 9.9 13.0 14.4 19.2Adjusted return on equity (%) 13.3 14.4 15.0 15.5 16.0 15.0 12.9 16.2 19.0 19.3Return on average assets (%) 0.66 0.72 0.74 0.75 0.65 0.71 0.41 0.50 0.59 0.86Adjusted return on average assets (%) 0.70 0.74 0.75 0.73 0.68 0.71 0.52 0.61 0.78 0.87Return on average risk-weighted assets (%) (1) 1.84 1.85 1.93 1.96 1.70 1.74 0.97 1.07 1.20 1.71Adjusted return on average risk-weighted assets (%) (1) 1.96 1.91 1.94 1.92 1.79 1.76 1.25 1.32 1.58 1.71Average equity to average total assets (%) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04

Other Statistical InformationEmployees (2)

Canada 30,669 30,587 30,303 30,797 31,351 29,821 29,118 29,529 28,944 27,922United States 14,316 14,845 14,694 14,963 15,184 7,445 6,732 7,256 6,595 6,785Other 1,368 1,346 634 512 440 363 323 288 288 234

Total 46,353 46,778 45,631 46,272 46,975 37,629 36,173 37,073 35,827 34,941Bank branches

Canada 939 934 933 930 920 910 900 983 977 963United States 592 615 626 638 688 321 290 292 243 215Other 4 4 4 3 3 3 5 5 4 4

Total 1,535 1,553 1,563 1,571 1,611 1,234 1,195 1,280 1,224 1,182Automated banking machines

Canada 3,442 3,016 2,900 2,596 2,235 2,076 2,030 2,026 1,978 1,936United States 1,319 1,322 1,325 1,375 1,366 905 636 640 583 547

Total 4,761 4,338 4,225 3,971 3,601 2,981 2,666 2,666 2,561 2,483

2010 and prior based on CGAAP.

2011 has not been restated to reflect the new IFRS standards adopted in 2014. The adoption of new IFRS standards in 2015 only impacted our results prospectively.

(1) Beginning in 2008, return on average risk-weighted assets has been calculated under the Basel II guidelines; for all prior periods, return on average risk-weighted assets has been calculated using theBasel I methodology.

(2) Reflects full-time equivalent number of employees, comprising full-time and part-time employees and adjustments for overtime hours.


SupplementalInform

ation

Table 2: Summary Income Statement and Growth Statistics($ millions, except as noted)For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

5-yearCAGR

10-yearCAGR

Income Statement – Reported ResultsNet interest income 8,970 8,461 8,677 8,937 7,474 7.5 6.5Non-interest revenue 10,419 9,762 8,153 8,166 7,587 8.2 7.1

Revenue 19,389 18,223 16,830 17,103 15,061 7.9 6.8Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) (1) 1,254 1,505 767 1,174 1,118 4.1 22.0

Revenue, net of CCPB 18,135 16,718 16,063 15,929 13,943 8.2 6.3Provision for credit losses 612 561 587 764 1,212 nm nm

Non-interest expense 12,182 10,921 10,226 10,135 8,741 9.8 6.8

Income before provision for income taxes 5,341 5,236 5,250 5,030 3,990 8.4 4.8Provision for income taxes 936 903 1,055 874 876 nm 0.7

Net income 4,405 4,333 4,195 4,156 3,114 8.8 6.3

Attributable to bank shareholders 4,370 4,277 4,130 4,082 3,041 9.2 6.2Attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries 35 56 65 74 73 nm nm

Net income 4,405 4,333 4,195 4,156 3,114 8.8 6.3

Income Statement – Adjusted ResultsNet interest income 8,971 8,461 8,020 8,158 7,248 7.5 6.5Non-interest revenue 10,420 9,762 8,119 7,882 7,612 8.2 7.1

Revenue 19,391 18,223 16,139 16,040 14,860 7.9 6.8Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) (1) 1,254 1,505 767 1,174 1,118 4.1 22.0

Revenue, net of CCPB 18,137 16,718 15,372 14,866 13,742 8.2 6.3Provision for credit losses 612 561 357 470 1,108 nm nm

Non-interest expense 11,819 10,761 9,755 9,410 8,453 9.3 6.6

Income before provision for income taxes 5,706 5,396 5,260 4,986 4,181 9.6 5.2Provision for income taxes 1,025 943 1,037 927 906 8.2 (0.1)

Adjusted net income 4,681 4,453 4,223 4,059 3,275 9.9 7.0

Attributable to bank shareholders 4,646 4,397 4,158 3,985 3,202 9.8 6.9Attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries 35 56 65 74 73 nm nm

Adjusted net income 4,681 4,453 4,223 4,059 3,275 9.9 7.0

Earnings per Share (EPS) ($)

Basic 6.59 6.44 6.19 6.13 4.90 6.6 3.4Diluted 6.57 6.41 6.17 6.10 4.84 6.7 3.6Adjusted diluted 7.00 6.59 6.21 5.95 5.10 7.8 4.5

Year-over-Year Growth-Based Statistical Information (%)

Net income growth 1.7 3.3 0.9 33.5 8.0 na na

Adjusted net income growth 5.1 5.4 4.1 23.9 12.3 na na

Diluted EPS growth 2.5 3.9 1.1 26.0 1.9 na na

Adjusted diluted EPS growth 6.2 6.1 4.4 16.7 6.0 na na

Five-year and ten-year CAGR based on CGAAP in 2010 and 2005, respectively, and on IFRS in 2015. 2011 growth rates based on CGAAP in 2010 and IFRS in 2011.


(1) Beginning in 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue innon-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.




Supp

lem

enta

lInf

orm

atio


Table 3: Revenue and Revenue Growth($ millions, except as noted)For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

5-yearCAGR

10-yearCAGR

Net Interest Income 8,970 8,461 8,677 8,937 7,474 7.5 6.5Year-over-year growth (%) 6.0 (2.5) (2.9) 19.6 19.9 na na

Adjusted Net Interest Income 8,971 8,461 8,020 8,158 7,248 7.5 6.5Year-over-year growth (%) 6.0 5.5 (1.7) 12.6 16.2 na na

Net Interest Margin (1)

Average earning assets 579,471 528,786 485,191 461,018 404,195 11.8 9.1Net interest margin (%) 1.55 1.60 1.79 1.94 1.85 na na

Adjusted net interest margin (%) 1.55 1.60 1.65 1.77 1.79 na na

Canadian dollar net interest margin (%) 1.68 1.74 1.82 1.89 1.99 na na

U.S. dollar and other currencies net interest margin (%) 1.38 1.41 1.74 2.01 1.61 na na

Non-Interest RevenueSecurities commissions and fees 953 934 846 825 1,215 (2.4) (1.4)Deposit and payment service charges 1,077 1,002 916 929 834 6.1 3.9Trading revenues 987 949 849 1,025 549 14.4 7.1Lending fees 737 680 603 544 593 5.2 8.9Card fees 460 462 461 441 689 14.6 3.3Investment management and custodial fees 1,500 1,246 971 967 496 33.4 17.3Mutual fund revenues 1,385 1,073 832 665 633 20.3 12.2Underwriting and advisory fees 706 744 659 600 512 9.7 7.1Securities gains, other than trading 171 162 285 152 189 nm nm

Foreign exchange, other than trading 172 179 172 153 130 13.0 5.9Insurance income (2) 1,762 2,008 1,212 1,509 1,401 5.5 20.0Other revenues 509 323 347 356 346 17.8 1.6

Total Non-Interest Revenue 10,419 9,762 8,153 8,166 7,587 8.2 7.1Year-over-year growth (%) 6.7 19.7 (0.2) 7.6 7.9 na na

Non-interest revenue as a % of total revenue 53.7 53.6 48.4 47.7 50.4 na na

Adjusted Non-Interest Revenue 10,420 9,762 8,119 7,882 7,612 8.2 7.1Year-over-year adjusted non-interest revenue growth (%) 6.8 20.2 3.0 3.6 8.3 na na

Adjusted non-interest revenue as a % of total adjusted revenue 53.7 53.6 50.3 49.1 51.2 na na

Total Revenue 19,389 18,223 16,830 17,103 15,061 7.9 6.8Year-over-year total revenue growth (%) 6.4 8.3 (1.6) 13.6 13.5 na na

Total Revenue, net of CCPB (2) 18,135 16,718 16,063 15,929 13,943 8.2 6.3Year-over-year total revenue growth, net of CCPB (%) 8.5 4.1 0.8 14.2 13.9 na na

Total Adjusted Revenue 19,391 18,223 16,139 16,040 14,860 7.9 6.8Year-over-year total adjusted revenue growth (%) 6.4 12.9 0.6 7.9 12.0 na na

Total Adjusted Revenue, net of CCPB (2) 18,137 16,718 15,372 14,866 13,742 8.2 6.3Year-over-year total adjusted revenue growth, net of CCPB (%) 8.5 8.7 3.4 8.2 12.3 na na



(1) Net interest margin is calculated based on average earning assets.(2) Beginning in 2015, insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB) are reported separately. They were previously reported as a reduction in insurance revenue in

non-interest revenue. Prior period amounts and ratios have been reclassified.




SupplementalInform

ation

Table 4: Non-Interest Expense and Expense-to-Revenue Ratio($ millions, except as noted)For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

5-yearCAGR

10-yearCAGR

Non-Interest ExpenseEmployee compensation

Salaries 3,910 3,388 3,259 3,148 2,646 11.3 7.5Performance-based compensation 2,102 1,946 1,686 1,657 1,560 7.6 5.1Employee benefits 1,069 908 897 808 621 11.4 6.5

Total employee compensation 7,081 6,242 5,842 5,613 4,827 10.2 6.6

Premises and equipmentRental of real estate 462 415 416 400 360 7.7 8.9Premises, furniture and fixtures 287 261 377 368 310 1.3 1.2Property taxes 39 39 37 36 30 6.5 (1.5)Computers and equipment (1) 1,349 1,193 1,003 1,071 878 13.2 5.8

Total premises and equipment (1) 2,137 1,908 1,833 1,875 1,578 9.7 nm

Other expensesAmortization of intangible assets (1) 411 382 346 331 231 15.2 nm

Communications 314 289 291 301 259 6.5 10.0Business and capital taxes 45 39 39 46 51 (3.1) (8.4)Professional fees 595 622 527 593 624 8.2 9.4Travel and business development 605 542 514 491 382 12.1 9.4Other 994 897 834 885 789 7.8 7.0

Total other expenses 2,964 2,771 2,551 2,647 2,336 9.2 8.4

Total Non-Interest Expense 12,182 10,921 10,226 10,135 8,741 9.8 6.8Year-over-year total non-interest expense growth (%) 11.5 6.8 0.9 15.9 14.7 na na

Total Adjusted Non-Interest Expense 11,819 10,761 9,755 9,410 8,453 9.3 6.6Year-over-year total adjusted non-interest expense growth (%) 9.8 10.3 3.7 11.3 11.5 na na

Non-interest expense-to-revenue ratio (Efficiency ratio) (%) 62.8 59.9 60.8 59.3 58.0 na na

Adjusted non-interest expense-to-revenue ratio (Efficiency ratio) (%) 60.9 59.1 60.4 58.7 56.9 na na

Efficiency ratio, net of CCPB (2) 67.2 65.3 63.7 63.6 62.7 na na

Adjusted efficiency ratio, net of CCPB (2) 65.2 64.4 63.5 63.3 61.5 na na

Government Levies and Taxes (3)

Government levies other than income taxesPayroll levies 312 252 249 250 203 12.3 7.5Property taxes 39 39 37 36 30 6.5 (1.5)Provincial capital taxes 33 27 30 37 44 (6.1) (10.5)Business taxes 10 9 7 9 7 7.4 3.3Harmonized sales tax, GST and other sales taxes 319 273 262 249 235 16.9 9.7Sundry taxes 2 2 1 2 1 nm nm

Total government levies other than income taxes 715 602 586 583 520 12.2 5.2

Provision for income taxes 936 903 1,055 874 876 nm 0.7

Total Government Levies and Taxes 1,651 1,505 1,641 1,457 1,396 8.7 2.4

Total government levies and taxes as a % of income available to paygovernment levies and taxes 23.1 25.0 28.7 26.6 31.0 na na

Effective income tax rate (%) 17.5 17.2 20.1 17.4 22.0 na na

Adjusted effective income tax rate (%) 18.0 17.5 19.7 18.6 21.7 na na



(1) In 2009, we adopted new accounting requirements for intangible assets and reclassified certain computer equipment from premises and equipment to intangible assets. Computer and equipmentexpense and the amortization of intangible assets were restated, but not for years prior to 2007. As such, ten-year growth rates for these expense categories are not meaningful. Together, computerand equipment expense and the amortization of intangible assets increased at a compound annual growth rate of 6.5% over ten years. Together, total premises and equipment expense and theamortization of intangible assets increased at a compound annual growth rate of 7.4% over ten years.

(2) This ratio is calculated excluding insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities (CCPB).(3) Government levies are included in various non-interest expense categories.




Supp

lem

enta

lInf

orm

atio


Table 5: Average Assets, Liabilities and Interest Rates2015 2014 2013

($ millions, except as noted)For the year ended October 31

Averagebalances

Averageinterestrate (%)

Interestincome/expense

Averagebalances



Averagebalances



AssetsCanadian DollarDeposits with other banks 1,984 1.04 21 1,632 1.52 25 2,461 1.28 32Securities 90,322 1.39 1,257 94,234 1.32 1,244 83,605 1.78 1,492Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements 29,617 0.90 266 23,027 1.03 238 22,309 1.19 265Loans

Residential mortgages 94,119 2.83 2,663 90,134 3.08 2,779 81,693 3.15 2,576Non-residential mortgages 6,176 3.71 229 6,276 4.08 256 6,285 4.29 269Personal and credit cards 55,219 4.89 2,699 55,719 5.13 2,860 54,845 4.97 2,728Businesses and governments 43,427 3.94 1,710 40,250 4.29 1,726 37,380 4.62 1,725

Total loans 198,941 3.67 7,301 192,379 3.96 7,621 180,203 4.05 7,298

Total Canadian dollar 320,864 2.76 8,845 311,272 2.93 9,128 288,578 3.15 9,087

U.S. Dollar and Other CurrenciesDeposits with other banks 48,031 0.53 253 38,815 0.63 245 35,093 0.61 213Securities 54,733 1.20 655 53,921 1.11 601 48,488 1.32 640Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements 44,010 0.14 60 32,629 0.12 38 32,578 0.17 57Loans

Residential mortgages 8,631 3.39 293 7,753 3.37 261 8,897 4.31 383Non-residential mortgages 4,619 2.51 116 4,860 2.48 121 5,558 3.01 167Personal and credit cards 17,071 3.19 545 15,812 3.32 524 14,862 3.59 533Businesses and governments 79,678 3.26 2,598 61,402 3.46 2,123 47,821 4.57 2,185

Total loans 109,999 3.23 3,552 89,827 3.37 3,029 77,138 4.24 3,268

Total U.S. dollar and other currencies 256,773 1.76 4,520 215,192 1.82 3,913 193,297 2.16 4,178

Other non-interest bearing assets 86,754 67,464 73,556

Total All CurrenciesTotal assets and interest income 664,391 2.01 13,365 593,928 2.20 13,041 555,431 2.39 13,265

LiabilitiesCanadian DollarDeposits

Banks 7,883 0.43 34 5,416 0.39 21 5,921 0.34 20Businesses and governments 96,713 1.16 1,121 98,090 1.38 1,353 88,603 1.53 1,352Individuals 94,031 0.88 832 89,007 0.97 863 82,248 0.96 788

Total deposits 198,627 1.00 1,987 192,513 1.16 2,237 176,772 1.22 2,160Securities sold but not yet purchased and securities lent or sold (1) 40,637 1.63 661 40,713 1.74 710 36,077 1.96 708Subordinated debt and other interest bearing liabilities 25,713 2.96 760 24,712 3.11 769 28,004 3.25 911

Total Canadian dollar 264,977 1.29 3,408 257,938 1.44 3,716 240,853 1.57 3,779

U.S. Dollar and Other CurrenciesDeposits

Banks 19,377 0.27 53 19,048 0.23 44 17,135 0.33 56Businesses and governments 169,793 0.32 546 145,355 0.34 494 123,129 0.32 392Individuals 47,671 0.20 95 41,675 0.22 90 40,694 0.29 119

Total deposits 236,841 0.29 694 206,078 0.30 628 180,958 0.31 567Securities sold but not yet purchased and securities lent or sold (1) 41,792 0.20 85 33,650 0.21 72 33,486 0.30 99Subordinated debt and other interest bearing liabilities 5,749 3.61 208 4,901 3.34 164 4,325 3.32 143

Total U.S. dollar and other currencies 284,382 0.35 987 244,629 0.35 864 218,769 0.37 809

Other non-interest bearing liabilities 78,130 59,139 66,523

Total All CurrenciesTotal liabilities and interest expense 627,489 0.70 4,395 561,706 0.82 4,580 526,145 0.87 4,588Shareholders’ equity 36,902 32,222 29,286

Total Liabilities, Interest Expense and Shareholders’ Equity 664,391 0.66 4,395 593,928 0.77 4,580 555,431 0.83 4,588

Net interest margin– based on earning assets 1.55 1.60 1.79– based on total assets 1.35 1.42 1.56

Net interest income based on total assets 8,970 8,461 8,677

Adjusted net interest margin– based on earning assets 1.55 1.60 1.65– based on total assets 1.35 1.42 1.44

Adjusted net interest income based on total assets 8,971 8,461 8,020

(1) For the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the maximum amount of securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements at any month end amounted to $57,385 million, $50,138 millionand $53,898 million, respectively.


SupplementalInform

ation

Table 6: Volume/Rate Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income2015/2014 2014/2013

Increase (decrease) due to change in Increase (decrease) due to change in

($ millions)For the year ended October 31

Averagebalance

Averagerate Total

Averagebalance

Averagerate Total

AssetsCanadian DollarDeposits with other banks 5 (9) (4) (11) 4 (7)Securities (52) 66 14 190 (438) (248)Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements 68 (41) 27 8 (35) (27)Loans

Residential mortgages 123 (238) (115) 266 (63) 203Non-residential mortgages (4) (23) (27) – (13) (13)Personal and credit cards (26) (135) (161) 44 88 132Businesses and governments 136 (153) (17) 132 (131) 1

Total loans 229 (549) (320) 442 (119) 323

Change in Canadian dollar interest income 250 (533) (283) 629 (588) 41

U.S. Dollar and Other CurrenciesDeposits with other banks 58 (51) 7 23 10 33Securities 9 45 54 72 (111) (39)Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements 13 9 22 – (19) (19)Loans

Residential mortgages 30 2 32 (49) (73) (122)Non-residential mortgages (6) 1 (5) (21) (26) (47)Personal and credit cards 42 (21) 21 34 (43) (9)Businesses and governments 632 (156) 476 620 (682) (62)

Total loans 698 (174) 524 584 (824) (240)

Change in U.S. dollar and other currencies interest income 778 (171) 607 679 (944) (265)

Total All CurrenciesChange in total interest income (a) 1,028 (704) 324 1,308 (1,532) (224)

LiabilitiesCanadian DollarDeposits

Banks 9 3 12 (2) 3 1Businesses and governments (19) (213) (232) 145 (143) 2Individuals 49 (80) (31) 65 10 75

Total deposits 39 (290) (251) 208 (130) 78Securities sold but not yet purchased and securities lent or sold (1) (47) (48) 91 (89) 2Subordinated debt and other interest bearing liabilities 31 (40) (9) (107) (34) (141)

Change in Canadian dollar interest expense 69 (377) (308) 192 (253) (61)

U.S. Dollar and Other CurrenciesDeposits

Banks 1 9 10 6 (18) (12)Businesses and governments 83 (31) 52 71 31 102Individuals 13 (8) 5 3 (32) (29)

Total deposits 97 (30) 67 80 (19) 61Securities sold but not yet purchased and securities lent or sold 17 (4) 13 – (28) (28)Subordinated debt and other interest bearing liabilities 28 15 43 19 1 20

Change in U.S. dollar and other currencies interest expense 142 (19) 123 99 (46) 53

Total All CurrenciesChange in total interest expense (b) 211 (396) (185) 291 (299) (8)

Change in total net interest income (a - b) 817 (308) 509 1,017 (1,233) (216)


Supp

lem

enta

lInf

orm

atio


Table 7: Net Loans and Acceptances –Segmented Information (1) (5) (6)

($ millions) Canada United States Other countries

As at October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

ConsumerResidential mortgages 96,975 92,972 88,677 76,729 68,190 8,905 7,980 7,646 7,416 7,945 – – – – –Credit cards 7,427 7,476 7,413 7,381 7,564 553 496 457 433 474 – – – – –Consumer instalment and

other personal loans 49,181 48,955 49,195 47,955 45,584 16,098 15,088 14,364 13,419 13,802 206 1 – – –

Total consumer 153,583 149,403 145,285 132,065 121,338 25,556 23,564 22,467 21,268 22,221 206 1 – – –Total businesses and

governments 69,772 63,896 57,967 53,069 50,737 75,430 56,389 45,842 42,955 41,209 10,975 11,145 8,954 5,748 4,649

Total loans and acceptances, netof specific allowances 223,355 213,299 203,252 185,134 172,075 100,986 79,953 68,309 64,223 63,430 11,181 11,146 8,954 5,748 4,649

Collective allowance (857) (795) (791) (705) (687) (803) (747) (694) (755) (765) – – – – –

Total net loans and acceptances 222,498 212,504 202,461 184,429 171,388 100,183 79,206 67,615 63,468 62,665 11,181 11,146 8,954 5,748 4,649

Table 8: Net Impaired Loans and Acceptances –Segmented Information (6)

($ millions, except as noted) Canada United States Other countries

As at October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

ConsumerResidential mortgages 159 168 157 182 178 173 303 369 335 221 – – – – –Consumer instalment and

other personal loans 117 136 100 64 101 316 309 274 275 128 – – – – –

Total consumer 276 304 257 246 279 489 612 643 610 349 – – – – –Businesses and governments 220 247 253 377 433 613 507 944 1,271 1,108 4 4 3 25 2

Total impaired loans andacceptances, net of specificallowances 496 551 510 623 712 1,102 1,119 1,587 1,881 1,457 4 4 3 25 2

Collective allowance (857) (795) (791) (705) (687) (803) (747) (694) (755) (765) – – – – –

Total net impaired loans andacceptances (NIL) (361) (244) (281) (82) 25 299 372 893 1,126 692 4 4 3 25 2

Condition Ratios (1)NIL as a % of net loans and

acceptances (2) (3) (0.16) (0.12) (0.14) (0.04) 0.01 0.30 0.48 1.34 1.81 1.15 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.43 0.04

NIL as a % of net loans andacceptances (2) (3) (4)Consumer 0.18 0.20 0.18 0.19 0.23 1.92 2.60 2.87 2.87 1.57 – – – – –Businesses and governments 0.32 0.39 0.43 0.66 0.85 0.82 0.90 2.08 2.99 2.69 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.43 0.04


(1) Certain balances and ratios (coverage, condition and performance) for fiscal 2012 were restated in 2013 to conform to the current period’s presentation.(2) Aggregate balances are net of specific and collective allowances; the consumer and businesses and governments categories are stated net of specific allowances only. Includes collective allowances

related to off-balance sheet instruments and undrawn commitments, which are reported in Other Liabilities. Excludes specific allowances for Other Credit Instruments, which are included in OtherLiabilities.

(3) Ratio is presented including purchased portfolios and prior periods have been restated.(4) Certain condition and performance ratios for 2013 and 2012 were restated in 2014 to conform to the current period’s presentation.(5) Fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 balances were reclassified in 2014 to conform to the current period’s presentation.(6) Certain balances for fiscal 2014 and 2013 were restated in 2015 to conform to the current period’s presentation.


Total

2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

105,880 100,952 96,323 84,145 76,1357,980 7,972 7,870 7,814 8,038

65,485 64,044 63,559 61,374 59,386

179,345 172,968 167,752 153,333 143,559

156,177 131,430 112,763 101,772 96,595

335,522 304,398 280,515 255,105 240,154(1,660) (1,542) (1,485) (1,460) (1,452)

333,862 302,856 279,030 253,645 238,702

Total

2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

332 471 526 517 399

433 445 374 339 229

765 916 900 856 628837 758 1,200 1,673 1,543

1,602 1,674 2,100 2,529 2,171

(1,660) (1,542) (1,485) (1,460) (1,452)

(58) 132 615 1,069 719

(0.02) 0.04 0.22 0.42 0.30

0.43 0.53 0.54 0.56 0.440.54 0.58 1.07 1.67 1.63

SupplementalInform

ation


Table 9: Net Loans and Acceptances –Segmented Information (1) (2) (3) (4)

($ millions)As at October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

Net Loans and Acceptances by ProvinceAtlantic provinces 13,361 13,065 11,244 11,801 10,638Quebec 36,486 35,647 33,746 35,650 28,489Ontario 89,460 84,498 80,726 69,014 68,556Prairie provinces 43,612 42,043 38,825 34,431 32,162British Columbia and territories 39,579 37,251 37,920 33,533 31,543

Total net loans and acceptances in Canada 222,498 212,504 202,461 184,429 171,388

Net Businesses and Governments Loans by IndustryCommercial real estate 20,597 17,636 17,606 18,720 20,468Construction (non-real estate) 3,544 3,101 2,934 2,539 2,460Retail trade 14,096 12,580 10,229 9,084 7,829Wholesale trade 10,243 8,281 7,345 6,821 5,854Agriculture 9,891 9,155 8,380 7,312 6,653Communications 815 831 729 513 564Manufacturing 16,187 13,612 11,250 9,870 9,368Mining 1,309 1,085 959 662 683Oil and gas 6,667 5,943 3,908 3,466 3,477Transportation 3,735 2,532 2,152 2,109 2,009Utilities 1,984 1,670 1,309 1,170 842Forest products 859 587 631 592 529Service industries 28,384 22,114 18,321 14,992 13,872Financial institutions 31,220 24,096 19,019 15,113 14,709Government 1,874 2,076 1,719 1,295 810Other 4,772 6,131 6,272 7,514 6,468

156,177 131,430 112,763 101,772 96,595

Table 10: Net Impaired Loans and Acceptances –Segmented Information (2) (4)


Net Impaired Businesses and Governments LoansCommercial real estate 87 159 379 803 637Construction (non-real estate) 83 84 32 51 45Retail trade 55 38 74 68 98Wholesale trade 47 35 64 58 32Agriculture 129 103 118 131 135Communications 13 59 – 5 7Manufacturing 102 100 74 126 87Mining 3 2 5 5 3Oil and gas 100 1 30 1 2Transportation 30 7 23 41 42Utilities 14 – – 6 2Forest products 9 13 19 24 36Service industries 107 145 246 263 169Financial institutions 48 9 – – 181Government – 2 61 68 1Other 10 1 75 23 66

837 758 1,200 1,673 1,543

2011 has not been restated to reflect the new IFRS standards adopted in 2014. The adoption of new IFRS standards in 2015 only impacted ourresults prospectively.

(1) Certain balances and ratios (coverage, condition and performance) for fiscal 2012 were restated in 2013 to conform to the current period’spresentation.

(2) Fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 balances were reclassified in 2014 to conform to the current period’s presentation.(3) Fiscal 2014 Canadian regional balances were reclassified in 2015 to conform to the current period’s presentation.(4) Excludes specific allowances for Other Credit Instruments, which are included in Other Liabilities.

Supp

lem

enta

lInf

orm

atio


Table 11: Changes in Gross Impaired Loans –Segmented Information (6)

($ millions) Canada United States Other countries

As at October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

Gross impaired loans and acceptances (GIL),beginning of yearConsumer 398 348 338 371 412 678 702 646 388 309 – – – – –Businesses and governments 344 406 548 586 540 623 1,081 1,401 1,326 1,551 5 7 43 14 82

Total GIL, beginning of year 742 754 886 957 952 1,301 1,783 2,047 1,714 1,860 5 7 43 14 82

Additions to impaired loans and acceptancesConsumer 617 643 584 533 573 526 529 637 764 333 – – – – –Businesses and governments 231 285 294 352 424 542 685 931 1,416 661 5 – 3 36 1

Total additions 848 928 878 885 997 1,068 1,214 1,568 2,180 994 5 – 3 36 1

Reductions to impaired loans andacceptances (1)

Consumer (479) (431) (416) (386) (413) (432) (321) (243) (45) 7 – – – – –Businesses and governments (151) (224) (274) (314) (242) (239) (859) (973) (880) (597) (5) (2) (36) (6) (40)

Total reductions due to net repaymentsand other (630) (655) (690) (700) (655) (671) (1,180) (1,216) (925) (590) (5) (2) (36) (6) (40)

Write-offsConsumer (177) (162) (158) (180) (201) (215) (232) (338) (461) (261) – – – – –Businesses and governments (142) (123) (162) (76) (136) (169) (284) (278) (461) (289) (1) – (3) (1) (29)

Total write-offs (319) (285) (320) (256) (337) (384) (516) (616) (922) (550) (1) – (3) (1) (29)

Gross impaired loans and acceptances,end of yearConsumer 359 398 348 338 371 557 678 702 646 388 – – – – –Businesses and governments 282 344 406 548 586 757 623 1,081 1,401 1,326 4 5 7 43 14

Total GIL, end of year 641 742 754 886 957 1,314 1,301 1,783 2,047 1,714 4 5 7 43 14

Condition RatiosGIL as a % of Gross Loans (2)

Consumer 0.23 0.27 0.24 0.26 0.31 2.18 2.87 3.12 3.03 1.74 – – – – –Businesses and governments 0.40 0.54 0.68 1.00 1.15 1.01 1.10 2.34 3.28 3.20 0.04 0.04 0.10 0.91 0.30

Total Loans and Acceptances 0.29 0.35 0.37 0.47 0.56 1.30 1.62 2.60 3.20 2.69 0.04 0.04 0.10 0.91 0.30

GIL as a % of equity and allowance forcredit losses (3) (4) (5) un un un un un un un un un un un un un un un


(1) Includes amounts returning to performing status, sales, repayments, the impact of foreign exchange, and offsets for consumer write-offs that are not recognized as formations.(2) Certain balances and ratios (coverage, condition and performance) for fiscal 2012 were restated in 2013 to conform to the current period’s presentation.(3) Ratio is presented including purchased portfolios and prior periods have been restated.(4) Effective in 2011, total equity includes non-controlling interest in subsidiaries. In addition, geographic allocations are not available, as equity is not allocated on a country of risk basis.(5) Certain condition and performance ratios for 2013 and 2012 were restated in 2014 to conform to the current period’s presentation.(6) GIL excludes Purchased Credit Impaired Loans.

un – unavailable


Total

2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

1,076 1,050 984 759 721972 1,494 1,992 1,926 2,173

2,048 2,544 2,976 2,685 2,894

1,143 1,172 1,221 1,297 906778 970 1,228 1,804 1,086

1,921 2,142 2,449 3,101 1,992

(911) (752) (659) (431) (406)(395) (1,085) (1,283) (1,200) (879)

(1,306) (1,837) (1,942) (1,631) (1,285)

(392) (394) (496) (641) (462)(312) (407) (443) (538) (454)

(704) (801) (939) (1,179) (916)

916 1,076 1,050 984 7591,043 972 1,494 1,992 1,926

1,959 2,048 2,544 2,976 2,685

0.51 0.62 0.63 0.64 0.530.67 0.74 1.32 1.95 1.99

0.58 0.67 0.91 1.17 1.12

4.67 5.49 7.68 9.46 8.98

127

Supp

lem

enta

lInf

orm

atio


Table 12: Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses –Segmented Information (3)


As at October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

Allowance for credit losses (ACL),beginning of yearConsumer 615 602 518 464 454 333 278 291 270 145 – – – – –Businesses and governments 371 433 450 468 473 646 653 659 797 859 1 4 18 12 42

Total ACL, beginning of year 986 1,035 968 932 927 979 931 950 1,067 1,004 1 4 18 12 42

Provision for credit lossesConsumer 412 436 521 543 527 122 202 262 401 350 – – – – –Businesses and governments 149 97 133 90 152 (70) (172) (327) (267) 184 (1) (2) (2) (3) (1)

Total provision for credit losses 561 533 654 633 679 52 30 (65) 134 534 (1) (2) (2) (3) (1)

RecoveriesConsumer 111 99 81 91 80 151 102 95 125 61 – – – – –Businesses and governments 13 15 (1) 4 1 181 408 597 626 99 – – – – –

Total recoveries 124 114 80 95 81 332 510 692 751 160 – – – – –

Write-offsConsumer (521) (500) (507) (563) (587) (232) (242) (347) (492) (289) – – – – –Businesses and governments (143) (122) (160) (76) (136) (168) (285) (280) (461) (289) (1) – (3) (1) (29)

Total write-offs (664) (622) (667) (639) (723) (400) (527) (627) (953) (578) (1) – (3) (1) (29)

Other, including foreign exchange ratechangesConsumer (3) (22) (11) (17) (10) 19 (7) (23) (13) 3 – – – – –Businesses and governments (2) (52) 11 (36) (22) 68 42 4 (36) (56) 1 (1) (9) 10 –

Total Other, including foreignexchange rate changes (5) (74) – (53) (32) 87 35 (19) (49) (53) 1 (1) (9) 10 –

ACL, end of yearConsumer 614 615 602 518 464 393 333 278 291 270 – – – – –Businesses and governments 388 371 433 450 468 657 646 653 659 797 – 1 4 18 12

Total ACL, end of year 1,002 986 1,035 968 932 1,050 979 931 950 1,067 – 1 4 18 12

Allocation of Write-offs by MarketConsumer (521) (500) (507) (563) (587) (232) (242) (347) (492) (289) – – – – –Businesses and governments (143) (122) (160) (76) (136) (168) (285) (280) (461) (289) (1) – (3) (1) (29)Allocation of Recoveries by MarketConsumer 111 99 81 91 80 151 102 95 125 61 – – – – –Businesses and governments 13 15 (1) 4 1 181 408 597 626 99 – – – – –

Net write-offs as a % of average loansand acceptances (1) (2) un un un un un un un un un un un un un un un

Table 13: Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses –Segmented Information (4)


As at October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

ConsumerResidential mortgages 17 20 27 36 38 21 41 42 30 34 – – – – –Consumer instalment and other

personal loans 66 74 64 55 54 47 25 17 7 5 – – – – –

Total consumer 83 94 91 91 92 68 66 59 37 39 – – – – –Businesses and governments 62 97 153 172 153 144 116 137 129 218 – 1 4 18 12Off-balance sheet – – – – – 35 50 41 29 45 – – – – –

Total specific allowances 145 191 244 263 245 247 232 237 195 302 – 1 4 18 12Collective allowance 857 795 791 705 687 803 747 694 755 765 – – – – –

Allowance for credit losses 1,002 986 1,035 968 932 1,050 979 931 950 1,067 – 1 4 18 12

Coverage RatiosAllowance for credit losses as a %

of gross impaired loans andacceptances (GIL) (1)

Total 156.3 132.9 137.3 109.3 97.4 77.2 71.4 49.9 45.0 59.6 – 20.0 57.1 41.9 85.7Consumer 23.1 23.6 26.2 27.0 24.8 12.2 9.9 8.4 5.7 10.1 – – – – –Businesses and governments 22.0 28.2 37.7 31.3 26.1 19.0 18.5 12.7 9.2 16.4 – 20.0 57.1 41.9 85.7


(1) Ratio is presented including purchased portfolios and prior periods have been restated.(2) Certain balances and ratios (coverage, condition and performance) for fiscal 2012 were restated in 2013 to conform to the current period’s presentation.(3) Fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 balances were reclassified in 2014 to conform to the current period’s presentation.(4) Certain balances for fiscal 2014 and 2013 were restated in 2015 to conform to the current period’s presentation.

un – unavailable


Total

2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

948 880 809 734 5991,018 1,090 1,127 1,277 1,374

1,966 1,970 1,936 2,011 1,973

534 638 783 944 87778 (77) (196) (180) 335

612 561 587 764 1,212

262 201 176 216 141194 423 596 630 100

456 624 772 846 241

(753) (742) (854) (1,055) (876)(312) (407) (443) (538) (454)

(1,065) (1,149) (1,297) (1,593) (1,330)

16 (29) (34) (30) (7)67 (11) 6 (62) (78)

83 (40) (28) (92) (85)

1,007 948 880 809 7341,045 1,018 1,090 1,127 1,277

2,052 1,966 1,970 1,936 2,011

(753) (742) (854) (1,055) (876)(312) (407) (443) (538) (454)

262 201 176 216 141194 423 596 630 100

0.19 0.18 0.20 0.30 0.51

Total

2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

38 61 69 66 72

113 99 81 62 59

151 160 150 128 131206 214 294 319 383

35 50 41 29 45

392 424 485 476 5591,660 1,542 1,485 1,460 1,452

2,052 1,966 1,970 1,936 2,011

103.0 93.6 75.8 64.1 73.216.5 14.9 14.3 13.1 17.319.8 22.0 19.7 16.0 19.9

129

Supp

lem

enta

lInf

orm

atio


Table 14: Specific Allowances for Credit Losses –Segmented Information (2)


Businesses and Governments SpecificAllowances by IndustryCommercial real estate 17 13 46 79 136Construction (non-real estate) 8 16 26 22 19Retail trade 23 8 13 17 15Wholesale trade 19 10 25 6 8Agriculture 6 8 9 11 8Communications 9 – – 1 –Manufacturing 38 33 36 67 37Mining 1 10 3 – –Oil and gas 2 – 1 2 3Transportation 5 2 4 2 9Utilities – – – 1 –Forest products 2 9 11 15 14Service industries 33 100 59 75 51Financial institutions 3 2 29 8 63Government – – 1 1 2Other 40 3 31 12 18

Total specific allowances for credit losses on businesses and governments loans (1) 206 214 294 319 383

Table 15: Provision for Credit Losses –Segmented Information (2)

($ millions)For the year ended October 31 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

ConsumerResidential mortgages 11 77 129 132 109Cards 272 268 305 355 376Consumer instalment and other personal loans 225 251 313 387 291

Total consumer 508 596 747 874 776

Businesses and GovernmentsCommercial real estate (37) (141) (185) (108) 132Construction (non-real estate) – 7 36 (14) 21Retail trade 8 1 (4) – 7Wholesale trade 19 29 10 (16) (1)Agriculture 3 15 8 4 7Communications 13 – (6) (5) (9)Manufacturing 67 44 2 25 47Mining 2 7 2 (1) –Oil and gas 25 – – – 1Transportation (4) 10 (9) 5 8Utilities – – – – –Forest products – (1) 3 7 4Service industries (29) 80 (37) 23 76Financial institutions 8 (34) (15) (29) 45Government (2) (3) (6) – –Other 31 (49) 51 (4) 12

Total businesses and governments 104 (35) (150) (113) 350

Total specific provisions 612 561 597 761 1,126Collective provision for credit losses – – (10) 3 86

Total provision for credit losses 612 561 587 764 1,212

Performance Ratios (%)

PCL-to-average net loans and acceptances (3) (4) 0.19 0.19 0.22 0.31 0.56PCL-to-segmented average net loans and acceptances (4)

Consumer 0.30 0.37 0.49 0.62 0.57Businesses and governments 0.05 (0.06) (0.18) (0.15) 0.45

Specific PCL-to-average net loans and acceptances 0.19 0.19 0.23 0.31 0.52


(1) Amounts for 2015 exclude specific allowances of $4 million related to Other Credit Instruments (2014 – $23 million, 2013 – $21 million, 2012 – $19 million, 2011 – $43 million) included inOther Liabilities.

(2) Fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 balances were reclassified in 2014 to conform to the current period’s presentation.(3) Ratio is presented including purchased portfolios and prior periods have been restated.(4) Certain balances and ratios (coverage, condition and performance) for fiscal 2012 were restated in 2013 to conform to the current period’s presentation.


SupplementalInform

ation

Table 16: Risk-Weighted AssetsBasel III

Exposure at Default Risk-weighted assets Exposure at Default Risk-weighted assets

($ millions)As at October 31

StandardizedApproach

AdvancedApproach

2015Total


AdvancedApproach (2)

2015Total


AdvancedApproach

2014Total


AdvancedApproach (2)

2014Total

Credit RiskWholesale

Corporate, including specializedlending 19,583 218,409 237,992 19,260 72,229 91,489 16,890 179,737 196,627 16,942 64,398 81,340

Corporate small andmedium-sized enterprises – 64,525 64,525 – 31,954 31,954 – 59,821 59,821 – 33,644 33,644

Sovereign 172 75,324 75,496 94 1,671 1,765 124 67,616 67,740 63 1,549 1,612Bank 344 34,964 35,308 341 3,561 3,902 326 33,187 33,513 328 3,858 4,186

RetailResidential mortgages,

excluding home equity lineof credit 3,425 104,031 107,456 1,740 6,687 8,427 3,298 90,303 93,601 1,736 5,882 7,618

Home equity line of credit 592 42,665 43,257 416 7,473 7,889 1,095 41,337 42,432 809 5,732 6,541Qualifying revolving retail – 32,109 32,109 – 4,569 4,569 – 28,895 28,895 – 4,000 4,000Other retail, excluding small

and medium-sizedenterprises 2,557 20,638 23,195 1,624 9,429 11,053 2,199 17,824 20,023 1,519 8,307 9,826

Retail small and medium-sizedenterprises 277 2,890 3,167 210 1,758 1,968 292 3,262 3,554 231 1,373 1,604

Equity – 1,965 1,965 – 1,369 1,369 – 1,924 1,924 – 1,362 1,362Trading book 165 150,876 151,041 165 8,250 8,415 122 133,942 134,064 122 7,237 7,359Securitization – 29,178 29,178 – 2,456 2,456 – 28,115 28,115 – 3,098 3,098Other credit risk assets – non-

counterparty managed assets – 20,329 20,329 – 16,255 16,255 – 30,746 30,746 – 14,946 14,946Scaling factor for credit risk assets

under AIRB Approach (1) – – – – 8,874 8,874 – – – – 8,251 8,251

Total Credit Risk 27,115 797,903 825,018 23,850 176,535 200,385 24,346 716,709 741,055 21,750 163,637 185,387Market Risk – – – 1,142 9,120 10,262 – – – 1,719 7,283 9,002Operational Risk – – – 4,033 24,505 28,538 – – – 3,791 23,912 27,703

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) CapitalRisk-Weighted Assets 27,115 797,903 825,018 29,025 210,160 239,185 24,346 716,709 741,055 27,260 194,832 222,092

Additional Credit ValuationAdjustment (CVA), prescribed byOSFI, for Tier 1 Capital – – – – 286 286 – – – – 336 336

Tier 1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets 29,025 210,446 239,471 27,260 195,168 222,428

Additional CVA, prescribed by OSFI,for Total Capital – – – – 245 245 – – – – 503 503

Total Capital Risk-Weighted Assets 29,025 210,691 239,716 27,260 195,671 222,931

(1) The scaling factor is applied to the risk-weighted assets amounts for credit risk under the AIRB Approach.(2) In calculating the AIRB credit risk RWA for certain portfolios in BMO Financial Corp., a transitional floor based on the Standardized Approach was applied until Q3 2015.

Table 17: Average Deposits2015 2014 2013

($ millions, except as noted)Averagebalance

Averagerate paid (%)

Averagebalance


Averagebalance


Deposits Booked in CanadaDemand deposits – interest bearing 18,910 0.36 16,469 0.45 16,050 0.47Demand deposits – non-interest bearing 31,762 – 26,702 – 24,400 –Payable after notice 76,458 0.57 76,903 0.70 71,820 0.67Payable on a fixed date 120,764 1.35 118,094 1.44 100,118 1.63

Total deposits booked in Canada 247,894 0.86 238,168 0.97 212,388 1.03

Deposits Booked in the United States and Other CountriesBanks located in the United States and other countries 11,183 0.28 8,195 0.28 9,308 0.35Governments and institutions in the United States and other countries 13,902 0.39 12,095 0.36 9,283 0.42Other demand deposits 16,109 0.01 12,744 0.02 9,305 0.03Other deposits payable after notice or on a fixed date 146,380 0.31 127,389 0.38 117,446 0.39

Total deposits booked in the United States and other countries 187,574 0.29 160,423 0.35 145,342 0.36

Total average deposits 435,468 0.62 398,591 0.72 357,730 0.76

As at October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013: deposits by foreign depositors in our Canadian bank offices amounted to $37,477 million, $30,622 million and $19,248 million, respectively; total deposits payableafter notice included $29,104 million, $33,109 million and $33,014 million, respectively, of chequing accounts that would have been classified as demand deposits under U.S. reporting requirements; andtotal deposits payable on a fixed date included $25,956 million, $17,738 million and $19,044 million, respectively, of federal funds purchased, commercial paper issued and other deposit liabilities. Theseamounts would have been classified as short-term borrowings for U.S. reporting purposes.


Statement of Management’s Responsibilityfor Financial Information

Management of Bank of Montreal (the “bank”) is responsible for the preparation and presentation of the annual consolidated financial statements,Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) and all other information in the Annual Report.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued bythe International Accounting Standards Board and meet the applicable requirements of the Canadian Securities Administrators (“CSA”) and theSecurities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in the United States. The financial statements also comply with the provisions of the Bank Act (Canada)and related regulations, including interpretations of IFRS by our regulator, the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada.

The MD&A has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of securities regulators, including National Instrument 51-102, ContinuousDisclosure Obligations of the CSA, as well as Item 303, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ofRegulation S-K under the United States Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and their related published requirements.

The consolidated financial statements and information in the MD&A necessarily include amounts based on informed judgments and estimatesof the expected effects of current events and transactions with appropriate consideration to materiality. In addition, in preparing the financialinformation we must interpret the requirements described above, make determinations as to the relevancy of information to be included, and makeestimates and assumptions that affect reported information. The MD&A also includes information regarding the impact of current transactions andevents, sources of liquidity and capital resources, operating trends, and risks and uncertainties. Actual results in the future may differ materially fromour present assessment of this information because events and circumstances in the future may not occur as expected.

The financial information presented in the bank’s Annual Report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.In meeting our responsibility for the reliability and timeliness of financial information, we maintain and rely on a comprehensive system of

internal controls, including organizational and procedural controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting.Our system of internal controls includes written communication of our policies and procedures governing corporate conduct and risk management;comprehensive business planning; effective segregation of duties; delegation of authority and personal accountability; escalation of relevantinformation for decisions regarding public disclosure; careful selection and training of personnel; and accounting policies that we regularly update.Our internal controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are authorized, assets are safeguarded and proper records aremaintained, and that we are in compliance with all regulatory requirements. The system of internal controls is further supported by a compliancefunction, which is designed to ensure that we and our employees comply with securities legislation and conflict of interest rules, and by an internalaudit staff, who conduct periodic audits of all aspects of our operations.

As of October 31, 2015, we, as the bank’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have determined that the bank’s internal controlover financial reporting is effective. We have certified Bank of Montreal’s annual filings with the CSA and with the SEC pursuant to NationalInstrument 52-109, Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

In order to provide their audit opinions on our consolidated financial statements and on the bank’s internal control over financial reporting, theShareholders’ Auditors audit our system of internal controls over financial reporting and conduct work to the extent that they consider appropriate.Their audit opinion on the bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2015 is set forth on page 134.

The Board of Directors, based on recommendations from its Audit and Conduct Review Committee, reviews and approves the financialinformation contained in the Annual Report, including the MD&A. The Board of Directors and its relevant committees oversee management’sresponsibilities for the preparation and presentation of financial information, maintenance of appropriate internal controls, compliance with legaland regulatory requirements, management and control of major risk areas, and assessment of significant and related party transactions.

The Audit and Conduct Review Committee, which is comprised entirely of independent directors, is also responsible for selecting theShareholders’ Auditors and for reviewing the qualifications, independence and performance of both the Shareholders’ Auditors and internal audit.The Shareholders’ Auditors and the bank’s Chief Auditor have full and free access to the Board of Directors, its Audit and Conduct Review Committeeand other relevant committees to discuss audit, financial reporting and related matters.

The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada conducts examinations and inquiries into the affairs of the bank as are deemednecessary to ensure that the provisions of the Bank Act, with respect to the safety of the depositors, are being duly observed and that the bank is insound financial condition.

William A. Downe Thomas E. Flynn Toronto, CanadaChief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer December 1, 2015


Independent Auditors’ Report of Registered PublicAccounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Bank of MontrealWe have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Bank of Montreal (the “Bank”), which comprise the consolidated balancesheets as at October 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cashflows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2015, and notes, comprising a summary of significant accounting policies andother explanatory information.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial StatementsManagement is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with InternationalFinancial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and for such internal control as management determines isnecessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ ResponsibilityOur responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordancewith Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Thosestandards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether theconsolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financialstatements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fairpresentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. An audit alsoincludes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as wellas evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

OpinionIn our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Bank as atOctober 31, 2015 and October 31, 2014, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2015 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International AccountingStandards Board.

Other MatterWe also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Bank’s internal controlover financial reporting as of October 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by theCommittee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated December 1, 2015 expressed an unmodified(unqualified) opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting.

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public AccountantsDecember 1, 2015Toronto, Canada


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Bank of MontrealWe have audited Bank of Montreal’s (the “Bank”) internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2015, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Bank’smanagement is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internalcontrol over financial reporting, included under the heading “Management’s Annual Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Controlover Financial Reporting” in the accompanying Management’s Discussion and Analysis. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Bank’sinternal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standardsrequire that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting wasmaintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that amaterial weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our auditalso included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonablebasis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financialreporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’sinternal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonabledetail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactionsare recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receiptsand expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assetsthat could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of anyevaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or thatthe degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2015, based oncriteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the TreadwayCommission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company AccountingOversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Bank as at October 31, 2015 and 2014, the consolidated statements ofincome, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended October 31, 2015, and notes,comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information, and our report dated December 1, 2015 expressed anunmodified (unqualified) opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public AccountantsDecember 1, 2015Toronto, Canada


ConsolidatedFinancialStatem

ents

Consolidated Statement of Income

For the Year Ended October 31 (Canadian $ in millions, except as noted) 2015 2014 2013

Interest, Dividend and Fee IncomeLoans $ 11,263 $ 10,997 $ 10,951Securities (Note 3) 1,912 1,862 2,132Deposits with banks 190 182 182

13,365 13,041 13,265

Interest ExpenseDeposits 2,681 2,865 2,727Subordinated debt 171 150 145Other liabilities 1,543 1,565 1,716

4,395 4,580 4,588

Net Interest Income 8,970 8,461 8,677

Non-Interest RevenueSecurities commissions and fees 953 934 846Deposit and payment service charges 1,077 1,002 916Trading revenues 987 949 849Lending fees 737 680 603Card fees 460 462 461Investment management and custodial fees 1,500 1,246 971Mutual fund revenues 1,385 1,073 832Underwriting and advisory fees 706 744 659Securities gains, other than trading (Note 3) 171 162 285Foreign exchange, other than trading 172 179 172Insurance revenue 1,762 2,008 1,212Other 509 323 347

10,419 9,762 8,153

Total Revenue 19,389 18,223 16,830

Provision for Credit Losses (Note 4) 612 561 587

Insurance Claims, Commissions and Changes in Policy Benefit Liabilities (Note 14) 1,254 1,505 767

Non-Interest ExpenseEmployee compensation (Notes 22 and 23) 7,081 6,242 5,842Premises and equipment (Note 9) 2,137 1,908 1,833Amortization of intangible assets (Note 11) 411 382 346Travel and business development 605 542 514Communications 314 289 291Business and capital taxes 45 39 39Professional fees 595 622 527Other 994 897 834

12,182 10,921 10,226

Income Before Provision for Income Taxes 5,341 5,236 5,250Provision for income taxes (Note 24) 936 903 1,055

Net Income $ 4,405 $ 4,333 $ 4,195

Attributable to:Bank shareholders 4,370 4,277 4,130Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (Notes 16 and 17) 35 56 65

Net Income $ 4,405 $ 4,333 $ 4,195

Earnings Per Share (Canadian $) (Note 25)

Basic $ 6.59 $ 6.44 $ 6.19Diluted 6.57 6.41 6.17

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


William A. Downe Philip S. OrsinoChief Executive Officer Chairman, Audit and Conduct Review Committee


Cons

olid

ated

Fina

ncia

lSta

tem

ents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the Year Ended October 31 (Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014 2013

Net Income $ 4,405 $ 4,333 $ 4,195

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)Items that may subsequently be reclassified to net income

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securitiesUnrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities arising during the year (1) (166) 28 (10)Reclassification to earnings of (gains) in the year (2) (65) (77) (50)

(231) (49) (60)

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedgesGains (losses) on cash flow hedges arising during the year (3) 528 247 (25)Reclassification to earnings of (gains) on cash flow hedges (4) (57) (98) (125)

471 149 (150)

Net gain on translation of net foreign operationsUnrealized gains on translation of net foreign operations 3,187 1,378 741Unrealized (losses) on hedges of net foreign operations (5) (482) (415) (409)

2,705 963 332

Items that will not be reclassified to net incomeGains (losses) on remeasurement of pension and other employee future benefit plans (6) 200 (125) 298Gains on remeasurement of own credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 1) (7) 120 – –

320 (125) 298

Other Comprehensive Income 3,265 938 420

Total Comprehensive Income $ 7,670 $ 5,271 $ 4,615

Attributable to:Bank shareholders 7,635 5,215 4,550Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (Notes 16 and 17) 35 56 65

Total Comprehensive Income $ 7,670 $ 5,271 $ 4,615

(1) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $63 million, $(22) million and $9 million for the year ended, respectively.(2) Net of income tax provision of $24 million, $37 million and $22 million for the year ended, respectively.(3) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $(188) million, $(79) million and $12 million for the year ended, respectively.(4) Net of income tax provision of $14 million, $28 million and $45 million for the year ended, respectively.(5) Net of income tax recovery of $167 million, $144 million and $146 million for the year ended, respectively.(6) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $(51) million, $63 million and $(126) million for the year ended, respectively.(7) Net of income tax provision of $43 million for the year ended October 31, 2015.




ents

Consolidated Balance Sheet

As at October 31 (Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014

AssetsCash and Cash Equivalents (Note 2) $ 40,295 $ 28,386

Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks (Note 2) 7,382 6,110

Securities (Note 3)

Trading 72,460 85,022Available-for-sale 48,006 46,966Held-to-maturity 9,432 10,344Other 1,020 987

130,918 143,319

Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Resale Agreements (Note 4) 68,066 53,555

Loans (Notes 4 and 6)

Residential mortgages 105,918 101,013Consumer instalment and other personal 65,598 64,143Credit cards 7,980 7,972Businesses and governments 145,076 120,766

324,572 293,894Customers‘ liability under acceptances 11,307 10,878Allowance for credit losses (Note 4) (1,855) (1,734)

334,024 303,038

Other AssetsDerivative instruments (Note 8) 38,238 32,655Premises and equipment (Note 9) 2,285 2,276Goodwill (Note 11) 6,069 5,353Intangible assets (Note 11) 2,208 2,052Current tax assets 561 665Deferred tax assets (Note 24) 3,162 3,019Other (Note 12) 8,673 8,231

61,196 54,251

Total Assets $ 641,881 $ 588,659

Liabilities and EquityDeposits (Note 13)

Banks $ 27,135 $ 18,243Businesses and governments 263,618 239,139Individuals 147,416 135,706

438,169 393,088

Other LiabilitiesDerivative instruments (Note 8) 42,639 33,657Acceptances (Note 14) 11,307 10,878Securities sold but not yet purchased (Note 14) 21,226 27,348Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements (Note 14) 39,891 39,695Current tax liabilities 102 235Deferred tax liabilities (Note 24) 265 178Other (Note 14) 43,953 43,263

159,383 155,254

Subordinated Debt (Note 15) 4,416 4,913

EquityShare capital (Note 17) 15,553 15,397Contributed surplus 299 304Retained earnings 18,930 17,237Accumulated other comprehensive income 4,640 1,375

Total shareholders‘ equity 39,422 34,313Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries (Notes 16 and 17) 491 1,091

Total Equity 39,913 35,404

Total Liabilities and Equity $ 641,881 $ 588,659



Cons

olid

ated

Fina

ncia

lSta

tem

ents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity


Preferred Shares (Note 17)Balance at beginning of year $ 3,040 $ 2,265 $ 2,465Issued during the year 950 1,200 –Redeemed during the year (750) (425) (200)

Balance at End of Year 3,240 3,040 2,265

Common Shares (Note 17)Balance at beginning of year 12,357 12,003 11,957Issued under the Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan (Note 17) 58 223 130Issued under the Stock Option Plan (Note 22) 51 131 116Repurchased for cancellation (Note 17) (153) – (200)


Contributed SurplusBalance at beginning of year 304 315 213Stock option expense/exercised (Note 22) – (7) (5)Foreign exchange on redemption of preferred shares – – 107Other (5) (4) –

Balance at End of Year 299 304 315

Retained EarningsBalance at beginning of year 17,237 15,087 13,456Net income attributable to bank shareholders 4,370 4,277 4,130Dividends – Preferred shares (Note 17) (117) (120) (120)

– Common shares (Note 17) (2,087) (1,991) (1,904)Preferred shares redeemed during the year (Note 17) (3) – –Common shares repurchased for cancellation (Note 17) (465) – (475)Share issue expense (5) (16) –


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Available-for-Sale SecuritiesBalance at beginning of year 156 205 265Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities arising during the year (1) (166) 28 (10)Reclassification to earnings of (gains) in the year (2) (65) (77) (50)

Balance at End of Year (75) 156 205

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Cash Flow HedgesBalance at beginning of year 141 (8) 142Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges arising during the year (3) 528 247 (25)Reclassification to earnings of (gains) in the year (4) (57) (98) (125)

Balance at End of Year 612 141 (8)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Translation of Net Foreign OperationsBalance at beginning of year 1,368 405 73Unrealized gains on translation of net foreign operations 3,187 1,378 741Unrealized (losses) on hedges of net foreign operations (5) (482) (415) (409)

Balance at End of Year 4,073 1,368 405

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Pension and Other Post-Employment PlansBalance at beginning of year (290) (165) (463)Gains (losses) on remeasurement of pension and other employee future benefit plans (6) 200 (125) 298

Balance at End of Year (90) (290) (165)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Own Credit Risk on Financial LiabilitiesDesignated at Fair Value

Balance at beginning of year – – –Gains on remeasurement of own credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 1) (7) 120 – –

Balance at End of Year 120 – –

Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 4,640 1,375 437

Total Shareholders‘ Equity $ 39,422 $ 34,313 $ 30,107

Non-controlling Interest in SubsidiariesBalance at beginning of year 1,091 1,072 1,435Net income attributable to non-controlling interest 35 56 65Dividends to non-controlling interest (37) (52) (73)Redemption of securities of a subsidiary (Note 17) – – (359)Redemption of capital trust securities (Note 16) (600) – –Acquisitions (Note 10) – 22 –Other 2 (7) 4

Balance at End of Year 491 1,091 1,072

Total Equity $ 39,913 $ 35,404 $ 31,179

(1) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $63 million, $(22) million and $9 million for the year ended, respectively.(2) Net of income tax provision of $24 million, $37 million and $22 million for the year ended, respectively.(3) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $(188) million, $(79) million and $12 million for the year ended, respectively.(4) Net of income tax provision of $14 million, $28 million and $45 million for the year ended, respectively.(5) Net of income tax recovery of $167 million, $144 million and $146 million for the year ended, respectively.(6) Net of income tax (provision) recovery of $(51) million, $63 million and $(126) million for the year ended, respectively.(7) Net of income tax provision of $43 million for the year ended October 31, 2015.The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.



ents

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows


Cash Flows from Operating ActivitiesNet Income $ 4,405 $ 4,333 $ 4,195Adjustments to determine net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

Impairment write-down of securities, other than trading (Note 3) 12 8 17Net (gain) on securities, other than trading (Note 3) (183) (170) (302)Net (increase) decrease in trading securities 15,613 (8,470) (4,392)Provision for credit losses (Note 4) 612 561 587Change in derivative instruments – (Increase) decrease in derivative asset (6,178) (2,822) 20,240

– Increase (decrease) in derivative liability 9,320 1,402 (19,195)Amortization of premises and equipment (Note 9) 378 365 348Amortization of intangible assets (Note 11) 411 382 346Net decrease in deferred income tax asset 226 241 203Net increase (decrease) in deferred income tax liability 76 (42) (65)Net decrease in current income tax asset 298 546 389Net increase (decrease) in current income tax liability (141) (226) 21Change in accrued interest – (Increase) decrease in interest receivable 53 (36) 122

– Increase (decrease) in interest payable (113) 160 (129)Changes in other items and accruals, net 4,791 4,094 (364)Net increase in deposits 7,967 9,814 35,739Net (increase) in loans (15,600) (15,207) (21,665)Net increase (decrease) in securities sold but not yet purchased (7,049) 4,429 (1,221)Net increase (decrease) in securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements (4,625) 9,073 (12,090)Net (increase) decrease in securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements (7,940) (11,362) 8,660

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities 2,333 (2,927) 11,444

Cash Flows from Financing ActivitiesNet (decrease) in liabilities of subsidiaries (390) (48) (397)Proceeds from issuance (maturities) of Covered Bonds (Note 13) 4,103 (406) (1,354)Proceeds from issuance (repayment) of subordinated debt (Note 15) (500) 1,000 –Proceeds from issuance of preferred shares (Note 17) 950 1,200 –Redemption of preferred shares (Note 17) (753) (425) (200)Redemption of securities of a subsidiary (Note 17) – – (359)Redemption of capital trust securities (Note 16) (600) – –Share issue expense (5) (16) –Proceeds from issuance of common shares (Note 17) 51 133 122Common shares repurchased for cancellation (Note 17) (618) – (675)Cash dividends paid (2,135) (1,851) (1,896)Cash dividends paid to non-controlling interest (37) (52) (73)

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities 66 (465) (4,832)

Cash Flows from Investing ActivitiesNet (increase) decrease in interest bearing deposits with banks (461) 519 302Purchases of securities, other than trading (16,996) (24,674) (32,007)Maturities of securities, other than trading 5,267 11,698 13,233Proceeds from sales of securities, other than trading 16,740 17,184 17,288Premises and equipment – net (purchases) (179) (355) (361)Purchased and developed software – net (purchases) (345) (382) (254)Acquisitions (Note 10) – (956) 140

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities 4,026 3,034 (1,659)

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents 5,484 2,396 1,480

Net increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents 11,909 2,038 6,433Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year 28,386 26,348 19,915

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year $ 40,295 $ 28,386 $ 26,348

Represented by:Cash and deposits with banks (Note 2) $ 38,818 $ 27,056 $ 24,938Cheques and other items in transit, net (Note 2) 1,477 1,330 1,410

$ 40,295 $ 28,386 $ 26,348

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow InformationNet cash provided by operating activities includes:

Amount of interest paid in the year $ 4,476 $ 4,407 $ 4,708Amount of income taxes paid in the year $ 641 $ 264 $ 577Amount of interest and dividend income received in the year $ 13,306 $ 12,849 $ 13,283




Not

esNOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Basis of PresentationBank of Montreal (“the bank”) is a chartered bank under the Bank Act (Canada) and is a public company incorporated in Canada. We are a highlydiversified financial services company and provide a broad range of personal and commercial banking, wealth management and investment bankingproducts and services. The bank’s head office is at 129 rue Saint Jacques, Montreal, Quebec. Its executive offices are at 100 King Street West, 1 FirstCanadian Place, Toronto, Ontario. Our common shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange.

We have prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued bythe International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). We also comply with interpretations of IFRS by our regulator, the Office of the Superintendentof Financial Institutions Canada (“OSFI”).

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historic cost basis, except the revaluation of the following items: assets andliabilities held for trading; available-for-sale financial assets; financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss; financial assets andfinancial liabilities designated as hedged items in qualifying fair value hedge relationships; cash-settled share-based payment liabilities; definedbenefit pension and other employee future benefit liabilities; and insurance-related liabilities.

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on December 1, 2015.

Basis of ConsolidationThese consolidated financial statements are inclusive of the financial statements of our subsidiaries as at October 31, 2015. We conduct businessthrough a variety of corporate structures, including subsidiaries, joint ventures, structured entities (“SEs”) and associates. Subsidiaries are thoseentities where we exercise control through our ownership of the majority of the voting shares. Joint ventures are those entities where we exercisejoint control through an agreement with other shareholders. We also hold interests in SEs, which we consolidate where we control the SE. These aremore fully described in Note 7. All of the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of our subsidiaries and consolidated SEs are included in ourconsolidated financial statements. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.

We hold investments in associates, where we exert significant influence over operating, investing and financing decisions (generally companiesin which we own between 20% and 50% of the voting shares). These are accounted for using the equity method. The equity method is also appliedto our investments in joint ventures. Under the equity method of accounting, investments are initially recorded at cost, and the carrying amount isincreased or decreased to recognize our share of investee net income or loss, including other comprehensive income or loss. The investment isrecorded as securities, other, in our Consolidated Balance Sheet and our share of the net income or loss is recorded in interest, dividend and feeincome, securities, in our Consolidated Statement of Income. Any other comprehensive income amounts are reflected in the relevant section of ourStatement of Comprehensive Income.

Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries is presented in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as a separate component of equity that is distinct from ourshareholders’ equity. The net income attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries is presented separately in our Consolidated Statement ofIncome.

Specific Accounting PoliciesTo facilitate a better understanding of our consolidated financial statements, we have disclosed our significant accounting policies throughout thefollowing notes with the related financial disclosures by major caption:

Note Topic Page Note Topic Page1 Basis of Presentation 140 17 Equity 1702 Cash and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks 144 18 Fair Value of Financial Instruments 1723 Securities 144 19 Offsetting of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 1804 Loans, Customers’ Liability under Acceptances and 20 Interest Rate Risk 180

Allowance for Credit Losses 148 21 Capital Management 1815 Risk Management 151 22 Employee Compensation – Share-Based Compensation 1826 Transfer of Assets 153 23 Employee Compensation – Pension and Other Employee7 Structured Entities 154 Future Benefits 1848 Derivative Instruments 156 24 Income Taxes 1899 Premises and Equipment 163 25 Earnings Per Share 19110 Acquisitions 163 26 Commitments, Guarantees, Pledged Assets, Provisions and11 Goodwill and Intangible Assets 164 Contingent Liabilities 19212 Other Assets 166 27 Operating and Geographic Segmentation 19413 Deposits 166 28 Significant Subsidiaries 19614 Other Liabilities 167 29 Related Party Transactions 19715 Subordinated Debt 168 30 Contractual Maturities of Assets and Liabilities and16 Capital Trust Securities 169 Off-Balance Sheet Commitments 198

Translation of Foreign CurrenciesWe conduct business in a variety of foreign currencies and present our consolidated financial statements in Canadian dollars, which is our functionalcurrency. Monetary assets and liabilities, as well as non-monetary assets and liabilities measured at fair value that are denominated in foreigncurrencies, are translated into Canadian dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities notmeasured at fair value are translated into Canadian dollars at historical rates. Revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies aretranslated using the average exchange rate for the year.

Unrealized gains and losses arising from translating our net investment in foreign operations into Canadian dollars, net of related hedgingactivities and applicable income taxes, are included in our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income within net gain (loss) on translation ofnet foreign operations. When we dispose of a foreign operation such that control, significant influence or joint control is lost, the cumulative amountof the translation gain (loss) and any applicable hedging activities and related income taxes are reclassified to our Consolidated Statement of Income


Notes

as part of the gain or loss on disposition. All other foreign currency translation gains and losses are included in foreign exchange, other than trading,in our Consolidated Statement of Income as they arise.

Foreign currency translation gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities that are denominated in foreign currencies are included inforeign exchange, other than trading, in our Consolidated Statement of Income. Foreign currency translation gains and losses on available-for-saleequity securities that are denominated in foreign currencies are included in accumulated other comprehensive income on available-for-sale securitiesin our Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity.

From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange hedge contracts to reduce our exposure to changes in the value of foreign currencies.Realized and unrealized gains and losses that arise on the mark-to-market of foreign exchange contracts related to economic hedges are included innon-interest revenue in our Consolidated Statement of Income. Changes in the fair value of forward contracts that qualify as accounting hedges arerecorded in our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income within net change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, with the spot/forward differential (the difference between the foreign currency exchange rate at the inception of the contract and the rate at the end of thecontract) recorded in interest income (expense) over the term of the hedge.

Dividend and Fee IncomeDividend IncomeDividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established. This is the ex-dividend date for listed equity securities.

Fee IncomeFee income (including commissions) is recognized based on the services or products for which the fee is paid. See Note 4 for the accountingtreatment for lending fees.

Investment management and custodial fees are based primarily on the balance of assets under management and assets under administration asat the period end, respectively, for services provided.

Securities commissions and fees and underwriting and advisory fees are recorded as revenue when the related services are completed. Depositand payment service charges and insurance fees are recognized over the period in which the related services are provided. Card fees primarily includeinterchange income, late fees, cash advance fees and annual fees. Card fees are recorded as billed, except for annual fees, which are recorded evenlythroughout the year.

Use of Estimates and JudgmentsThe preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to use estimates and assumptions that affect the carrying amounts ofcertain assets and liabilities, certain amounts reported in net income and other related disclosures.

The most significant assets and liabilities for which we must make estimates include allowance for credit losses; financial instruments measuredat fair value; pension and other employee future benefits; impairment of securities; income taxes and deferred taxes, purchased loans; goodwill;insurance-related liabilities; provisions and transfers of financial assets and consolidation of structured entities. We make judgments in assessingwhether substantially all risks and rewards have been transferred in respect of transfers of financial assets and whether we control SEs. Thesejudgments are discussed in Notes 6 and 7, respectively. If actual results were to differ from the estimates, the impact would be recorded in futureperiods.

We have established detailed policies and control procedures that are intended to ensure these judgments are well controlled, independentlyreviewed and consistently applied from period to period. We believe that our estimates of the value of our assets and liabilities are appropriate.

Allowance for Credit LossesThe allowance for credit losses adjusts the value of loans to reflect their estimated realizable value. In assessing their estimated realizable value, wemust rely on estimates and exercise judgment regarding matters for which the ultimate outcome is unknown. These include economic factors,developments affecting companies in particular industries, and specific issues with respect to single borrowers. Changes in circumstances may causefuture assessments of credit risk to be materially different from current assessments, which could require an increase or decrease in the allowance forcredit losses.

Additional information regarding the allowance for credit losses is included in Note 4.

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair ValueFair value measurement techniques are used to value various financial assets and financial liabilities and are used in performing impairment testingon certain non-financial assets. A detailed discussion of our fair value measurement techniques is included in Note 3 and Note 18.

Pension and Other Employee Future BenefitsOur pension and other employee future benefits expense is calculated by our independent actuaries using assumptions determined by management.If actual experience were to differ from the assumptions used, we would recognize this difference in other comprehensive income.

Pension and other employee future benefits expense, plan assets and defined benefit obligations are also sensitive to changes in discount rates.We determine discount rates at each year end for all of our plans using high-quality Aa rated corporate bonds with terms matching the plans’ specificcash flows.

Additional information regarding our accounting for pension and other employee future benefits is included in Note 23.

Impairment of SecuritiesWe have investments in securities issued or guaranteed by Canadian, U.S. and other governments, corporate debt and equity securities, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized obligations, which are classified as either available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities or othersecurities. We review held-to-maturity, available-for-sale and other securities at each quarter-end reporting period to identify and evaluateinvestments that show indications of possible impairment.

For held-to-maturity, available-for-sale and other securities, impairment losses are recognized if there is objective evidence of impairment as aresult of an event that reduces the estimated future cash flows from the security and the impact can be reliably estimated. Objective evidence ofimpairment includes default or delinquency by a debtor, restructuring of an amount due to us on terms that we would not otherwise consider,indications that a debtor or issuer will enter bankruptcy, or the disappearance of an active market for a security. In addition, for equity securities, asignificant or prolonged decline in the fair value of a security below its cost is objective evidence of impairment.


Not


The decision to record a write-down, the amount and the period in which it is recorded could change if management’s assessment of thesefactors changes. We do not record impairment write-downs on debt securities when impairment is due to changes in market interest rates if futurecontractual cash flows associated with the debt security are still expected to be recovered.

Additional information regarding our accounting for held-to-maturity, available-for-sale and other securities, and the determination of fair valueis included in Note 3 and Note 18.

Income Taxes and Deferred Tax AssetsThe provision for income taxes is calculated based on the expected tax treatment of transactions recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Incomeor Changes in Equity. In determining the provision for income taxes, we interpret tax legislation in a variety of jurisdictions and make assumptionsabout the expected timing of the reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities. If our interpretations differ from those of tax authorities or if thetiming of reversals is not as expected, our provision for income taxes could increase or decrease in future periods. The amount of any such increase ordecrease cannot be reasonably estimated.

Deferred tax assets are recognized only when it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available in future periods against whichdeductible temporary differences may be utilized. We are required to assess whether it is probable that our deferred income tax assets will berealized prior to expiration and, based on all the available evidence, determine if any portion of our deferred income tax assets should not berecognized. The factors used to assess the probability of realization are our past experience of income and capital gains, forecast of future net incomebefore taxes, available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the deferred income tax asset, and the remaining expirationperiod of tax loss carryforwards. Changes in our assessment of these factors could increase or decrease our provision for income taxes in futureperiods.

Additional information regarding our accounting for income taxes is included in Note 24.

Goodwill and Intangible AssetsFor the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to our groups of cash-generating units (“CGUs”), which represent the lowest level withinthe bank at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Impairment testing is performed at least annually, by comparing thecarrying values and the recoverable amounts of the CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated to determine whether the recoverable amount ofeach group is greater than its carrying value. If the carrying value of the group were to exceed its recoverable amount, an impairment calculationwould be performed. The recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and the value in use.

Fair value less costs to sell is used to perform the impairment test. In determining fair value less costs to sell, we employ a discounted cash flowmodel consistent with those used when we acquire businesses. This model is dependent on assumptions related to revenue growth, discount rates,synergies achieved on acquisition and the availability of comparable acquisition data. Changes in any of these assumptions would affect thedetermination of fair value for each of the business units in a different manner. Management must exercise its judgment and make assumptions indetermining fair value less costs to sell, and differences in judgment and assumptions could affect the determination of fair value and any resultingimpairment write-down. As at October 31, 2015, the estimated fair value of each of our business units was greater than its carrying value.

Additional information regarding goodwill and intangible assets is included in Note 11.Definite life intangible assets are amortized to income on either a straight-line or an accelerated basis over a period not exceeding 15 years,

depending on the nature of the asset. We test definite life intangible assets for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying value may notbe recoverable. Indefinite life intangible assets are tested annually for impairment. If any intangible assets are determined to be impaired, we writethem down to their recoverable amount, the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell, when this is less than the carrying value. No suchimpairment was identified for the years ended October 31, 2015 and 2014.

Purchased LoansSignificant judgment and assumptions were applied to determine the fair value of the Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (“M&I”) loan portfolio. Loans wereidentified as either purchased performing loans or purchased credit impaired loans (PCI loans), both of which were recorded at fair value at the timeof acquisition. The determination of fair value involved estimating the expected cash flows to be received and determining the discount rate to beapplied to the cash flows from the loan portfolio. In determining the discount rate, we considered various factors, including our cost to raise funds inthe current market, the risk premium associated with the loans and the cost to service the portfolios. PCI loans are those where the timely collectionof principal and interest was no longer reasonably assured as at the date of acquisition. We regularly evaluate what we expect to collect on PCI loans.Changes in expected cash flows could result in the recognition of impairment or a recovery through the provision for credit losses. Estimating thetiming and amount of cash flows requires significant management judgment regarding key assumptions, including the probability of default, severityof loss, timing of payment receipts and valuation of collateral. All of these factors are inherently subjective and can result in significant changes incash flow estimates over the term of the loan.

Insurance-Related LiabilitiesInsurance claims and policy benefit liabilities represent current claims and estimates of future insurance policy benefits. Liabilities for life insurancecontracts are determined using the Canadian Asset Liability Method, which incorporates best-estimate assumptions for mortality, morbidity, policylapses, surrenders, future investment yields, policy dividends, administration costs and margins for adverse deviation. These assumptions arereviewed at least annually and updated to reflect actual experience and market conditions. The most significant impact on the valuation of a liabilitywould result from a change in the assumption for future investment yields.

Additional information regarding insurance-related liabilities is included in Note 14.

ProvisionsThe bank and its subsidiaries are involved in various legal actions in the ordinary course of business.

Provisions are recorded at the best estimate of the amounts required to settle any obligations related to these legal actions as at the balancesheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties associated with the obligation. Factors considered in making the assessment include: acase-by-case assessment of specific facts and circumstances, our past experience and opinions of legal experts. Management and


Notes

external experts are involved in estimating any provisions. The actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than theamounts of the provisions.

Additional information regarding provisions is provided in Note 26.

Transfer of Financial Assets and Consolidation of Structured EntitiesWe sell Canadian mortgage loans to third-party Canadian securitization programs, including the Canadian Mortgage Bond program, and directly tothird-party investors under the National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities program. We assess whether substantially all of the risks andrewards of the loans have been transferred to determine if they qualify for derecognition. Since we continue to be exposed to substantially all of therepayment, interest rate and/or credit risk associated with the securitized loans, they do not qualify for derecognition. We continue to recognize theloans and the related cash proceeds as secured financing in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We also use securitization vehicles to securitize ourCanadian credit card loans in order to obtain alternate sources of funding. The structure of these vehicles limits the activities they can undertake andthe types of assets they can hold, and the vehicles have limited decision-making authority. The vehicles issue term asset-backed securities to fundtheir activities. We control and consolidate these vehicles, as we have the key decision-making powers necessary to obtain the majority of thebenefits of their activities.

For most of our subsidiaries, control is determined based on holding the majority of the voting rights. For certain investments in limitedpartnerships, we exercise judgment in determining if we control an entity. Based on an assessment of our interests and rights, we have determinedthat we do not control certain entities, even though we may have an ownership interest greater than 50%. This may be the case when we are notthe general partner in an arrangement and the general partner’s rights most significantly affect the returns of the entity. Additionally, we havedetermined that we control certain entities despite having an ownership interest less than 50%. This may be the case when we are the generalpartner in an arrangement and the general partner’s rights most significantly affect the returns of the entity.

Structured entities are discussed in greater detail in Note 7 and transferred assets are discussed in greater detail in Note 6.

Changes in Accounting PoliciesEffective November 1, 2014, we adopted the following new and amended accounting pronouncements issued by the IASB.

Own CreditWe early adopted the own credit provisions of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. The provisions require that for financial liabilities designated at fair valuethrough profit or loss, such as deposits and insurance investment contracts, changes in fair value attributable to our credit risk be presented in othercomprehensive income rather than net income, unless doing so would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in net income. Changes in fair valuenot attributable to our credit risk continue to be recorded in net income. The provisions were adopted prospectively and resulted in a $120 milliongain, net of taxes, being recorded in other comprehensive income rather than net income.

LeviesWe adopted the IFRS Interpretations Committee Interpretation 21 Levies (“IFRIC 21”). IFRIC 21 provides guidance on when to recognize a liability topay a levy imposed by a government in accordance with legislation. The adoption of IFRIC 21 did not have a significant impact on our consolidatedfinancial statements.

Impairment of AssetsWe adopted the amendments to IAS 36 Impairment of Assets. The amendments address the disclosure of information about the recoverable amountof impaired assets if that amount is based on fair value less cost of disposal. The adoption of the amendments did not have an impact on disclosurein our consolidated financial statements.

Offsetting of Financial Assets and Financial LiabilitiesWe adopted the amendments to IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation. The amendments clarify that an entity has a current legally enforceableright of offset if that right is not contingent on a future event, and that right is enforceable both in the normal course of business and in the event ofdefault, insolvency or bankruptcy of the entity and all counterparties. The adoption of the amendments did not have an impact on our consolidatedfinancial statements.

Future Changes in IFRSFinancial InstrumentsIn July 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9”), which addresses impairment, classification, measurement, and hedge accounting.

IFRS 9 introduces a new single impairment model for financial assets. The new model is based on expected credit losses and will result in creditlosses being recognized regardless of whether a loss event has occurred. The expected credit loss model will apply to most financial instruments notmeasured at fair value, with the most significant impact being to loans. The expected credit loss model requires the recognition of credit losses basedon a 12-month time horizon for performing loans, and requires the recognition of lifetime expected credit losses for loans that have experienced asignificant deterioration in credit risk since inception. The expected loss calculations are required to incorporate forward looking macro-economicinformation in determining the final provision.

The new standard requires that we classify assets based on our business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual cash flowcharacteristics of the financial assets. Financial assets are to be measured at fair value through profit or loss unless certain conditions are met whichpermit measurement at amortized cost or fair value through other comprehensive income. As noted above in Changes in Accounting Policies, weearly adopted the requirements for financial liabilities regarding own credit risk.

IFRS 9 also introduces a new hedge accounting model that expands the scope of hedged items and risks eligible for hedge accounting and alignshedge accounting more closely with risk management. The new model no longer specifies quantitative measures for effectiveness testing and doesnot permit hedge de-designation.

In order to meet the requirement to adopt IFRS 9, we have established an enterprise-wide project. We are currently evaluating the impact ofadoption which is effective November 1, 2017.

RevenueIn May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“IFRS 15”), which replaces the existing standards for revenuerecognition. The new standard establishes a framework for the recognition and measurement of revenues generated from contracts with customers,


Not


except for items such as financial instruments, insurance contracts and leases. The standard also requires additional disclosures about the nature,amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from transactions with our customers. The IASB deferred the effective date ofIFRS 15 to November 1, 2018. We are currently assessing the impact of the standard on our future financial reporting.

Note 2: Cash and Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014

Cash and deposits with banks (1) 38,818 27,056Cheques and other items in transit, net 1,477 1,330

Total cash and cash equivalents 40,295 28,386

(1) Includes deposits with the Bank of Canada, the U.S. Federal Reserve and other central banks.

Cheques and Other Items in Transit, NetCheques and other items in transit are recorded at cost and represent the net position of the uncleared cheques and other items in transit between usand other banks.

Cash RestrictionsSome of our foreign operations are required to maintain reserves or minimum balances with central banks in their respective countries of operation,amounting to $2,232 million as at October 31, 2015 ($1,638 million in 2014).

Interest Bearing Deposits with BanksDeposits with banks are recorded at amortized cost and include acceptances we have purchased that were issued by other banks. Interest incomeearned on these deposits is recorded on an accrual basis.

Note 3: SecuritiesSecurities are divided into four types, each with a different purpose and accounting treatment. The types of securities we hold are as follows:

Trading securities are securities that we purchase for resale over a short period of time. We report these securities at their fair value and record thetransaction costs and changes in fair value in our Consolidated Statement of Income in trading revenues.

Securities Designated at Fair ValueSecurities designated at fair value through profit or loss are financial instruments that are accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair valuerecorded in income provided they meet certain criteria. Securities designated at fair value through profit or loss must have reliably measurable fairvalues and satisfy one of the following criteria: (1) the designation eliminates or significantly reduces the inconsistent treatment that wouldotherwise arise from measuring the gains and losses on a different basis; (2) the securities are part of a group of financial instruments that ismanaged and evaluated on a fair value basis; or (3) the securities are hybrid financial instruments with embedded derivatives that would significantlymodify their cash flow. Securities must be designated on initial recognition, and the designation is irrevocable. If these securities were not designatedat fair value, they would be accounted for as available-for-sale securities with unrealized gains and losses recorded in other comprehensive income.

We designate certain securities held by our insurance subsidiaries that support our insurance liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, sincethe actuarial calculation of insurance liabilities is based on the fair value of the investments supporting them. This designation aligns the accountingresult with the way the portfolio is managed on a fair value basis. The change in fair value of the securities is recorded in non-interest revenue,insurance revenue, and the change in fair value of the liabilities is recorded in insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit liabilities.The fair value of these investments as at October 31, 2015 of $6,961 million ($6,599 million as at October 31, 2014) is recorded in securities, trading,in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The impact of recording these investments at fair value through profit or loss was an increase in non-interestrevenue, insurance revenue of $8 million for the year ended October 31, 2015 (increase of $379 million in 2014).

We designate certain investments held in our merchant banking business at fair value through profit or loss, which aligns the accounting resultwith the way the portfolio is managed. The fair value of these investments as at October 31, 2015 of $365 million ($467 million in 2014) is recordedin securities, other, in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The impact of recording these investments at fair value through profit or loss was a decrease innon-interest revenue, securities gains, other than trading of $30 million in our Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended October 31, 2015(decrease of $36 million in 2014).

Available-for-sale securities consist of debt and equity securities that may be sold in response to or in anticipation of changes in interest rates andresulting prepayment risk, changes in credit risk, changes in foreign currency risk, changes in funding sources or terms, or to meet liquidity needs.

Available-for-sale securities are initially recorded at fair value plus transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at fair value, withunrealized gains and losses recorded in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities in our Consolidated Statement of ComprehensiveIncome until the security is sold. Gains and losses on disposal and impairment losses are recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income in non-interest revenue, securities gains, other than trading. Interest income earned and dividends received on available-for-sale securities are recorded inour Consolidated Statement of Income in interest, dividend and fee income, securities.

Investments held by our insurance operations are classified as available-for-sale securities, except for those investments that support the policybenefit liabilities on our insurance contracts, which are designated at fair value through profit or loss, as discussed above. Interest and other feeincome on the insurance available-for-sale securities is recognized when earned in our Consolidated Statement of Income in non-interest revenue,insurance revenue.

Held-to-maturity securities are debt securities that we have the intention and ability to hold to maturity. These securities are initially recorded atfair value plus transaction costs and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses on disposal andimpairment losses are recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income in securities gains (losses), other than trading. Interest income earned


Notes

and amortization of premiums or discounts on the debt securities are recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income in interest, dividend and feeincome, securities.

Other securities are investments in companies where we exert significant influence over operating, investing and financing decisions (generallycompanies in which we own between 20% and 50% of the voting shares) and certain securities held by our merchant banking business.

We account for all of our securities transactions using settlement date accounting in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Changes in fair valuebetween the trade date and settlement date are recorded in net income, except for those related to available-for-sale securities, which are recordedin other comprehensive income.

Impairment ReviewFor available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and other securities, impairment losses are recognized if there is objective evidence of impairment as a resultof an event that reduces the estimated future cash flows from the security and the impact can be reliably estimated.

For equity securities, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of a security below its cost is considered to be objective evidence ofimpairment.

The impairment loss on available-for-sale securities is the difference between the security’s amortized cost and its current fair value, less anypreviously recognized impairment losses. The impairment loss on held-to-maturity securities is the difference between a security’s carrying amountand the present value of its estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate.

If there is objective evidence of impairment, a write-down is recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income in securities gains, other thantrading.

For debt securities, a previous impairment loss is reversed through net income if an event occurs after the impairment was recognized that canbe objectively attributed to an increase in fair value, to a maximum of the original impairment charge. Reversals of impairment losses on held-to-maturity securities are recorded to a maximum of the amortized cost of the investment before the original impairment charge. For equity securities,previous impairment losses are not reversed through net income, and any subsequent increases in fair value are recorded in other comprehensiveincome.

As at October 31, 2015, we had 682 available-for-sale securities (565 in 2014) with unrealized losses totalling $152 million (unrealized losses of$35 million in 2014). Of these available-for-sale securities, 69 have been in an unrealized loss position continuously for more than one year (203 in2014), amounting to an unrealized loss position of $5 million (unrealized loss position of $20 million in 2014). Unrealized losses on theseinstruments, excluding corporate equities, resulted from changes in interest rates and not from deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuers.We expect full recovery of these available-for-sale securities and have determined that there is no significant impairment. The table on page 147details unrealized gains and losses as at October 31, 2015 and 2014.

We did not own any securities issued by a single non-government entity where the book value, as at October 31, 2015 or 2014, was greater than10% of our shareholders’ equity.

Fair Value MeasurementFor traded securities, quoted market value is considered to be fair value. Quoted market value is based on bid prices. For securities where marketquotes are not available, we use estimation techniques to determine fair value. A discussion of fair value measurement is included in Note 18.


Not


(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted) Term to maturity 2015 2014

Within1 year

1 to 3years

3 to 5years

5 to 10years

Over 10years Total Total

Trading SecuritiesIssued or guaranteed by:

Canadian federal government 6,472 2,183 797 2,451 1,951 13,854 10,462Canadian provincial and municipal governments 700 1,146 1,077 1,546 2,282 6,751 7,196U.S. federal government 270 1,300 781 394 507 3,252 6,165U.S. states, municipalities and agencies 98 129 80 248 132 687 711Other governments 98 251 53 7 2 411 223

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations 107 272 68 41 3 491 702Corporate debt 1,415 782 713 949 5,428 9,287 11,831Corporate equity – – – – 37,727 37,727 47,732

Total trading securities 9,160 6,063 3,569 5,636 48,032 72,460 85,022

Available-for-Sale SecuritiesIssued or guaranteed by:

Canadian federal governmentAmortized cost 215 2,318 4,685 550 138 7,906 10,420Fair value 214 2,329 4,741 550 136 7,970 10,501Yield (%) 0.56 1.00 1.62 1.80 1.99 1.43 1.52

Canadian provincial and municipal governmentsAmortized cost 53 314 1,636 2,861 26 4,890 4,063Fair value 53 317 1,640 2,888 27 4,925 4,104Yield (%) 0.71 1.22 1.55 2.24 3.67 1.93 1.96

U.S. federal governmentAmortized cost 50 332 938 430 – 1,750 1,094Fair value 52 331 945 426 – 1,754 1,093Yield (%) 0.05 1.03 1.45 1.77 – 1.41 1.21

U.S. states, municipalities and agenciesAmortized cost 1,234 1,227 1,159 1,151 1,255 6,026 5,761Fair value 1,235 1,236 1,168 1,180 1,266 6,085 5,815Yield (%) 0.56 1.05 1.86 2.30 1.61 1.27 1.04

Other governmentsAmortized cost 2,381 2,137 748 138 – 5,404 6,116Fair value 2,382 2,141 753 136 – 5,412 6,132Yield (%) 0.77 1.26 1.33 0.37 – 1.03 1.32

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – CanadaAmortized cost – 399 2,595 – – 2,994 3,031Fair value – 404 2,600 – – 3,004 3,054Yield (%) – 1.24 1.62 – – 1.68 1.90

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – U.S.Amortized cost 4 4 29 476 8,652 9,165 6,872Fair value 4 4 30 481 8,669 9,188 6,895Yield (%) 3.42 1.74 1.69 1.97 1.05 1.10 0.92

Corporate debtAmortized cost 2,533 2,270 2,412 646 48 7,909 7,577Fair value 2,537 2,280 2,421 670 47 7,955 7,666Yield (%) 1.45 1.66 2.06 3.16 3.50 1.85 1.83

Corporate equityAmortized cost – – – – 1,648 1,648 1,582Fair value – – – – 1,713 1,713 1,706Yield (%) – – – – 2.37 2.37 2.25

Total cost or amortized cost 6,470 9,001 14,202 6,252 11,767 47,692 46,516

Total fair value 6,477 9,042 14,298 6,331 11,858 48,006 46,966

Yield (%) 0.98 1.29 1.60 2.21 1.32 1.47 1.48

Held-to-Maturity SecuritiesIssued or guaranteed by:

Canadian federal governmentAmortized cost 325 2,005 – – – 2,330 2,432Fair value 325 2,015 – – – 2,340 2,442

Canadian provincial and municipal governmentsAmortized cost 485 1,216 510 321 – 2,532 2,532Fair value 486 1,219 507 347 – 2,559 2,558

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (1)Amortized cost 347 294 354 – 3,575 4,570 5,380Fair value 349 294 357 – 3,635 4,635 5,490

Total cost or amortized cost 1,157 3,515 864 321 3,575 9,432 10,344

Total fair value 1,160 3,528 864 347 3,635 9,534 10,490

Other SecuritiesCarrying value 3 7 55 13 942 1,020 987Fair value 3 7 55 13 2,651 2,729 2,306

Total carrying value or amortized cost of securities 16,790 18,586 18,690 12,222 64,316 130,604 142,869

Total securities value 16,797 18,627 18,786 12,301 64,407 130,918 143,319

Total by Currency (in Canadian $ equivalent)Canadian dollar 11,230 11,041 12,446 8,885 38,973 82,575 94,126U.S. dollar 3,984 6,912 6,269 3,416 25,007 45,588 46,580Other currencies 1,583 674 71 – 427 2,755 2,613

Total securities 16,797 18,627 18,786 12,301 64,407 130,918 143,319

(1) These amounts are supported by insured mortgages or issued by U.S. agencies and government-sponsored enterprises.

Yields in the table above are calculated using the cost of the security and the contractual interest or stated dividend rates associated with each security, adjusted for any amortization of premiums anddiscounts. Tax effects are not taken into consideration. The term to maturity included in the table above is based on the contractual maturity date of the security. Actual maturities could differ, as issuersmay have the right to call or prepay obligations. Securities with no maturity date are included in the over 10 years category.


Notes

Unrealized Gains and Losses(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014

Amortizedcost

Grossunrealized

gains

Grossunrealized

lossesFair

valueAmortized

cost

Grossunrealized

gains

Grossunrealized

lossesFair

value

Issued or guaranteed by:Canadian federal government 7,906 78 14 7,970 10,420 82 1 10,501Canadian provincial and municipal governments 4,890 68 33 4,925 4,063 44 3 4,104U.S. federal government 1,750 9 5 1,754 1,094 2 3 1,093U.S. states, municipalities and agencies 6,026 65 6 6,085 5,761 57 3 5,815Other governments 5,404 11 3 5,412 6,116 17 1 6,132

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – Canada (1) 2,994 22 12 3,004 3,031 24 1 3,054Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations – U.S. 9,165 35 12 9,188 6,872 35 12 6,895Corporate debt 7,909 61 15 7,955 7,577 95 6 7,666Corporate equity 1,648 117 52 1,713 1,582 129 5 1,706

Total 47,692 466 152 48,006 46,516 485 35 46,966

(1) These amounts are supported by insured mortgages.

Unrealized Losses


Available-for-salesecurities in an unrealized

loss position for 2015

Available-for-salesecurities in an unrealized

loss position for 2014

Less than 12 months12 months

or longer TotalLess than

12 months12 months

or longer Total

Grossunrealized

lossesFair

value

Grossunrealized

lossesFair

value

Grossunrealized

lossesFair

value

Grossunrealized

lossesFair

value

Grossunrealized

lossesFair

value

Grossunrealized

lossesFair

value

Issued or guaranteed by:Canadian federal government 14 2,579 – – 14 2,579 1 666 – – 1 666Canadian provincial and municipal governments 33 2,773 – – 33 2,773 – 280 3 487 3 767U.S. federal government 5 759 – – 5 759 3 579 – – 3 579U.S. states, municipalities and agencies 3 1,271 3 859 6 2,130 – 916 3 732 3 1,648Other governments 3 1,677 – 543 3 2,220 – 158 1 1,003 1 1,161

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations –Canada (1) 12 1,415 – – 12 1,415 1 657 – – 1 657

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations –U.S. 10 2,728 2 622 12 3,350 5 1,969 7 1,630 12 3,599

Corporate debt 15 2,726 – 22 15 2,748 1 822 5 773 6 1,595Corporate equity 52 305 – – 52 305 4 40 1 27 5 67

Total 147 16,233 5 2,046 152 18,279 15 6,087 20 4,652 35 10,739

(1) These amounts are supported by insured mortgages.

Income from securities has been included in our consolidated financial statements as follows:(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014 2013

Reported in Consolidated Statement of Income:

Interest, Dividend and Fee Income (1)

Trading securities (2) 1,016 954 1,265Available-for-sale securities 504 570 610Held-to-maturity securities 167 152 47Other securities 225 186 210

1,912 1,862 2,132

Non-Interest RevenueAvailable-for-sale securities

Gross realized gains 116 304 90Gross realized losses (18) (167) (3)

Unrealized gain on investment reclassified from equity to available-for-sale – – 191Other securities, net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 85 33 24Impairment write-downs (12) (8) (17)

Securities gains (losses), other than trading (1) 171 162 285

Trading securities, net realized and unrealized gains (losses) (1) (2) 92 340 (1,273)

Total income from securities 2,175 2,364 1,144

(1) The following amounts of income related to our insurance operations were included in non-interest revenue, insurance revenue in our Consolidated Statement of Income:(2) Interest, dividend and fee income of $282 million for the year ended October 31, 2015 ($263 million in 2014 and $263 million in 2013). Securities gains (losses), other than trading of $1 million for

the year ended October 31, 2015 ($5 million in 2014 and $1 million in 2013).Excluded from the table above are trading securities, net realized and unrealized gains (losses) of $8 million related to our insurance operations for the year ended October 31, 2015 ($379 million in2014 and $(190) million in 2013).

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation and for changes in accounting policies.


Not


Note 4: Loans, Customers’ Liability under Acceptances and Allowance for Credit LossesLoans are initially measured at fair value plus directly attributable costs, and are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interestmethod. The effective interest method allocates interest income over the expected term of the loan by applying the effective interest rate to thecarrying amount of the loan. The effective interest rate is defined as the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through theexpected term of the loan to the net carrying amount of the loan. Under the effective interest method, the amount recognized in interest, dividendand fee income, loans, varies over the term of the loan based on the principal outstanding. The treatment of interest income for impaired loans isdescribed below.

Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Resale AgreementsSecurities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements represent the amounts we will receive as a result of our commitment to resell securitiesthat we have purchased, back to the original seller, on a specified date at a specified price. We account for these instruments as if they were loans.

Lending FeesThe accounting treatment for lending fees varies depending on the transaction. Some loan origination, restructuring and renegotiation fees arerecorded as interest income over the term of the loan, while other lending fees are taken into income at the time of loan origination. Commitmentfees are recorded as interest income over the term of the loan, unless we believe the loan commitment will not be used. In the latter case,commitment fees are recorded as lending fees over the commitment period. Loan syndication fees are included in lending fees at the time thesyndication is completed, unless the yield on any loans we retain is less than that of other comparable lenders involved in the financing. In the lattercase, an appropriate portion of the syndication fee is recorded as interest income over the term of the loan.

Customers’ Liability under AcceptancesAcceptances represent a form of negotiable short-term debt that is issued by our customers, which we guarantee for a fee. We have offsetting claims,equal to the amount of the acceptances, against our customers in the event of a call on these commitments. The amount due under acceptances isrecorded in other liabilities and our corresponding claim is recorded as a loan in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Fees earned are recorded in lending fees in our Consolidated Statement of Income over the term of the acceptance.

Impaired LoansGenerally, consumer loans in both Canada and the U.S. are classified as impaired when payment is contractually 90 days past due, or one year pastdue for residential mortgages if guaranteed by the Government of Canada. Credit card loans are immediately written off when principal or interestpayments are 180 days past due, and are not reported as impaired. In Canada, consumer instalment loans, other personal loans and some smallbusiness loans are normally written off when they are one year past due. In the U.S., all consumer loans are written off when they are 180 days pastdue, except for non-real estate term loans, which are written off at 120 days. For the purpose of measuring the amount to be written off, thedetermination of the recoverable amount includes an estimate of future recoveries.

Corporate and commercial loans are classified as impaired when we determine there is no longer reasonable assurance that principal or interestwill be collected in its entirety on a timely basis. Generally, we consider corporate and commercial loans to be impaired when payments are 90 dayspast due, or for fully secured loans, when payments are 180 days past due. Corporate and commercial loans are written off following a review on anindividual loan basis that confirms all recovery attempts have been exhausted.

A loan will be reclassified to performing status when we determine that there is reasonable assurance of full and timely repayment of interestand principal in accordance with the terms and conditions of the loan, and that none of the criteria for classification of the loan as impaired continueto apply.

Our average gross impaired loans and acceptances were $2,115 million for the year ended October 31, 2015 ($2,261 million in 2014). Ouraverage impaired loans, net of the specific allowance, were $1,730 million for the year ended October 31, 2015 ($1,783 million in 2014).

Once a loan is identified as impaired, we continue to recognize interest income based on the original effective interest rate of the loan. In theperiods following the recognition of impairment, adjustments to the allowance for these loans reflecting the time value of money are recognized andpresented as interest income. Interest income on impaired loans of $91 million was recognized for the year ended October 31, 2015 ($111 million in2014).

During the year ended October 31, 2015, we recorded a net gain of $72 million before tax ($12 million in 2014) on the sale of impaired andwritten-off loans.

Allowance for Credit Losses (“ACL”)The allowance for credit losses recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet is maintained at a level that we consider adequate to absorb credit-relatedlosses on our loans, customers’ liability under acceptances and other credit instruments. The portion related to other credit instruments is recorded inother liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet and amounted to $197 million as at October 31, 2015 ($232 million in 2014).

The allowance is comprised of a specific allowance and a collective allowance.

Specific AllowanceThese allowances are recorded for individually identified impaired loans to reduce their carrying value to the expected recoverable amount. Wereview our loans and acceptances on an ongoing basis to assess whether any loans should be classified as impaired and whether an allowance orwrite-off should be recorded (excluding credit card loans, which are classified as impaired and written off when principal or interest payments are180 days past due, as discussed under Impaired Loans). The review of individually significant problem loans is conducted at least quarterly by theaccount managers, each of whom assesses the ultimate collectability and estimated recoveries for a specific loan based on all events and conditionsthat are relevant to the loan. This assessment is then approved by an independent credit officer.

Individually Significant Impaired LoansTo determine the amount we expect to recover from an individually significant impaired loan, we use the value of the estimated future cash flowsdiscounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. The determination of estimated future cash flows of a collateralized impaired loan reflects theexpected realization of the underlying security, net of expected costs and any amounts legally required to be paid to the borrower. Security can varyby type of loan and may include cash, securities, real properties, accounts receivable, guarantees, inventory or other capital assets.


Notes

Individually Insignificant Impaired LoansResidential mortgages, consumer instalment and other personal loans are individually insignificant and may be individually assessed or collectivelyassessed for losses at the time of impairment, taking into account historical loss experience.

Collective AllowanceWe maintain a collective allowance in order to cover any impairment in the existing portfolio for loans that have not yet been individually identifiedas impaired. Our approach to establishing and maintaining the collective allowance is based on the requirements of IFRS, considering guidelinesissued by OSFI.

The collective allowance methodology incorporates both quantitative and qualitative factors to determine an appropriate level for the collectiveallowance. For the purpose of calculating the collective allowance, we group loans on the basis of similarities in credit risk characteristics. The lossfactors for groups of loans are determined based on a minimum of five years of historical data and a one-year loss emergence period, except forcredit cards, where a seven-month loss emergence period is used. The loss factors are back-tested and calibrated on a regular basis to ensure thatthey continue to reflect our best estimate of losses that have been incurred but not yet identified, on an individual basis, within the pools of loans.Historical loss experience data is also reviewed in the determination of loss factors. Qualitative factors are based on current observable data, such ascurrent macroeconomic and business conditions, portfolio-specific considerations and model risk factors.

Provision for Credit Losses (“PCL”)Changes in the value of our loan portfolio due to credit-related losses or recoveries of amounts previously provided for or written off are included inthe provision for credit losses in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Loans, including customers’ liability under acceptances, and allowance for credit losses by category are as follows:

(Canadian $ in millions) Residential mortgages (1)

Credit card, consumerinstalment and other

personal loansBusiness and

government loansCustomers’ liabilityunder acceptances Total

2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013

Gross loan balances at end ofyear (3) 105,918 101,013 96,392 73,578 72,115 71,510 145,076 120,766 104,585 11,307 10,878 8,472 335,879 304,772 280,959

Impairment allowances (specificACL), beginning of year 88 89 76 99 81 62 237 315 338 – – – 424 485 476

Amounts written off (83) (87) (104) (670) (655) (750) (312) (407) (443) – – – (1,065) (1,149) (1,297)Recoveries of amounts written

off in previous years 72 40 24 190 161 152 194 423 596 – – – 456 624 772Charge to income statement

(specific PCL) 11 77 129 497 519 618 104 (35) (150) – – – 612 561 597Foreign exchange and other

movements (19) (31) (36) (3) (7) (1) (13) (59) (26) – – – (35) (97) (63)

Specific ACL, end of year 69 88 89 113 99 81 210 237 315 – – – 392 424 485

Collective ACL, beginning of year 83 88 47 678 622 624 754 756 759 27 19 30 1,542 1,485 1,460Charge to income statement

(collective PCL) 19 (8) 40 7 50 (4) (33) (50) (35) 7 8 (11) – – (10)Foreign exchange and

other movements 9 3 1 29 6 2 80 48 32 – – – 118 57 35

Collective ACL, end of year 111 83 88 714 678 622 801 754 756 34 27 19 1,660 1,542 1,485

Total ACL 180 171 177 827 777 703 1,011 991 1,071 34 27 19 2,052 1,966 1,970

Comprised of: Loans 149 144 157 827 777 703 845 786 786 34 27 19 1,855 1,734 1,665Other credit

instruments (2) 31 27 20 – – – 166 205 285 – – – 197 232 305

Net loan balances at end of year 105,769 100,869 96,235 72,751 71,338 70,807 144,231 119,980 103,799 11,273 10,851 8,453 334,024 303,038 279,294

(1) Included in the residential mortgages balance are Canadian government and corporate-insured mortgages of $56,579 million as at October 31, 2015 ($58,511 million in 2014).(2) The total specific and collective allowances related to other credit instruments are included in other liabilities.(3) Included in loans as at October 31, 2015 are $117,098 million ($95,269 million in 2014 and $81,069 million in 2013) of loans denominated in U.S. dollars and $1,966 million ($1,039 million in 2014

and $947 million in 2013) of loans denominated in other foreign currencies.Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation and changes in accounting policies.

Loans, including customers’ liability under acceptances, and allowance for credit losses by geographic region are as follows:

(Canadian $ in millions) Gross amount Specific allowance (2) Collective allowance (3) Net amount

2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014

By geographic region (1):Canada 223,500 213,490 145 191 816 766 222,539 212,533United States 101,198 80,135 212 182 682 594 100,304 79,359Other countries 11,181 11,147 – 1 – – 11,181 11,146

Total 335,879 304,772 357 374 1,498 1,360 334,024 303,038

(1) Geographic region is based upon the country of ultimate risk.(2) Excludes specific allowance of $35 million for other credit instruments ($50 million in 2014), which is included in other liabilities.(3) Excludes collective allowance of $162 million for other credit instruments ($182 million in 2014), which is included in other liabilities.


Not


Impaired loans, including the related allowances, are as follows:(Canadian $ in millions) Gross impaired amount Specific allowance (3) Net of specific allowance

2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014

Residential mortgages 370 532 38 61 332 471Consumer instalment and other personal loans 546 544 113 99 433 445Business and government loans 1,043 972 206 214 837 758

Total (1) 1,959 2,048 357 374 1,602 1,674

By geographic region (2):Canada 641 742 145 191 496 551United States 1,314 1,301 212 182 1,102 1,119Other countries 4 5 – 1 4 4

Total 1,959 2,048 357 374 1,602 1,674

(1) Excludes purchased credit impaired loans.(2) Geographic region is based upon the country of ultimate risk.(3) Excludes specific allowance of $35 million for other credit instruments ($50 million in 2014), which is included in other liabilities.

Fully secured loans with past due amounts between 90 and 180 days that we have not classified as impaired totalled $83 million and $134 million as at October 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Specific provisions for credit losses by geographic region are as follows:

(Canadian $ in millions) Residential mortgages

Credit card, consumerinstalment and other

personal loansBusiness and

government loans (2) Total

2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014

By geographic region (1):Canada 9 12 393 410 97 107 499 529United States 2 65 104 109 8 (140) 114 34Other countries – – – – (1) (2) (1) (2)

Total 11 77 497 519 104 (35) 612 561

(1) Geographic region is based upon the country of ultimate risk.(2) There were no provisions relating to customers’ liability under acceptances as at October 31, 2015 and 2014.

Foreclosed AssetsProperty or other assets that we receive from borrowers to satisfy their loan commitments are classified as either held for use or held for saleaccording to management’s intention and are recorded at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Fair value is determined basedon market prices where available. Otherwise, fair value is determined using methods such as analysis of discounted cash flows or market prices forsimilar assets.

During the year ended October 31, 2015, we foreclosed on impaired loans and received $102 million of real estate properties that we classifiedas held for sale ($145 million in 2014).

As at October 31, 2015, real estate properties held for sale totalled $109 million ($158 million in 2014). These properties are disposed of whenconsidered appropriate. During the year ended October 31, 2015, we recorded an impairment loss of $22 million on real estate properties classified asheld for sale ($34 million in 2014).

Renegotiated LoansFrom time to time we modify the contractual terms of loans due to the poor financial condition of the borrower. We assess renegotiated loans forimpairment consistent with our existing policies for impairment. When renegotiation leads to significant concessions being granted, and theconcessions are for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulty that we would not otherwise consider, the loan is classifiedas impaired. We consider one or a combination of the following to be significant concessions: (1) a reduction of the stated interest rate, (2) anextension of the maturity date or dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar terms, or(3) forgiveness of principal or accrued interest.

Renegotiated loans are permitted to remain in performing status if the modifications are not considered to be significant, or are returned toperforming status when none of the criteria for classification as impaired continue to apply.

The carrying value of our renegotiated loans was $730 million as at October 31, 2015 ($728 million in 2014). Renegotiated loans of $361 millionwere classified as performing during the year ended October 31, 2015 ($291 million in 2014). Renegotiated loans of $42 million and $25 million werewritten off in the years ended October 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Purchased LoansWe record all loans that we purchase at fair value on the day that we acquire the loans. The fair value of the acquired loan portfolio includes anestimate of the interest rate premium or discount on the loans, calculated as the difference between the contractual rate of interest on the loans andprevailing interest rates (the “interest rate mark”). Also included in fair value is an estimate of expected credit losses (the “credit mark”) as of theacquisition date. The credit mark consists of two components: an estimate of the amount of losses that exist in the acquired loan portfolio on theacquisition date but that haven’t been specifically identified on that date (the “incurred credit mark”) and an amount that represents future expectedlosses (the “future credit mark”). Because we record the loans at fair value, no allowance for credit losses is recorded in our Consolidated BalanceSheet on the day we acquire the loans. Fair value is determined by estimating the principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected on theloans and discounting those cash flows at a market rate of interest. We estimate cash flows expected to be collected based on specific loan reviewsfor commercial loans. For retail loans, we use models that incorporate management’s best estimate of current key assumptions, such as default rates,loss severity and the timing of prepayments, as well as collateral.

Acquired loans are classified into the following categories: those for which on the acquisition date we expect to continue to receive timelyprincipal and interest payments (the “purchased performing loans”) and those for which on the acquisition date the timely collection of interest and


Notes

principal was no longer reasonably assured (the “purchased credit impaired loans” or “PCI loans”). Because PCI loans are recorded at fair value atacquisition based on the amount expected to be collected, none of the PCI loans are considered to be impaired at acquisition.

Subsequent to the acquisition date, we account for each type of loan as follows:

Purchased Performing LoansFor performing loans with fixed terms, the future credit mark is fully amortized into net interest income over the expected life of the loan using theeffective interest method. The impact on net interest income for the year ended October 31, 2015 was $26 million ($34 million in 2014 and$48 million in 2013). The incurred credit losses are remeasured at each reporting period, with any increases recorded as an increase in the collectiveallowance and the provision for credit losses. Decreases in incurred credit losses are recorded as a decrease in the collective allowance and theprovision for credit losses until the accumulated collective allowance related to these loans is exhausted. Any additional decrease is recorded in netinterest income.

The impact of the remeasurement of incurred credit losses for performing loans with fixed terms for the year ended October 31, 2015 was a$1 million recovery in the provision for credit losses and $nil in net interest income ($2 million provision and $6 million, respectively, in 2014 and $niland $143 million, respectively, in 2013).

For performing loans with revolving terms, the incurred and future credit marks are amortized into net interest income on a straight-line basisover the contractual terms of the loans. The impact on net interest income of such amortization for the year ended October 31, 2015 was $15 million($35 million in 2014 and $123 million in 2013).

As performing loans are repaid, the related unamortized credit mark remaining is recorded as net interest income during the period in which thepayments are received. The impact on net interest income of such repayments for the year ended October 31, 2015 was $62 million ($151 million in2014 and $241 million in 2013).

Actual specific provisions for credit losses related to these performing loans will be recorded as they arise in a manner that is consistent with ourpolicy for loans we originate. The total specific provision for credit losses for purchased performing loans for the year ended October 31, 2015 was$5 million ($56 million in 2014 and $240 million in 2013).

As at October 31, 2015, the amount of purchased performing loans remaining on the balance sheet was $4,993 million ($7,755 million in 2014).As at October 31, 2015, the credit mark remaining on performing term loans, revolving loans and other performing loans was $217 million,$69 million and $nil, respectively ($279 million, $94 million and $2 million, respectively, in 2014). Of the total credit mark for performing loans of$286 million, $151 million represents the credit mark that will be amortized over the remaining life of the portfolio. The remaining balance of$135 million represents the incurred credit mark and will be remeasured each reporting period.

Purchased Credit Impaired LoansSubsequent to the acquisition date, we regularly re-evaluate the cash flows we expect to collect on the PCI loans. Increases in expected cash flowswill result in a recovery in the specific provision for credit losses and either a reduction in any previously recorded allowance for credit losses or, if noallowance exists, an increase in the current carrying value of the PCI loans. Decreases in expected cash flows will result in a charge to the specificprovision for credit losses and an increase in the allowance for credit losses. The impact of these evaluations for the year ended October 31, 2015 wasa $86 million recovery in the specific provision for credit losses ($252 million recovery in 2014 and $410 million recovery in 2013).

As at October 31, 2015, the amount of PCI loans remaining on the balance sheet was $383 million ($488 million in 2014). There is no remainingcredit mark on the PCI loans ($nil in 2014).

FDIC Covered LoansCertain acquired loans are subject to a loss share agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Under this agreement, the FDICreimburses us for 80% of the net losses we incur on the covered loans.

We recorded net provisions of $36 million for the year ended October 31, 2015 (net recoveries of $8 million in 2014). These amounts are net ofthe amounts expected to be reimbursed by the FDIC.

Note 5: Risk ManagementWe have an enterprise-wide approach to the identification, measurement, monitoring and management of risks faced across our organization. Thekey risks related to our financial instruments are classified as credit and counterparty, market, and liquidity and funding risk.

Credit and Counterparty RiskCredit and counterparty risk is the potential for loss due to the failure of a borrower, endorser, guarantor or counterparty to repay a loan or honouranother predetermined financial obligation. Credit risk arises predominantly with respect to loans, over-the-counter derivatives and other creditinstruments. This is the most significant measurable risk that we face. Our risk management practices and key measures are disclosed in the text andtables presented in a blue-tinted font in Management’s Discussion and Analysis on pages 94 to 96 of this report. Additional information on loans andderivative-related credit risk is disclosed in Notes 4 and 8, respectively.

Concentrations of Credit and Counterparty RiskConcentrations of credit risk exist if a number of clients are engaged in similar activities, are located in the same geographic region or have similareconomic characteristics such that their ability to meet contractual obligations could be similarly affected by changes in economic, political or otherconditions. Concentrations of credit risk indicate a related sensitivity of our performance to developments affecting a particular counterparty, industryor geographic location. At year end, our credit assets consisted of a well-diversified portfolio representing millions of clients, the majority of themconsumers and small to medium-sized businesses.

From an industry viewpoint, our most significant exposure as at year end was to individual consumers, captured within the individual sector inthe following table, comprising $178,708 million ($169,039 million in 2014). Additional information on the composition of our loans and derivativesexposure is disclosed in Notes 4 and 8, respectively.


Not


Basel III FrameworkWe use the Basel III Framework and our economic capital framework for risk management purposes. For regulatory capital, we use the AdvancedInternal Ratings Based (“AIRB”) approach to determine credit risk-weighted assets in our portfolio, except for acquired loans in our M&I and otherselect portfolios, for which we use the Standardized Approach. The framework uses exposure at default to assess credit and counterparty risk.Exposures are classified as follows:‰ Drawn loans include loans, acceptances, deposits with regulated financial institutions, and certain securities. Exposure at default (“EAD”) represents

an estimate of the outstanding amount of a credit exposure at the time a default may occur. For off-balance sheet amounts and undrawn amounts,EAD includes an estimate of any further amounts that may be drawn at the time of default.

‰ Undrawn commitments cover all unutilized authorizations, associated with the drawn loans noted above, including those which are unconditionallycancellable. EAD for undrawn commitments is model generated based on internal empirical data.

‰ Over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives are those in our proprietary accounts that attract credit risk in addition to market risk. EAD for OTC derivativesis equal to the positive replacement cost; after considering netting, plus any potential credit exposure amount.

‰ Other off-balance sheet exposures include items such as guarantees, standby letters of credit and documentary credits. EAD for other off-balancesheet items is based on management’s best estimate.

‰ Repo-style transactions include repos, reverse repos and securities lending transactions, which represent both asset and liability exposures. EAD forrepo-style transactions is the total amount drawn, adding back any write-offs.

‰ Adjusted EAD represents exposures that have been redistributed to a more favourable probability of default band or a different Basel asset class asa result of applying credit risk mitigation.

Total non-trading exposure at default by industry sector, as at October 31, 2015 and 2014, based on the Basel III classifications is as follows:

(Canadian $ in millions) DrawnCommitments

(undrawn) OTC derivativesOther off-balance

sheet items Repo-style transactions Total

2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014

Financial institutions 85,854 69,174 19,268 15,164 7 1 3,321 2,825 50,393 40,362 158,843 127,526Governments 42,709 43,035 2,069 1,838 – – 794 1,010 6,478 10,266 52,050 56,149Manufacturing 16,133 13,678 13,039 9,499 21 40 1,311 1,189 – – 30,504 24,406Real estate 21,100 18,408 5,871 5,602 – – 809 1,072 – – 27,780 25,082Retail trade 14,352 11,973 4,614 4,995 – – 539 537 – – 19,505 17,505Service industries 28,311 21,944 11,881 8,873 2 6 2,936 2,748 – 2 43,130 33,573Wholesale trade 8,453 8,260 5,288 4,253 – – 372 461 – – 14,113 12,974Oil and gas 6,575 5,969 7,847 6,931 – – 818 612 – – 15,240 13,512Individual 139,885 132,360 38,674 36,627 – 26 149 18 – 8 178,708 169,039Agriculture 9,860 9,016 1,860 1,905 – – 27 36 – – 11,747 10,957Others (1) 51,337 38,090 14,218 12,692 1 1 5,329 4,303 – 397 70,885 55,483

Total exposure atdefault 424,569 371,907 124,629 108,379 31 74 16,405 14,811 56,871 51,035 622,505 546,206

(1) Includes industries having a total exposure of less than 2%.

Additional information about our credit risk exposure by geographic region and product category for loans, including customers’ liability underacceptances, is provided in Note 4.

Credit QualityWe assign risk ratings based on the probability of counterparties defaulting on their financial obligations to us. Our process for assigning risk ratings isdisclosed in the text presented in a blue-tinted font in the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis onpages 95 to 96 of this report.

The following tables present our business and government gross loans and acceptances and consumer gross loans outstanding by risk rating asat October 31, 2015 and 2014.

Business and Government Gross Loans and Acceptances by Risk Rating(Canadian $ in millions) Business and government loans and acceptances

2015 2014

AcceptableInvestmentgrade 84,059 71,282Sub-investment grade 67,586 56,181Problem 3,530 2,881Default / Impaired 1,208 1,300

Total 156,383 131,644

Consumer Gross Loans by Risk Rating

(Canadian $ in millions) Residential mortgagesCredit card

and other personal loans Total

2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014

Exceptionally low (≤ 0.05%) 2 3 16,834 2,691 16,836 2,694Very low (> 0.05% to 0.20%) 69,100 65,704 18,795 31,243 87,895 96,947Low (> 0.20% to 0.75%) 17,233 17,200 14,933 13,171 32,166 30,371Medium (> 0.75% to 7.00%) 16,513 8,668 16,969 18,285 33,482 26,953High (> 7.00% to 99.99%) 408 6,385 1,600 1,707 2,008 8,092Standardized performing / Not rated 2,246 2,253 3,878 4,245 6,124 6,498Default / Impaired 416 800 569 773 985 1,573

Total 105,918 101,013 73,578 72,115 179,496 173,128


Notes

Loans Past Due Not ImpairedLoans that are past due but not classified as impaired are loans where our customers have failed to make payments when contractually due, but forwhich we expect the full amount of principal and interest payments to be collected. The following table presents the loans that are past due but notclassified as impaired as at October 31, 2015 and 2014:

(Canadian $ in millions) 1 to 29 days 30 to 89 days 90 days or more Total

2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014

Residential mortgages (1) 641 647 459 488 33 37 1,133 1,172Credit card, consumer instalment and other personal loans (2) 2,474 1,915 494 471 90 104 3,058 2,490Business and government loans 416 414 162 126 92 169 670 709Customers’ liability under acceptances – 20 – 4 – – – 24

Total 3,531 2,996 1,115 1,089 215 310 4,861 4,395

(1) The percentage of loans 90 days or more past due but not impaired that were guaranteed by the Government of Canada is 5% for 2015 and 5% for 2014.(2) Credit card loans that are past due are not classified as impaired loans and are written off when 180 days past due.

Loan Maturities and Interest Rate SensitivityThe following table presents gross loans and acceptances by contractual maturity and by country of ultimate risk:

(Canadian $ in millions) 1 year or less Over 1 year Over 5 years Total

2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014

CanadaConsumer 50,911 50,026 97,482 93,486 5,272 5,984 153,665 149,496Commercial and corporate (excluding real estate) 43,329 41,608 13,677 10,981 461 141 57,467 52,730Commercial real estate 4,739 4,506 6,254 5,331 1,375 1,427 12,368 11,264

United States 30,886 22,292 50,647 41,084 19,665 16,759 101,198 80,135Other countries 10,136 10,632 741 465 304 50 11,181 11,147

Total 140,001 129,064 168,801 151,347 27,077 24,361 335,879 304,772

The following table presents net loans and acceptances by interest rate sensitivity:(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014

Fixed rate 160,469 150,021Floating rate 162,248 142,139Non-interest sensitive (1) 11,307 10,878

Total 334,024 303,038

(1) Non-interest sensitive is comprised of customers’ liability under acceptances.

Market RiskMarket risk is the potential for adverse changes in the value of our assets and liabilities resulting from changes in market variables such as interestrates, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities, and credit spreads, as well as the risk of credit migration anddefault. We incur market risk in our trading and underwriting activities and in the management of structural market risk in our banking and insuranceactivities.

Our market risk management practices and key measures are disclosed in the text and tables presented in a blue-tinted font in the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis on pages 100 to 104 of this report.

Liquidity and Funding RiskLiquidity and funding risk is the potential for loss if we are unable to meet financial commitments in a timely manner at reasonable prices as they falldue. It is our policy to ensure that sufficient liquid assets and funding capacity are available to meet financial commitments, including liabilities todepositors and suppliers, and lending, investment and pledging commitments, even in times of stress. Managing liquidity and funding risk is essentialto maintaining both depositor confidence and stability in earnings.

Our liquidity and funding risk management practices and key measures are disclosed in the text presented in a blue-tinted font in the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis on pages 105 to 109 of this report.

Note 6: Transfer of AssetsLoan SecuritizationWe sell Canadian mortgage loans to third-party Canadian securitization programs, including the Canadian Mortgage Bond program, and directly tothird-party investors under the National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities program. We assess whether substantially all of the risk and rewardsof the loans have been transferred to determine if they qualify for derecognition.

Under these programs, we are entitled to the payment over time of the excess of the sum of interest and fees collected from customers, inconnection with the loans that were sold, over the yield paid to investors in the third-party securitization programs, less credit losses and other costs.Since we continue to be exposed to substantially all of the prepayment, interest rate and/or credit risk associated with the securitized loans, they donot qualify for derecognition. We continue to recognize the loans and the related cash proceeds as secured financing in our Consolidated BalanceSheet. The interest and fees collected, net of the yield paid to investors, is recorded in net interest income using the effective interest method overthe term of the securitization. Credit losses associated with the loans are recorded in the provision for credit losses. During the year endedOctober 31, 2015, we sold $6,905 million of loans to third-party securitization programs ($5,564 million in 2014).


Not


The following table presents the carrying amount and fair value of transferred assets that did not qualify for derecognition and the associatedliabilities:

(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 (1) 2014

Carrying amountof assets

Associatedliabilities

Carrying amountof assets

Associatedliabilities

Residential mortgages 7,458 9,569Other related assets (2) 10,181 8,382

Total 17,639 17,199 17,951 17,546

(1) The fair value of the securitized assets is $17,785 million and the fair value of the associated liabilities is $17,666 million, for a net position of $119 million. Securitized assets are those which we havetransferred to third parties, including other related assets.

(2) Other related assets represent payments received on account of loans pledged under securitization programs that have not yet been applied against the associated liabilities. The payments receivedare held on behalf of the investors in the securitization vehicles until principal payments are required to be made on the associated liabilities. In order to compare all assets supporting the associatedliabilities, this amount is added to the carrying value of the securitized assets in the table above.

Securities Lent or Sold Under Repurchase AgreementsSecurities lent or sold under repurchase agreements represent short-term funding transactions in which we sell securities that we own andsimultaneously commit to repurchase the same securities at a specified price on a specified date in the future. We retain substantially all of the riskand rewards associated with the securities and we continue to recognize them in our Consolidated Balance Sheet with the obligation to repurchasethese securities recorded as secured borrowing transactions at the amount owing. The interest expense related to these liabilities is recorded on anaccrual basis. For further details, refer to Note 14.

Note 7: Structured EntitiesWe enter into certain transactions in the ordinary course of business which involve the establishment of structured entities (“SEs”) to facilitate orsecure customer transactions and to obtain alternative sources of funding. We are required to consolidate an SE if we control the entity. We control anSE when we have power over the SE, exposure to variable returns as a result of our involvement, and the ability to exercise power to affect theamount of our returns.

In assessing whether we control an SE, we consider the entire arrangement to determine the purpose and design of the SE, the nature of anyrights held through contractual arrangements and whether we are acting as a principal or agent.

We perform a re-assessment of consolidation if facts and circumstances indicate that there have been changes to one or more of the elements ofcontrol over the SE.

Consolidated Structured Entities

Bank Securitization VehiclesWe use securitization vehicles to securitize our Canadian credit card loans in order to obtain alternate sources of funding. The structure of thesevehicles limits the activities they can undertake and the types of assets they can hold, and the vehicles have limited decision-making authority. Thevehicles issue term asset-backed securities to fund their activities. We control and consolidate these vehicles, as we have the key decision-makingpowers necessary to obtain the majority of the benefits of their activities.

U.S. Customer Securitization VehicleWe sponsor a customer securitization vehicle (also referred to as a bank-sponsored multi-seller conduit) that provides our customers with alternatesources of funding through the securitization of their assets. This vehicle provides clients with access to financing in the asset-backed commercialpaper (“ABCP”) markets by allowing them to sell their assets into the vehicle, which then issues ABCP to investors to fund the purchases. We do notsell assets to the customer securitization vehicle. We earn fees for providing services related to the securitizations, including liquidity, distribution andfinancial arrangement fees for supporting the ongoing operations of the vehicle. We have determined that we control and therefore consolidate thisvehicle, as we are exposed to its variable returns and we have the key decision-making powers necessary to affect the amount of those returns inour capacity as liquidity provider and servicing agent.

We provide liquidity facilities to this vehicle which may require that we provide additional financing to the vehicle in the event that certainevents occur. The total committed undrawn amount under these facilities at October 31, 2015 was $7,213 million ($5,236 million at October 31,2014).

Credit Protection VehicleWe sponsor a credit protection vehicle which provides credit protection to investors on investments in corporate debt portfolios through creditdefault swaps. In May 2008, upon the restructuring of the vehicle, we entered into credit default swaps with swap counterparties and offsettingswaps with the vehicle. In 2015, the vehicle redeemed $nil of its outstanding medium-term notes ($1,049 million in 2014, of which $678 millionwere held by us). We continue to hold $256 million of outstanding medium-term notes which mature in September 2016. As at October 31, 2015 and2014, we have hedged our exposure to our holdings of notes issued by the vehicle. A third party holds its exposure to the vehicle through a totalreturn swap with us on $108 million of notes. We control and therefore consolidate this vehicle.

Capital and Funding VehiclesCapital and funding vehicles are created to issue notes or capital trust securities or to guarantee payments due to bondholders on bonds issued by us.These vehicles may purchase notes issued by us, or we may sell assets to the vehicles in exchange for promissory notes.

For those trusts that purchase assets from us, we have determined that, based on the rights of the arrangements, we have significant exposureto their variable returns as we are exposed to the variability of their underlying assets, and that we control and therefore consolidate these vehicles.See Note 1 and Note 16 for further information related to capital trusts.


Notes

Unconsolidated Structured EntitiesThe table below presents amounts related to our interests in unconsolidated SEs:

(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014

Capital andfunding

vehicles

Canadiancustomer

securitizationvehicles (1)

Structuredfinance

vehicles

Capital andfundingvehicles

Canadiancustomer

securitizationvehicles (1)

Structuredfinance

vehicles

Interests recorded on the balance sheetCash and cash equivalents 11 69 – 11 39 –Trading securities 2 21 2,266 2 10 10,414Available-for-sale securities – 573 – – 652 –Other – 10 11 – – 42

13 673 2,277 13 701 10,456

Deposits 1,265 69 1,296 1,265 39 5,853Derivatives – – 250 – – 1,115Other 20 – 732 21 – 3,447

1,285 69 2,278 1,286 39 10,415

Exposure to loss (2) 57 6,175 2,278 57 5,876 10,456

Total assets of the entities 1,285 4,289 2,277 1,286 3,783 10,456

(1) Securities held that are issued by our Canadian customer securitization vehicles are comprised of asset-backed commercial paper and are classified as trading securities and available-for-salesecurities. All assets held by these vehicles relate to assets in Canada.

(2) Exposure to loss represents securities held, drawn and undrawn facilities, and derivative assets.


Capital and Funding VehiclesCertain of our capital and funding vehicles purchase notes issued by us as their underlying assets. In these situations, we are not exposed tosignificant default or credit risk. Our remaining exposure to variable returns is less than that of the note holders, who are exposed to our default andcredit risk. We have determined that we do not consolidate these vehicles. See Note 1 and Note 16 for further information related to capital trusts.

Canadian Customer Securitization VehiclesWe sponsor customer securitization vehicles (also referred to as bank-sponsored multi-seller conduits) that provide our customers with alternatesources of funding through the securitization of their assets. These vehicles provide clients with access to financing in the ABCP markets by allowingthem to sell their assets into the vehicles, which then issue ABCP to investors to fund the purchases. We do not sell assets to the customersecuritization vehicles. We earn fees for providing services related to the securitizations, including liquidity, distribution and financial arrangementfees for supporting the ongoing operations of the vehicles. We have determined that we do not have control of these entities as their key relevantactivity, the servicing of program assets, does not reside with us. We provide liquidity facilities to these vehicles which may require that we provideadditional financing to the vehicles in the event that certain events occur. The total committed undrawn amount under these facilities at October 31,2015 was $5,573 million ($5,214 million at October 31, 2014).

Structured Finance VehiclesWe facilitate development of investment products by third parties, including mutual funds, unit investment trusts and other investment funds that aresold to retail investors. We enter into derivative contracts with these third parties to provide investors with their desired exposure, and we hedge ourexposure related to these derivative contracts by investing in other funds through SEs. We are not required to consolidate these vehicles.

Compensation TrustsWe sponsor various share ownership arrangements, certain of which are administered through trusts. Generally these arrangements permitemployees to purchase bank common shares.

Employees can direct a portion of their gross salary towards the purchase of our common shares and we match 50% of employees’ contributionsup to 6% of their individual gross salary. Our matching contributions are paid into trusts, which purchase our common shares on the open market fordistribution to employees once those employees are entitled to the shares under the terms of the plan. We are not required to consolidate ourcompensation trusts. These trusts are not included in the table above, as we have no interest in the trusts.

Total assets held under our share ownership arrangements amounted to $1,446 million as at October 31, 2015 ($1,532 million in 2014).

BMO Managed FundsWe have established a number of funds that we also manage. We assess whether or not we control these funds based on the economic interest wehave in the funds, including investments in the funds and management fees earned from the funds, and any investors’ rights to remove us asinvestment manager. Based on our assessment, we have determined that we do not control these funds. Our total exposure to unconsolidated BMOmanaged funds was $589 million at October 31, 2015 ($513 million in 2014), which is included in securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Non-BMO Managed FundsWe purchase and hold units of non-BMO managed funds for investment and other purposes. We are considered to have an interest in these fundsthrough our holding of units, and because we may act as counterparty in certain derivative contracts or other interests. These activities do notconstitute control, and as a result our interests in these funds are not consolidated. Our total exposure to non-BMO managed funds was$3,735 million at October 31, 2015 ($11,647 million in 2014), which is included in securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.


Not


Other Structured EntitiesWe may be deemed to be the sponsor of an SE if we are involved in the design, legal set-up or marketing of the SE. We may also be deemed to bethe sponsor of an SE if market participants would reasonably associate the entity with us. We do not have an interest in certain SEs that we havesponsored. The amounts of revenue earned from such entities are not significant.

Note 8: Derivative InstrumentsDerivative instruments are financial contracts that derive their value from underlying changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates or otherfinancial or commodity prices or indices.

Derivative instruments are either regulated exchange-traded contracts or negotiated over-the-counter contracts. We use these instruments fortrading purposes, as well as to manage our exposures, mainly to currency and interest rate fluctuations, as part of our asset/liability managementprogram.

Types of DerivativesSwapsSwaps are contractual agreements between two parties to exchange a series of cash flows. The various swap agreements that we enter into are asfollows:

Interest rate swaps – counterparties generally exchange fixed and floating rate interest payments based on a notional value in a single currency.Cross-currency swaps – fixed rate interest payments and principal amounts are exchanged in different currencies.Cross-currency interest rate swaps – fixed and/or floating rate interest payments and principal amounts are exchanged in different currencies.Commodity swaps – counterparties generally exchange fixed and floating rate payments based on a notional value of a single commodity.Equity swaps – counterparties exchange the return on an equity security or a group of equity securities for the return based on a fixed or floating

interest rate or the return on another equity security or group of equity securities.Credit default swaps – one counterparty pays the other a fee in exchange for that other counterparty agreeing to make a payment if a credit

event occurs, such as bankruptcy or failure to pay.Total return swaps – one counterparty agrees to pay or receive from the other cash amounts based on changes in the value of a reference asset

or group of assets, including any returns such as interest earned on these assets, in exchange for amounts that are based on prevailing marketfunding rates.

The main risks associated with these instruments are related to exposure to movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit quality,securities values or commodities prices, as applicable, and the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of the contracts.

Forwards and FuturesForwards and futures are contractual agreements to either buy or sell a specified amount of a currency, commodity, interest-rate-sensitive financialinstrument or security at a specified price and date in the future.

Forwards are customized contracts transacted in the over-the-counter market. Futures are transacted in standardized amounts on regulatedexchanges and are subject to daily cash margining.

The main risks associated with these instruments are related to exposure to movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit quality,securities values or commodities prices, as applicable, and the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of the contracts.

OptionsOptions are contractual agreements that convey to the purchaser the right but not the obligation to either buy or sell a specified amount of acurrency, commodity, interest-rate-sensitive financial instrument or security at a fixed future date or at any time within a fixed future period.

For options written by us, we receive a premium from the purchaser for accepting market risk.For options purchased by us, we pay a premium for the right to exercise the option. Since we have no obligation to exercise the option, our

primary exposure to risk is the potential credit risk if the writer of an over-the-counter contract fails to meet the terms of the contract.Caps, collars and floors are specialized types of written and purchased options. They are contractual agreements in which the writer agrees to

pay the purchaser, based on a specified notional amount, the difference between the market rate and the prescribed rate of the cap, collar or floor.The writer receives a premium for selling this instrument.

A swaption is an option granting its owner the right but not the obligation to enter into an underlying swap.A future option is an option contract in which the underlying instrument is a single futures contract.The main risks associated with these instruments are related to exposure to movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit quality,

value of the underlying financial instrument or commodity, as applicable, and the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of thecontracts.

Risks HedgedInterest Rate RiskWe manage interest rate risk through bonds, interest rate futures, interest rate swaps and options, which are linked to and adjust the interest ratesensitivity of a specific asset, liability, forecasted transaction or firm commitment, or a specific pool of transactions with similar risk characteristics.

Foreign Currency RiskWe manage foreign currency risk through currency futures, foreign currency options, cross-currency swaps and forward contracts. These derivativesare marked to market, with realized and unrealized gains and losses recorded in non-interest revenue, consistent with the accounting treatment forgains and losses on the economically hedged item. Changes in fair value on forward contracts that qualify as accounting hedges are recorded in othercomprehensive income, with the spot/forward differential (the difference between the foreign currency exchange rate at the inception of the contractand the rate at the end of the contract) being recorded in interest expense over the term of the hedge. Foreign currency translation on investments inforeign operations is managed through deposits. The foreign currency translation on the deposits designated in net investment hedges is recorded inother comprehensive income.


Notes

Trading DerivativesTrading derivatives include derivatives entered into with customers to accommodate their risk management needs, market-making to facilitatecustomer-driven demand for derivatives, derivatives transacted on a limited basis to generate trading income from our principal trading positions andcertain derivatives that are executed as part of our risk management strategy that do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes (“economichedges”).

We structure and market derivative products to enable customers to transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks.Principal trading activities include market-making and positioning activities. Market-making involves quoting bid and offer prices to other market

participants with the intention of generating revenues based on spread and volume. Positioning activities involve managing market risk positionswith the expectation of profiting from favourable movements in prices, rates or indices.

Trading derivatives are recorded at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in trading revenues in our ConsolidatedStatement of Income. Unrealized gains on trading derivatives are recorded as derivative instrument assets and unrealized losses are recorded asderivative instrument liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Hedging DerivativesIn accordance with our risk management strategy, we enter into various derivative contracts to hedge our interest rate and foreign currencyexposures.

We may also economically hedge a portion of our U.S. dollar earnings through forward foreign exchange contracts to minimize fluctuations in ourconsolidated net income due to the translation of our U.S. dollar earnings. These contracts are recorded at fair value, with changes in fair valuerecorded in non-interest revenue in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Accounting HedgesIn order for a derivative instrument to qualify as an accounting hedge, the hedging relationship must be designated and formally documented at itsinception, detailing the particular risk management objective and strategy for the hedge and the specific asset, liability or cash flow being hedged, aswell as how its effectiveness is being assessed. Changes in the fair value of the derivative must be highly effective in offsetting changes in the fairvalue or changes in the amount of future cash flows of the hedged item.

Hedge effectiveness is evaluated at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, retrospectively and prospectively,primarily using quantitative statistical measures of correlation. Any ineffectiveness in the hedging relationship is recognized in non-interest revenue,other, in our Consolidated Statement of Income as it arises.

Cash Flow HedgesCash flow hedges modify exposure to variability in cash flows for variable interest rate bearing instruments, foreign currency denominated assets andliabilities and certain cash-settled share-based payment grants subject to equity price risk. Variable interest rate bearing instruments include floatingrate loans and deposits. Our cash flow hedges have a maximum remaining term to maturity of 20 years.

We record interest that we pay or receive on these cash flow hedge derivatives as an adjustment to net interest income in our ConsolidatedStatement of Income over the life of the hedge.

To the extent that changes in the fair value of the derivative offset changes in the fair value of the hedged item, they are recorded in othercomprehensive income. The excess of the change in fair value of the derivative that does not offset changes in the fair value of the hedged item(the “ineffectiveness of the hedge”) is recorded directly in non-interest revenue, other, in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

For cash flow hedges that are discontinued before the end of the original hedge term, the cumulative unrealized gain or loss recorded in othercomprehensive income is amortized to our Consolidated Statement of Income in net interest income for interest rate swaps and in employeecompensation for total return swaps as the hedged item is recorded in earnings. If the hedged item is sold or settled, the entire unrealized gain orloss is recognized immediately in net interest income in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

The amount of unrealized gain that we expect to reclassify to our Consolidated Statement of Income over the next 12 months is $166 million($122 million after tax). This will adjust the interest income and interest expense recorded on assets and liabilities and employee compensationexpense that were hedged.


Not


The following table presents the impact of cash flow hedges on our financial results.(Canadian $ in millions)

Pre-tax gains/(losses) recorded in income

Contract typeFair value change recorded inother comprehensive income

Fair value change recorded innon-interest revenue – other

Reclassification of gainson designated hedges

from other comprehensiveincome to net interest

income

2015Interest rate 697 2 119Foreign exchange (1) 33 1 na

Share-based payment awards (14) – (8)

Total 716 3 111

2014Interest rate 224 3 130Foreign exchange (1) 102 – na

Total 326 3 130

2013Interest rate (86) – 195Foreign exchange (1) 49 – na

Total (37) – 195

(1) Amortization of the spot/forward differential on foreign exchange contracts of a loss of $40 million for the year ended October 31, 2015 ($4 million loss in 2014 and $25 million loss in 2013) wastransferred from other comprehensive income to interest expense.

na – not applicableCertain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Fair Value HedgesFair value hedges modify exposure to changes in a fixed rate instrument’s fair value caused by changes in interest rates. These hedges convert fixedrate assets and liabilities to floating rate. Our fair value hedges include hedges of fixed rate securities, deposits and subordinated debt.

We record interest receivable or payable on these derivatives as an adjustment to net interest income in our Consolidated Statement of Incomeover the life of the hedge.

For fair value hedges, the hedging derivative is recorded at fair value and any fixed rate assets and liabilities that are part of a hedgingrelationship are adjusted for the changes in value of the risk being hedged (“fair value hedge adjustment”). To the extent that the change in the fairvalue of the derivative does not offset changes in the fair value of the hedged item (the “ineffectiveness of the hedge”), the net amount is recordeddirectly in non-interest revenue, other, in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

For fair value hedges that are discontinued, we cease adjusting the hedged item to fair value. The cumulative fair value adjustment of thehedged item is then amortized to net interest income over its remaining term to maturity. If the hedged item is sold or settled, the cumulative fairvalue adjustment is included in the determination of the gain or loss on sale or settlement.

The following table presents the impact of fair value hedges on our financial results.(Canadian $ in millions) Pre-tax gains/(losses) recorded in income

Contract typeAmount of gain/(loss) on

hedging derivatives (1)Fair value

hedge adjustment (2)Hedge ineffectiveness recordedin non-interest revenue – other

Interest rate contracts 2015 225 (219) 62014 46 (39) 72013 (371) 360 (11)

(1) Unrealized gains (losses) on hedging derivatives are recorded in other assets – derivative instruments or other liabilities – derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.(2) Unrealized gains (losses) on hedged items are recorded in securities – available-for-sale, subordinated debt, deposits and other liabilities.

Net Investment HedgesNet investment hedges mitigate our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to our net investment in foreign operations.Deposit liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are designated as hedges for a portion of this exposure. The foreign currency translation of ournet investment in foreign operations and the corresponding hedging instrument is recorded in unrealized gains (losses) on translation of net foreignoperations in other comprehensive income. To the extent that the hedging instrument is not effective, amounts are included in the ConsolidatedStatement of Income in foreign exchange, other than trading. There was no hedge ineffectiveness associated with net investment hedges for theyears ended October 31, 2015 and 2014. We use foreign currency deposits with a term to maturity of zero to three months as hedging instruments innet investment hedges, and the fair value of such deposits was $1,485 million as at October 31, 2015 ($2,365 million in 2014).

Embedded DerivativesFrom time to time, we purchase or issue financial instruments containing embedded derivatives. The embedded derivative is separated from the hostcontract and carried at fair value if the economic characteristics of the derivative are not closely related to those of the host contract, the terms of theembedded derivative are the same as those of a stand-alone derivative, and the combined contract is not held for trading or designated at fair value.To the extent that we cannot reliably identify and measure the embedded derivative, the entire contract is carried at fair value, with changes in fairvalue reflected in income. Embedded derivatives in certain of our equity linked notes are accounted for separately from the host instrument.

Contingent FeaturesCertain over-the-counter derivative instruments contain provisions that link the amount of collateral we are required to post or pay to our creditratings (as determined by the major credit rating agencies). If our credit ratings were to be downgraded, certain counterparties to these derivativeinstruments could demand immediate and ongoing collateralization overnight on derivative liability positions or request immediate payment. Theaggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with collateral posting requirements that were in a liability position on October 31, 2015 was


Notes

$11,528 million, for which we have posted collateral of $11,122 million. If our credit rating had been downgraded to A and A- on October 31, 2015(per Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services), we would have been required to post collateral or meet payment demands of an additional $532 millionand $800 million, respectively.

Fair ValueFair value represents point-in-time estimates that may change in subsequent reporting periods due to market conditions or other factors. A discussionof the fair value measurement of derivatives is included in Note 18. Fair values of our derivative instruments are as follows:


Grossassets

Grossliabilities Net

Grossassets

Grossliabilities Net

TradingInterest Rate ContractsSwaps 17,382 (16,449) 933 17,020 (15,986) 1,034Forward rate agreements 25 (6) 19 4 (6) (2)Futures 1 – 1 17 (21) (4)Purchased options 637 – 637 697 – 697Written options – (581) (581) – (616) (616)Foreign Exchange ContractsCross-currency swaps 5,128 (4,239) 889 2,153 (1,182) 971Cross-currency interest rate swaps 6,847 (12,128) (5,281) 5,705 (6,682) (977)Forward foreign exchange contracts 3,099 (1,306) 1,793 3,874 (2,856) 1,018Purchased options 133 – 133 447 – 447Written options – (178) (178) – (465) (465)Commodity ContractsSwaps 993 (1,818) (825) 376 (922) (546)Purchased options 674 – 674 307 – 307Written options – (953) (953) – (412) (412)Equity Contracts 969 (2,201) (1,232) 947 (3,040) (2,093)Credit Default SwapsPurchased 36 – 36 80 – 80Written – (48) (48) – (124) (124)

Total fair value – trading derivatives 35,924 (39,907) (3,983) 31,627 (32,312) (685)

Average fair value (1) 42,027 (44,445) (2,418) 30,304 (31,092) (788)

HedgingInterest Rate ContractsCash flow hedges – swaps 664 (90) 574 196 (115) 81Fair value hedges – swaps 544 (387) 157 330 (272) 58

Total swaps 1,208 (477) 731 526 (387) 139

Foreign Exchange ContractsCash flow hedges – forward foreign exchange contracts 1,092 (2,255) (1,163) 502 (958) (456)

Total foreign exchange contracts 1,092 (2,255) (1,163) 502 (958) (456)

Equity ContractsCash flow hedges – equity contracts 14 – 14 – – –

Total equity contracts 14 – 14 – – –

Total fair value – hedging derivatives (2) 2,314 (2,732) (418) 1,028 (1,345) (317)

Average fair value (1) 2,329 (2,404) (75) 916 (1,089) (173)

Total fair value – trading and hedging derivatives 38,238 (42,639) (4,401) 32,655 (33,657) (1,002)

Less: impact of master netting agreements (27,415) 27,415 – (28,885) 28,885 –

Total 10,823 (15,224) (4,401) 3,770 (4,772) (1,002)

(1) Average fair value amounts are calculated using a five-quarter rolling average.(2) The fair values of hedging derivatives wholly or partially offset the changes in fair values of the related on-balance sheet financial instruments or future cash flows.

Assets are shown net of liabilities to customers where we have a legally enforceable right to offset amounts and we intend to settle contracts on anet basis.


Not


Notional AmountsThe notional amounts of our derivatives represent the amount to which a rate or price is applied in order to calculate the amount of cash that must beexchanged under the contract. Notional amounts do not represent assets or liabilities and therefore are not recorded in our Consolidated BalanceSheet.


Hedging Hedging

TradingCashflow

Fairvalue Total Trading

Cashflow

Fairvalue Total

Interest Rate ContractsOver-the-counter

Swaps 2,853,087 59,021 47,679 2,959,787 2,580,940 45,753 48,984 2,675,677Forward rate agreements 432,744 – – 432,744 361,484 – – 361,484Purchased options 21,344 – – 21,344 19,267 – – 19,267Written options 24,154 – – 24,154 22,955 – – 22,955

3,331,329 59,021 47,679 3,438,029 2,984,646 45,753 48,984 3,079,383

Exchange-tradedFutures 137,583 – – 137,583 125,272 – – 125,272Purchased options 26,598 – – 26,598 21,680 – – 21,680Written options 25,038 – – 25,038 21,342 – – 21,342

189,219 – – 189,219 168,294 – – 168,294

Total interest rate contracts 3,520,548 59,021 47,679 3,627,248 3,152,940 45,753 48,984 3,247,677

Foreign Exchange ContractsOver-the-counter

Cross-currency swaps 75,890 193 – 76,083 51,374 242 – 51,616Cross-currency interest rate swaps 339,431 36 – 339,467 279,119 – – 279,119Forward foreign exchange contracts 362,544 30,554 – 393,098 283,196 16,284 – 299,480Purchased options 28,297 – – 28,297 37,245 – – 37,245Written options 28,960 – – 28,960 36,913 – – 36,913

835,122 30,783 – 865,905 687,847 16,526 – 704,373

Exchange-tradedFutures 677 – – 677 813 – – 813Purchased options 2,562 – – 2,562 3,110 – – 3,110Written options 2,012 – – 2,012 3,044 – – 3,044

5,251 – – 5,251 6,967 – – 6,967

Total foreign exchange contracts 840,373 30,783 – 871,156 694,814 16,526 – 711,340

Commodity ContractsOver-the-counter

Swaps 11,929 – – 11,929 13,559 – – 13,559Purchased options 6,172 – – 6,172 8,526 – – 8,526Written options 4,103 – – 4,103 4,166 – – 4,166

22,204 – – 22,204 26,251 – – 26,251

Exchange-tradedFutures 16,803 – – 16,803 22,586 – – 22,586Purchased options 7,614 – – 7,614 6,733 – – 6,733Written options 9,720 – – 9,720 8,499 – – 8,499

34,137 – – 34,137 37,818 – – 37,818

Total commodity contracts 56,341 – – 56,341 64,069 – – 64,069

Equity ContractsOver-the-counter 46,942 172 – 47,114 48,702 – – 48,702Exchange-traded 4,371 – – 4,371 7,314 – – 7,314

Total equity contracts 51,313 172 – 51,485 56,016 – – 56,016

Credit Default SwapsOver-the-counter purchased 6,665 – – 6,665 8,801 – – 8,801Over-the-counter written 9,385 – – 9,385 11,983 – – 11,983

Total credit default swaps 16,050 – – 16,050 20,784 – – 20,784

Total 4,484,625 89,976 47,679 4,622,280 3,988,623 62,279 48,984 4,099,886


Derivative-Related Market RiskDerivative instruments are subject to market risk. Market risk arises from the potential for a negative impact on the balance sheet and/or incomestatement due to adverse changes in the value of derivative instruments as a result of changes in certain market variables. These variables includeinterest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices and their implied volatilities, as well as credit spreads, credit migration anddefault. We strive to limit market risk by employing comprehensive governance and management processes for all market risk-taking activities.


Notes

Derivative-Related Credit RiskOver-the-counter derivative instruments are subject to credit risk arising from the possibility that counterparties may default on their obligations. Thecredit risk associated with derivatives is normally a small fraction of the notional amount of the derivative instrument. Derivative contracts generallyexpose us to potential credit loss if changes in market rates affect a counterparty’s position unfavourably and the counterparty defaults on payment.The credit risk is represented by the positive fair value of the derivative instrument. We strive to limit credit risk by dealing with counterparties thatwe believe are creditworthy, and we manage our credit risk for derivatives using the same credit risk process that is applied to loans and other creditassets.

We also pursue opportunities to reduce our exposure to credit losses on derivative instruments, including through collateral and by entering intomaster netting agreements with counterparties. The credit risk associated with favourable contracts is eliminated by legally enforceable masternetting agreements to the extent that unfavourable contracts with the same counterparty must be settled concurrently with favourable contracts.

Exchange-traded derivatives have limited potential for credit exposure as they are settled net daily with each exchange.

Terms used in the credit risk table below are as follows:

Replacement cost represents the cost of replacing all contracts that have a positive fair value, determined using current market rates. It represents ineffect the unrealized gains on our derivative instruments. Replacement costs disclosed below represent the net of the asset and liability to a specificcounterparty where we have a legally enforceable right to offset the amount owed to us with the amount owed by us and we intend either to settleon a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Credit risk equivalent represents the total replacement cost plus an amount representing the potential future credit exposure, as outlined in OSFI’sCapital Adequacy Guideline.

Risk-weighted assets represent the credit risk equivalent, weighted on the basis of the creditworthiness of the counterparty, as prescribed by OSFI.(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014

Replacementcost

Credit riskequivalent

Risk-weighted

assetsReplacement

costCredit riskequivalent

Risk-weighted

assets

Interest Rate ContractsSwaps 18,590 22,037 – 17,546 21,371 –Forward rate agreements 25 24 – 4 45 –Purchased options 633 651 – 691 705 –

Total interest rate contracts 19,248 22,712 1,461 18,241 22,121 1,393

Foreign Exchange ContractsCross-currency swaps 5,128 8,602 – 2,153 5,039 –Cross-currency interest rate swaps 6,847 13,696 – 5,705 11,219 –Forward foreign exchange contracts 4,191 7,838 – 4,376 6,477 –Purchased options 115 768 – 415 837 –

Total foreign exchange contracts 16,281 30,904 2,034 12,649 23,572 1,656

Commodity ContractsSwaps 993 2,472 – 376 1,902 –Purchased options 69 1,043 – 30 1,109 –

Total commodity contracts 1,062 3,515 496 406 3,011 472

Equity Contracts 892 3,366 214 896 3,547 208

Credit Default Swaps 36 245 34 80 271 42

Total derivatives 37,519 60,742 4,239 32,272 52,522 3,771

Less: impact of master netting agreements (27,415) (40,140) – (28,885) (35,585) –

Total 10,104 20,602 4,239 3,387 16,937 3,771

The total derivatives and the impact of master netting agreements for replacement cost do not include exchange-traded derivatives with a fair value of $719 million as at October 31, 2015 ($383 millionin 2014).

Transactions are conducted with counterparties in various geographic locations and industry sectors. Set out below is the replacement cost ofcontracts (before and after the impact of master netting agreements) with customers located in the following countries, based on country ofultimate risk.

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted) Before master netting agreements After master netting agreements

2015 2014 2015 2014

Canada 19,492 52 14,395 45 5,832 58 1,769 52United States 7,702 21 7,579 23 2,609 26 875 26United Kingdom 3,220 9 3,623 11 398 4 232 7Other countries (1) 7,105 18 6,675 21 1,265 12 511 15

Total 37,519 100% 32,272 100% 10,104 100% 3,387 100%

(1) No other country represented 15% or more of our replacement cost in 2015 or 2014.


Not


Transactions are conducted with various counterparties. Set out below is the replacement cost of contracts (before the impact of master nettingagreements) with customers in the following industries:

As at October 31, 2015 (Canadian $ in millions) Interest rate contracts Foreign exchange contracts Commodity contracts Equity contracts Credit default swaps Total

Financial institutions 13,882 10,565 253 708 35 25,443Governments 2,940 3,343 85 – – 6,368Natural resources – 27 114 – – 141Energy 250 693 189 – – 1,132Other 2,176 1,653 421 184 1 4,435

Total 19,248 16,281 1,062 892 36 37,519

As at October 31, 2014 (Canadian $ in millions) Interest rate contracts Foreign exchange contracts Commodity contracts Equity contracts Credit default swaps Total

Financial institutions 13,997 8,903 157 660 66 23,783Governments 2,262 2,330 11 – – 4,603Natural resources 33 27 37 – – 97Energy 171 255 36 – – 462Other 1,778 1,134 165 236 14 3,327

Total 18,241 12,649 406 896 80 32,272

Term to MaturityOur derivative contracts have varying maturity dates. The remaining contractual terms to maturity for the notional amounts of our derivative contractsare set out below:

(Canadian $ in millions) Term to maturity 2015 2014

Within 1year

1 to 3years

3 to 5years

5 to 10years

Over 10years

Totalnotionalamounts

Totalnotionalamounts

Interest Rate ContractsSwaps 1,110,622 573,718 846,317 380,048 49,082 2,959,787 2,675,677Forward rate agreements, futures and options 592,366 64,574 6,334 4,064 123 667,461 572,000

Total interest rate contracts 1,702,988 638,292 852,651 384,112 49,205 3,627,248 3,247,677

Foreign Exchange ContractsCross-currency swaps 19,320 16,868 22,170 15,342 2,383 76,083 51,616Cross-currency interest rate swaps 86,626 108,857 74,121 57,722 12,141 339,467 279,119Forward foreign exchange contracts, futures and options 445,471 8,258 1,529 332 16 455,606 380,605

Total foreign exchange contracts 551,417 133,983 97,820 73,396 14,540 871,156 711,340

Commodity ContractsSwaps 3,604 6,626 817 861 21 11,929 13,559Futures and options 15,824 25,688 2,353 502 45 44,412 50,510

Total commodity contracts 19,428 32,314 3,170 1,363 66 56,341 64,069

Equity Contracts 43,296 5,170 1,535 68 1,416 51,485 56,016

Credit Contracts 10,958 2,966 713 1,021 392 16,050 20,784

Total notional amount 2,328,087 812,725 955,889 459,960 65,619 4,622,280 4,099,886



Notes

Note 9: Premises and EquipmentWe record all premises and equipment at cost less accumulated amortization, except land, which is recorded at cost. Buildings, computer equipmentand operating system software, other equipment and leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.When the major components of a building have different useful lives, they are accounted for separately and amortized over each component’suseful life. The maximum estimated useful lives we use to amortize our assets are as follows:

Buildings 10 to 40 yearsComputer equipment and operating system software 15 yearsOther equipment 10 yearsLeasehold improvements Lease term to a maximum of 10 years

Amortization methods, useful lives and the residual values of premises and equipment are reviewed annually for any change in circumstancesand are adjusted if appropriate. At least annually, we review whether there are any indications that premises and equipment need to be tested forimpairment. If there is an indication that an asset may be impaired, we test for impairment by comparing the asset’s carrying value to its recoverableamount. The recoverable amount is calculated as the higher of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is the present valueof the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset. An impairment charge is recorded when the recoverable amount is less than thecarrying value. There were no significant write-downs of premises and equipment due to impairment during the years ended October 31, 2015and 2014. Gains and losses on disposal are included in non-interest expense, premises and equipment in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Net rent expense for premises and equipment reported in our Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and2013 was $476 million, $431 million and $434 million, respectively.


Land BuildingsComputer

equipmentOther

equipmentLeasehold

improvements Total Land BuildingsComputer

equipmentOther

equipmentLeasehold

improvements Total

CostBalance at beginning of year 300 1,802 1,571 805 1,182 5,660 297 1,680 1,531 770 1,045 5,323Additions 5 48 228 73 75 429 (1) 106 189 29 106 429Disposals (1) (64) (102) (243) (24) (12) (445) (16) (44) (188) (22) (7) (277)Additions from acquisitions (2) – – – – – – – – 3 2 4 9Foreign exchange and other 39 160 75 47 40 361 20 60 36 26 34 176

Balance at end of year 280 1,908 1,631 901 1,285 6,005 300 1,802 1,571 805 1,182 5,660

Accumulated Depreciation andImpairment

Balance at beginning of year – 979 1,108 554 743 3,384 – 900 1,104 508 643 3,155Disposals (1) – (57) (137) (14) (6) (214) – (28) (175) (19) (5) (227)Amortization – 36 154 56 132 378 – 34 149 60 122 365Foreign exchange and other – 118 21 55 (22) 172 – 73 30 5 (17) 91

Balance at end of year – 1,076 1,146 651 847 3,720 – 979 1,108 554 743 3,384

Net carrying value 280 832 485 250 438 2,285 300 823 463 251 439 2,276

(1) Includes fully depreciated assets written off.(2) Premises and equipment are recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition.

Note 10: AcquisitionsThe cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration transferred, including contingent consideration. Acquisition-related costsare recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred. The identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed and contingentconsideration are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is measured as the excess of the aggregate of the considerationtransferred over the net of the amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The results of operations of acquired businesses areincluded in our consolidated financial statements beginning on the date of acquisition.

Future Acquisition – GE Capital Corporation Transportation Finance business (“GE Transportation Finance”)On September 10, 2015, we announced an agreement to purchase the assets of GE Transportation Finance. The aggregate cash purchase price isapproximately US$8.9 billion. The GE Transportation Finance portfolio includes approximately $11.9 billion (US$8.9 billion) in net earning assets,subject to closing adjustments. The acquisition is consistent with our commercial banking activities in both Canada and the U.S. and will expand ourcommercial customer base. We expect the acquisition to close during the first quarter of 2016 and the results of the acquired business will beincluded in our U.S. P&C and Canadian P&C reporting segments.

The initial accounting for the business combination is not yet complete and we have not determined the final consideration, fair value of assetsacquired, or amount of goodwill expected to be recognized.

Acquisition – F&C Asset Management plc (“F&C”)On May 7, 2014, we completed the acquisition of all the issued and outstanding share capital of F&C Asset Management plc, an investment managerbased in the United Kingdom, for cash consideration of £712 million.


Not


The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The results of the acquired business are included in our Wealth Managementreporting segment.

As part of the acquisition, we acquired intangible assets comprised primarily of fund management contracts and customer relationships, including$178 million of intangible assets that have an indefinite life and $313 million that are being amortized over 2 to 10 years, primarily on a straight-linebasis. This acquisition strengthens our position as a globally significant money manager, enhances our asset management platform capabilities andprovides opportunities to service wealth markets in the United Kingdom and the rest of Europe. Goodwill of $1,268 million related to this acquisitionwas recorded and is not deductible for tax purposes.

As part of the acquisition of F&C, we acquired a subsidiary of F&C, F&C REIT LLP, that is 30% owned by three other partners. We have recorded theownership interests of the partners in F&C REIT LLP as non-controlling interest in our Consolidated Balance Sheet based on the non-controllingpartners’ proportionate share of the net assets of F&C REIT LLP.

The fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition are as follows:(Canadian $ in millions) 2014

F&C

Cash resources 338Premises and equipment 9Goodwill 1,268Intangible assets 491Other assets 293

Total assets 2,399

Other liabilities 1,083

Non-controlling interests 22

Purchase price 1,294

Note 11: Goodwill and Intangible AssetsGoodwillWhen we complete an acquisition, we allocate the purchase price paid to the assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets, and theliabilities assumed. Any portion of the consideration transferred that is in excess of the fair value of those net assets is considered to be goodwill.Goodwill is not amortized and is instead tested for impairment annually.

In performing the impairment test, we utilize the fair value less costs to sell for each group of cash-generating units (“CGUs”) based ondiscounted cash flow projections. Cash flows were projected for the first 10 years based on actual operating results, expected future businessperformance and past experience. Beyond the first 10 years, cash flows were assumed to grow at perpetual annual rates of up to 3%. The discountrates we applied in determining the recoverable amounts in 2015 ranged from 5.9% to 11.6% (6.9% to 12.8% in 2014), and were based on ourestimate of the cost of capital for each CGU. The cost of capital for each CGU was estimated using the Capital Asset Pricing Model, based on thehistorical betas of publicly traded peer companies that are comparable to the CGU.

There were no write-downs of goodwill due to impairment during the years ended October 31, 2015 and 2014.The key assumptions described above may change as market and economic conditions change. However, we estimate that reasonably possible

changes in these assumptions are not expected to cause recoverable amounts of our CGUs to decline below their carrying amounts.


Notes

A continuity of our goodwill by group of CGUs for the years ended October 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:


Personal andCommercial

BankingWealth

Management

BMOCapital

Markets Total

CanadianP&C

U.S.P&C Total

Traditional WealthManagement Insurance Total

Balance – October 31, 2013 69 2,702 2,771 847 2 849 199 3,819Acquisitions during the year – – – 1,268 – 1,268 – 1,268Other (1) (1) 220 219 35 – 35 12 266

Balance – October 31, 2014 68 2,922 2,990 2,150 2 2,152 211 5,353

Disposals during the year – – – (21) – (21) – (21)Other (1) – 471 471 245 – 245 21 737

Balance – October 31, 2015 68 (2) 3,393 (3) 3,461 2,374 (4) 2 (5) 2,376 232 (6) 6,069

(1) Other changes in goodwill included the effects of translating goodwill denominated in foreign currencies into Canadian dollars, purchase accounting adjustments related to prior-year purchases anddisposals of businesses during the year.

(2) Relates primarily to bcpbank Canada, Diners Club and Aver Media LP.(3) Relates primarily to New Lenox State Bank, First National Bank of Joliet, Household Bank branches, Mercantile Bancorp, Inc., Villa Park Trust Savings Bank, First National Bank & Trust, Ozaukee Bank,

Merchants and Manufacturers Bancorporation, Inc., Diners Club, AMCORE and M&I.(4) Relates to BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., Guardian Group of Funds Ltd., Pyrford International plc, Integra GRS, Lloyd George Management, M&I, Harris myCFO, Inc., Stoker Ostler Wealth Advisors, Inc.,

CTC Consulting LLC, AWMB and F&C Asset Management plc.(5) Relates to AIG.(6) Relates to Gerard Klauer Mattison & Co., Inc., BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., Paloma Securities L.L.C. and M&I.

Intangible AssetsIntangible assets related to our acquisitions are initially recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date and subsequently at cost less accumulatedamortization. Software is recorded at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization expense is recorded in amortization of intangible assets on theConsolidated Statement of Income. The following table presents the changes in the balance of these intangible assets:

(Canadian $ in millions)Customer

relationshipsCore

deposits

Branchdistribution

networks

Purchasedsoftware –amortizing

Developedsoftware –amortizing

Softwareunder

development Other Total

Cost as at October 31, 2013 389 754 154 544 1,606 243 29 3,719Additions/disposals/other – – – 24 286 69 – 379Acquisitions 171 – – – 17 – 303 491Foreign exchange 66 61 13 (28) 24 4 (1) 139

Cost as at October 31, 2014 626 815 167 540 1,933 316 331 4,728Additions/disposals/other (23) – (4) 7 345 42 53 420Acquisitions – – – – – – – –Foreign exchange 80 129 27 15 42 11 37 341

Cost as at October 31, 2015 683 944 190 562 2,320 369 421 5,489

The following table presents the accumulated amortization of the intangible assets:

(Canadian $ in millions)Customer

relationshipsCore

deposits

Branchdistribution

networks

Purchasedsoftware –amortizing

Developedsoftware –amortizing

Softwareunder

development Other Total

Accumulated amortization at October 31, 2013 124 397 152 489 1,018 – 28 2,208Disposals/other – – – – – – – –Amortization 61 69 2 20 221 – 9 382Foreign exchange 44 40 12 (29) 11 – 8 86

Accumulated amortization at October 31, 2014 229 506 166 480 1,250 – 45 2,676Disposals/other (8) – (3) – – – – (11)Amortization 78 66 2 17 230 – 18 411Foreign exchange 39 83 25 8 60 – (10) 205

Accumulated amortization at October 31, 2015 338 655 190 505 1,540 – 53 3,281

Carrying value at October 31, 2015 345 289 – 57 780 369 368 2,208

Carrying value at October 31, 2014 397 309 1 60 683 316 286 2,052

Intangible assets are amortized to income over the period during which we believe the assets will benefit us, on either a straight-line or anaccelerated basis, over a period not to exceed 15 years. We have $198 million as at October 31, 2015 ($178 million as at October 31, 2014) inintangible assets with indefinite lives that relate primarily to fund management contracts.

The useful lives of intangible assets are reviewed annually for any changes in circumstances. We test finite life intangible assets for impairmentwhen events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Indefinite life intangible assets are testedannually for impairment. If any intangible assets are determined to be impaired, we write them down to their recoverable amount, the higher ofvalue in use and fair value less costs to sell, when this is less than the carrying value.

There were write-downs of intangible assets of $1 million in the year ended October 31, 2015 ($1 million in 2014).


Not


Note 12: Other Assets(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014

Accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other items 6,502 6,104Accrued interest receivable 882 879Due from clients, dealers and brokers 309 542Insurance-related assets (1) 478 445Pension asset (Note 23) 502 261

Total 8,673 8,231

(1) Includes reinsurance assets related to our life insurance business in the amount of $nil as at October 31, 2015 ($215 million in 2014).

Note 13: DepositsPayable on demand

(Canadian $ in millions) Interest bearing Non-interest bearingPayable

after noticePayable ona fixed date Total

2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014 2015 2014

Deposits by:Banks 828 997 1,222 993 4,123 2,412 20,962 13,841 27,135 18,243Businesses and governments 15,262 14,958 35,212 28,001 57,335 57,165 155,809 139,015 263,618 239,139Individuals 3,095 2,524 15,095 12,900 83,081 75,529 46,145 44,753 147,416 135,706

Total (1) (2) 19,185 18,479 51,529 41,894 144,539 135,106 222,916 197,609 438,169 393,088

Booked in:Canada 17,031 16,753 35,300 28,832 75,470 77,232 120,199 111,193 248,000 234,010United States 1,517 1,191 16,091 12,972 68,396 57,314 76,980 66,664 162,984 138,141Other countries 637 535 138 90 673 560 25,737 19,752 27,185 20,937

Total 19,185 18,479 51,529 41,894 144,539 135,106 222,916 197,609 438,169 393,088

(1) Includes structured notes designated at fair value through profit or loss.(2) As at October 31, 2015 and 2014, total deposits payable on a fixed date included $26,960 million and $18,183 million, respectively, of federal funds purchased, commercial paper issued and other

deposit liabilities. Included in deposits as at October 31, 2015 and 2014 are $221,268 million and $191,155 million, respectively, of deposits denominated in U.S. dollars, and $19,898 million and$8,204 million, respectively, of deposits denominated in other foreign currencies.

Deposits payable on demand are comprised primarily of our customers’ chequing accounts, some of which we pay interest on. Our customers neednot notify us prior to withdrawing money from their chequing accounts.

Deposits payable after notice are comprised primarily of our customers’ savings accounts, on which we pay interest. Deposits payable on a fixeddate are comprised of:‰ Various investment instruments purchased by our customers to earn interest over a fixed period, such as term deposits and guaranteed investment

certificates. The terms of these deposits can vary from one day to 10 years.‰ Federal funds purchased, which are overnight borrowings of other banks’ excess reserve funds at a United States Federal Reserve Bank. As at

October 31, 2015, we had borrowed $263 million of federal funds ($651 million in 2014).‰ Commercial paper, which totalled $7,134 million as at October 31, 2015 ($4,294 million in 2014).‰ Covered bonds, which totalled $12,611 million as at October 31, 2015 ($7,683 million in 2014).

During the year, we issued €1,500 million of 0.25% Covered Bonds, Series CBL 2 due January 22, 2020, GBP 325 million of 3MoGBPLibor + 0.19%Covered Bonds, Series CBL 3 due January 29, 2018, €1,500 million of 0.375% Covered Bonds, Series CBL 4 due August 5, 2020, €1,000 million of0.75% Covered Bonds, Series CBL5 due September 21, 2022 and €135 million of 1.597% Covered Bonds, Series CBL6 due September 28, 2035 underour Global Registered Covered Bond Program. During 2014, we issued €1.0 billion of 1.0% Covered Bonds, Series CBL1 due May 7, 2019 under ourGlobal Registered Covered Bond Program. During the years ended October 31, 2015 and 2014, US$2.0 billion of 2.85% Covered Bonds Series CB2 andUS$2.0 billion of 1.3% Covered Bonds, Series 4 matured, respectively.

The following table presents the maturity schedule for our deposits payable on a fixed date:(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014

Within 1 year 144,609 124,7821 to 2 years 23,385 22,7332 to 3 years 23,324 23,4913 to 4 years 7,753 8,3794 to 5 years 11,170 8,498Over 5 years 12,675 9,726

Total (1) 222,916 197,609

(1) Includes $200,907 million of deposits, each greater than one hundred thousand dollars, of which $103,101 million were booked in Canada, $72,073 million were booked in the United States and$25,733 million were booked in other countries ($174,612 million, $92,668 million, $62,193 million and $19,751 million, respectively, in 2014). Of the $103,101 million of deposits booked in Canada,$36,434 million mature in less than three months, $4,956 million mature in three to six months, $11,916 million mature in six to twelve months and $49,795 million mature after 12 months($92,668 million, $27,304 million, $7,465 million, $11,565 million and $46,334 million, respectively, in 2014). We have unencumbered liquid assets of $188,463 million to support these and otherdeposit liabilities ($170,981 million in 2014).


Notes

The following table presents the average deposit balances and average rates of interest paid during 2015 and 2014:Average balances Average rate paid (%)

(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014 2015 2014

Deposits Booked in CanadaDemand deposits – interest bearing 18,910 16,469 0.36 0.45Demand deposits – non-interest bearing 31,762 26,702 – –Payable after notice 76,458 76,903 0.57 0.70Payable on a fixed date 120,764 118,094 1.35 1.44

Total deposits booked in Canada 247,894 238,168 0.86 0.97

Deposits Booked in the United States and Other CountriesBanks located in the United States and other countries 11,183 8,195 0.28 0.28Governments and institutions in the United States and other countries 13,902 12,095 0.39 0.36Other demand deposits 16,109 12,744 0.01 0.02Other deposits payable after notice or on a fixed date 146,380 127,389 0.31 0.38

Total deposits booked in the United States and other countries 187,574 160,423 0.29 0.35

Total average deposits 435,468 398,591 0.62 0.72

As at October 31, 2015 and 2014, deposits by foreign depositors in our Canadian bank offices amounted to $37,477 million and $30,622 million, respectively.

Most of our structured note liabilities have been designated at fair value through profit or loss and are accounted for at fair value, which alignsthe accounting result with the way the portfolio is managed. The change in fair value of these structured notes was recorded as an increase of$196 million in non-interest revenue, trading revenue, and an increase of $143 million before tax was recorded in other comprehensive incomerelated to changes in our own credit spread for the year ended October 31, 2015 (a decrease of $6 million recorded in non-interest revenue, tradingrevenue, of which $41 million related to changes in our own credit spread for the year ended October 31, 2014). The impact of changes in our owncredit spread is measured based on movements in our own credit spread year over year.

The cumulative change in fair value related to changes in our own credit spread that has been recognized since the notes were designated at fairvalue to October 31, 2015 was an unrealized gain of approximately $67 million. Upon adoption of the own credit provisions of IFRS 9 this year,$143 million of unrealized gain has been recorded in other comprehensive income. The remainder, an unrealized loss of $76 million was recordedthrough the Statement of Income in prior periods.

The fair value and notional amount due at contractual maturity of these notes as at October 31, 2015 were $9,429 million and $9,869 million,respectively ($7,639 million and $7,733 million, respectively, in 2014).

Note 14: Other LiabilitiesAcceptancesAcceptances represent a form of negotiable short-term debt that is issued by our customers and which we guarantee for a fee. We have an offsettingclaim, equal to the amount of the acceptances, against our customers. The amount due under acceptances is recorded as a liability and ourcorresponding claim is recorded as a loan in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Securities Lending and BorrowingSecurities lending and borrowing transactions are generally collateralized by securities or cash. Cash advanced or received as collateral is recorded inother assets or other liabilities, respectively. The transfer of the securities to counterparties is only reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheet if therisks and rewards of ownership have also been transferred. Securities borrowed are not recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheet unless they arethen sold to third parties, in which case the obligation to return the securities is recorded in Securities sold but not yet purchased.

Securities Sold but not yet PurchasedSecurities sold but not yet purchased represent our obligations to deliver securities that we did not own at the time of sale. These obligations arerecorded at their fair value. Adjustments to the fair value as at the balance sheet date and gains and losses on the settlement of these obligations arerecorded in trading revenues in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

Securities Lent or Sold Under Repurchase AgreementsSecurities lent or sold under repurchase agreements represent short-term funding transactions in which we sell securities that we own andsimultaneously commit to repurchase the same securities at a specified price on a specified date in the future. The obligation to repurchase thesesecurities is recorded at the amount owing. The interest expense related to these liabilities is recorded on an accrual basis.


Not


Other LiabilitiesThe components of the other liabilities balance were as follows:


Securitization and structured entities liabilities 21,673 22,465Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other items 8,747 7,713Accrued interest payable 969 1,050Liabilities of subsidiaries, other than deposits 3,948 3,775Insurance-related liabilities 7,060 6,827Pension liability (Note 23) 364 229Other employee future benefits liability (Note 23) 1,192 1,204

Total 43,953 43,263

Included in securitization and structured entities liabilities are amounts related to the notes issued by our credit protection vehicle have beendesignated at fair value through profit or loss and are accounted for at fair value. This eliminates a measurement inconsistency that would otherwisearise from measuring these note liabilities and offsetting changes in the fair value of the related investments and derivatives on a different basis. Thefair value of these note liabilities as at October 31, 2015 of $139 million ($139 million in 2014) is recorded in other liabilities in our ConsolidatedBalance Sheet. The change in fair value of these note liabilities resulted in $nil in non-interest revenue, trading revenues, for the year endedOctober 31, 2015 ($nil in 2014).

We designate the obligation related to certain investment contracts at fair value through profit or loss, which eliminates a measurementinconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring the investment contract liabilities and offsetting changes in the fair value of theinvestments supporting them on a different basis. The fair value of these investment contract liabilities as at October 31, 2015 of $525 million($407 million as at October 31, 2014) is recorded in other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The change in fair value of these investmentcontract liabilities resulted in an increase of $24 million in insurance claims, commissions, and changes in policy benefit liabilities for the year endedOctober 31, 2015 (increase of $37 million in 2014). For the year ended October 31, 2015, a gain of $20 million was recorded in other comprehensiveincome related to changes in our credit spread. Changes in the fair value of investments backing these investment contract liabilities are recorded innon-interest revenue, insurance revenue. The impact of changes in our own credit spread is measured based on movements in our own credit spreadover the year.

Insurance-Related LiabilitiesWe are engaged in insurance businesses related to life and health insurance, annuities and reinsurance.

Insurance claims and policy benefit liabilities represent current claims and estimates of future insurance policy benefits. Liabilities for lifeinsurance contracts are determined using the Canadian Asset Liability Method, which incorporates best-estimate assumptions for mortality, morbidity,policy lapses, surrenders, future investment yields, policy dividends, administration costs and margins for adverse deviation. These assumptions arereviewed at least annually and updated to reflect actual experience and market conditions.

A reconciliation of the change in insurance-related liabilities is as follows:(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014

Insurance-related liabilities, beginning of year 6,827 6,115Increase (decrease) in life insurance policy benefit liabilities from:

New business 235 476In-force policies – 346Changes in actuarial assumptions and methodology (355) (291)Foreign currency 4 2

Net increase (decrease) in life insurance policy benefit liabilities (116) 533Change in other insurance-related liabilities 349 179

Insurance-related liabilities, end of year 7,060 6,827

ReinsuranceIn the ordinary course of business, our insurance subsidiaries reinsure risks to other insurance and reinsurance companies in order to provide greaterdiversification, limit loss exposure to large risks and provide additional capacity for future growth. These ceding reinsurance arrangements do notrelieve our insurance subsidiaries of their direct obligation to the insureds. We evaluate the financial condition of the reinsurers and monitor theircredit ratings to minimize our exposure to losses from reinsurer insolvency.

Reinsurance premiums ceded are net against direct premium income and included in non-interest revenue, insurance revenue, in ourConsolidated Statement of Income for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, as shown in the table below.

(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014 2013

Direct premium income 2,027 1,850 1,567Ceded premiums (466) (450) (434)

1,561 1,400 1,133

Note 15: Subordinated DebtSubordinated debt represents our direct unsecured obligations, in the form of notes and debentures, to our debt holders and forms part of ourBasel III regulatory capital. Subordinated debt is recorded at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. The rights of the holders of ournotes and debentures are subordinate to the claims of depositors and certain other creditors. We require approval from OSFI before we can redeemany part of our subordinated debt. Where appropriate, we enter into fair value hedges to hedge the risks caused by changes in interest rates (seeNote 8).


Notes

During the year ended October 31, 2015, we did not issue any subordinated debt. During the year ended October 31, 2014, we issued $1.0 billionof 3.12% subordinated debt under our Canadian Medium-Term Note Program. The issue, Series H Medium-Term Notes, Tranche 1, is dueSeptember 19, 2024. The notes reset to a floating rate on September 19, 2019.

During the year ended October 31, 2015, we redeemed all of our outstanding $500 million Subordinated Debentures, Series C Medium-TermNotes Tranche 2, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus unpaid accrued interest to the redemption date. During the year endedOctober 31, 2014, we did not redeem any of our subordinated debt.

The term to maturity and repayments of our subordinated debt required over the next two years and thereafter are as follows:

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted) Face value Maturity date Interest rate (%)Redeemable at ouroption beginning in

2015Total

2014Total

Debentures Series 16 100 February 2017 10.00 February 2012 (1) 100 100Debentures Series 20 150 December 2025 to 2040 8.25 Not redeemable 150 150Series C Medium-Term Notes

Tranche 2 500 April 2020 4.87 April 2015 – 500Series D Medium-Term Notes

Tranche 1 700 April 2021 5.10 April 2016 (2) 700 700Series F Medium-Term Notes

Tranche 1 900 March 2023 6.17 March 2018 (3) 900 900Series G Medium-Term Notes

Tranche 1 1,500 July 2021 3.98 July 2016 (4) 1,500 1,500Series H Medium-Term Notes

Tranche 1 1,000 September 2024 3.12 September 2019 (5) 1,000 1,000

Total (6) 4,350 4,850

(1) Redeemable at the greater of par and the Canada Yield Price after their redemption date of February 20, 2012 until their maturity date of February 20, 2017.(2) Redeemable at the greater of par and the Canada Yield Price prior to April 21, 2016, and redeemable at par commencing April 21, 2016.(3) Redeemable at the greater of par and the Canada Yield Price prior to March 28, 2018, and redeemable at par commencing March 28, 2018.(4) Interest on this issue is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 3.979% until July 8, 2016, and at a floating rate equal to the three-month Canadian Dealer Offered Rate (“CDOR”) plus 1.09%, paid

quarterly, thereafter to maturity. This issue is redeemable at par commencing July 8, 2016.(5) Interest on this issue is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 3.12% until September 19, 2019, and at a floating rate equal to the three-month CDOR plus 1.08%, paid quarterly, thereafter to

maturity. This issue is redeemable at par commencing September 19, 2019.(6) Certain amounts of subordinated debt were issued at a premium or discount and include fair value hedge adjustments which together increased their carrying value as at October 31, 2015 by

$66 million ($63 million in 2014); see Note 8 for further details. Subordinated debt that we repurchase is excluded from the carrying value.

Please refer to the offering circular related to each of the above issues for further details on Canada Yield Price calculations and the definition of CDOR.

Non-Viability Contingent CapitalThe Series H Medium-Term Notes include a non-viability contingent capital provision, which is necessary for the notes issued after a certain date toqualify as regulatory capital under Basel III. As such, the notes are convertible into a variable number of our common shares if OSFI announces thatthe bank is, or is about to become, non-viable or if a federal or provincial government in Canada publicly announces that the bank has accepted oragreed to accept a capital injection, or equivalent support, to avoid non-viability.

Note 16: Capital Trust SecuritiesWe issue BMO Capital Trust Securities (“BMO BOaTS”) through our subsidiary BMO Capital Trust (the “Trust”). The proceeds of BMO BOaTS are used forgeneral corporate purposes. We consolidate the Trust, and the BMO BOaTS are reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as non-controlling interestin subsidiaries. During the years ended October 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not issue any BMO BOaTS.

Holders of the BMO BOaTS are entitled to receive semi-annual non-cumulative fixed cash distributions as long as we declare dividends on ourpreferred shares or, if no preferred shares are outstanding, on our common shares in accordance with our ordinary dividend practice.

Distributionper BOaTS (1)

Redemption date Principal amount

(Canadian $ in millions, except Distribution) Distribution dates At the option of the Trust 2015 2014

BMO BOaTSSeries D June 30, December 31 27.37 December 31, 2009 – 600Series E June 30, December 31 23.17 (2) December 31, 2010 450 450

450 1,050

(1) Distribution paid on each trust security that has a par value of $1,000.(2) After December 31, 2015, the distribution will be at the Bankers’ Acceptance Rate plus 1.5%.

Redemption by the TrustOn or after the redemption dates indicated above, and subject to the prior approval of OSFI, the Trust may redeem the securities in whole without theconsent of the holders.

During the year ended October 31, 2015, we redeemed all of our BMO BOaTS Series D at a redemption amount equal to $1,000 for an aggregateredemption of $600 million, plus unpaid indicated distributions. During the year ended October 31, 2014, there were no redemptions. OnNovember 27, 2015, we announced our intention to redeem all of our BMO BOaTS Series E on December 31, 2015.

Conversion by the HoldersBMO BOaTS Series E cannot be converted at the option of the holders.

Automatic ExchangeThe BMO BOaTS Series E will each be automatically exchanged for 40 Class B Non-Cumulative Preferred Shares of the bank, Series 12, without theconsent of the holders on the occurrence of specific events, such as a wind-up of the bank, a regulatory requirement to increase capital or violationsof regulatory capital requirements.


Not


Note 17: EquityShare Capital


Numberof shares Amount

Dividendsdeclared

per shareNumber

of shares Amount

Dividendsdeclared

per shareNumber

of shares Amount

Dividendsdeclared

per share

Preferred Shares – Classified as EquityClass B – Series 13 – – 0.56 14,000,000 350 1.13 14,000,000 350 1.13Class B – Series 14 10,000,000 250 1.31 10,000,000 250 1.31 10,000,000 250 1.31Class B – Series 15 10,000,000 250 1.45 10,000,000 250 1.45 10,000,000 250 1.45Class B – Series 16 6,267,391 157 0.85 6,267,391 157 0.85 6,267,391 157 1.19Class B – Series 17 5,732,609 143 0.60 5,732,609 143 0.64 5,732,609 143 0.17Class B – Series 18 (1) – – – – – 0.41 6,000,000 150 1.63Class B – Series 21 (2) – – – – – 0.81 11,000,000 275 1.63Class B – Series 23 – – 0.34 16,000,000 400 1.35 16,000,000 400 1.35Class B – Series 25 11,600,000 290 0.98 11,600,000 290 0.98 11,600,000 290 0.98Class B – Series 27 20,000,000 500 1.00 20,000,000 500 0.59 – – –Class B – Series 29 16,000,000 400 0.98 16,000,000 400 0.46 – – –Class B – Series 31 12,000,000 300 0.95 12,000,000 300 0.31 – – –Class B – Series 33 8,000,000 200 0.45 – – – – – –Class B – Series 35 6,000,000 150 0.41 – – – – – –Class B – Series 36 600,000 600 – – – – – – –

3,240 3,040 2,265

Common SharesBalance at beginning of year 649,050,049 12,357 644,129,945 12,003 650,729,644 11,957Issued under the Shareholder Dividend

Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan 690,471 58 2,786,997 223 2,069,269 130Issued/cancelled under the Stock Option Plan

and other stock-based compensation plans(Note 22) 842,821 51 2,133,107 131 2,068,132 116

Repurchased for cancellation (8,000,000) (153) – – (10,737,100) (200)

Balance at End of Year 642,583,341 12,313 3.24 649,050,049 12,357 3.08 644,129,945 12,003 2.94

Share Capital 15,553 15,397 14,268

(1) During the year ended October 31, 2014, we redeemed all of our Class B – Series 18 Preferred Shares. Dividends declared for the year ended October 31, 2014 were $0.41 per share and 6 millionshares were outstanding at the time of the dividend declaration.

(2) During the year ended October 31, 2014, we redeemed all of our Class B – Series 21 Preferred Shares. Dividends declared for the year ended October 31, 2014 were $0.81 per share and 11 millionshares were outstanding at the time of the dividend declaration.

Preferred SharesWe are authorized by our shareholders to issue an unlimited number of Class A Preferred Shares and Class B Preferred Shares without par value, inseries, for unlimited consideration. Class B Preferred Shares may be issued in a foreign currency.

On October 16, 2015, we issued 600,000 Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 36, at a price of $1,000.00 per share,for gross proceeds of $600 million.

On July 29, 2015, we issued 6 million Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class B Preferred Shares, Series 35, at a price of $25.00 cash per share, for grossproceeds of $150 million.

On June 5, 2015, we issued 8 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 33, at a price of $25.00 cash per share,for gross proceeds of $200 million.

On July 30, 2014, we issued 12 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 31, at a price of $25.00 cash per share,for gross proceeds of $300 million.

On June 6, 2014, we issued 16 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 29, at a price of $25.00 cash per share,for gross proceeds of $400 million.

On April 23, 2014, we issued 20 million Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 27, at a price of $25.00 cash pershare, for gross proceeds of $500 million.

During the year ended October 31, 2013, we did not issue any preferred shares.During the year ended October 31, 2015, we redeemed all of our Non-Cumulative Class B Preferred Shares, Series 13, at a redemption price of

$25.25 per share for a gross redemption of $353 million. Dividends declared for the year ended October 31, 2015 were $0.56 per share and 14 millionshares were outstanding at the time of the dividend declaration. On February 25, 2015, we also redeemed all of our Non-Cumulative Class B PreferredShares, Series 23, at a redemption price of $25.00 per share plus declared and unpaid dividends up to but excluding the date fixed for redemption.Dividends declared for the year ended October 31, 2015 were $0.34 per share and 16 million shares were outstanding at the time of the dividenddeclaration.

During the year ended October 31, 2014, we redeemed all of our Non-Cumulative Class B Preferred Shares, Series 18, at a redemption price of$25.00 per share plus declared and unpaid dividends up to but excluding the date fixed for redemption. Dividends declared for the year endedOctober 31, 2014 were $0.41 per share and 6 million shares were outstanding at the time of the dividend declaration. We also redeemed all of ourNon-Cumulative Class B Preferred Shares, Series 21, at a redemption price of $25.00 per share plus declared and unpaid dividends up to but excludingthe date fixed for redemption. Dividends declared for the year ended October 31, 2014 were $0.81 per share and 11 million shares were outstandingat the time of the dividend declaration.


Notes

During the year ended October 31, 2013, we redeemed all of our Non-Cumulative Class B Preferred Shares, Series 5, at a redemption price of$25.00 per share plus declared and unpaid dividends up to but excluding the date fixed for redemption. Dividends declared for the year endedOctober 31, 2013 were $0.33 per share and 8 million shares were outstanding at the time of the dividend declaration.

Preferred Share Rights and Privileges(Canadian $, except as noted)

Redemptionamount

Quarterly non-cumulative

dividend (1) Reset premiumsDate

redeemable / convertible Convertible to

Class B – Series 14 25.00 $ 0.328125 Does not reset Current (2) Not convertible

Class B – Series 15 25.00 $ 0.3625 Does not reset Current (2) Not convertible

Class B – Series 16 25.00 $ 0.211875 (3) 1.65% August 25, 2018 (4)(5)(6) Class B – Series 17 (7)

Class B – Series 17 25.00 Floating (8) 1.65% August 25, 2018 (4)(5)(6) Class B – Series 16 (7)

Class B – Series 25 25.00 $ 0.24375 (3) 1.15% August 25, 2016 (5)(6) Class B – Series 26 (7)

Class B – Series 27 25.00 $ 0.2500 (3) 2.33% May 25, 2019 (5)(6) Class B – Series 28 (7)


Class B – Series 31 25.00 $ 0.2375 (3) 2.22% November 25, 2019 (5)(6) Class B – Series 32 (7)


Class B – Series 35 25.00 $ 0.3125 Does not reset August 25, 2020 (2)(6) Not convertible

Class B – Series 36 1,000.00 $14.6250 (3) 4.97% November 25, 2020 (5)(6) Class B – Series 37 (7)

(1) Non-cumulative dividends are payable quarterly as and when declared by the Board of Directors.(2) Subject to a redemption premium if redeemed prior to November 25, 2016 – Series 14; May 25, 2017 – Series 15; and August 25, 2024 – Series 35.(3) The dividend rate will reset on the date redeemable and every five years thereafter at a rate equal to the 5-year Government of Canada bond yield plus the reset premium noted. If converted to a

floating rate series, the rate will be set as and when declared to the 3-month Government of Canada treasury bill yield plus the reset premium noted.(4) On July 22, 2013, we announced that we did not intend to exercise our right to redeem the Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class B Preferred Shares, Series 16 on the initial redemption date. As a

result, subject to certain conditions, the holders of Series 16 Preferred Shares had the right, at their option, to elect to convert all or part of their Series 16 Preferred Shares on a one-for-one basis intoNon-Cumulative Floating Rate Class B Preferred Shares, Series 17, effective August 26, 2013.

(5) Redeemable on the date noted and every five years thereafter.(6) Convertible on the date noted and every five years thereafter if not redeemed. Series 16, 17, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34 and 37 are floating rate preferred shares.(7) If converted, the holders have the option to convert back to the original preferred shares on subsequent redemption dates.(8) Floating rate will be set as and when declared at the 3-month Government of Canada treasury bill yield plus a reset premium of 1.65%.

Non-Viability Contingent CapitalClass B – Series 27, Class B – Series 29, Class B – Series 31, Class B – Series 33, Class B – Series 35 and Class B – Series 36 preferred share issues includea non-viability contingent capital provision, which is necessary for the shares to qualify as regulatory capital under Basel III. As such, the shares areconvertible into a variable number of our common shares if OSFI announces that the bank is, or is about to become, non-viable or if a federal orprovincial government in Canada publicly announces that the bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capital injection, or equivalent support, toavoid non-viability.

Common SharesWe are authorized by our shareholders to issue an unlimited number of our common shares without par value, for unlimited consideration. Ourcommon shares are not redeemable or convertible. Dividends are declared by our Board of Directors on a quarterly basis and the amount can varyfrom quarter to quarter.

Normal Course Issuer BidOn February 1, 2015, we renewed our normal course issuer bid, effective for one year. Under this normal course issuer bid, we may repurchase up to15 million of our common shares for cancellation. The timing and amount of purchases under the program are subject to management discretionbased on factors such as market conditions and capital adequacy. We will periodically consult with OSFI before making purchases under the bid.

Our previous normal course issuer bid, which allowed us to repurchase for cancellation up to 15 million of our common shares, expired onJanuary 31, 2015. During the year ended October 31, 2015, we repurchased 8 million of our common shares at an average cost of $77.25 per share.During the year ended October 31, 2014, we did not make any repurchases under the normal course issuer bid.

Share Redemption and Dividend RestrictionsOSFI must approve any plan to redeem any of our preferred share issues for cash.

We are prohibited from declaring dividends on our preferred or common shares when we would be, as a result of paying such a dividend, incontravention of the capital adequacy, liquidity or any other regulatory directive issued under the Bank Act. In addition, common share dividendscannot be paid unless all dividends declared and payable on our preferred shares have been paid or sufficient funds have been set aside to do so.

In addition, we have agreed that if either BMO Capital Trust, a consolidated structured entity, or BMO Capital Trust II, an unconsolidated structuredentity, (collectively, the “Trusts”), fails to pay any required distribution on their capital trust securities, we will not declare dividends of any kind onany of our preferred or common shares for a period of time following such Trusts’ failure to pay the required distribution (as defined in the applicableprospectuses) unless such Trusts first pay such distribution to the holders of their capital trust securities (see Note 16).

Currently, these limitations do not restrict the payment of dividends on common or preferred shares.

Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase PlanWe offer a dividend reinvestment and share purchase plan (“DRIP”) for our shareholders. Participation in the plan is optional. Under the terms of theDRIP, cash dividends on common shares are reinvested to purchase additional common shares. Shareholders also have the opportunity to makeoptional cash payments to acquire additional common shares.

For the dividend paid in the first quarter of 2015, common shares to supply the DRIP were issued from treasury without a discount. Commencingwith the dividend paid in the second quarter of 2015, common shares to supply the DRIP were purchased on the open market. For the dividend paidin the fourth quarter of 2014, common shares to supply the DRIP were issued from treasury with a two percent discount. For the dividend paid in the


Not


third quarter of 2014, common shares to supply the DRIP were issued from treasury without a discount. Commencing with the dividend paid in thefourth quarter of 2013 and continuing through the dividend paid in the second quarter of 2014, common shares to supply the DRIP were purchased onthe open market.

During the year ended October 31, 2015, we issued a total of 690,471 common shares from treasury (2,786,997 in 2014) and purchased1,998,589 common shares in the open market for delivery to shareholders (1,276,088 in 2014) under the DRIP.

Potential Share IssuancesAs at October 31, 2015, we had reserved 5,842,932 common shares (6,533,403 in 2014) for potential issuance in respect of our Shareholder DividendReinvestment and Share Purchase Plan. We have also reserved 12,111,153 common shares (13,337,765 in 2014) for the potential exercise of stockoptions, as further described in Note 22.

Treasury SharesWhen we purchase our common shares as part of our trading business, we record the cost of those shares as a reduction in shareholders’ equity. Ifthose shares are resold at a price higher than their cost, the premium is recorded as an increase in contributed surplus. If those shares are resold at aprice below their cost, the discount is recorded as a reduction first to contributed surplus and then to retained earnings for any amount in excess oftotal contributed surplus related to treasury shares.

Non-Controlling InterestIncluded in non-controlling interest in subsidiaries as at October 31, 2015 were capital trust securities, including accrued interest, totalling$454 million ($1,060 million in 2014) related to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries, which formed part of our Tier 1 regulatory capital, as furtherdescribed in Note 16. Non-controlling interest in other consolidated entities was $37 million at October 31, 2015 ($31 million in 2014), which included$27 million for F&C ($22 million in 2014).

Note 18: Fair Value of Financial InstrumentsWe record trading assets and liabilities, derivatives, available-for-sale securities and securities sold but not yet purchased at fair value, and other non-trading assets and liabilities at amortized cost less allowances or write-downs for impairment. The fair values presented in this note are based uponthe amounts estimated for individual assets and liabilities and do not include an estimate of the fair value of any of the legal entities or underlyingoperations that comprise our business.

Fair value represents the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willingmarket participants at the measurement date. The fair value amounts disclosed represent point-in-time estimates that may change in subsequentreporting periods due to changes in market conditions or other factors. Some financial instruments are not typically exchangeable or exchanged andtherefore it is difficult to determine their fair value. Where there is no quoted market price, we determine fair value using management’s bestestimates based on a range of valuation techniques and assumptions; since these involve uncertainties, the fair values may not be realized in anactual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability.

Governance Over the Determination of Fair ValueSenior executive oversight of our valuation processes is provided through various valuation and risk committees. In order to ensure that all financialinstruments carried at fair value are reasonably measured for risk management and financial reporting purposes, we have established governancestructures and controls, such as model validation and approval, independent price verification (“IPV”) and profit and loss attribution analysis (“PAA”),consistent with industry practice. These controls are applied independently of the relevant operating groups.

We establish and regularly update valuation methodologies for each financial instrument that is required to be measured at fair value. Theapplication of valuation models for products or portfolios is subject to independent approval to ensure only validated models are used. The impact ofknown limitations of models and data inputs is also monitored on an ongoing basis. IPV is a process that regularly and independently verifies theaccuracy and appropriateness of market prices or model inputs used in the valuation of financial instruments. This process assesses fair values using avariety of different approaches to verify and validate the valuations. PAA is a daily process used by management to identify and explain changes infair value positions across all operating lines of business within BMO Capital Markets. This process works in concert with other processes to ensurethat the fair values being reported are reasonable and appropriate.

SecuritiesFor traded securities, quoted market value is considered to be fair value. Quoted market value is based on bid prices. Securities for which no activemarket exists are valued using all reasonably available market information. Our fair value methodologies are described below.

Government SecuritiesThe fair value of government issued or guaranteed debt securities in active markets is determined by reference to recent transaction prices, brokerquotes or third-party vendor prices. The fair values of securities that are not traded in an active market are modelled using implied yields derivedfrom the prices of similar actively traded government securities and observable spreads. Market inputs to the model include coupon, maturity andduration.

Mortgage-Backed Securities and Collateralized Mortgage ObligationsThe fair value of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations is determined using independent prices obtained from third-party vendor prices, broker quotes and relevant market indices, as applicable. If such prices are not available, fair value is determined using cash flowmodels that make maximum use of observable market inputs or benchmark prices for similar instruments. Valuation assumptions formortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations include discount rates, expected prepayments, credit spreads and recoveries.


Notes

Corporate Debt SecuritiesThe fair value of corporate debt securities is determined using prices observed in the most recent transactions. When observable price quotations arenot available, fair value is determined based on discounted cash flow models using discounting curves and spreads obtained from independentdealers, brokers and multi-contributor pricing sources.

Corporate Equity SecuritiesThe fair value of equity securities is based on quoted prices in active markets, where available. Where quoted prices in active markets are not readilyavailable, fair value is determined using quoted market prices for similar securities or through valuation techniques, including discounted cash flowanalysis and multiples of earnings.

Privately Issued SecuritiesPrivately issued debt and equity securities are valued using recent prices observed in market transactions, where available. Otherwise, fair value isderived from valuation models using a market or income approach. These models consider various factors, including projected cash flows, earnings,revenue and other third-party evidence, as available. The fair value of limited partnership investments is based upon net asset values published bythird-party fund managers.

Prices from brokers and multi-contributor pricing sources are corroborated as part of our independent review process, which may include usingvaluation techniques or obtaining consensus or composite prices from other pricing services. We validate the estimates of fair value by independentlyobtaining multiple quotes for external market prices and input values. We review the approach taken by third-party vendors to ensure that thevendor employs a valuation model which maximizes the use of observable inputs such as benchmark yields, bid-ask spreads, underlying collateral,weighted-average terms to maturity and prepayment rate assumptions. Fair value estimates from internal valuation techniques are verified, wherepossible, by reference to prices obtained from third-party vendors.

LoansIn determining the fair value of our fixed rate and floating rate performing loans, we discount the remaining contractual cash flows, adjusted forestimated prepayment, at market interest rates currently offered for loans with similar terms.

The value of our loan balances determined using this approach is further adjusted by a credit mark that represents an estimate of the expectedcredit losses in our loan portfolio.

Derivative InstrumentsA number of valuation techniques are employed to estimate fair value, including discounted cash flow analysis, the Black-Scholes model, Monte Carlosimulation and other accepted market models. These vetted models incorporate current market measures for interest rates, currency exchange rates,equity and commodity prices and indices, credit spreads, recovery rates, corresponding market volatility levels, spot prices, correlation levels andother market-based pricing factors. Option implied volatilities, an input into many valuation models, are either obtained directly from market sourcesor calculated from market prices. Multi-contributor pricing sources are used wherever possible.

In determining the fair value of complex and customized derivatives, we consider all reasonably available information, including dealer andbroker quotations, multi-contributor pricing sources and any relevant observable market inputs. Our model calculates fair value based on inputsspecific to the type of contract, which may include stock prices, correlation for multiple assets, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, yield curves andvolatilities.

We calculate a credit valuation adjustment (“CVA”) to recognize the risk that any given derivative counterparty may not ultimately be able tofulfill its obligations. The CVA is derived from market-observed credit spreads or proxy credit spreads and our assessment of the net counterpartycredit risk exposure, taking into account credit mitigants such as collateral, master netting agreements and settlements through clearing houses. Wealso calculate a funding valuation adjustment (“FVA”) to recognize the implicit funding costs associated with over-the-counter derivative positions.The FVA is determined based on reference to market funding spreads.

DepositsIn determining the fair value of our deposits, we incorporate the following assumptions:‰ For fixed rate, fixed maturity deposits, we discount the remaining contractual cash flows for these deposits, adjusted for expected redemptions, at

market interest rates currently offered for deposits with similar terms and risks.‰ For fixed rate deposits with no defined maturities, we consider fair value to equal carrying value, based on carrying value being equivalent to the

amount payable on the reporting date.‰ For floating rate deposits, changes in interest rates have minimal impact on fair value since deposits reprice to market frequently. On that basis, fair

value is assumed to equal carrying value.

A portion of our structured note liabilities that have coupons or repayment terms linked to the performance of interest rates, foreign currencies,commodities or equity securities have been designated at fair value through profit or loss. The fair value of these structured notes is estimated usinginternally vetted valuation models and incorporates observable market prices for identical or comparable securities, as well as other inputs such asinterest rate yield curves, option volatilities and foreign exchange rates, where appropriate. Where observable prices or inputs are not available,management judgment is required to determine the fair value by assessing other relevant sources of information, such as historical data and proxyinformation from similar transactions.

Securities Sold But Not Yet PurchasedThe fair value of these obligations is based on the fair value of the underlying securities, which can be equity or debt securities. As these obligationsare fully collateralized, the method used to determine fair value would be the same as that used for the relevant underlying equity or debt securities.


Not


Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements and Securities Sold Under Repurchase AgreementsThe fair value of these agreements is determined using a discounted cash flow model. Inputs to the model include contractual cash flows andcollateral funding spreads.

Securitization LiabilitiesThe determination of the fair value of securitization liabilities, recorded in other liabilities, is based on quoted market prices or quoted market pricesfor similar financial instruments, where available. Where quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using valuation techniques, such asdiscounted cash flows, that maximize the use of observable inputs.

Subordinated Debt and Capital Trust SecuritiesThe fair value of our subordinated debt and capital trust securities is determined by referring to current market prices for the same or similarinstruments.

Financial Instruments with a Carrying Value Approximating Fair ValueShort-term Financial InstrumentsThe carrying value of certain financial assets and liabilities, such as interest bearing deposits with banks, securities borrowed, customers’ liabilityunder acceptances, certain other assets, acceptances, securities lent and certain other liabilities, is a reasonable estimate of fair value due to theirshort-term nature or because they are frequently repriced to current market rates.

Other Financial InstrumentsCarrying value is assumed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value for our cash and cash equivalents and certain other securities.

For longer-term financial instruments within other liabilities, fair value is determined as the present value of contractual cash flows usingdiscount rates at which liabilities with similar remaining maturities could be issued as at the balance sheet date.

Certain assets, including premises and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, as well as shareholders’ equity, are not considered financialinstruments and therefore no fair value has been determined for these items.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value on the Balance SheetSet out in the following tables are the amounts that would be reported if all financial assets and liabilities not currently carried at fair value werereported at their fair values.

(Canadian $ in millions) 2015

Carryingvalue

Fairvalue

Valued usingquoted market

prices

Valued usingmodels (with

observable inputs)

Valued usingmodels (without

observable inputs)

SecuritiesHeld to maturity 9,432 9,534 856 8,678 –Other (1) 656 2,365 – – 2,365

10,088 11,899 856 8,678 2,365Securities purchased under resale agreements (2) 55,626 54,979 – 54,979 –LoansResidential mortgages 105,918 106,322 – – 106,322Consumer instalment and other personal 65,598 64,668 – – 64,668Credit cards 7,980 7,728 – – 7,728Businesses and governments 145,076 143,387 – – 143,387

324,572 322,105 – – 322,105

Deposits 438,169 438,461 – 438,461 –Securities sold under repurchase agreements (3) 33,576 33,704 – 33,704 –Other liabilities (4) 22,497 23,025 – 23,025 –Subordinated debt 4,416 4,590 – 4,590 –

This table excludes financial instruments with a carrying value approximating fair value, such as cash and cash equivalents, interest bearing deposits with banks, securities borrowed, customers’ liabilityunder acceptances, certain other assets, acceptances, securities lent and certain other liabilities.(1) Excluded from other securities is $364 million of securities related to our merchant banking business that are carried at fair value on the balance sheet.(2) Excludes $12,440 million of securities borrowed for which carrying value approximates fair value.(3) Excludes $6,315 million of securities lent for which carrying value approximates fair value.(4) Other liabilities include securitization and SE liabilities and certain other liabilities of subsidiaries, other than deposits.


Notes


Carryingvalue

Fairvalue


prices


observable inputs)


observable inputs)

SecuritiesHeld to maturity 10,344 10,490 838 9,652 –Other (1) 510 1,829 – – 1,829

10,854 12,319 838 9,652 1,829Securities purchased under resale agreements (2) 33,141 33,095 – 33,095 –LoansResidential mortgages 101,013 101,273 – – 101,273Consumer instalment and other personal 64,143 63,280 – – 63,280Credit cards 7,972 7,706 – – 7,706Businesses and governments 120,766 119,399 – – 119,399

293,894 291,658 – – 291,658

Deposits 393,088 393,242 – 393,242 –Securities sold under repurchase agreements (3) 25,485 25,505 – 25,505 –Other liabilities (4) 23,546 23,927 – 23,927 –Subordinated debt 4,913 5,110 – 5,110 –

This table excludes financial instruments with a carrying value approximating fair value, such as cash and cash equivalents, interest bearing deposits with banks, securities borrowed, customers’ liabilityunder acceptances, certain other assets, acceptances, securities lent and certain other liabilities.(1) Excluded from other securities is $477 million of securities related to our merchant banking business that are carried at fair value on the balance sheet.(2) Excludes $20,414 million of securities borrowed for which carrying value approximates fair value.(3) Excludes $14,210 million of securities lent for which carrying value approximates fair value.(4) Other liabilities include securitization and SE liabilities and certain other liabilities of subsidiaries, other than deposits.

Fair Value HierarchyWe use a fair value hierarchy to categorize financial instruments according to the inputs we use in valuation techniques to measure fair value.

Valuation Techniques and Significant InputsWe determine the fair value of publicly traded fixed maturity debt and equity securities using quoted prices in active markets (Level 1) when theseare available. When quoted prices in active markets are not available, we determine the fair value of financial instruments using models such asdiscounted cash flows, with observable market data for inputs such as yield and prepayment rates or broker quotes and other third-party vendorquotes (Level 2). Fair value may also be determined using models where significant market inputs are not observable due to inactive markets orminimal market activity (Level 3). We maximize the use of observable market inputs to the extent possible.

Our Level 2 trading securities are primarily valued using discounted cash flow models with observable spreads or broker quotes. The fair value ofLevel 2 available-for-sale securities is determined using discounted cash flow models with observable spreads or third-party vendor quotes. Level 2structured note liabilities are valued using models with observable market information. Level 2 derivative assets and liabilities are valued usingindustry-standard models and observable market information.


Not


The extent of our use of actively quoted market prices (Level 1), internal models using observable market information as inputs (Level 2) andinternal models without observable market information as inputs (Level 3) in the valuation of securities, fair value liabilities, derivative assets andderivative liabilities was as follows:



prices


observableinputs)


observableinputs)


prices


observableinputs)


observableinputs)


Canadian federal government 12,342 1,512 – 8,737 1,725 –Canadian provincial and municipal governments 3,183 3,568 – 3,134 4,062 –U.S. federal government 2,937 314 – 5,725 440 –U.S. states, municipalities and agencies – 589 98 – 626 85Other governments 396 15 – 124 99 –

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgageobligations – 491 – – 702 –

Corporate debt 328 8,717 243 1,974 9,319 538Corporate equity 35,901 1,826 – 37,221 10,511 –

55,087 17,032 341 56,915 27,484 623


Canadian federal government 4,988 2,982 – 4,946 5,555 –Canadian provincial and municipal governments 2,658 2,267 – 1,679 2,425 –U.S. federal government 1,754 – – 1,093 – –U.S. states, municipalities and agencies – 6,084 1 – 5,814 1Other governments 2,328 3,084 – 2,136 3,996 –

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgageobligations – 12,192 – – 9,949 –

Corporate debt 5,977 1,972 6 5,687 1,971 8Corporate equity 358 104 1,251 456 146 1,104

18,063 28,685 1,258 15,997 29,856 1,113

Other Securities – – 364 10 – 467

Fair Value LiabilitiesSecurities sold but not yet purchased 19,499 1,727 – 23,615 3,733 –Structured note liabilities and other note liabilities – 9,577 – – 7,785 –Annuity liabilities – 525 – – 407 –

19,499 11,829 – 23,615 11,925 –

Derivative AssetsInterest rate contracts 5 19,248 – 23 18,241 –Foreign exchange contracts 18 16,281 – 32 12,649 –Commodity contracts 605 1,062 – 653 30 –Equity contracts 91 892 – 51 896 –Credit default swaps – 35 1 – 68 12

719 37,518 1 759 31,884 12

Derivative LiabilitiesInterest rate contracts 25 17,488 – 33 16,983 –Foreign exchange contracts 15 20,091 – 33 12,110 –Commodity contracts 380 2,391 – 1,101 233 –Equity contracts 103 2,098 – 38 3,002 –Credit default swaps – 48 – – 116 8

523 42,116 – 1,205 32,444 8



Notes

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value MeasurementsThe table below presents the fair values of our significant Level 3 financial instruments, the valuation techniques used to determine their fair valuesand the value ranges of significant unobservable inputs used in the valuations.

Reporting line in fairvalue hierarchy table

Fair valueof assets

Significantunobservable inputs

Range of input values (1)

As at October 31, 2015(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted) Valuation techniques Low High

SecuritiesPrivate equity (2) Corporate equity 1,251 Net Asset Value

EV/EBITDANet Asset Value

Multiplena

5.5xna

10.1xCollateralized loan obligations securities (3) Corporate debt 249 Discounted Cash Flow Model Yield/Discount Margin 1.50% 1.50%Merchant banking securities Other 364 Net Asset Value

EV/EBITDANet Asset Value

Multiplena

4.5xna

8.7x

(1) The low and high input values represent the actual highest and lowest level of inputs used to value a group of financial instruments in a particular product category. These input ranges do not reflectthe level of input uncertainty, but are affected by the specific underlying instruments within the product category. The input ranges will therefore vary from period to period based on thecharacteristics of the underlying instruments held at each balance sheet date.

(2) Included in private equity is $627 million of Federal Reserve Bank and U.S. Federal Home Loan Bank shares that we hold to meet regulatory requirements. These shares are carried at cost, which isdeemed to approximate fair value since these shares are not traded in the market.

(3) Includes both trading and available-for-sale instruments.


Significant Unobservable Inputs in Level 3 Instrument ValuationsNet Asset ValueNet asset value represents the estimated value of a security based on valuations received from the investment or fund manager. The valuation ofcertain private equity securities is based on the economic benefit derived from our investment.

EV/EBITDA MultipleThe fair value of private equity and merchant banking investments is derived by calculating an enterprise value (“EV”) using the EV/EBITDA multipleand then proceeding through a waterfall of the company’s capital structure to determine the value of the assets or securities we hold. The EV/EBITDAmultiple is determined using judgment in considering factors such as multiples for comparable listed companies, recent transactions and company-specific factors, as well as liquidity discounts that account for the lack of active trading in these assets and securities.

Yield/Discount MarginA financial instrument’s yield is the interest rate used to discount future cash flows in a valuation model. An increase in the yield, in isolation, wouldresult in a decrease in the related fair value measurement. The discount margin is the difference between a debt instrument’s yield and a benchmarkinstrument’s yield. Benchmark instruments have high credit quality ratings and similar maturities and are often government bonds. The discountmargin for an instrument forms part of the yield used in a discounted cash flow calculation. Generally, an increase in the discount margin will result ina decrease in fair value.

Sensitivity Analysis of Level 3 InstrumentsSensitivity analysis at October 31, 2015, for securities which represent greater than 10% of Level 3 instruments, is provided below.

Within Level 3 trading securities is corporate debt of $239 million related to securities which are hedged with credit default swaps that are alsoconsidered to be Level 3 instruments. As at October 31, 2015, the derivative assets and derivative liabilities were valued at $1 million and $nil,respectively. We determine the valuation of these derivatives and the related securities based on market-standard models we use to model thespecific collateral composition and cash flow structure of the related deal. As at October 31, 2015, the impact of assuming a 10 basis point increase ordecrease in the discount margin would be a $0.2 million decrease or increase in fair value, respectively.

We have not applied another reasonably possible alternative assumption to the significant Level 3 categories of private equity investments andmerchant banking securities, as the net asset values are provided by the investment or fund managers.

Significant TransfersOur policy is to record transfers of assets and liabilities between fair value hierarchy levels at their fair values as at the end of each reporting period,consistent with the date of the determination of fair value. Transfers between the various fair value hierarchy levels reflect changes in the availabilityof quoted market prices or observable market inputs that result from changing market conditions. The following is a discussion of the significanttransfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 balances for the year ended October 31, 2015.

During the year ended October 31, 2015, $158 million of trading securities and $122 million of available-for-sale securities were transferred fromLevel 1 to Level 2 due to reduced observability of the inputs used to value these securities. During the year ended October 31, 2015, $90 million oftrading securities and $180 million of available-for-sale securities were transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 due to increased availability of quotedprices in active markets.


Not


Changes in Level 3 Fair Value MeasurementsThe table below presents a reconciliation of all changes in Level 3 financial instruments during the year ended October 31, 2015, including realizedand unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings and other comprehensive income.

Change in fair value

For the year ended October 31, 2015(Canadian $ in millions)

BalanceOctober 31,

2014Included in

earnings

Includedin othercompre-hensiveincome Purchases Sales

Maturities/Settlement (1)

Transfersinto

Level 3

Transfersout of

Level 3

Fair value asat October 31,

2015

Change inunrealized gains

(losses)recorded in income

for instrumentsstill held (2)


U.S. states, municipalitiesand agencies 85 – 13 – – – – – 98 –

Corporate debt 538 (13) 79 – – (361) – – 243 (13)

Total trading securities 623 (13) 92 – – (361) – – 341 (13)


U.S. states, municipalitiesand agencies 1 – – – – – – – 1 na

Corporate debt 8 – – – (1) (1) – – 6 na

Corporate equity 1,104 (25) 178 151 (157) – – – 1,251 na

Total available-for-sale securities 1,113 (25) 178 151 (158) (1) – – 1,258 na

Other Securities 467 (34) 66 80 (215) – – – 364 (26)

Derivative AssetsCredit default swaps 12 (11) – – – – – – 1 (11)

Derivative LiabilitiesCredit default swaps 8 (8) – – – – – – – (8)

(1) Includes cash settlement of derivative assets and derivative liabilities.(2) Change in unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities, derivative assets and derivative liabilities still held on October 31, 2015 are included in earnings for the year.na – not applicable


Notes

The table below presents a reconciliation of all changes in Level 3 financial instruments during the year ended October 31, 2014, including realizedand unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings and other comprehensive income.

Change in fair value

For the year ended October 31, 2014(Canadian $ in millions)

BalanceOctober 31,

2013Included in

earnings

Includedin othercompre-hensiveincome Purchases Sales

Maturities /Settlement (1)

Transfersinto

Level 3

Transfersout of

Level 3

Fair value asat October 31,

2014

Change inunrealized

gains (losses)recorded in income

for instrumentsstill held (2)


U.S. states, municipalitiesand agencies 78 – 7 – – – – – 85 –

Corporate debt 822 6 59 – (66) (268) – (15) 538 6

Total trading securities 900 6 66 – (66) (268) – (15) 623 6


U.S. states, municipalitiesand agencies 1 – – – – – – – 1 na

Corporate debt 30 (1) – – (21) – – – 8 na

Corporate equity 918 (23) 92 192 (67) – 4 (12) 1,104 na

Total available-for-sale securities 949 (24) 92 192 (88) – 4 (12) 1,113 na

Other Securities 488 (38) 35 80 (98) – – – 467 (23)

Derivative AssetsCredit default swaps 28 (16) – – – – – – 12 (16)

Derivative LiabilitiesCredit default swaps 19 (11) – – – – – – 8 (11)

(1) Includes cash settlement of derivative assets and derivative liabilities.(2) Change in unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities, derivative assets and derivative liabilities still held on October 31, 2014 are included in earnings for the year.na – not applicable


Not


Note 19: Offsetting of Financial Assets and Financial LiabilitiesFinancial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet when there is a legallyenforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liabilitysimultaneously. The following table presents the amounts that have been offset in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, including securities purchasedunder resale agreements, securities sold under repurchase agreements and derivative instruments, generally under a market settlement mechanism(e.g. an exchange or clearing house) where simultaneous net settlement can be achieved to eliminate credit and liquidity risk betweencounterparties. Also presented are amounts not offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet related to transactions where a master netting agreement orsimilar arrangement is in place with a right of set-off only in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy, or where the offset criteria are otherwisenot met.


Amounts not offset in the balance sheet

Grossamounts

Amounts offsetin the balance

sheet

Netamounts

presentedin the

balancesheet

Impact ofmaster netting

agreements

Securitiesreceived/

pledged ascollateral (1) (2)

Cashcollateral

Netamount

Financial AssetsSecurities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements 70,073 2,007 68,066 5,313 61,587 – 1,166Derivative instruments 54,504 16,266 38,238 27,415 1,290 2,087 7,446

124,577 18,273 106,304 32,728 62,877 2,087 8,612

Financial LiabilitiesDerivative instruments 58,905 16,266 42,639 27,415 7,990 492 6,742Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements 41,898 2,007 39,891 5,313 34,104 – 474

100,803 18,273 82,530 32,728 42,094 492 7,216


Amounts not offset in the balance sheet

Grossamounts

Amounts offsetin the balance

sheet

Netamounts

presentedin the

balancesheet

Impact ofmaster netting

agreements

Securitiesreceived/

pledged ascollateral (1) (2)

Cashcollateral

Netamount

Financial AssetsSecurities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements 57,119 3,564 53,555 10,004 41,042 – 2,509Derivative instruments 38,338 5,683 32,655 24,398 1,676 825 5,756

95,457 9,247 86,210 34,402 42,718 825 8,265

Financial LiabilitiesDerivative instruments 39,340 5,683 33,657 24,398 3,048 323 5,888Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements 43,259 3,564 39,695 10,004 28,868 – 823

82,599 9,247 73,352 34,402 31,916 323 6,711

(1) Financial assets received/pledged as collateral are disclosed at fair value and are limited to the net balance sheet exposure (i.e. any over-collateralization is excluded from the table).(2) Certain amounts of collateral are restricted from being sold or re-pledged except in the event of default or the occurrence of other predetermined events.

Note 20: Interest Rate RiskWe earn interest on interest bearing assets and we pay interest on interest bearing liabilities. We also hold derivative instruments, such as interestrate swaps and interest rate options, with values that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. To the extent that we hold assets, liabilities andderivative instruments maturing or repricing at different points in time, we are exposed to interest rate risk.

Interest Rate Gap PositionThe determination of the interest rate sensitivity or gap position by necessity entails numerous assumptions. It is based on the earlier of the repricingdate or maturity date of assets, liabilities and derivatives used to manage interest rate risk.

The gap position presented is as at October 31, 2015 and 2014. It represents the position outstanding at the close of the business day and maychange significantly in subsequent periods based on customer behaviour and the application of our asset and liability management strategies.The assumptions for the years ended October 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

AssetsFixed rate, fixed term assets, such as residential mortgage loans and consumer loans, are reported based upon the scheduled repayments andestimated prepayments that reflect expected borrower behaviour.

Trading and underwriting (mark-to-market) assets and interest bearing assets on which the customer interest rate changes with the prime rateor other short-term market rates are reported in the zero to three months category.


Notes

Goodwill and intangible and fixed assets are reported as non-interest sensitive. Other fixed rate and non-interest bearing assets with no definedmaturity are reported based upon an assumed maturity profile that considers historical and forecasted trends in balances.

LiabilitiesFixed rate, fixed term liabilities, such as investment certificates, are reported at scheduled maturity with estimated redemptions that reflect expecteddepositor behaviour.

Interest bearing deposits on which the customer interest rate changes with the prime rate or other short-term market rates are reported in thezero to three months category.

Fixed rate and non-interest bearing liabilities with no defined maturity are reported based upon an assumed maturity profile that considershistorical and forecasted trends in balances.

CapitalCommon shareholders’ equity is reported as non-interest sensitive.

YieldsYields are based upon the effective interest rates for the assets or liabilities on October 31, 2015 and 2014.

Interest Rate Gap Position(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)

As at October 310 to 3

months4 to 6

months7 to 12months

Totalwithin1 year

Effectiveinterestrate (%)

1 to 5years


Over 5years


Non-interest

sensitive Total

AssetsCash and cash equivalents 38,934 441 303 39,678 0.25 1,413 0.12 (44) – (752) 40,295Interest bearing deposits with banks 7,382 – – 7,382 0.17 – – – – – 7,382Securities 88,780 863 3,632 93,275 0.59 22,536 2.28 14,063 3.21 1,044 130,918Securities borrowed or purchased under

resale agreements 63,600 3,375 1,041 68,016 0.28 50 0.65 – – – 68,066Loans 192,385 13,943 23,254 229,582 3.25 88,412 3.69 4,723 4.04 11,307 334,024Other assets 39,199 487 1,073 40,759 na 8,998 na 399 na 11,040 61,196

Total assets 430,280 19,109 29,303 478,692 121,409 19,141 22,639 641,881

Liabilities and EquityDeposits 245,333 18,022 23,935 287,290 0.54 133,225 0.86 17,654 0.93 – 438,169Securities sold but not yet purchased 21,223 – 1 21,224 1.04 – – 2 – – 21,226Securities lent or sold under repurchase

agreements 39,588 121 182 39,891 0.22 – – – – – 39,891Other liabilities 58,211 296 3,245 61,752 na 14,312 na 9,970 na 12,232 98,266Subordinated debt 66 700 1,500 2,266 4.21 2,000 4.84 150 7.83 – 4,416Total equity 1,169 – 290 1,459 na 2,207 na 600 na 35,647 39,913

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 365,590 19,139 29,153 413,882 151,744 28,376 47,879 641,881

Asset/liability gap position 64,690 (30) 150 64,810 (30,335) (9,235) (25,240) –

Notional amounts of derivatives (56,851) (445) 3,092 (54,204) 48,883 5,321 – –

Total interest rate gap position – 2015Canadian dollar 6,563 1,989 4,690 13,242 6,608 1,054 (20,904) –Foreign currency 1,276 (2,464) (1,448) (2,636) 11,940 (4,968) (4,336) –

Total gap 7,839 (475) 3,242 10,606 18,548 (3,914) (25,240) –

Total interest rate gap position – 2014Canadian dollar 3,934 (5,433) 6,672 5,173 16,048 2,082 (23,303) –Foreign currency 2,174 (4,072) (580) (2,478) 5,399 (3,877) 956 –

Total gap 6,108 (9,505) 6,092 2,695 21,447 (1,795) (22,347) –


Note 21: Capital ManagementOur objective is to maintain a strong capital position in a cost-effective structure that: considers our target regulatory capital ratios and internalassessment of required economic capital; is consistent with our targeted credit ratings; underpins our operating groups’ business strategies; andbuilds depositor confidence and long-term shareholder value.

Our approach includes establishing limits, targets and performance measures for the management of balance sheet positions, risk levels andminimum capital amounts, as well as issuing and redeeming capital instruments to obtain a cost-effective capital structure.

Regulatory capital requirements and risk-weighted assets for the consolidated entity are determined on a Basel III basis.Adjusted common shareholders’ equity, referred to as Common Equity Tier 1 capital under Basel III, is the most permanent form of capital. It is

comprised of common shareholders’ equity less deductions for goodwill, intangible assets and certain other items under Basel III. Tier 1 capital isprimarily comprised of regulatory common equity, preferred shares and innovative hybrid instruments, net of Tier 1 capital deductions. Tier 2 capitalis primarily comprised of subordinated debentures and the eligible portion of the collective allowance for credit losses, net of certain Tier 2 capitaldeductions. Total capital includes Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Details of the components of our capital position are presented in Notes 11, 14, 15, 16and 17.


Not


Our Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio, Tier 1 Capital Ratio, Total Capital Ratio and Leverage Ratio are the primary regulatory capital measures.‰ The Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio is defined as common shareholders’ equity, net of capital adjustments, divided by Common Equity Tier 1

capital risk-weighted assets.‰ The Tier 1 Capital Ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by Tier 1 capital risk-weighted assets.‰ The Total Capital Ratio is defined as Total capital divided by Total capital risk-weighted assets.‰ The Leverage Ratio is defined as Tier 1 capital divided by the sum of on-balance sheet items and specified off-balance sheet items, net of specified

adjustments.

We have met OSFI’s stated minimum capital ratio requirements as at October 31, 2015.

Regulatory Capital Measures and Risk-Weighted Assets

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted)Basel III

2015Basel III

2014

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital 25,628 22,421Tier 1 Capital 29,416 26,602Total Capital 34,584 31,927Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets 239,185 222,092Tier 1 Capital Risk-Weighted Assets 239,471 222,428Total Capital Risk-Weighted Assets 239,716 222,931Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio 10.7% 10.1%Tier 1 Capital Ratio 12.3% 12.0%Total Capital Ratio 14.4% 14.3%Leverage Ratio 4.2% na

All 2015 and 2014 balances above are on a Basel III “all-in” basis.


Note 22: Employee Compensation – Share-Based CompensationStock Option PlanWe maintain a Stock Option Plan for designated officers and employees. Options are granted at an exercise price equal to the closing price of ourcommon shares on the day before the grant date. Stock options granted on or after December 2013 vest in equal tranches of 50% on the third andfourth anniversaries of their grant date. Options granted prior to December 2013 vest in tranches over a four-year period starting from their grantdate. Each tranche (i.e. the portion that vests each year) is treated as a separate award with a different vesting period. Certain options can only beexercised once certain performance targets are met. All options expire 10 years from their grant date.

We determine the fair value of stock options on their grant date and record this amount as compensation expense over the period that the stockoptions vest, with a corresponding increase to contributed surplus. When these stock options are exercised, we issue shares and record the amount ofproceeds, together with the amount recorded in contributed surplus, in share capital. The estimated grant date fair value of stock options granted toemployees who are eligible to retire is expensed at the date of grant.

The following table summarizes information about our Stock Option Plan:(Canadian $, except as noted) 2015 2014 2013

Number ofstock options

Weighted-average

exercise priceNumber of

stock options

Weighted-average

exercise priceNumber of

stock options

Weighted-average

exercise price

Outstanding at beginning of year 13,337,765 76.21 14,968,711 78.17 15,801,966 79.96Granted 641,875 78.09 1,618,223 68.60 2,003,446 60.11Exercised 842,821 54.22 2,133,107 53.66 2,069,588 47.95Forfeited/cancelled 71,281 64.49 88,965 79.77 5,558 56.35Expired 954,385 139.14 1,027,097 139.34 761,555 150.78

Outstanding at end of year 12,111,153 74.08 13,337,765 76.21 14,968,711 78.17Exercisable at end of year 6,959,569 80.52 6,607,237 90.85 7,283,321 98.79Available for grant 4,275,858 4,222,722 5,201,062Outstanding stock options as a percentage of outstanding shares 1.88% 2.06% 2.32%

Employee compensation expense related to this plan for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $6 million, $11 million and$14 million before tax, respectively ($6 million, $11 million and $13 million after tax, respectively).

The intrinsic value of a stock option grant is the difference between the current market price of our common shares and the strike price of theoption. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $179 million, $279 million and$215 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercisable at October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $125 million,$145 million and $107 million, respectively.


Notes

Options outstanding and exercisable at October 31, 2015 and 2014 by range of exercise price were as follows:

(Canadian $, except as noted) 2015 2014

Options outstanding Options exercisable Options outstanding Options exercisable

Range of exerciseprices

Numberof stockoptions

Weighted-average

remainingcontractuallife (years)

Weighted-averageexercise

price


Weighted-average



price


Weighted-average



price


Weighted-average



price

$30.01 to $40.00 577,358 3.1 34.13 577,358 3.1 34.13 718,299 4.1 34.13 718,299 4.1 34.13$40.01 to $50.00 187,327 3.6 42.46 187,327 3.6 42.46 208,437 4.6 42.36 208,437 4.6 42.36$50.01 to $60.00 4,218,387 5.3 56.00 3,624,686 5.2 56.00 5,087,750 5.7 56.05 3,000,262 6.0 55.73$60.01 to $70.00 5,458,588 5.2 63.94 1,531,760 4.5 61.87 5,956,232 6.0 63.89 1,313,192 4.1 62.71$70.01 and over (1) 1,669,493 4.7 170.26 1,038,438 2.0 226.28 1,367,047 2.6 232.14 1,367,047 2.6 232.14

(1) Issued as part of the acquisition of M&I.

The following table summarizes non-vested stock option activity for the years ended October 31, 2015 and 2014:

(Canadian $, except as noted) 2015 2014


Weighted-averagegrant date fair value


Weighted-averagegrant date fair value

Non-vested at beginning of year 6,730,528 6.74 7,685,390 7.18Granted 641,875 7.45 1,618,223 6.36Vested 1,533,402 6.90 1,971,073 7.56Expired 623,730 8.55 559,841 8.83Forfeited/cancelled 63,687 6.68 42,171 6.49

Non-vested at end of year 5,151,584 6.55 6,730,528 6.74

The following table summarizes further information about our Stock Option Plan:


Unrecognized compensation cost for non-vested stock option awards 4 5 6Weighted-average period over which this cost will be recognized (in years) 2.3 2.7 2.1Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised 18 49 35Cash proceeds from stock options exercised 46 115 99Actual tax benefits realized on stock options exercised 1 1 –Weighted-average share price for stock options exercised (in dollars) 76.1 76.6 64.8

The fair value of options granted was estimated using a binomial option pricing model. The weighted-average fair value of options granted during theyears ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $7.45, $6.36 and $5.29, respectively. To determine the fair value of the stock option tranches onthe grant date, the following ranges of values were used for each option pricing assumption:

2015 2014 2013

Expected dividend yield 4.7% – 4.8% 5.0% 6.0% – 6.2%Expected share price volatility 16.9% – 17.0% 16.4% 18.1% – 18.6%Risk-free rate of return 1.9% – 2.0% 2.5% – 2.6% 1.7% – 1.9%Expected period until exercise (in years) 6.5 – 7.0 6.5 – 7.0 5.5 – 7.0

Changes to the input assumptions can result in different fair value estimates.Expected dividend yield is based on market expectations of future dividends on our common shares. Expected share price volatility is determined

based on the market consensus implied volatility for traded options on our common shares. The risk-free rate is based on the yields of a Canadianswap curve with maturities similar to the expected period until exercise of the options. The weighted-average exercise price on the grant date for theyears ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $78.09, $68.60 and $60.11, respectively.

Other Share-Based CompensationShare Purchase PlansWe offer various employee share purchase plans. The largest of these plans provides the employee the option of directing a portion of their grosssalary toward the purchase of our common shares. We match 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of their individual gross salary. Our initialcontributions vest after two years participation in the plan, with subsequent contributions vesting immediately. The shares held in the employeeshare purchase plan are purchased on the open market and are considered outstanding for purposes of computing earnings per share. The dividendsearned on our common shares held by the plan are used to purchase additional common shares on the open market.

We account for our contribution as employee compensation expense when it is contributed to the plan.Employee compensation expense related to these plans for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $52 million, $50 million and

$50 million, respectively. There were 19.0 million, 18.7 million and 19.3 million common shares held in these plans for the years ended October 31,2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Mid-Term Incentive PlansWe offer mid-term incentive plans for executives and certain senior employees. Payment amounts are adjusted to reflect reinvested dividends andchanges in the market value of our common shares. Depending on the plan, the recipient receives either a single cash payment at the end of thethree-year period of the plan, or cash payments over the three years of the plan. As the awards are cash settled, they are recorded as liabilities.


Not


Amounts payable under such awards are recorded as compensation expense over the vesting period. Amounts related to units granted to employeeswho are eligible to retire are expensed at the time of grant. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the liability are recorded in compensationexpense in the period in which they arise.

Prior to 2015, we entered into agreements with third parties to assume our liabilities related to a portion of units granted for a fixed up-frontpayment. For units subject to such arrangements, we no longer have any obligation for future cash payments and as a result no liability is recordedrelated to these awards. All cash payments made under such arrangements are deferred on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as other assets and arerecognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Subsequent changes in fair value of our common shares do not affect the amount ofcompensation expense related to these awards.

Mid-term incentive plan units granted during the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 totalled 5.8 million, 5.9 million and 5.8 million,respectively. Of these, we entered into agreements with third parties in 2014 and 2013 for 2.8 million and 4.8 million units, respectively. Foragreements entered into in 2014 and 2013, we made cash payments of $214 million and $292 million, respectively. The amount of deferredcompensation remaining in other assets relating to these arrangements at October 31, 2015 was $38 million ($131 million in 2014) and is expectedto be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1 year (1.7 in 2014). Employee compensation expense related to plans where we entered intoagreements with third parties for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $81 million, $239 million and $279 million before tax,respectively ($60 million, $177 million and $206 million after tax, respectively).

Mid-term incentive plan units for which we did not enter into agreements with third parties for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and2013 totalled 5.8 million, 3.1 million and 1.0 million units, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of these awards as at October 31,2015, 2014 and 2013 was $475 million, $228 million and $50 million, respectively. We recorded employee compensation expense of $289 million,$159 million and $63 million before tax, respectively ($214 million, $118 million and $47 million after tax, respectively). Beginning in November2014, we no longer enter into agreements with third parties; however, we economically hedge the impact of the change in market value of ourcommon shares by entering into total return swaps (equity contracts). Gains (losses) recognized for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013were $(26) million, $55 million and $32 million, respectively, resulting in net employee compensation expense of $315 million, $104 million and$31 million, respectively.

A total of 16.1 million, 16.5 million and 15.3 million mid-term incentive plan units were outstanding as at October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013,respectively, and the intrinsic value of those awards which had vested was $497 million, $288 million and $126 million, respectively. Cash paymentsmade in relation to these liabilities were $173 million, $57 million and $37 million, respectively.

Deferred Incentive PlansWe offer deferred incentive plans for members of our Board of Directors, executives and key employees in BMO Capital Markets and WealthManagement. Under these plans, fees, annual incentive payments and/or commissions can be deferred as share units of our common shares. Theseshare units are either fully vested on the grant date or vest at the end of three years. The value of these share units is adjusted to reflect reinvesteddividends and changes in the market value of our common shares.

Deferred incentive plan payments are paid upon the participant’s departure from the bank.Employee compensation expense for these plans is recorded in the year the fees, incentive payments and/or commissions are earned. Changes

in the amount of the incentive plan payments as a result of dividends and share price movements are recorded as increases or decreases inemployee compensation expense in the period of the change.

Deferred incentive plan units granted during the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 totalled 0.3 million, 0.4 million and 0.4 million,respectively, and the weighted-average grant date fair value of these units was $26 million, $26 million and $22 million, respectively.

Liabilities related to these plans are recorded in other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet and totalled $395 million and $404 million asat October 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Payments made under these plans for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were$25 million, $18 million and $16 million, respectively.

Employee compensation expense related to these plans for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $12 million, $76 million and$85 million before tax, respectively ($9 million, $56 million and $63 million after tax, respectively). We have entered into derivative instruments tohedge our exposure related to these plans. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recorded as employee compensation expense in theperiod in which they arise. Gains (losses) on these derivatives for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $(17) million, $56 millionand $75 million before tax, respectively. These gains resulted in net employee compensation expense for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014and 2013 of $29 million, $20 million and $10 million before tax, respectively ($21 million, $15 million and $7 million after tax, respectively).

A total of 4.9 million, 4.7 million and 4.3 million deferred incentive plan units were outstanding for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and2013, respectively.

Note 23: Employee Compensation – Pension and Other Employee Future BenefitsPension and Other Employee Future Benefit PlansWe sponsor a number of arrangements in Canada, the United States and the United Kingdom that provide pension and/or other employee futurebenefits to our retired and current employees. The largest of these arrangements, by defined benefit obligation, are the primary defined benefitpension plans for employees in Canada and the United States and the primary other employee future benefit plan for employees in Canada.

Pension arrangements include defined benefit pension plans, as well as supplementary arrangements that provide pension benefits in excess ofstatutory limits. Generally, under these plans we provide retirement benefits based on an employee’s years of service and average annual earningsover a period of time prior to retirement. Our pension and other employee future benefit expenses, recorded in employee compensation expense,mainly comprise the current service cost plus or minus the interest on net defined benefit assets or liabilities. In addition, we provide definedcontribution pension plans to employees in some of our subsidiaries. The costs of these plans, recorded in employee compensation expense, areequal to our contributions to the plans.


Notes

We also provide other employee future benefits, including health and dental care benefits and life insurance, for current and retired employees.Short-term employee benefits, such as salaries, paid absences, bonuses and other benefits, are accounted for on an accrual basis over the period

in which the employees provide the related services.

Investment PolicyThe assets of the defined benefit pension plans are managed in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. The plans are administered witha well-defined governance structure, with the oversight and decision-making resting with the Board of Directors.

The plans are managed under a framework that considers both assets and liabilities in the development of an investment policy and inmanaging risk.

The plans invest in asset classes that include equities, fixed income and alternative strategies, under established investment guidelines. Planassets are diversified across asset classes and by geographic exposure. They are managed by asset management firms that are responsible for theselection of investment securities. Derivative instruments are permitted under policy guidelines and are generally used to hedge foreign currencyexposures, manage interest rate exposures or replicate the return of an asset.

Asset AllocationsThe asset allocation ranges and weighted-average actual asset allocations of our primary pension plans, based on the fair market values atOctober 31, are as follows:

Pension benefit plans

Range2015

Actual2015

Actual2014

Equities 25% – 50% 42% 42%Fixed income investments 35% – 55% 45% 45%Other 10% – 25% 13% 13%

Our pension and other employee future benefit plan assets are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Risk ManagementThe plans are exposed to various risks, including market risk (interest rate, equity and foreign currency risks), credit risk, operational risk, surplus riskand longevity risk. We follow a number of approaches to monitor and actively manage these risks, including monitoring surplus-at-risk, whichmeasures a plan’s risk in an asset-liability framework; stress testing and scenario analyses to evaluate the volatility of the plans’ financial positionsand any potential impact on the bank; hedging of currency exposures and interest rate risk within policy limits; controls related to asset mixallocations, geographic allocations, portfolio duration, credit quality, sector guidelines, issuer/counterparty limits and others; and ongoing monitoringof exposures, performance and risk levels.

Pension and Other Employee Future Benefit LiabilitiesOur actuaries perform valuations of our defined benefit obligations for pension and other employee future benefits as at October 31 of each yearusing the projected unit credit method based on management’s assumptions about discount rates, rates of compensation increase, retirement age,mortality and health care cost trend rates.

The discount rates for the primary Canadian and U.S. pension and other employee future benefit plans were selected using high-quality AA ratedcorporate bonds with terms matching the plans’ cash flows.

The fair value of plan assets is deducted from the defined benefit obligation to determine the net defined benefit asset or liability. For definedbenefit pension plans that are in a net defined benefit asset position, the recognized asset is limited to the present value of economic benefitsavailable in the form of future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan (the “asset ceiling”). Changes in the asset ceilingare recognized in other comprehensive income. Components of the change in our net defined benefit assets or liabilities and our pension and otheremployee future benefit expense are as follows:

Benefits earned by employees represent benefits earned in the current year. They are determined with reference to the current workforce and theamount of benefits to which employees will be entitled upon retirement, based on the provisions of our benefit plans.Interest on net defined benefit asset or liability represents the increase in the net defined benefit asset or liability that results from the passage oftime and is determined by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit asset or liability.Actuarial gains and losses may arise in two ways. First, each year our actuaries recalculate the defined benefit obligations and compare them tothose estimated as at the previous year end. Any differences that result from changes in demographic and economic assumptions or from planmember experience being different from management’s expectations at the previous year end are considered actuarial gains or losses. Second,actuarial gains and losses arise when there are differences between the discount rate and actual returns on plan assets. Actuarial gains and losses arerecognized immediately in other comprehensive income as they occur and are not subsequently reclassified to income in future periods.Plan amendments are changes in our defined benefit obligations that result from changes to provisions of the plans. The effects of planamendments are recognized immediately in income when a plan is amended.Settlements occur when defined benefit obligations for plan participants are settled, usually through lump sum cash payments, and as a result we nolonger have any obligation to provide such participants with benefit payments in the future.

Funding of Pension and Other Employee Future Benefit PlansWe fund our defined benefit pension plans in Canada and the United States in accordance with statutory requirements, and the assets in these plansare used to pay benefits to retirees and other employees. Some groups of employees are also eligible to make voluntary contributions in order toreceive enhanced benefits. Our supplementary pension plan in Canada is funded, while in the United States the supplementary pension plan isunfunded.


Not


Our other employee future benefit plans in Canada and the United States are either partially funded or unfunded. Benefit payments related tothese plans are either paid through the respective plan or paid directly by us.

We measure the fair value of plan assets for our plans in Canada and the United States as at October 31. In addition to actuarial valuations foraccounting purposes, we are required to prepare valuations for determining our minimum funding requirements for our pension arrangements inaccordance with the relevant statutory framework (our “funding valuation”). An annual funding valuation is performed for our plans in Canada andthe United States. The most recent funding valuation for our primary Canadian plan was performed as at October 31, 2015 and the most recentfunding valuation for our primary U.S. plan was performed as at January 1, 2015. Benefit payments for fiscal 2016 are estimated to be $402 million.

A summary of plan information for the past three years is as follows:(Canadian $ in millions) Pension benefit plans Other employee future benefit plans

2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013

Defined benefit obligation 7,934 7,504 6,181 1,323 1,317 1,174Fair value of plan assets 8,072 7,536 6,267 131 113 95

Surplus (deficit) and net defined benefit asset (liability) 138 32 86 (1,192) (1,204) (1,079)

Surplus (deficit) is comprised of:Funded or partially funded plans 362 197 192 (32) (12) (9)Unfunded plans (224) (165) (106) (1,160) (1,192) (1,070)

Surplus (deficit) and net defined benefit asset (liability) 138 32 86 (1,192) (1,204) (1,079)

Pension and Other Employee Future Benefit ExpensesPension and other employee future benefit expenses are determined as follows:

(Canadian $ in millions) Pension benefit plans Other employee future benefit plans

2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013

Annual benefits expenseBenefits earned by employees 286 241 234 29 25 27Net interest (income) expense on net defined benefit (asset) liability (5) (11) 4 50 50 48Gain on settlement (13) – – – – –Administrative expenses 4 5 5 – – –Remeasurement of other long-term benefits – – – 4 (5) (1)

Benefits expense 272 235 243 83 70 74Canada and Quebec pension plan expense 73 68 69 – – –Defined contribution expense 86 66 57 – – –

Total annual pension and other employee future benefit expenses recognized inthe Consolidated Statement of Income 431 369 369 83 70 74


Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit expenses

Pension benefit plans Other employee future benefit plans

2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013

Discount rate at beginning of year 4.1% 4.6% 4.2% 4.2% 4.7% 4.4%Rate of compensation increase 2.9% 2.9% 2.9% 2.6% 2.7% 3.2%Assumed overall health care cost trend rate na na na 5.5% (1) 5.4% (1) 5.4% (1)

(1) Trending to 4.5% in 2030 and remaining at that level thereafter.


Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables calibrated to plan experience, when applicable. Thecurrent life expectancies underlying the amounts of the defined benefit obligations for our primary plans are as follows:

(Years) Canada United States

2015 2014 2015 2014

Life expectancy for those currently age 65Males 23.5 23.4 22.2 21.3Females 23.9 23.8 23.7 23.4Life expectancy at age 65 for those currently age 45Males 24.5 24.4 23.3 23.3Females 24.9 24.8 24.9 25.2


Notes

Changes in the estimated financial positions of our pension benefit plans and other employee future benefit plans are as follows:

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted) Pension benefit plans Other employee future benefit plans

2015 2014 2015 2014

Defined benefit obligationDefined benefit obligation at beginning of year 7,504 6,181 1,317 1,174Opening adjustment for acquisitions – 455 – –Benefits earned by employees 286 241 29 25Interest cost on accrued benefit obligation 311 289 55 55Gain due to settlement (13) – – –Benefits paid to pensioners and employees (373) (326) (39) (36)Settlement payments (92) – – –Voluntary employee contributions 12 12 4 3Actuarial gains (losses) due to:

Demographic assumption changes 17 48 (47) (15)Financial assumption changes (146) 532 (33) 98Plan member experience 108 (14) 11 (3)

Foreign exchange and other 320 86 26 16

Defined benefit obligation at end of year 7,934 7,504 1,323 1,317

Wholly or partially funded defined benefit obligation 7,710 7,339 163 125Unfunded defined benefit obligation 224 165 1,160 1,192

Total defined benefit obligation 7,934 7,504 1,323 1,317

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the defined benefit obligationDiscount rate at end of year 4.2% 4.1% 4.4% 4.2%Rate of compensation increase 2.7% 2.9% 2.4% 2.6%Assumed overall health care cost trend rate na na 5.5% (1) 5.4% (1)

Fair value of plan assetsFair value of plan assets at beginning of year 7,536 6,267 113 95Opening adjustment for acquisitions – 456 – –Interest income on plan assets 316 300 5 4Excess (shortfall) of actual returns over interest income 182 458 (5) 5Employer contributions 231 284 35 33Voluntary employee contributions 12 12 4 3Benefits paid to pensioners and employees (373) (326) (39) (36)Settlement payments (92) – – –Administrative expenses (4) (5) – –Foreign exchange and other 264 90 18 9

Fair value of plan assets at end of year 8,072 7,536 131 113

Surplus (deficit) and net defined benefit asset (liability) at end of year 138 32 (1,192) (1,204)

Recorded in:Other assets 502 261 – –Other liabilities (364) (229) (1,192) (1,204)

Surplus (deficit) and net defined benefit asset (liability) at end of year 138 32 (1,192) (1,204)

Actuarial gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive incomeNet actuarial gains on plan assets 182 458 (6) 5Actuarial gains (losses) on defined benefit obligation due to:

Demographic assumption changes (17) (48) 44 14Financial assumption changes 146 (532) 35 (95)Plan member experience (108) 14 (4) (4)Foreign exchange and other (22) – 1 –

Actuarial gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income for the year 181 (108) 70 (80)

(1) Trending to 4.5% in 2030 and remaining at that level thereafter.



Not


Our pension and other employee future benefit plan assets are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair values of plan assets held by ourprimary plans as at October 31 are as follows:

(Canadian $ in millions) Canadian plans U.S. plans (1)

2015 2014 2015 2014

Cash and money market funds (2) 44 55 62 39Securities issued or guaranteed by: (3)

Canadian federal government 188 151 – –Canadian provincial and municipal governments 603 584 – –U.S. federal government – 4 91 87U.S. states, municipalities and agencies – 2 14 18Other governments 9 5 – –

Pooled funds (4) 3,166 2,780 86 85Derivative instruments (5) (5) (17) – –Corporate debt (6) 892 966 458 401Corporate equity (2) 792 834 511 535

5,689 5,364 1,222 1,165

(1) All of the U.S. plans’ assets have quoted prices in active markets, except pooled funds, corporate debt and securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. states, municipalities and agencies.(2) All of the cash and money market funds and corporate equity held by Canadian plans as at October 31, 2015 and 2014 have quoted prices in active markets.(3) $307 million ($294 million in 2014) of securities issued or guaranteed by governments held by Canadian plans have quoted prices in active markets.(4) $1,495 million ($1,328 million in 2014) of pooled funds held by Canadian plans have quoted prices in active markets.(5) $Nil ($1 million in 2014) of derivatives held by Canadian plans have quoted prices in active markets.(6) $36 million ($69 million in 2014) of corporate debt held by Canadian plans have quoted prices in active markets.Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

No plan assets are directly invested in the bank’s or related parties’ securities as at October 31, 2015 and 2014. As at October 31, 2015, our primaryCanadian plan indirectly held, through a BMO managed pooled fund, approximately $9 million ($11 million in 2014) of our common shares. The plansdo not hold any property we occupy or other assets we use.

The plans paid $4 million in the year ended October 31, 2015 ($4 million in 2014) to us and certain of our subsidiaries for investmentmanagement, record-keeping, custodial and administrative services rendered.

Sensitivity of AssumptionsKey weighted-average assumptions used in measuring the defined benefit obligations for our primary plans are outlined in the following table. Thesensitivity analysis provided in the table should be used with caution as it is hypothetical and the impact of changes in each key assumption may notbe linear. The sensitivities to changes in each key variable have been calculated independently of the impact of changes in other key variables. Actualexperience may result in simultaneous changes in a number of key assumptions. Changes in one factor may result in changes in another, whichwould amplify or reduce certain sensitivities.

Defined benefit obligation

(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted) Pension benefit plans Other employee future benefit plans

Discount rate (%) 4.2 4.4Impact: 1% increase ($) (817) (144)

1% decrease ($) 1,033 183

Rate of compensation increase (%) 2.7 2.4Impact: 0.25% increase ($) 43 1

0.25% decrease ($) (42) (1)

MortalityImpact: 1 year shorter life expectancy ($) (119) (26)

1 year longer life expectancy ($) 116 26

Assumed overall health care cost trend rate (%) na 5.5 (1)

Impact: 1% increase ($) na 731% decrease ($) na (76)

(1) Trending to 4.5% in 2030 and remaining at that level thereafter.na – not applicable

Disaggregation of Defined Benefit ObligationDisaggregation of the defined benefit obligation for our primary plans is as follows:

2015 2014

Canadian pension plansActive members 44% 46%Inactive and retired members 56% 54%

100% 100%

U.S. pension plansActive members 68% 62%Inactive and retired members 32% 38%

100% 100%

Canadian other employee future benefit plansActive members 43% 45%Inactive and retired members 57% 55%

100% 100%


Notes

Maturity ProfileThe duration of the defined benefit obligation for our primary plans is as follows:

(Years) 2015 2014

Canadian pension plans 13.2 13.6U.S. pension plans 10.6 11.2Canadian other employee future benefit plans 16.2 16.5

Cash FlowsCash payments we made during the year in connection with our employee future benefit plans are as follows:

(Canadian $ in millions) Pension benefit plans Other employee future benefit plans

2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013

Contributions to defined benefit plans 198 254 154 – – –Contributions to defined contribution plans 86 66 57 – – –Benefits paid directly to pensioners 33 30 24 35 33 30

317 350 235 35 33 30

Our best estimate of the contributions we expect to make for the year ending October 31, 2016 is approximately $195 million to our pension benefit plans and $42 million to our other employee futurebenefit plans.Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Note 24: Income TaxesWe report our provision for income taxes in our Consolidated Statement of Income based upon transactions recorded in our consolidated financialstatements regardless of when they are recognized for income tax purposes, with the exception of repatriation of retained earnings from our foreignsubsidiaries, as noted below.

In addition, we record an income tax expense or benefit in other comprehensive income or directly in shareholders’ equity when the taxes relateto amounts recorded in other comprehensive income or shareholders’ equity. For example, income tax expense (recovery) on hedging gains (losses)related to our net investment in foreign operations is recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income as part of unrealized gains(losses) on translation of net foreign operations.

Current tax is the amount of income tax recoverable (payable) in respect of the taxable loss (profit) for a period. Deferred income tax assets andliabilities are measured at the tax rates expected to apply when temporary differences reverse. Changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilitiesrelated to a change in tax rates are recorded in income in the period the tax rate is substantively enacted, except to the extent that the tax arisesfrom a transaction or event which is recognized either in other comprehensive income or directly in shareholders’ equity. Current and deferred taxesare only offset when they are levied by the same taxation authority, levied on the same entity or group of entities and when there is a legal right tooffset.

Included in deferred income tax assets is $16 million related to Canadian tax loss carryforwards that will expire in various amounts between2033 and 2035, $1,302 million related to U.S. tax loss carryforwards that will expire in various amounts in U.S. taxation years from 2028 through 2034and $6 million related to U.K. tax loss carryforwards that are available for use indefinitely against relevant profits generated in the U.K. On theevidence available, including management projections of income, we believe that there will be sufficient taxable income generated by our businessoperations to support these deferred tax assets. The amount of tax on temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits for which nodeferred tax asset is recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as at October 31, 2015 is $193 million. Deferred tax assets have not beenrecognized in respect of these items because it is not probable that realization of these assets will occur.

Income that we earn in foreign countries through our branches or subsidiaries is generally subject to tax in those countries. We are also subjectto Canadian taxation on the income earned in our foreign branches. Canada allows a credit for certain foreign taxes paid on this income. Uponrepatriation of retained earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries, we would be required to pay tax on certain of these earnings. As repatriation ofsuch earnings is not planned in the foreseeable future, we have not recorded the related deferred income tax liability.

The amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, branches, associates and interests in joint ventures for whichdeferred tax liabilities have not been recognized is $27 billion as at October 31, 2015 ($23 billion in 2014).


Not


Provision for Income Taxes(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014 2013

Consolidated Statement of IncomeCurrent

Provision for income taxes for the current period 685 547 1,095Adjustments in respect of current tax for prior periods 18 (1) (29)

DeferredOrigination and reversal of temporary differences 248 361 (10)Effect of changes in tax rates (15) (4) (1)

936 903 1,055

Other Comprehensive Income and Shareholders’ EquityIncome tax expense (recovery) related to:

Gains (losses) on remeasurement of pension and other employee future benefit plans 51 (63) 126Unrealized (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of hedging activities (87) (15) (31)Gains (losses) on remeasurement of own credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value 43 – –Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges 174 51 (57)Hedging of unrealized (gains) on translation of net foreign operations (167) (144) (146)

Total 950 732 947

Components of Total Provision for Income Taxes(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014 2013

Canada: Current income taxesFederal 395 292 457Provincial 215 200 300

610 492 757

Canada: Deferred income taxesFederal 131 33 (109)Provincial 71 29 (76)

202 62 (185)

Total Canadian 812 554 572

Foreign: Current income taxes 36 (58) 90Deferred income taxes 102 236 285

Total foreign 138 178 375

Total 950 732 947

Set out below is a reconciliation of our statutory tax rates and income taxes that would be payable at these rates to the effective income tax ratesand provision for income taxes that we have recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Income:


Combined Canadian federal and provincial income taxes at the statutory tax rate 1,410 26.4% 1,382 26.4% 1,386 26.4%Increase (decrease) resulting from:

Tax-exempt income from securities (378) (7.1) (343) (6.5) (250) (4.7)Foreign operations subject to different tax rates (39) (0.7) (69) (1.3) (10) (0.2)Change in tax rate for deferred income taxes (15) (0.3) (4) (0.1) (1) –Income attributable to non-controlling interests (29) (0.5) (33) (0.7) (35) (0.7)Adjustments in respect of current tax for prior periods 18 0.3 (1) – (29) (0.6)Other (31) (0.6) (29) (0.6) (6) (0.1)

Provision for income taxes and effective tax rate 936 17.5% 903 17.2% 1,055 20.1%



Notes

Components of Deferred Income Tax Balances

(Canadian $ in millions)Allowance

for credit lossesEmployee

future benefits

Deferredcompensation

benefits

Othercomprehensive

income

Tax losscarry-

forwards Other Total

Deferred Income Tax Assets (1)As at October 31, 2013 914 329 344 (29) 1,485 461 3,504

Acquisitions – 8 15 – 10 2 35Benefit (expense) to income statement (252) 31 42 – (180) 49 (310)Benefit (expense) to equity – 3 – (3) – – –Translation and other 96 3 18 25 103 72 317

As at October 31, 2014 758 374 419 (7) 1,418 584 3,546

Benefit (expense) to income statement 149 (1) (16) – (300) 14 (154)Benefit (expense) to equity – – – (20) – – (20)Translation and other 112 9 28 (4) 206 76 427

As at October 31, 2015 1,019 382 431 (31) 1,324 674 3,799

Premises andequipment

Pensionbenefits

Goodwill andintangible assets Securities Other Total

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities (2)As at October 31, 2013 (320) (31) (275) (35) 77 (584)

Acquisitions 5 – (90) – – (85)Benefit (expense) to income statement (10) (35) 28 32 (62) (47)Expense to equity – 60 – – – 60Translation and other (24) 2 (30) 2 1 (49)

As at October 31, 2014 (349) (4) (367) (1) 16 (705)

Benefit (expense) to income statement (71) 29 92 6 (135) (79)Benefit (expense) to equity – (51) – – – (51)Translation and other (34) (7) (41) 4 11 (67)

As at October 31, 2015 (454) (33) (316) 9 (108) (902)

(1) Deferred tax assets of $3,162 million and $3,019 million as at October 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, are presented on the balance sheet net by legal jurisdiction.(2) Deferred tax liabilities of $265 million and $178 million as at October 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, are presented on the balance sheet net by legal jurisdiction.

Note 25: Earnings Per ShareBasic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to our shareholders, after deducting preferred share dividends by the dailyaverage number of fully paid common shares outstanding throughout the year.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated in the same manner, with further adjustments made to reflect the dilutive impact of instrumentsconvertible into our common shares.

The following table presents our basic and diluted earnings per share:

Basic Earnings per Share(Canadian $ in millions, except as noted) 2015 2014 2013

Net income attributable to bank shareholders 4,370 4,277 4,130Dividends on preferred shares (117) (120) (120)

Net income available to common shareholders 4,253 4,157 4,010

Average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands) 644,916 645,860 648,476

Basic earnings per share (Canadian $) 6.59 6.44 6.19

Diluted Earnings per ShareNet income available to common shareholders 4,253 4,157 4,010Stock options potentially exercisable (1) 9,472 10,832 10,656Common shares potentially repurchased (7,226) (8,217) (9,326)

Average diluted number of common shares outstanding (in thousands) 647,162 648,475 649,806

Diluted earnings per share (Canadian $) 6.57 6.41 6.17

(1) In computing diluted earnings per share, we excluded average stock options outstanding of 1,906,715, 1,734,932 and 2,677,737 with weighted-average exercise prices of $185.22, $235.07 and$201.93 for the years ended October 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, as the average share price for the period did not exceed the exercise price.


Not


Note 26: Commitments, Guarantees, Pledged Assets, Provisions and Contingent LiabilitiesIn the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of contracts under which we may be required to make payments to reimburse thecounterparty for a loss if a third party does not perform according to the terms of a contract or does not make payments when due under the termsof a debt instrument, and contracts under which we provide indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of another party all of which are consideredguarantees.

Guarantees that qualify as derivatives are accounted for in accordance with the policy for derivative instruments (see Note 8). For guaranteesthat do not qualify as derivatives, the liability is initially recorded at fair value, which is generally the fee received. Subsequently, guarantees arerecorded at the higher of the initial fair value, less amortization to recognize any fee income earned over the period, and the best estimate of theamount required to settle the obligation. Any change in the liability is reported in our Consolidated Statement of Income.

In addition, we enter into a variety of commitments, including off-balance sheet credit instruments such as backstop liquidity facilities, securitieslending, letters of credit, credit default swaps and commitments to extend credit, as a method of meeting the financial needs of our customers. Thesecommitments include contracts where we may be required to make payments to a counterparty, based on changes in the value of an asset, liabilityor equity security that the counterparty holds, due to changes in an underlying interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable. The contractualamount of our commitments represents our maximum undiscounted potential exposure, before possible recoveries under recourse and collateralprovisions. Collateral requirements for these instruments are consistent with collateral requirements for loans.

A large majority of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. As a result, the total contractual amounts may not be representative ofthe funding likely to be required for these commitments.

We strive to limit credit risk by dealing only with counterparties that we believe are creditworthy, and we manage our credit risk for other creditinstruments using the same credit risk process that is applied to loans and other credit assets.

The maximum amount payable related to our various commitments is as follows:(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014

Financial GuaranteesStandby letters of credit (1) 15,351 13,949Credit default swaps (2) (3) 9,385 11,983Other Credit InstrumentsBackstop liquidity facilities (4) 5,528 5,501Securities lending 6,081 5,269Documentary and commercial letters of credit 1,101 1,111Commitments to extend credit (5) 101,173 78,817Other commitments 3,586 2,261

Total 142,205 118,891

(1) As at October 31, 2015, we recognized $35 million ($50 million in 2014) in other liabilities.(2) As at October 31, 2015, $8,000 million of the credit default swaps outstanding relates to our credit protection vehicle and will mature within one year.(3) The fair value of the related derivative liabilities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet was $48 million as at October 31, 2015 ($124 million in 2014).(4) As at October 31, 2015, $53 million was outstanding from backstop liquidity facilities ($53 million in 2014) and was recognized in other liabilities.(5) Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit cards that are unconditionally cancellable at our discretion.


Financial GuaranteesStandby letters of credit represent our obligation to make payments to third parties on behalf of customers if they are unable to make the requiredpayments or meet other contractual requirements. The majority have a term of one year or less. Collateral requirements for standby letters of creditand guarantees are consistent with our collateral requirements for loans. Standby letters of credit and guarantees include our guarantee of asubsidiary’s debt directly provided to a third party.

Written credit default swaps require us to compensate a counterparty following the occurrence of a credit event in relation to a specifiedreference obligation, such as a bond or a loan. The terms of these contracts range from less than one year to 10 years. Refer to Note 8 for details.

Other Credit InstrumentsBackstop liquidity facilities are provided to asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) programs administered by either us or third parties as analternative source of financing in the event that such programs are unable to access ABCP markets or when predetermined performance measures ofthe financial assets held by these programs are not met. The terms of the backstop liquidity facilities do not require us to advance money to theseprograms in the event of bankruptcy of the borrower. The facilities’ terms are generally no longer than one year, but can be several years.

We lend eligible customers’ securities to third party borrowers who have been evaluated for credit risk using the same credit risk process that isapplied to loans and other credit assets. In connection with these activities, we provide an indemnification to clients against losses resulting from thefailure of the borrower to return loaned securities when due. All borrowings are fully collateralized with cash or marketable securities. As securitiesare loaned, we require borrowers to maintain collateral which is equal to or in excess of 100% of the fair value of the securities borrowed. Thecollateral is revalued on a daily basis.

Documentary and commercial letters of credit represent our agreement to honour drafts presented by a third party upon completion of specificactivities.

Commitments to extend credit represent our commitment to our customers to grant them credit in the form of loans or other financings forspecific amounts and maturities, subject to their meeting certain conditions.

As a participant in merchant banking activities, we enter into commitments to fund external private equity funds and investments in equity anddebt securities at market value at the time the commitments are drawn. In addition, we act as underwriter for certain new issuances under which wealone or together with a syndicate of financial institutions purchase the new issue for resale to investors.


Notes

Indemnification AgreementsIn the normal course of operations, we enter into various agreements that provide general indemnifications. These indemnifications typically occur inconnection with sales of assets, securities offerings, service contracts, membership agreements, clearing arrangements, derivative contracts andleasing transactions. Based on historical experience, we expect the risk of loss to be remote.

Exchange and Clearinghouse GuaranteesWe are a member of several securities and futures exchanges and clearinghouses. Membership in certain of these organizations may require us topay a pro rata share of the losses incurred by the organization in the event of default of another member. It is difficult to estimate our maximumexposure under these membership agreements since this would require an assessment of future claims that may be made against us that have notyet occurred. Based on historical experience, we expect the risk of loss to be remote.

Pledged AssetsIn the normal course of business, we pledge assets as security for various liabilities that we incur.The following tables summarize our pledged assets and collateral, and the activities to which they relate:


Bank AssetsCash and securities (1)

Issued or guaranteed by the government of Canada 14,712 7,077Issued or guaranteed by a Canadian province, municipality or school corporation 5,343 6,000Other 42,625 44,509

Mortgages, securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements and other 72,004 64,505

134,684 122,091


Assets pledged to:Clearing systems, payment systems and depositories 1,626 540Foreign governments and central banks 3 2Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements 25,268 25,492Securities borrowing and lending 46,678 42,427Derivatives transactions 12,798 8,682Securitization 27,373 26,031Covered bonds 12,301 7,111Other 8,637 11,806

Total pledged assets and collateral (1) 134,684 122,091

(1) Excludes cash pledged with central banks disclosed as restricted cash in Note 2.Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

CollateralWhen entering into trading activities such as purchases under resale agreements, securities borrowing and lending activities or financing and forcertain derivative transactions, we require our counterparties to provide us with collateral that will protect us from losses in the event of their default.Collateral transactions (received or pledged) are typically conducted under terms that are usual and customary in standard trading activities. If there isno default, the securities or their equivalents must be returned to or returned by the counterparty at the end of the contract.

The fair value of counterparty collateral that we are permitted to sell or repledge (in the absence of default by the owner of the collateral) was$111,088 million as at October 31, 2015 ($92,464 million as at October 31, 2014). The fair value of collateral that we have sold or repledged was$58,266 million as at October 31, 2015 ($59,440 million as at October 31, 2014).

Lease CommitmentsWe have entered into a number of non-cancellable leases for premises and equipment. Our computer and software leases are typically fixed for oneterm and our premises leases have various renewal options and rights. Our total contractual rental commitments as at October 31, 2015 were$2,077 million. The commitments for each of the next five years and thereafter are $353 million for 2016, $328 million for 2017, $274 millionfor 2018, $236 million for 2019, $211 million for 2020 and $675 million thereafter. Included in these amounts are the commitments related to904 leased branch locations as at October 31, 2015.

Provisions and Contingent LiabilitiesProvisions are recognized when we have a legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, such as contractual commitments, legal or otherobligations where we can reliably estimate the obligation, and it is probable we will be required to settle the obligation. We recognize as a provisionthe best estimate of the amount required to settle the obligations as of the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertaintiessurrounding the obligations.Changes in the provision balance during the year were as follows:


Balance at beginning of year 195 209Additional provisions/increase in provisions 268 176Provisions utilized (230) (133)Amounts reversed (32) (59)Exchange differences and other movements 10 2

Balance at end of year 211 195


Contingent liabilities are potential obligations arising from past events, the existence of which will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events not wholly within our control.


Not


Legal ProceedingsThe bank and its subsidiaries are party to legal proceedings, including regulatory investigations, in the ordinary course of business. While there isinherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of these other proceedings, management does not expect the outcome of any of these proceedings,individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or the results of operations of the bank.

BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., an indirect subsidiary of the bank, has been named as a defendant in several individual actions and proposed classactions in Canada and the United States brought on behalf of shareholders of Bre-X Minerals Ltd. Many of the actions have been resolved as toBMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., including two during the year ended October 31, 2010. Management believes that there are strong defences to the remainingclaims and will vigorously defend them.

Note 27: Operating and Geographic SegmentationOperating GroupsWe conduct our business through three operating groups, each of which has a distinct mandate. We determine our operating groups based on ourmanagement structure and therefore these groups, and the results attributed to them, may not be comparable with those of other financial servicescompanies. We evaluate the performance of our groups using reported and adjusted measures such as net income, revenue growth, return on equity,and non-interest expense-to-revenue (productivity) ratio, as well as operating leverage.

Personal and Commercial BankingPersonal and Commercial Banking (“P&C”) is comprised of two operating segments: Canadian Personal and Commercial Banking and U.S. Personal andCommercial Banking.

Canadian Personal and Commercial BankingCanadian Personal and Commercial Banking (“Canadian P&C”) provides a full range of financial products and services to more than eight millioncustomers. Personal Banking provides financial solutions for everyday banking, financing, investing, credit card and creditor insurance needs.Commercial banking provides our small business and commercial banking customers with a broad suite of integrated commercial and capital marketsproducts, as well as financial advisory services.

U.S. Personal and Commercial BankingU.S. Personal and Commercial Banking (“U.S. P&C”) offers a broad range of products and services. Our retail and small and mid-sized business bankingcustomers are served through our branches, contact centres, online and mobile banking platforms and automated banking machines across eightstates.

Wealth ManagementBMO’s group of wealth management businesses serves a full range of client segments from mainstream to ultra high net worth and institutional,with a broad offering of wealth management products and services, including insurance products. Wealth Management (“WM”) is a global businesswith an active presence in markets across Canada, the United States, Europe and Asia.

BMO Capital MarketsBMO Capital Markets (“BMO CM”) is a North American-based financial services provider offering a complete range of products and services tocorporate, institutional and government clients. Through our Investment and Corporate Banking and Trading Products lines of business, we operate in29 locations around the world, including 16 offices in North America.

Corporate ServicesCorporate Services consists of Corporate Units and Technology and Operations (“T&O”). Corporate Units provide enterprise-wide expertise andgovernance support in a variety of areas, including strategic planning, risk management, finance, legal and compliance, marketing, communicationsand human resources. T&O manages, maintains and provides governance over information technology, operations services, real estate and sourcingfor the bank.

The costs of providing these Corporate Units and T&O services are largely transferred to the three client operating groups (P&C, WM and BMOCM), and only relatively minor amounts are retained in Corporate Services results. As such, Corporate Services operating results largely reflect theimpact of certain asset-liability management activities, the elimination of taxable equivalent adjustments, the results from certain impaired realestate secured assets, purchased loan accounting impacts, certain acquisition integration costs, restructuring costs, run-off structured credit activitiesand adjustments to the collective allowance for credit losses.

Basis of PresentationThe results of these operating groups are based on our internal financial reporting systems. The accounting policies used in these segments aregenerally consistent with those followed in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, as disclosed in Note 1 and throughout theconsolidated financial statements. A notable accounting measurement difference is the taxable equivalent basis adjustment as described below.

Periodically, certain business lines and units within the business lines are transferred between client and corporate support groups to moreclosely align our organizational structure with our strategic priorities. In addition, revenue and expense allocations are updated to more accuratelyalign with current experience. Results for prior periods are restated to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Taxable Equivalent BasisWe analyze net interest income on a taxable equivalent basis (“teb”) at the operating group level. This basis includes an adjustment that increasesreported revenues and the reported provision for income taxes by an amount that would raise revenues on certain tax-exempt items to a level thatincurs tax at the statutory rate. The operating groups’ teb adjustments are eliminated in Corporate Services revenue and provision for income taxes.


Notes

Inter-Group AllocationsVarious estimates and allocation methodologies are used in the preparation of the operating groups’ financial information. We allocate expensesdirectly related to earning revenue to the groups that earned the related revenue. Expenses not directly related to earning revenue, such as overheadexpenses, are allocated to operating groups using allocation formulas applied on a consistent basis. Operating group net interest income reflectsinternal funding charges and credits on the groups’ assets, liabilities and capital, at market rates, taking into account relevant terms and currencyconsiderations. The offset of the net impact of these charges and credits is reflected in Corporate Services.

Geographic InformationWe operate primarily in Canada and the United States but we also have operations in the United Kingdom, Europe, the Caribbean and Asia, which aregrouped in other countries. We allocate our results by geographic region based on the location of the unit responsible for managing the relatedassets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, except for the consolidated provision for credit losses, which is allocated based upon the country ofultimate risk. Our results and average assets, grouped by operating segment and geographic region, are as follows:

(Canadian $ in millions)Canadian

P&CU.S.P&C

WealthManagement BMO CM

CorporateServices (1) Total Canada

UnitedStates

Othercountries

2015 (2)Net interest income 4,937 2,834 642 1,334 (777) 8,970 5,599 3,180 191Non-interest revenue 1,703 775 5,121 2,539 281 10,419 6,170 2,716 1,533

Total Revenue 6,640 3,609 5,763 3,873 (496) 19,389 11,769 5,896 1,724Provision for credit losses 496 119 7 26 (36) 612 561 52 (1)Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit

liabilities – – 1,254 – – 1,254 624 – 630Amortization 236 223 231 98 – 788 428 284 76Non-interest expense 3,104 2,163 3,126 2,388 613 11,394 6,304 4,372 718

Income before taxes and non-controlling interest insubsidiaries 2,804 1,104 1,145 1,361 (1,073) 5,341 3,852 1,188 301

Provision for income taxes 700 277 295 329 (665) 936 650 240 46Reported net income 2,104 827 850 1,032 (408) 4,405 3,202 948 255Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries – – 5 – 30 35 30 – 5

Net Income attributable to bank shareholders 2,104 827 845 1,032 (438) 4,370 3,172 948 250

Average Assets 196,788 88,905 29,147 290,325 59,226 664,391 402,166 234,508 27,717


P&CU.S.P&C



UnitedStates

Othercountries

2014 (2)Net interest income 4,780 2,482 560 1,177 (538) 8,461 5,476 2,836 149Non-interest revenue 1,625 669 4,778 2,543 147 9,762 6,541 2,325 896

Total Revenue 6,405 3,151 5,338 3,720 (391) 18,223 12,017 5,161 1,045Provision for credit losses 528 177 (3) (18) (123) 561 533 30 (2)Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit

liabilities – – 1,505 – – 1,505 1,230 – 275Amortization 229 223 193 102 – 747 424 279 44Non-interest expense 2,953 1,854 2,647 2,249 471 10,174 5,871 3,809 494

Income before taxes and non-controlling interest insubsidiaries 2,695 897 996 1,387 (739) 5,236 3,959 1,043 234

Provision for income taxes 679 243 216 310 (545) 903 680 212 11

Reported net income 2,016 654 780 1,077 (194) 4,333 3,279 831 223Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries – – 3 – 53 56 54 – 2

Net Income attributable to bank shareholders 2,016 654 777 1,077 (247) 4,277 3,225 831 221Average Assets 190,092 74,371 24,980 259,746 44,739 593,928 370,687 200,915 22,326


P&CU.S.P&C



UnitedStates

Othercountries

2013 (2)Net interest income 4,536 2,321 558 1,197 65 8,677 5,383 3,223 71Non-interest revenue 1,484 679 3,658 2,186 146 8,153 5,336 2,218 599

Total Revenue 6,020 3,000 4,216 3,383 211 16,830 10,719 5,441 670Provision for credit losses 559 236 3 (36) (175) 587 654 (65) (2)Insurance claims, commissions and changes in policy benefit

liabilities – – 767 – – 767 561 – 206Amortization 229 225 145 94 – 693 406 274 13Non-interest expense 2,826 1,711 2,206 1,988 802 9,533 5,574 3,682 277

Income before taxes and non-controlling interest insubsidiaries 2,406 828 1,095 1,337 (416) 5,250 3,524 1,550 176

Provision for income taxes 594 238 268 297 (342) 1,055 627 432 (4)

Reported net income 1,812 590 827 1,040 (74) 4,195 2,897 1,118 180Non-controlling interest in subsidiaries – – – – 65 65 54 11 –

Net Income attributable to bank shareholders 1,812 590 827 1,040 (139) 4,130 2,843 1,107 180

Average Assets 177,033 65,764 22,143 246,702 43,789 555,431 345,703 189,476 20,252

(1) Corporate Services includes Technology and Operations.(2) Operating groups report on a taxable equivalent basis – see Basis of Presentation section.Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.


Not


Note 28: Significant SubsidiariesAs at October 31, 2015, the bank, either directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries, controls the following significant operating subsidiaries.

Head or principal officeBook value of shares owned by the bank


Bank of Montreal Capital Markets (Holdings) Limited London, England 273BMO Capital Markets Limited London, EnglandPyrford International Limited London, England

Bank of Montreal (China) Co. Ltd. Beijing, China 426Bank of Montreal Holding Inc. and subsidiaries, including: Calgary, Canada 27,143

BMO Investments Limited Hamilton, BermudaBMO Reinsurance Limited St. Michaels, Barbados

BMO Nesbitt Burns Holdings Corporation Toronto, CanadaBMO Nesbitt Burns Inc. Toronto, Canada

BMO Private Investment Counsel Inc. (f.k.a BMO Harris Investment Management Inc.) Toronto, CanadaBMO Asset Management Inc. Toronto, Canada

BMO Capital Markets Real Estate Inc. Toronto, CanadaBMO Nesbitt Burns Securities Ltd. Toronto, CanadaBMO Private Equity (Canada) Inc. and subsidiaries Toronto, Canada

BMO Nesbitt Burns Financial Services Inc. Toronto, CanadaBMO Holding Finance, LLC Wilmington, United StatesBMO Investments Inc. Toronto, Canada

BMO Global Tax Advantage Fund Inc. Toronto, CanadaBMO InvestorLine Inc. Toronto, CanadaBMO Service Inc. Toronto, Canada

Bank of Montreal Ireland plc Dublin, IrelandBank of Montreal Mortgage Corporation Calgary, Canada 2,559

BMO Mortgage Corp. Vancouver, CanadaBMO Financial Corp. and subsidiaries, including: Chicago, United States 18,006

Monegy, Inc. Toronto, Canada 18BMO Asset Management Corp. and subsidiaries Chicago, United StatesBMO Capital Markets Corp. New York, United StatesBMO Harris Bank National Association and subsidiaries Chicago, United States

BMO Harris Investment Company LLC. Las Vegas, United StatesBMO Harris Central National Association Roselle, United StatesBMO Harris Financial Advisors, Inc. Chicago, United StatesBMO Harris Financing, Inc. and subsidiaries Chicago, United StatesBMO Private Equity (U.S.), Inc. and subsidiaries Chicago, United StatesCTC my CFO, LLC Palo Alto, United StatesStoker Ostler Wealth Advisors, Inc. Scottsdale, United StatesSullivan, Bruyette, Speros & Blayney, Inc. McLean, United States

BMO Global Asset Management (Europe) Limited London, England 369F&C Asset Management plc and subsidiaries, including: London, England

F&C Asset Management Asia Ltd. Hong Kong, ChinaF&C Management Luxembourg SA LuxembourgF&C Netherlands BV Amsterdam, NetherlandsFtc Portugal, Gestao de Patrimonios Lisbon, Portugal

BMO Real Estate Partners LLP. and subsidiaries London, EnglandBMO Life Insurance Company Toronto, Canada

BMO Life Holdings (Canada), ULC Halifax, Canada 918BMO Life Assurance Company Toronto, Canada

BMO Trust Company Toronto, Canada 983LGM (Bermuda) Limited Hamilton, Bermuda 89

Lloyd George Investment Management (Bermuda) Limited Hamilton, BermudaBMO Global Asset Management (Asia) Limited Hong Kong, ChinaLGM Investments Limited (f.k.a Lloyd George Management (Europe) Limited) London, EnglandLloyd George Management (Singapore) Pte Ltd. Singapore

Significant RestrictionsOur ability to transfer funds between our subsidiaries may be restricted by statutory, contractual, capital and regulatory requirements. Restrictionsinclude:‰ Assets pledged as security for various liabilities we incur. Refer to Note 26 for details.‰ Assets of our consolidated structured entities that are held for the benefit of the note holders. Refer to Note 7 for details.‰ Assets held by our insurance subsidiaries. Refer to Note 12 for details.‰ Regulatory and statutory requirements that reflect capital and liquidity requirements. Refer to Note 21 for details.‰ Funds required to be held with central banks. Refer to Note 2 for details.


Notes

Note 29: Related Party TransactionsRelated parties include subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, key management personnel and employee future benefit plans. Transactions with oursubsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation, and are not disclosed as related party transactions.

Key Management Personnel CompensationKey management personnel is defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and/or controlling the activities ofan entity, being the members of our Board of Directors (“directors”) and certain senior executives.

The following table presents the compensation of key management personnel.(Canadian $ in millions) 2015 2014

Base salary and incentives 20 18Post-employment benefits 2 2Share-based payments (1) 27 21

Total key management personnel compensation 49 41

(1) Amounts included in share-based payments are the fair values of awards granted in the year.Termination benefits and other long-term benefits were $nil in 2015 ($nil in 2014).

We offer senior executives preferential interest rates on credit card balances, a fee-based subsidy on annual credit card fees, and a select suite ofcustomer loan and mortgage products at rates normally accorded to preferred customers. At October 31, 2015, loans to key management personneltotalled $15 million ($5 million in 2014).

Directors receive a specified amount of their annual retainers in deferred stock units. Until a director’s shareholdings (including deferred stockunits) are eight times greater than their annual retainer, they are required to take 100% of their annual retainers and other fees in the form of eitherour common shares or deferred stock units. They may elect to receive the remainder of such retainer fee and other remuneration in cash, commonshares or deferred stock units.

Directors of our wholly owned subsidiary, BMO Financial Corp., are required to take a specified minimum amount of their annual retainers andother fees in the form of deferred stock units.

Joint Ventures and AssociatesWe provide banking services to our joint ventures and associates on the same terms offered to our customers for these services. Our investment in ajoint venture of which we own 50% totalled $256 million as at October 31, 2015 ($216 million in 2014). Our investments in associates over whichwe exert significant influence totalled $389 million as at October 31, 2015 ($286 million in 2014).

Employee Future Benefit PlansSee Note 23 for a description of related party transactions with our employee future benefit plans.


Not


Note 30: Contractual Maturities of Assets and Liabilities and Off-BalanceSheet Commitments

The tables below show the remaining contractual maturity of on-balance sheet assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments. Thecontractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities is an input to, but is not necessarily consistent with, the expected maturity of assets andliabilities that is used in the management of liquidity and funding risk. We forecast asset and liability cash flows, both under normal marketconditions and under a number of stress scenarios to manage liquidity and funding risk. Stress scenarios include assumptions for loan repayments,deposit withdrawals, and credit commitment and liquidity facility drawdowns by counterparty and product type. Stress scenarios also consider thetime horizon over which liquid assets can be monetized and the related haircuts and potential collateral requirements that may result from bothmarket volatility and credit rating downgrades, among other assumptions. For further details, see the blue tinted font portion of the Liquidity andFunding Risk section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis.


0 to 1month

1 to 3months

3 to 6months

6 to 9months

9 to 12months

1 to 2years

2 to 5years

Over 5years

Nomaturity Total

On-Balance Sheet Financial InstrumentsAssetsCash and cash equivalents 39,438 – – – – – – – 857 40,295

Interest bearing deposits with banks 5,077 1,728 411 94 70 2 – – – 7,382

SecuritiesTrading securities 954 1,432 633 3,900 2,241 3,639 5,993 15,940 37,728 72,460Available-for-sale securities 1,260 1,198 995 590 2,434 4,641 18,699 16,476 1,713 48,006Held-to-maturity securities 66 96 367 311 318 658 3,721 3,895 – 9,432Other securities 3 – – – – – 61 13 943 1,020

Total securities 2,283 2,726 1,995 4,801 4,993 8,938 28,474 36,324 40,384 130,918

Securities borrowed or purchased under resaleagreements 44,959 17,564 4,400 714 389 40 – – – 68,066

LoansResidential mortgages 1,189 2,022 4,014 4,758 4,567 17,807 61,913 9,648 – 105,918Consumer instalment and other personal 475 619 1,334 1,509 1,513 3,844 23,578 9,228 23,498 65,598Credit cards – – – – – – – – 7,980 7,980Businesses and governments 6,406 8,895 5,929 6,482 16,426 16,118 45,541 8,203 31,076 145,076Customers’ liability under acceptances 8,607 2,692 8 – – – – – – 11,307Allowance for credit losses – – – – – – – – (1,855) (1,855)

Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance 16,677 14,228 11,285 12,749 22,506 37,769 131,032 27,079 60,699 334,024

Other AssetsDerivative instruments 3,611 2,862 1,043 1,827 752 4,961 9,591 13,591 – 38,238Premises and equipment – – – – – – – – 2,285 2,285Goodwill – – – – – – – – 6,069 6,069Intangible assets – – – – – – – – 2,208 2,208Current tax assets – – – – – – – – 561 561Deferred tax assets – – – – – – – – 3,162 3,162Other 1,249 445 47 4 – – 12 4,347 2,569 8,673

Total other assets 4,860 3,307 1,090 1,831 752 4,961 9,603 17,938 16,854 61,196

Total Assets 113,294 39,553 19,181 20,189 28,710 51,710 169,109 81,341 118,794 641,881


Notes


0 to 1month

1 to 3months

3 to 6months

6 to 9months

9 to 12months

1 to 2years

2 to 5years

Over 5years

Nomaturity Total

Liabilities and EquityDeposits (1)

Banks 10,188 5,618 2,917 966 1,172 101 – – 6,173 27,135Businesses and governments 22,866 39,848 22,135 7,498 10,962 14,497 27,112 10,891 107,809 263,618Individuals 1,632 3,457 5,392 3,872 6,086 8,787 15,135 1,784 101,271 147,416

Total deposits 34,686 48,923 30,444 12,336 18,220 23,385 42,247 12,675 215,253 438,169

Other liabilitiesDerivative instruments 2,586 3,858 1,574 3,493 1,259 6,030 11,637 12,202 – 42,639Acceptances 8,607 2,692 8 – – – – – – 11,307Securities sold but not yet purchased 21,226 – – – – – – – – 21,226Securities lent or sold under repurchase

agreements 35,599 3,990 121 104 77 – – – – 39,891Current tax liabilities – – – – – – – – 102 102Deferred tax liabilities – – – – – – – – 265 265Securitization and liabilities related to structured

entity 2 880 446 2,514 337 3,864 8,834 4,796 – 21,673Other 8,148 319 30 15 185 1,071 3,181 2,201 7,130 22,280

Total other liabilities 76,168 11,739 2,179 6,126 1,858 10,965 23,652 19,199 7,497 159,383

Subordinated debt – – – – – 100 – 4,316 – 4,416

Total Equity – – – – – – – – 39,913 39,913

Total Liabilities and Equity 110,854 60,662 32,623 18,462 20,078 34,450 65,889 36,190 262,663 641,881

(1) Deposits payable on demand and payable after notice have been included under no maturity.


0 to 1month

1 to 3months

3 to 6months

6 to 9months

9 to 12months

1 to 2years

2 to 5years

Over 5years

Nomaturity Total

Off-Balance Sheet CommitmentsCommitments to extend credit (1) 1,815 6,651 3,994 5,946 6,549 15,542 63,885 2,319 – 106,701Operating leases 29 60 89 88 87 328 721 675 – 2,077Securities Lending 6,081 – – – – – – – – 6,081Purchase obligations 52 104 155 155 156 561 531 133 – 1,847

(1) A large majority of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. As a result, the total contractual amounts may not be representative of the funding likely to be required for thesecommitments.


Not



0 to 1month

1 to 3months

3 to 6months

6 to 9months

9 to 12months

1 to 2years

2 to 5years

Over 5years

Nomaturity Total

On-Balance Sheet Financial InstrumentsAssetsCash and cash equivalents 27,625 – – – – – – – 761 28,386

Interest bearing deposits with banks 4,124 1,420 521 14 31 – – – – 6,110

SecuritiesTrading securities 542 1,159 584 1,344 1,274 5,255 9,722 17,409 47,733 85,022Available-for-sale securities 1,014 345 553 1,138 714 8,750 21,047 11,699 1,706 46,966Held-to-maturity securities – – 113 98 294 1,356 4,172 4,311 – 10,344Other securities – 10 3 2 – – 45 19 908 987

Total securities 1,556 1,514 1,253 2,582 2,282 15,361 34,986 33,438 50,347 143,319

Securities borrowed or purchased under resaleagreements 39,014 10,255 2,536 678 938 134 – – – 53,555

LoansResidential mortgages 1,284 1,528 3,763 4,725 4,470 20,497 55,659 9,087 – 101,013Consumer instalment and other personal 386 458 1,097 1,193 1,257 6,491 20,847 8,981 23,433 64,143Credit cards – – – – – – – – 7,972 7,972Businesses and governments 5,898 7,232 5,401 5,128 12,030 10,328 37,525 6,294 30,930 120,766Customers’ liability under acceptances 8,871 1,920 77 1 9 – – – – 10,878Allowance for credit losses – – – – – – – – (1,734) (1,734)

Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance 16,439 11,138 10,338 11,047 17,766 37,316 114,031 24,362 60,601 303,038

Other AssetsDerivative instruments 2,703 2,348 1,387 1,746 796 3,436 8,955 11,284 – 32,655Premises and equipment – – – – – – – – 2,276 2,276Goodwill – – – – – – – – 5,353 5,353Intangible assets – – – – – – – – 2,052 2,052Current tax assets – – – – – – – – 665 665Deferred tax assets – – – – – – – – 3,019 3,019Other 1,509 271 149 4 – – 64 3,545 2,689 8,231

Total other assets 4,212 2,619 1,536 1,750 796 3,436 9,019 14,829 16,054 54,251

Total Assets 92,970 26,946 16,184 16,071 21,813 56,247 158,036 72,629 127,763 588,659



Notes


0 to 1month

1 to 3months

3 to 6months

6 to 9months

9 to 12months

1 to 2years

2 to 5years

Over 5years

Nomaturity Total

Liabilities and EquityDeposits (1)

Banks 7,495 4,680 1,067 597 2 – – – 4,402 18,243Businesses and governments 26,644 25,061 20,255 10,157 8,439 16,347 23,914 8,198 100,124 239,139Individuals 2,039 3,290 5,472 4,296 5,288 6,386 16,454 1,528 90,953 135,706

Total deposits 36,178 33,031 26,794 15,050 13,729 22,733 40,368 9,726 195,479 393,088

Other liabilitiesDerivative instruments 1,545 2,321 1,325 2,095 1,399 4,565 9,633 10,774 – 33,657Acceptances 8,871 1,920 77 1 9 – – – – 10,878Securities sold but not yet purchased 27,348 – – – – – – – – 27,348Securities lent or sold under repurchase agreements 36,757 2,624 149 95 70 – – – – 39,695Current tax liabilities – – – – – – – – 235 235Deferred tax liabilities – – – – – – – – 178 178Securitization and liabilities related to structured

entity 3 429 1,560 341 1,135 3,976 10,066 4,955 – 22,465Other 7,226 142 16 330 26 193 3,577 1,723 7,565 20,798

Total other liabilities 81,750 7,436 3,127 2,862 2,639 8,734 23,276 17,452 7,978 155,254

Subordinated debt – – – – – – 100 4,813 – 4,913

Total Equity – – – – – – – – 35,404 35,404

Total Liabilities and Equity 117,928 40,467 29,921 17,912 16,368 31,467 63,744 31,991 238,861 588,659

(1) Deposits payable on demand and payable after notice have been included under no maturity.


0 to 1month

1 to 3months

3 to 6months

6 to 9months

9 to 12months

1 to 2years

2 to 5years

Over 5years

Nomaturity Total

Off-Balance Sheet CommitmentsCommitments to extend credit (1) 1,274 1,714 3,844 6,046 3,828 15,040 51,035 1,537 – 84,318Operating leases 26 52 77 77 76 281 630 638 – 1,857Securities Lending 5,269 – – – – – – – – 5,269Purchase obligations 58 113 169 169 169 586 783 209 – 2,256

(1) A large majority of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. As a result, the total contractual amounts may not be representative of the funding likely to be required for thesecommitments.


GLOSSARY OF FINANCIAL TERMS

Glossary of Financial TermsAdjusted Earnings and Measurespresent results adjusted to excludethe impact of certain items, as set outin the Non-GAAP Measures section.Management considers both reportedand adjusted results to be useful inassessing underlying ongoing busi-ness performance.

Adjusted Return on TangibleCommon Equity is calculated asadjusted net income available tocommon shareholders as apercentage of average tangiblecommon equity.Page 35

Allowance for Credit Losses repre-sents an amount deemed adequateby management to absorb credit-related losses on loans and accept-ances and other credit instruments.Allowances for credit losses can bespecific or collective and are recordedon the balance sheet as a deductionfrom loans and acceptances or, asthey relate to credit instruments, asother liabilities.Pages 78, 97, 148

Assets under Administration andunder Management refers to assetsadministered or managed by a finan-cial institution that are beneficiallyowned by clients and therefore notreported on the balance sheet of theadministering or managing financialinstitution.

Asset-Backed Commercial Paper(ABCP) is a short-term investment.The commercial paper is backed byphysical assets such as trade receiv-ables, and is generally used for short-term financing needs.Page 71

Average Earning Assets representsthe daily or monthly average balanceof deposits with other banks andloans and securities, over a one-yearperiod.

Bankers’ Acceptances (BAs) arebills of exchange or negotiableinstruments drawn by a borrower forpayment at maturity and accepted bya bank. BAs constitute a guarantee ofpayment by the bank and can betraded in the money market. Thebank earns a “stamping fee” forproviding this guarantee.

Basis Point is one one-hundredth ofa percentage point.

Business Risk arises from thespecific business activities of acompany and the effects these couldhave on its earnings.Page 116

Collective Allowance is maintainedto cover impairment in the existingcredit portfolio that cannot yet beassociated with specific credit assets.Our approach to establishing andmaintaining the collective allowanceis based on the requirements of IFRS,considering guidelines issued by ourregulator, OSFI. The collective allow-

ance is assessed on a quarterly basisand a number of factors are consid-ered when determining its level,including the long-run expected lossamount and management’s creditjudgment with respect to currentmacroeconomic and portfolioconditions.Pages 42, 97, 148

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)capital is comprised of commonshareholders’ equity less deductionsfor goodwill, intangible assets, pen-sion assets, certain deferred taxassets and certain other items.Pages 70, 181

Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio reflectsCET1 capital, divided by risk-weightedassets for CET1.Pages 35, 72, 182

Common Shareholders’ Equity isthe most permanent form of capital.For regulatory capital purposes,common shareholders’ equity iscomprised of common shareholders’equity, net of capital deductions.

Credit and Counterparty Risk is thepotential for loss due to the failure ofa borrower, endorser, guarantor orcounterparty to repay a loan orhonour another predetermined finan-cial obligation.Pages 94, 151

Derivatives are contracts with avalue that is “derived” from move-ments in interest or foreign exchangerates, equity or commodity prices orother indices. Derivatives allow forthe transfer, modification or reductionof current or expected risks fromchanges in rates and prices.

Dividend Payout Ratio representscommon share dividends as apercentage of net income available tocommon shareholders. It is computedby dividing dividends per share bybasic earnings per share.

Earnings Per Share (EPS) is calcu-lated by dividing net income attribut-able to bank shareholders, afterdeduction of preferred dividends, bythe average number of commonshares outstanding. Diluted EPS,which is our basis for measuringperformance, adjusts for possibleconversions of financial instrumentsinto common shares if those con-versions would reduce EPS. AdjustedEPS is calculated in the same manner,using adjusted net income.Pages 34, 191

Earnings Sensitivity is a measure ofthe impact of potential changes ininterest rates on the projected12-month after-tax net income of aportfolio of assets, liabilities andoff-balance sheet positions inresponse to prescribed parallelinterest rate movements.Page 104

Economic Capital is a measure of ourinternal assessment of the risks

underlying BMO’s business activities.It represents management’sestimation of the likely magnitude ofeconomic losses that could occurshould severely adverse situationsarise, and allows returns to bemeasured on a basis that considersthe risks undertaken. Economiccapital is calculated for various typesof risk – credit, market (trading andnon-trading), operational andbusiness – based on a one-year timehorizon using a defined confidencelevel.Pages 73, 93

Economic Value Sensitivity is ameasure of the impact of potentialchanges in interest rates on themarket value of a portfolio of assets,liabilities and off-balance sheet posi-tions in response to prescribedparallel interest rate movements.Page 104

Efficiency Ratio (or Expense-to-Revenue Ratio) is a key measure ofproductivity. It is calculated as non-interest expense divided by totalrevenue, expressed as a percentage.The adjusted efficiency ratio is calcu-lated in the same manner, utilizingadjusted total revenue and non-interest expense.Page 43

Environmental and Social Risk isthe potential for loss or damage toBMO’s reputation resulting fromenvironmental or social concernsrelated to BMO or its customers.Environmental and social risk is oftenassociated with credit, operationaland reputation risk.Page 117

Fair Value is the amount of consid-eration that would be agreed upon inan arm’s-length transaction betweenknowledgeable, willing parties whoare under no compulsion to act.

Forwards and Futures are con-tractual agreements to either buy orsell a specified amount of a currency,commodity, interest-rate-sensitivefinancial instrument or security at aspecific price and date in the future.Forwards are customized contractstransacted in the over-the-countermarket. Futures are transacted instandardized amounts on regulatedexchanges and are subject to dailycash margining.Page 156

Hedging is a risk management tech-nique used to neutralize, manage oroffset interest rate, foreign currency,equity, commodity or creditexposures arising from normalbanking activities.

Impaired Loans are loans for whichthere is no longer reasonable assur-ance of the timely collection ofprincipal or interest.

Innovative Tier 1 Capital is a formof Tier 1 capital issued by structuredentities that can be included in calcu-

lating a bank’s Tier 1 Capital Ratio,Total Capital Ratio and LeverageRatio. Under Basel III, Innovative Tier1 Capital is non-qualifying and is partof the grandfathered capital beingphased out between 2013 and 2022.

Insurance Risk is the potential forloss due to actual experience beingdifferent from that assumed when aninsurance product was designed andpriced. It generally entails inherentunpredictability that can arise fromassuming long-term policy liabilitiesor from the uncertainty of futureevents. Insurance risk is inherent inall our insurance products, includingannuities and life, accident and sick-ness, and creditor insurance, as wellas in our reinsurance business.Page 114

Legal and Regulatory Risk is thepotential for loss or harm that arisesfrom legislation, contracts, non-contractual rights and obligations,and disputes. This includes the risksof failing to: comply with the law (inletter or in spirit) or maintain stan-dards of care; implement legislativeor regulatory requirements; enforceor comply with contractual terms;assert non-contractual rights; effec-tively manage disputes; and act in amanner so as to maintain ourreputation.Page 114

Leverage Ratio is defined as Tier 1capital, divided by the sum of on-balance sheet items and specifiedoff-balance sheet items, net ofspecified adjustments.Page 72

Liquidity and Funding Risk is thepotential for loss if BMO is unable tomeet financial commitments in atimely manner at reasonable pricesas they fall due. Financial commit-ments include liabilities to depositorsand suppliers, and lending, invest-ment and pledging commitments.Pages 105, 153

Market Risk is the potential foradverse changes in the value ofBMO’s assets and liabilities resultingfrom changes in market variablessuch as interest rates, foreignexchange rates, equity andcommodity prices and their impliedvolatilities, and credit spreads, andincludes the risk of credit migrationand default in our trading book.Pages 100, 153

Mark-to-Market represents thevaluation of financial instrumentsat market rates as of the balancesheet date, where required byaccounting rules.

Model Risk is the potential foradverse consequences followingdecisions based on incorrect ormisused model outputs. Theseadverse consequences can includefinancial loss, poor business decision-making or damage to reputation.Page 112


Net Interest Income is comprised ofearnings on assets, such as loans andsecurities, including interest anddividend income and BMO’s share ofincome from investments accountedfor using the equity method ofaccounting, less interest expense paidon liabilities, such as deposits.Page 39

Net Interest Margin is the ratio ofnet interest income to averageearning assets, expressed as a per-centage or in basis points. Netinterest margin is sometimes com-puted using total assets.Page 39

Net Non-Interest Revenue is non-interest revenue, net of insuranceclaims, commissions and changes inpolicy benefit liabilities.

Notional Amount refers to theprincipal amount used to calculateinterest and other payments underderivative contracts. The principalamount does not change hands underthe terms of a derivative contract,except in the case of cross-currencyswaps.

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instru-ments consist of a variety of financialarrangements offered to clients,which include credit derivatives,written put options, backstop liquidityfacilities, standby letters of credit,performance guarantees, creditenhancements, commitments toextend credit, securities lending,documentary and commercial lettersof credit, and other indemnifications.

Office of the Superintendent ofFinancial Institutions Canada (OSFI)is the government agency responsiblefor regulating banks, insurancecompanies, trust companies, loancompanies and pension plansin Canada.

Operating Leverage is the differencebetween revenue and expensegrowth rates. Adjusted operatingleverage is the difference betweenadjusted revenue and adjustedexpense growth rates.Page 43

Operational Risk is the potential forloss resulting from inadequate orfailed internal processes or systems,human interactions or externalevents, but excludes business risk.Page 111

Options are contractual agreementsthat convey to the purchaser the rightbut not the obligation to either buy orsell a specified amount of a currency,commodity, interest-rate-sensitivefinancial instrument or security at afixed future date or at any time withina fixed future period.Page 156

Provision for Credit Losses is acharge to income that represents anamount deemed adequate bymanagement to fully provide for

impairment in a portfolio of loans andacceptances and other credit instru-ments, given the composition of theportfolio, the probability of default,the economic environment and theallowance for credit losses alreadyestablished.Pages 42, 96, 149

Reputation Risk is the potential for anegative impact on BMO that resultsfrom the deterioration of BMO’sreputation. Potential negative impactsinclude revenue loss, decline incustomer loyalty, litigation, regulatorysanction or additional oversight, and adecline in BMO’s share price.Page 116

Return on Equity or Return onCommon Shareholders’ Equity (ROE)is calculated as net income, less non-controlling interest in subsidiaries andpreferred dividends, as a percentageof average common shareholders’equity. Common shareholders’ equityis comprised of common share capital,contributed surplus, accumulatedother comprehensive income (loss)and retained earnings. Adjusted ROEis calculated using adjusted netincome rather than net income.Page 35

Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA) aredefined as on- and off-balance sheetexposures that are risk-weightedbased on counterparty, collateral,guarantee arrangements and possiblyproduct and term for capitalmanagement and regulatory reportingpurposes.Page 73

Securities Borrowed or Purchasedunder Resale Agreements are low-cost, low-risk instruments, oftensupported by the pledge of cashcollateral, which arisefrom transactions that involvethe borrowing or purchasingof securities.

Securities Lent or Sold underRepurchase Agreements are low-cost, low-risk liabilities, often sup-ported by cash collateral, which arisefrom transactions that involve thelending or selling of securities.

Securitization is the practice of sellingpools of contractual debts, such asresidential mortgages, commercialmortgages, auto loans and credit carddebt obligations, to third parties.Page 153

Specific Allowances reduce thecarrying value of specific credit assetsto the amount we expect to recover ifthere is evidence of deterioration incredit quality.Pages 97, 148

Strategic Risk is the potential for lossdue to fluctuations in the externalbusiness environment and/or failureto properly respond to these fluctua-tions as a result of inaction, ineffectivestrategies or poor implementation ofstrategies.Page 116

Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR) ismeasured for specific classes of risk inBMO’s trading and underwriting activ-ities related to interest rates, foreignexchange rates, credit spreads, equityand commodity prices and theirimplied volatilities, where modelinputs are calibrated to historical datafrom a period of significant financialstress. This measure calculates themaximum loss likely to be experi-enced in the portfolios, measured at a99% confidence level over a specifiedholding period.Page 100

Structured Entities (SEs) includeentities for which voting or similarrights are not the dominant factor indetermining control of the entity. Weare required to consolidate an SE if wecontrol the entity by having powerover the entity, exposure to variablereturns as a result of our involvementand the ability to exercise power toaffect the amount of our returns.Pages 77, 154

Swaps are contractual agreementsbetween two parties to exchange aseries of cash flows. The various swapagreements that we enter into are asfollows:

• Commodity swaps – counterpartiesgenerally exchange fixed-rate andfloating-rate payments based ona notional value of a singlecommodity.

• Credit default swaps – one counter-party pays the other a fee inexchange for that other counter-party agreeing to make a paymentif a credit event occurs, such asbankruptcy or failure to pay.

• Cross-currency interest rate swaps –fixed-rate and floating-rate interestpayments and principal amounts areexchanged in different currencies.

• Cross-currency swaps – fixed-rateinterest payments and principalamounts are exchanged in differentcurrencies.

• Equity swaps – counterpartiesexchange the return on an equitysecurity or a group of equity secu-rities for the return based on a fixedor floating interest rate or the returnon another equity security or groupof equity securities.

• Interest rate swaps – counterpartiesgenerally exchange fixed-rate andfloating-rate interest paymentsbased on a notional value in a singlecurrency.

Page 156

Tangible Common Equity iscalculated as common shareholders’equity less goodwill and acquisition-related intangible assets, net ofrelated deferred tax liabilities.Page 35

Taxable Equivalent Basis (teb):Revenues of operating groups arepresented in our MD&A on a taxableequivalent basis (teb). To facilitatecomparisons, the teb adjustmentincreases GAAP revenue and theprovision for income taxes by anamount that would increase revenueon certain tax-exempt securities to alevel that would incur tax at the stat-utory rate.Pages 38, 194

Tier 1 Capital is comprised of CET1capital, preferred shares andinnovative hybrid instruments, lesscertain regulatory deductions.Pages 70, 181

Tier 1 Capital Ratio reflects Tier 1capital divided by Tier 1 capital risk-weighted assets.Pages 72, 181

Total Capital includes Tier 1 and Tier 2capital. Tier 2 capital is primarily com-prised of subordinated debentures anda portion of the collective and individualallowances for credit losses, less certainregulatory deductions.Pages 70, 181

Total Capital Ratio reflects Totalcapital divided by Total capitalrisk-weighted assets.Pages 72, 182

Total Shareholder Return: The three-year and five-year average annualtotal shareholder return (TSR) repre-sents the average annual total returnearned on an investment in BMOcommon shares made at the begin-ning of a three-year and five-yearperiod, respectively. The returnincludes the change in share price andassumes that dividends received werereinvested in additional commonshares. The one-year TSR also assumesthat dividends were reinvested inshares.Page 32

Trading-Related Revenues includenet interest income and non-interestrevenue earned from on- and off-balance sheet positions undertaken fortrading purposes. The management ofthese positions typically includesmarking them to market on a dailybasis. Trading-related revenues includeincome (expense) and gains (losses)from both on-balance sheetinstruments and interest rate, foreignexchange (including spot positions),equity, commodity and creditcontracts.Page 41

Value at Risk (VaR) is measured forspecific classes of risk in BMO’s tradingand underwriting activities related tointerest rates, foreign exchange rates,credit spreads, equity and commodityprices and their implied volatilities. Thismeasure calculates the maximum losslikely to be experienced in the portfo-lios, measured at a 99% confidencelevel over a specified holding period.Pages 100, 101



Corporate GovernanceOur website provides information on our corporate governance practices, including our code of conduct, our Director IndependenceStandards and our board mandate and committee charters.


Management Proxy CircularOur management proxy circular containsinformation on our directors, board committee reports and a detailed discussion of our corporate governance practices. It will be published in March 2016 and will be available on our website.


New York Stock Exchange Governance RequirementsA summary of the significant ways in whichour corporate governance practices differ from the corporate governance practices required to be followed by U.S. domesticcompanies under New York Stock Exchange Listing Standards is posted on our website.


Sustainability PerformanceBMO’s Environmental, Social and Governance Report and Public Accountability Statement(ESG Report/PAS) outlines how we manage the environmental, social and governance impacts of our business while creating valuefor our many stakeholders. We use the GlobalReporting Initiative (GRI) as a framework for reporting on our sustainability performance. This report is available on our website.

www.bmo.com/corporateresponsibility

Corporate ResponsibilityBMO’s Corporate Responsibility Report, atcompanion piece to the ESG Report/PAS, illustrates the way we conduct our business, what we stand for and the commitments we’ve made to our customers and the communities where we operate. This report and additionalinformation are available on our website.

www.bmo.com/corporateresponsibility

Have Your SayIf you have a question you would like to ask at our annual meeting of shareholders, youcan submit your question in person or during the webcast. You can also submit a question tothe board by writing to the Corporate Secretaryat Corporate Secretary’s Office, 21st Floor, 1 First Canadian Place, Toronto, ON M5X 1A1,or emailing [email protected].

Shareholders

••••••

www.computershare.com/investor

www.sedar.com

www.sec.gov/edgar.shtml

Institutional Investors and Research Analysts

Employees

General

www.bmo.com

Customers

www.bmo.com

www.bmoinvestorline.com

ShareholdersContact our Transfer Agent and Registrar for:• Dividend information• Change in share registration or address• Lost certificates• Estate transfers• Duplicate mailings• Direct registration

Computershare Trust Company of Canada100 University Avenue, 8th Floor, Toronto, ON M5J 2Y1Email: [email protected]

www.computershare.com/investor

Canada and the United StatesCall: 1-800-340-5021 Fax: 1-888-453-0330

InternationalCall: 514-982-7800 Fax: 416-263-9394

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.Co-Transfer Agent (U.S.)

Online filing information:

BMO filings in CanadaCanadian Securities Administrators

www.sedar.com

BMO filings in the United StatesSecurities and Exchange Commission

www.sec.gov/edgar.shtml

For all other shareholder inquiries:

Shareholder ServicesBMO Financial Group Corporate Secretary’s Office 21st Floor, 1 First Canadian Place Toronto, ON M5X 1A1Email: [email protected]: 416-867-6785 Fax: 416-867-6793

Institutional Investors and Research AnalystsTo obtain additional financial information:

Investor RelationsBMO Financial Group 10th Floor, 1 First Canadian Place Toronto, ON M5X 1A1Email: [email protected]: 416-867-7019 Fax: 416-867-3367

EmployeesFor information on BMO’s Employee ShareOwnership Plan:

Call: 1-877-266-6789

GeneralTo obtain printed copies of theannual report or make inquiriesabout company news and initiatives:

Corporate Communications DepartmentBMO Financial Group 28th Floor, 1 First Canadian Place Toronto, ON M5X 1A1

On peut obtenir sur demande un exemplaire en français.

www.bmo.com

CustomersFor assistance with your investment portfolioor other financial needs:

BMO Bank of MontrealEnglish and French: 1-877-225-5266Cantonese and Mandarin: 1-800-665-8800Outside Canada and the continental United States:514-881-3845TTY service for hearing impaired customers: 1-866-889-0889

www.bmo.com

BMO InvestorLine: 1-888-776-6886

www.bmoinvestorline.com

BMO Harris BankUnited States: 1-888-340-2265Outside the United States: 1-847-238-2265

www.harrisbank.com

BMO Nesbitt Burns: 416-359-4000

www.bmonesbittburns.com

The following are trademarks of Bank of Montreal or its subsidiaries:BMO, BMO DepositEdge, BMO Spend Dynamics, BMO Biz Basic, BMO Market Pro.

The following are trademarks owned by other parties:Touch ID is a trademark of Apple Inc.MasterCard and World Elite are trademarks of MasterCard International Incorporated.AIR MILES is a trademark of AIR MILES International Trading B.V.Interac is a trademark of Interac Inc.

Where to Find More Information

Stra

tegi

c de

sign

: Ove

Bra

nd|D

esig

n w

ww

.ove

desi

gn.c

om

Managing Your Shares Our Transfer Agent and Registrar Computershare Trust Company of Canada servesas Transfer Agent and Registrar for common andpreferred shares, with transfer facilities in Halifax, Montreal, Toronto, Winnipeg, Calgary andVancouver. Computershare Investor Services PLCand Computershare Trust Company, N.A. serve asTransfer Agents and Registrars for common shares in London, England and Golden, Colorado, respec-tively. See previous page for contact information.

Reinvesting Your Dividends andPurchasing Additional Common SharesThrough the Shareholder Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan, you can reinvest cash dividends from your BMO common shares topurchase additional BMO common shares withoutpaying a commission or service charge. You canalso purchase additional common shares inamounts up to $40,000 per fiscal year. ContactComputershare Trust Company of Canada or Shareholder Services for details.

Auditors KPMG LLP

Market for Shares of Bank of Montreal The common shares of Bank of Montreal are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) andNew York Stock Exchange (NYSE). The preferred shares of Bank of Montreal are listed on the TSX.

Common Share Trading in Fiscal 2015 Primary stock Closing price Total volume ofexchanges Ticker October 31, 2015 High Low shares traded

TSX BMO $76.04 $84.39 $64.01 392.7 millionNYSE BMO US$58.09 US$74.40 US$48.17 199.3 million

Common Share History Date Action Common share effect

March 14, 2001 100% stock dividend Equivalent to a 2-for-1 stock splitMarch 20, 1993 100% stock dividend Equivalent to a 2-for-1 stock splitJune 23, 1967 Stock split 5-for-1 stock split

Dividends Paid per Share in 2015 and Prior Years Bank of Montreal has paid dividends for 187 years – the longest-running dividend payout record of any company in Canada. Shares outstanding Issue/Class Ticker at October 31, 2015 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011

Common BMOCommon BMO 642,583,341 642 583 341 $ 3.20$ 3 20 (a)(a) $ 3.04$ 3 04 $ 2.92 $ 2.80 $ 2.80$ 2 92 $ 2 80

Preferred Class BSeries 5 (b) BMO.PR.H – – – $ 0.66 $ 1.33 $ 1.33Series 10 (c) BMO.PR.V – – – – US$ 0.37 US$ 1.49Series 13 (d) BMO.PR.J – $ 0.84 $ 1.13 $ 1.13 $ 1.13 $ 1.13Series 14 (e) BMO.PR.K 10,000,000 $ 1.31 $ 1.31 $ 1.31 $ 1.31 $ 1.31Series 15 (f) BMO.PR.L 10,000,000 $ 1.45 $ 1.45 $ 1.45 $ 1.45 $ 1.45Series 16 (g) BMO.PR.M 6,267,391 $ 0.85 $ 0.85 $ 1.30 $ 1.30 $ 1.30Series 17 (h) BMO.PR.R 5,732,609 $ 0.62 $ 0.65 – – –Series 18 (i) BMO.PR.N – – $ 0.81 $ 1.63 $ 1.63 $ 1.63Series 21 (j) BMO.PR.O – – $ 1.22 $ 1.63 $ 1.63 $ 1.63Series 23 (k) BMO.PR.P – $ 0.68 $ 1.35 $ 1.35 $ 1.35 $ 1.35Series 25 (l) BMO.PR.Q 11,600,000 $ 0.98 $ 0.98 $ 0.98 $ 0.98 $ 0.69Series 27 (m) BMO.PR.S 20,000,000 $ 1.00 $ 0.34 – – –Series 29 (n) BMO.PR.T 16,000,000 $ 1.19 – – – –Series 31 (o) BMO.PR.W 12,000,000 $ 1.02 – – – –Series 33 (p) BMO.PR.Y 8,000,000 – – – – –Series 35 (q) BMO.PR.Z 6,000,000 – – – – –Series 36 (r) – 600,000 – – – – –

Credit Ratings Credit rating information appears on pages 25and 110 of this annual report and on our website.

www.bmo.com/creditratings

(a) Dividend amount paid in 2015 was $3.20. Dividend amount declared in 2015 was $3.24.

(b) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 5 were issued in February 1998and were redeemed in February 2013. Dividend amount declared in 2013 of $0.33 was included in the redemption price.

(c) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 10 were issued in December 2001and were redeemed in February 2012.

(d) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 13 were issued in January 2007 and were redeemed in May 2015.

(e) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 14 were issued in September 2007.(f) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 15 were issued in March 2008.(g) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 16 were issued in June 2008.(h) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 17 were issued in August 2013.(i) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 18 were issued in December 2008

and were redeemed in February 2014.

(j) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 21 were issued in March 2009and were redeemed in May 2014.

(k) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 23 were issued in June 2009and were redeemed in February 2015.

(l) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 25 were issued in March 2011.(m) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 27 Non-Viability Contingent

Capital (NVCC) were issued in April 2014.(n) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 29 NVCC were issued in June 2014.(o) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 31 NVCC were issued in July 2014.(p) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 33 NVCC were issued in June 2015.(q) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 35 NVCC were issued in July 2015.(r) The Class B Preferred Shares Series 36 NVCC were issued in

October 2015 by way of private placement and are not listedon an exchange.

Shareholder Information

Important Dates Fiscal Year End October 31Annual Meeting April 5, 2016,

9:30 a.m. (local time)The annual meeting of shareholders will be held in Toronto, Ontario, at the BMO Institute for Learning, 3550 Pharmacy Avenue. The meeting will be webcast. Details are available on our website.

www.bmo.com/investorrelations

2016 Dividend Payment Dates*

Common and preferred shares record datesFebruary 1 May 2August 1 November 1

Common shares payment datesFebruary 26 May 26August 26 November 28

Preferred shares payment datesFebruary 25 May 25August 25 November 25

*Subject to approval by the Board of Directors.

The Bank Act prohibits a bank fromt declaring or paying a dividend if it is or would thereby be incontravention of regulations or an order from theSuper intendent of Financial Institutions Canada dealing with adequacy of capital or liquidity. Currently, this limitation does not restrict the payment of dividends on Bank of Montreal’scommon or preferred shares.

Employee Ownership* 81.2% of Canadian employees participate inthe BMO Employee Share Ownership Plan –a clear indication of their commitment to the company.*As of October 31, 2015.

Direct DepositYou can choose to have your dividends deposited directly to an account in any financialinstitution in Canada or the United States that provides electronic funds transfer.

Personal Information SecurityWe advise our shareholders to be diligent inprotecting their personal information. Details are available on our website.

www.bmo.com/security

Your vote matters.

Look out for your proxy circular in March and remember to vote.

This annual report is carbon neutral.

Carbon offsets provided by:

Being a responsibly-managed bank means holding ourselves accountable to all of our stakeholders and maintaining high standards of governance and transparency when we communicate with our colleagues, customers, communities and shareholders.

It was an honour to have been recognized by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada as the winner of the 2015 Award of Excellence in Corporate Reporting for the Financial Services industry. Judges specifically acknowledged our thorough sustainability reporting, our best-in-class electronic disclosure and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of our 2014 annual report, which they described as “stellar.”

Telling our story clearly, fully and with transparency is just one of the ways we work every day to earn our stakeholders’ trust.

Documents

198th Annual Report 2015 - BMO2 BMO Financial Group 198th Annual Report 2015 3 Financial Snapshot 1 Reported Adjusted1,2 As at or for the year ended October 31 (Canadian $ in millions,